






♦ 



























































i 

















» 



















9 
















t 




\ 





























WILLARD’S 

SCHOOL HISTORY 


UNITED STATES. 




ixalion. 



CHRONOGRAPHICAL PLAN OF WILLARD’S HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES 


































ABRIDGED HISTORY 



THE UNITED STATES, 

OH 

REPUBLIC OF AMERICA. 


In Union’s Chain, within its spell, | Nor Lion Force, nor Serpent Guiie, 

Freedom and Peace and Safety dwell ; | Shall harm the blessed Maids the while 

/ 

By EMMA WILLARD, 

AUTHOR OF A SERIES OF HISTORIES AND CHKONOGRAPHIC CHARTS. 

NEW AND ENLARGED EDITI 

NEW YORK: 

PUBLISHED BY A. S. BARNES & BUB B, 

51 & 53 JOHN-STREET. 

1 8G0. 










of 


wash 










Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year I860, 

By A. S. BARNES & BURR, 

In the Clerk’s Office of the District Court for the Southern District of New York. 




n % 

.v 







PREFACE. 


Tiie leading objects of the author of this work have been to 
give the events of the history with clearness and accuracy; with 
such illustrations of time and place addressed to the eye, as 
shall secure their retention in the memory; and, at the same 
time, with such an order of arrangement as will enable the 
mind to recall, at need, what it thus retains. This we regard 
as important, not only with respect to this particular study, but 
as rightly laying out the ground-plan of the intellect, so far as 
the whole range of history is concerned. We have endeavored 
to make the book convenient;—by side notes with dates—by 
numbered paragraphs of suitable length for reading classes— 
and by questions on each paragraph, placed at the bottom of 
the page. These questions are so put, that youthful teachers 
may avail themselves of the author’s long experience, to acquire 
a manner of questioning, which, while it is not obscure, will 
yet oblige the pupil to think, and which will bring into relief 
prominent points. 

We have, indeed, been desirous to cultivate the memory, the 
intellect, and the taste. But much more anxious have we been 
to sow the seeds of virtue, by showing the good in such amiable 
lights, that the youthful heart shall kindle into desires of imi¬ 
tation. And we have been careful to give clear conceptions of 
those deeds, which are proper to imitate; while with regard to 
bad actions we have, as far as possible, given the result, rather 
than the detail. 

There are those, who rashly speak, as if in despair of the for¬ 
tunes of our Republic; because, say they, political virtue has 
declined. If so, then is there the more need to infuse patriot¬ 
ism into the breasts of the coming generation. And what is so 
likely to effect this national self-preservation, as to give our 



VI 


PREFACE. 


children, for their daily reading and study, a record of the 
sublime virtues of the worthies of our earliest day ; as well as 
of those of Washington and his compatriots? And what but 
the study of their dangers and toils,—their devotion of life and 
fortune, can make our posterity know, what our country, and 
our liberties have cost? And what but the History of our pe¬ 
culiar, and complicated fabric of government, by which it may 
be examined, as piece by piece the structure was built up, can 
impart such a knowledge of the powers it gives, and the duties 
it enjoins, as shall enable our future citizens to become its en¬ 
lightened and judicious supporters? 


Remarks prefatory to the Improved Edition of 1800 . 

In publishing the revisal of this work, the author returns her thanks 
to the public for the constant and unceasing support which it has re¬ 
ceived ; and she desires to express a holier sentiment of gratitude aris¬ 
ing in her heart for the belief which she has reason to entertain, that its 
extensive circulation in schools and families has been an agency for 
good; in helping to stem a downward current, which, if unresisted, 
would lead our noble Republic to ruinous anarchy, and destructive 
disunion. 

The author, while improving the work, by new illustrations (as the 
Chart of Early Land-Titles, and the American Temple of Time), has not 
suffered the important study of our country’s history to be run down in 
her hands, by putting into a synopsis, where every inch of room is 
needed for essential events, either mere biographies, pictures to amuse, 
or imperfect likenesses of the great and good, which diminish reverence 
by destroying the mind’s ideal of moral beauty. Let the students of this 
history study , not play, and they will be rewarded by a noble advance in 
education. jp \y, 

Troy, June, I860. 






TABLE OF CONTENTS. 


INTRODUCTION. 

CHAPTER PAGE 

I. Definitions, &e. 13 

II. The Aborigines. 16 

PART I. 

Period I. First Discovery—Columbus, &c. 21 

I. II. English Discoveries—French. 24 

1 li)2. HI. Spanish Discoveries, Adventures, and Cruelties—St. 

Augustine. 28 


Period ^ nsuccess ^ attempt of Gilbert, Raleigh, and others . 33 

jj II. First settlement of Virginia. 38 

1578. HI- Early settlement of Virginia—continued. 43 

IV. Virginia—Hudson river—Canada. 46 


Period I- Departure of the Pilgrims from England, and their so- 

III. journ in Holland. 51 

1620. II. Progress of the Pilgrims from Holland to America_ 55 

III. The Savages—Massasoit’s Alliance—Winslow’s Visit 

to the Pokanokets. 59 

IV. Grand Council of Plymouth—New Hampshire—Massa¬ 

chusetts Bay. 62 

V. The Colony of Massachusetts Bay. 64 

VI. Rhode Island and its Founder. 66 

VII. Connecticut and its Founders. 69 

VIII. The Pequod War. 73 

IX. Intolerance of the times—Harvard College founded— 

Rhode Island—New Hampshire—Delaware. 77 

X. Maryland—Virginia from 1631 to 1641. 79 

XI. Massachusetts threatened—the Puritans in England— 

Vane— Union begun. 83 

























Vlll 


CONTENTS. 


Period 

I. 

1G43. 


Period 

II. 

1692. 


Period 

III. 

1733. 


PART II. 

CHAPTER PAGE 

I. Virginia—Second Indian Massacre—Bacon’s Rebellion 87 

II. New York settled by the Dutch—taken by the English 92 

III. Pennsylvania and its Founder. 96 

IV. New Jersey—its settlement, and various claimants- 99 

V. Miantonomoh—Rhode Island and Connecticut obtain 

Charters—Elliot, the Apostle of the Indians.102 

VI. King Philip’s "War—Destruction of the Narragansetts 

and Pokanokets. 105 

VII. The Regicides—New Hampshire and Maine—Charter 

of Massachusetts annulled. 109 

VIII. New York—its governors—Leisler—Quakers in Massa¬ 
chusetts . 113 

IX. Jesuit Missionaries of France—their Discoveries. 116 

X. North and South Carolina—The Great Patent—Mr. 

Locke’s Constitution. 122 

XI. French and Indian War. 124 


I. Sir William Phipps—Cotton Mather—Salem Witch¬ 
craft—Schools—Yale College.129 

II. European Politics—Peace of Ryswick, which closes 
King William’s War—Queen Anne’s War soon 
begins. 133 

III. Fletcher—Piracy—The Jerseys united, and joined with 

New York. 136 

IV. Pennsylvania—Penn’s second visit—Maryland. 137 

V. The Huguenots—War with the Spaniards—Tuscaroras 

and Yamassees. 139 

VI. Extension of the French Empire—New France. 142 

VII. Controversy in Massachusetts, respecting a fixed salary 

for the Royal Governor. 144 


I. Georgia and Carolina engaged in war with the Spaniards 
of Florida—The Slave Trade—War of the French 

with the Chickasaws. 149 

II. Old French War—Capture of Louisburg—French and 

English claims to the basin of the Mississippi .... 152 

III. George Washington—his birth, parentage, and educa¬ 

tion—his conduct in places of trust, private and 
public. 155 

IV. Congi*ess at Albany—Convention of Governors in Vir¬ 

ginia—Braddock . 160 


























CONTENTS. 


IX 


Period 

I. 

1703 . 


Period 

II. 

1776. 


CHAPTER PAGE 

V. Remainder of the Campaign of 1755—Campaign of 1756 164 

VI. Campaigns of 1757 and 1758—Massacre of Ft. William 

Henry. 165 

VII. The Campaign of 1759—Wolfe. 169 

VIII. Wars with the Indians. 173 


PART III. 

I. Causes of the Revolutionary War. 179 

II. Congress at New York—Repeal of the Stamp Act.183 

III. Second attempt to tax America—Opposition. 186 

IV. Seizure of Tea—Boston Port Bill—Arrival of British 

Troops. 190 

V. Congress at Philadelphia. 192 

VI. War approaches—Massachusetts—British Parliament.. 195 

VII. The War begins by the Battle of Lexington. 197 

VIII. Battle of Bunker Hill—Washington, Commander-in- 

Chief. 201 

IX. Invasion of Canada—Death of Montgomery ..,.203 

X. Washington enters Boston—Disasters in Canada.208 

List of American, French, and British Officers.212 


I. Lord Howe attempts pacification—American defeat at 

Long Island. 215 

II. Disasters following the defeat on Long Island.219 

III. American successes at Trentbn and Princeton.222 

IV. Difficulties and exertions of Congress—Campaign of 

1777—Arrival of Lafayette. 224 

V. Burgoyne’s invasion—1777. 227 

VI. Battle of Brandywine—British in Philadelphia—Ger¬ 

mantown,—1777. 231 

VII. Battle of Monmouth—Seat of War transferred to the 

South,—1778 . 236 

VIII. Campaigns of 1779 and 1780—the British conquer the 

South.239 

IX. Arnold’s Treason. 244 

X. Robert Morris—Revolt of the Pennsylvania Line— 

Cornwallis at the South. 248 

XI. Campaign of 1781—Battle of Eutaw Springs—Cornwal¬ 
lis taken at Yorktown. 251 

XII. Vermont—Measures of Peace—Fears and Discontents 

of the Army happily quieted. 256 

XIH. Depression subsequent to the War—Shay’s Rebellion— 

Constitution formed ..... 259 

1* 































X 


CONTENTS. 


PART IV. 

CHAPTER PAGE 

Period Organization of the New Government—the Funding 

I. System—Party lines strongly drawn. 265 

1789. H, The Moravians—The Indians of the Northwest. 26S 

III. America resents the Indignities of France—Adams’s 

Administration—Jefferson’s. 274 


Period I- War with Tripoli—Troubles with England and France 279 

II. II. War of 1812—Condition of the Country—Hull’s Sur- 

1803. render. 285 

III. Naval Victories—Guerriere—Macedonian—Java. 288 

IV. Campaign of 1813—Massacre of Frenchtown. 291 

V. Northern Army—Loss of the Chesapeake—Creek War 295 

VI. The Niagara Frontier—Battles of Chippewa and Bridge- 

water . 298 

VII. Washington taken by the British—Baltimore threatened 301 

VIII. British invasion and defeat at New Orleans. 306 

IX. Peace with England—Naval combats—War with Algiers 309 

X. Internal Improvements—Seminole War. 311 


Period I. The Missouri Question—The Tariff—Gen. Lafayette’s 

III. Visit... 317 

1820. n. Black Hawk’s War—The Cholera—Nullification.321 

III. The Aboriginal Tribes of the Mississippi go to the Far 

West—The Florida War. 324 

IV. The Bank Question—The Revulsion—Van Buren’s Ad¬ 

ministration—Harrison’s Election and Death. 829 

V. Mr. Tyler’s administration—Mobs—Disturbances in 

Rhode Island—Anti-Rentism—Mormonism, &c... 333 

VI. Texas—Mexico—Causes of Annexation, and the Mexi¬ 
can War. 339 

VII. Mexican War—Battles of the Rio Grande—Gen. Taylor 347 

VIII. Army of the Centre—General Wool’s march—Battle of 

Buena Vista. 353 

IX. Army of the West—Conquest of New Mexico and Cali¬ 
fornia—Gen. Kearney. 359 

X. Doniphan’s Expedition to Chihuahua—Revolt in New 

Mexico. 364 

XI. Scott’s Invasion—Vera Cruz—Cerro Gordo. 367 

XII. State of the Army—Its March—Contreras—Churubusco 371 

XIII. Armistice—Molinos del Rey—Chapultepec—Mexico.. 376 

XIV. Rozales—Treaty of Peace. 3S0 

























CONTENTS. XI 

chapter page 

Period ^ Oregon--American California—Capt.Wilkes’ Exploring 

IV. Expedition—Capt. Fremont’s Explorations—Dis- 

1 N J S. covery of Gold and its effects. 387 

II. Taylor’s Inauguration—Close of the 30th Congress— 
California—Establishment of Civil Government— 

Difficulty with Texas. 392 

III. Congressional Eloquence—The Compromise—Death of 

President Taylor. 396 


tj I. Sketch of the Condition of the Aborigines in 1860— 

y Degree of Civilization—Diversities ot Character, 

BS50. Wars, &c. 403 

II. Second Era of good feeling—Invasion of Cuba—Evi- 
Extend- dences of Progress in the World—in the Republic 

ing to of America. 414 

1SGO. in. Brilliant diplomacy—Commodore Perry and the Japan 

Expedition—China. 417 

IV. Kansas-Nebraska Bill—First settlement of Kansas— 
Invasion of the Polls—Retaliatory Measures—Pro¬ 
visional Government—Topeka Constitution. 421 

V. Civil War in Kansas—Sacking of Lawrence. 428 

VI. Geary’s troubles—Presidential election—Walker’s gov¬ 
ernorship—The Lecompton Constitution. 432 

VII. The Sound Dues—Dr. Kane’s Arctic Expedition — 
Walker, the Filibuster—Mormon War—The Re¬ 
vulsion—Paraguay—England and America.438 

VIII. Territories—Routes of Travel to the Pacific—Causes of 
the Diminution of Foreign Immigration—Riots— 
Disasters by sea and land—Benefactions—Mount 

Vernon Association. 446 

IX. Harper’s Ferry—Conclusion. 450 

Constitution of the United States of America.... 458 





















If] 

H 

M 

Eh 

P 

<1 

>< 

tf 

<! 

W 

k 

o 

Eh 

PC! 

<1 

W 

O 































































































































EXPLANATION 


OF THE 

CHART OF EARLY LAND-TITLES— 

(i. e., Charters and Patents.) 


This Chart is valuable for reference, and for school study. 
Scholars who have learned it, in connection with the history, 
have found their memories greatly eased in this most difficult 
portion of their study,—to acquire things so important to be 
distinguished, yet so apt to be confounded. 

This Chart, in teaching, should be regarded as a diagram 
to be drawn. Let the pupil begin it, when in the history he 
comes to the first, or Gilbert’s Patent, on a large sheet of 
paper. On the left-hand line, or line of time, let each cen¬ 
tury be divided by alternate lines of dark and light shading, 
as on the Tree Chronographer ;—then each patent can be 
placed in its exact time, which in a very small space is not 
possible. Then, on coming to another English patent, or 
charter, let the diagram be continued by drawing that; and 
so on to Oglethorpe’s, when the diagram will be completed. 
The pupil’s explanation of it will constitute an easy and 
highly satisfactory examination of the subject. 

All the patents and charters here represented, are shown to 
be derived either directly from the Crown of England, or 
indirectly —that is, from some company or individual, who 
formerly derived the title from a sovereign of England. 

































































































































































































































































































































































































DESCRIPTION 


OF THE 

AMERICAN TEMPLE OF TIME. 


This is a modification of the author's Temple of Time.* 
By the method of perspective, and by that alone, can any past 
time be made to appear to the eye as past, and in the exact 
proportion in which it is past. 

The Temple of Time is a vast imaginary edifice, with pillars 
on each side, each of which represents a century. Each cor¬ 
responding two, represent the same century. This is shown to 
be an American Temple of Time, because the map of America 
(the Republic) is drawn over the perspective, cutting off all 
the centuries beyond the loth,-—that in which America was 
discovered ; and also by the name of Washington, here shown 
as the glory of America. 

The floor and the roof of the Temple are divided by trans¬ 
verse lines into parts, each of which corresponds with the 
bottoms and the tops of the mated pillars, and designates the 
same century. Eight unequal divisions are also made on the 
floor by lines running back from the front. The use of these 
is shown in the directions to the pupil for drawing the Temple. 

This sketch may be enlarged and filled up by the pupil, by 
a drawing of his own. Should he make his drawing four 
times the lineal size (sixteen times the real) of this, he will 
have room to place on it names and words, which, after he has 
learned them as connected with the history, will be to his eye 
a picture of actors and events as they exist, or have existed, in 
Time. 


* This was, in 1851, at the World’s Fair in London, adjudged by a jury 
of nations, to be a new and a true method of delineating time; and to the 
author, was accordingly awarded a medal. 






TEACHING THE CIIRONOGRAPHERS. 


(A large painted Chronographer is prepared to accompany this work, ichich 
can be hung in presence of the class, and explained by the teacher.) 


1. The word Chronographer is composed of two Greek 
words : chronos, time, and grapho, to delineate ; and literally 
signifies a visible delineation of time. 

To the First, or Tree Chronographer , is now added the 
Second, or American Temple of Time. The first may 
properly be called a logical , the second a perspective Chro- 
nographer. 

Each of these chronographers has its peculiar excellencies. 
The first is for the learner to use in studying the work ; of 
which it contains an exact plan, which is both logical and 
chronographical. It is logical, because it shows that this 
History is divided, as every great subject should be, into parts 
clearly defined ; and that these being properly subdivided, the 
division completely exhausts the subject. It is chronograph¬ 
ical, because the whole subject, with its divisions and subdi¬ 
visions of time, is addressed to the sight. So that whoever 
learns this book in connection with this chronographer, will not 
only be laying a permanent foundation for a knowledge of 
American history, but also of clear and logical habits of mind. 

2. THE LOGICAL, OR TREE CHRONOGRAPHER 

is divided into two parts, the inner of which is called the His¬ 
toric Tree, and the outer the Circle of Time,— which repre¬ 
sents the whole time of the American history, from the discovery 
of America in 1492, to the present day. The Historic Tree 
has four large limbs, which represent the four parts into which 
the history is divided. The branches of these limbs represent 
epochs of the history. An epoch is an important event in any 



TEACHING THE CHRONOGRAPHERS. 


XV 


history, which, having* happened on some certain day, or in 
some one year, is regarded but as a point in time. These 
branches, then, which represent the epochs, meet the circle of 
time in certain points , which are their dates. 

3. Points may divide a line: so we suppose our circular 
line of time to be divided, by these points or epochs , into 
periods. The word period is here used to denote an unbroken 
succession of years, whether few or many. Each of the four 
parts of the history has one more epoch than period. The 
reason of this is, that the same epoch is used for the end of 
one period and the beginning of another. The outer circum¬ 
ference of the circle of time is the line of centuries. It rep¬ 
resents the centuries through which American history has 
passed. A century is a hundred years. 

4. All Christian countries reckon time from the birth of 
our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ; which is called the Chris¬ 
tian ERA, or GREAT CHRISTIAN EPOCH. 

This continent was unknown to our European forefathers 
until its discovery, in 1492, eight years before the close of the 
15th century. Tracing, then, on the chronographer, from 
1492 to 1500, we find eight years only, belonging to the 15th 
century. From 1500 to 1600 is the whole of the 16th cen¬ 
tury; from 1600 to 1100, the 11th century; from 1100 to 1800, 
the 18th century; and from 1800 to the present day is more 
than half of the 19th century: so that the whole course of 
American history exceeds three centuries and a half. 

Since the close of 1800, we have lived in the 19th century: 
so, young persons past eighteen, are said to be in their nine¬ 
teenth year. Any date in a century belongs to a century one 
higher than the hundreds which express the date—excepting 
only those dates which are expressed by exact hundreds. 
Thus, 1104 belongs to the 18th century; 1825 to the 19th ; 
while 1100 belongs to the 11th century, and 1800 to the 18th. 

5. The graduated part of the circle of time is called the 
scale of years. This is-first divided, by alternate light and 
shade, into tens of years. Then, by black lines through the 




XVI 


TEACHING THE CHRONOGRAPHERS. 


light tens, and white ones through the black tens, the whole 
scale is divided into years: so that, having any given date, 
you can at once refer it, on the chronographer, to its proper 
place. For example, suppose I ask you, where, on the circle 
of time, is the place of King Philip’s war, which occurred in 
16*15 ? First look for the large figures which denote the cen¬ 
turies, until the eye catches 1 60© : then trace to the right, 
to 1650, take two tens beyond, and half of the next, and this 
will compose 16*15, the required date. 

6. The first large limb of the historic tree represents Part 
I. of the History. Observe the points of intersection of the 
first and fourth branches with the graduated circle of time. 
The first point is at 1492, the epoch of the Discovery of 
America by Columbus; and the fourth is 1643, when the 
first Confederacy or Union took place. This is an important 
epoch, as it marks the time when several colonies confederated 
together, thus laying the foundation of our great Federal Re¬ 
public. This first part, then, extends from 1492 to 1643. 
The subject, as seen above the scale of years, is, the discov¬ 
ery and early settlement of the different parts of the coun¬ 
try. It occupies a century and a half, viz., eight years of the 
15th century, the whole of the 16th, and nearly half Of the 
17th. It extends through a longer time than either of the 
other Parts of the History, although there are fewer events for 
the historian to record. 

7. The second part extends from 1643, the epoch of the 
Beginning of the Confederacy , to 1763, the Close of the 
French war . Previously to this war, the English had the 
government over what, after the Revolution, became the 
United States, or Republic of America. The Second Part 
of the History occupies 120 years. It embraces the last half 
of the 17th century, and the first part of the 18th. The sub¬ 
ject of the Second Part is, Colonization—French and In¬ 
dian wars : that is, the colonization of this country by the 
English, and the wars which our hardy and suffering forefa¬ 
thers had, with the Indians and the French of Canada. 


TEACHING- THE CIIRONOGRAPITERS. 


XVII 


8. r riie THIRD part of the History contains more numerous 
events, although shorter in time, than either of the others,— 
comprising- only 26 years in the last half of the 18th century. 
Its subject is, The Revolution— in which the Americans, 
having been oppressed by the British Government, fought the 
troops which they sent over, and, under the command of 
W ashington, defeated them, and made the United States of 
America a free and independent nation. The epoch to which 
this part extends, is the Adoption of the present Constitution 
of the United States —1789. 

9. The fourth part extends from the adoption of the Con¬ 
stitution to the present time. It comprises the whole time of 
our free constitutional Government, which now (in 1860) 
is 71 years. It occupies the last portion of the 18th century, 
and what is passed of the 19th. 


THE PERSPECTIVE CHRONOGRAPHER; 

OR, 

AMERICAN TEMPLE OF TIME. 

This being a new feature of the work, the description of it stands by itself on a pre¬ 
ceding page. Let the pupil answer from it the following questions: 

By the method of perspective, how is past time made to appear? What 
is the Temple of Time ? How is the American Temple modified from this? 
What do the pillars represent? How are the floor and the roof divided in 
regard to time ? 

Since American history docs not yet occupy so much as four centuries, it may bet¬ 
ter be studied on the first Chronographer, logically as well as chronographically; but 
the perspective method, os that of the Templo of Time, is better for laying it up in 
the memory. It is also a method applicable to all history. But a larger Temple is 
indispensable for this purpose. 

Before giving the pupil directions for drawing the Temple, we woujd suggest that he 
should be occasionally exercised, during his studies, with transferring dates from ti e 
Tree Chronographer to the Temple. The small one on the frontispiece will be suffi¬ 
cient for this purpose. Suppose these questions be asked: Where on the pillar of the 
15th century, should be placed the epoch of the discovery of America? Where on 
that of the 16th, that of Gilbert’s Patent?—and so on, through all the epochs of the 
history. Then show how the four Parts of the history would occupy the pillars of 
the Temple. 

It would be well also to have the pupils accustomed to consider, as they read of 
names of statesmen, &c., where on the Temple their names should be placed. This 
is explained in the following 

Directions for making and filling up an enlarged drawing of the American 
Temple.— Pupils accustomed to draw diagrams, can draw by imitation; but a few 







TEACHING TIIE CHRONOGRAPHERS. 


• • • 

xvm 

lessons from a teacher who understands the science of perspective, would enable them 
to draw this Temple with far more ease and accuracy. We recommend its being drawn 
on a sheet of drawing-paper which allows of its being enlarged four times its lineal 
size; that is, make the base lines four times as long, the pillars four times as high, 
and so on, every line being put in its proper proportional place, each being thus in¬ 
creased in length; and the spaces between the lines must also be increased by four. 
The whole Temple, when completed, will then be enlarged in the proportion of the 
square of 1 to the square of 4—i. e , 1:16. 

Pillars. —Divide, by dots, the back line of each pillar into ten equal parts, for tens 
of years. The first dot from the bottom is 10 years, the second 20, the third 30, and 
so on to a hundred. On the ISth pillar, near the 9th ten (1789), print across the pillar 
Washington. This was the time when he became President. (The name as on the 
frontispiece must be left off.) Next—in 1797, three years before the close of the cen¬ 
tury—put down J. Adams. Then, beginning at the bottom or beginning of the 19th 
century, place, at the time of accession to the presidency, the name of each president. 
Before the time of the presidents, place on the pillars the names of the sovereigns of 
England. ( For the names of the Presidents and their dates , seep. 315.) 

Names for the Roof —Place the eminent men found in the history, according to 
their character as warriors, statesmen. &c., each in his own time and place on the 
roof. As these drawings are mostly to illustrate a history which treats more of men 
in these characters than in the others mentioned on the roof, as Theologians, Poets, 
Ac., a greater proportion of the room can at pleasure be taken. Also other departments, 
as for Inventors, Discoverers, &c., —the small size of the frontispiece not allowing 
the full development of the plan. 

Map.— Let this be carefully drawn and imitated from the 11th map of the series, 
with its eight divisions, showing the order in time of each. 

Floor.— The unequal divisions, 1, 2, 3. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, refer to the eight divisions of the 
map, and show a plan for marking on the floor (as are the Nations on the Temple of 
Time) every State in the Union : the first settled (Virginia), on the left hand; and so 
on, in the order of time in which the old thirteen were settled, and afterwards when 
each was admitted to the Union.* Between two lines drawn from the front to the 
beginning of the 17tli century, write the name Virginia. Then place 7 where the 
lines stop. This will show that Virginia was settled in 1607. Next put (as next set¬ 
tled) Massachusetts, adding another line—stopping a little short, and placing 20, as 
this State was settled in 1620. In drawing the lines for Virginia, leave at the foot of 
the left-hand pillars sufficient room for setting down the principal battle-fields, as on 
the Temple of Time. 

* These dates mny be found on Map 13. 

Questions on Teaching the Chronographers. —1. Of what words is the term 
Chronographer composed? What is its literal meaning? What is said 
concerning the First and Second Chronographers ? What is the peculiar 
excellence of the First, and why may it be called logical ?—why chrono- 
graphical?—2. Describe the two parts into which the First is divided. 
What do the branches of the four large limbs represent ? What is an epoch ? 
What is signified by the meeting of the branches with the circle of time? 
—3. How is this circle divided so as to represent the divisions of the his¬ 
tory ? Why has each of the four parts one more epoch than period? How 
are centuries represented?—4. What is the great Christian epoch? Ex¬ 
plain the whole time of American history by centuries? In what century 
are you living? To what does any date in a century belong? What one 
exception is there to this general rule? Give examples.—5. Explain the 
scale ot years. Give an example of finding on this circle any date.-—6. 
Describe the first large limb of the historic tree.—7. Describe the second. 
•—8. The third.—9. The fourth. 
















' 






















10 Longitude West 5 trow Washington 0 






































































Smith showing his Compass. 


INTRODUCTION. 

CHAPTER I. 

Definitions, &c. 

1. The subject of this work is the United Stat /CS ciiap. i. 
of America; or, as those States are sometimes called, subject.' 
the Republic or Nation of America. 

What constitutes a nation ? First, there must be 
a country, with the natural divisions of land and wa¬ 
ter; second, there must be men, women, and chil¬ 
dren to inhabit that country; and third, those in- 
habitants must be bound together in one, by living 
under a common government, which extends its pro¬ 
tection over all, and which all are bound to obey. 

2. To every nation there belongs a history: For 
whenever the inhabitants of any large portion of the 
earth are united under one government, important tory. 
public events must there have taken place. The record 

of these events constitutes the history of that country. 

3. The events of history should always be recorded, 
with the circumstances of time and place. To tell 
when events happened, is to give their chronology; 


1. What is the subject of this work ? What three parts compose 
a nation ?— 2 . What constitutes any nation’s history ? 3. How 
should events be recorded? What is it to give their chronology ? 

13 


















14 


ONE NATION. 


CliAr. i. 


Connect- 
sd with its 
geography 
and chro¬ 
nology. 


Where 
our coun¬ 
try is. 


Its lati¬ 
tude and 
longitude. 


Its cli¬ 
mate 


Soil. 


Natural 

advan¬ 

tages. 


A good re¬ 
gion for 
one 
nation. 


to tell where they happened, their geography. The 
history of a nation, is therefore inseparably con¬ 
nected with its geography and chronology. Chro¬ 
nology may properly be called the skeleton of his¬ 
tory, geography the base on which it stands. 

4. First, let us inquire, where is the country of 
which we desire to know the history? In the vast 
universe, is a system of planets surrounding a sun, 

. hence called the solar system. The third planet from 
the sun is called the earth. On the earth’s surface, 
the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA occupies a 
northern portion of the smaller of two continents. 
In extent, it is one of the largest nations of the world. 

5. In longitude, the Republic of America ranges 
through sixty degrees, from the Atlantic ocean to 
the Pacific. In latitude, it reaches from the Cape of 
Florida, in north latitude twenty-five degrees, to 
British and Russian America in forty-nine. Thus 
stretching through the greater part of the northern 
temperate zone, it includes every variety of climate, 
from the hot unhealthy swamps of Florida, to the 
cold mountainous regions of northern New England, 
and the north-western territories. 

6. The soil and productions of our country are as 
various as its climate. Compared with other coun¬ 
tries, it contains a large proportion of arable land ; 
and what is of the utmost consequence to the accom¬ 
modation of man, it is well watered. On the whole, 
it may be pronounced, one of the most fertile, healthy, 
and desirable regions of the earth. 

V. In observing the United States, there is much 
to convince us, that an Almighty, Overruling Prov¬ 
idence, designed from the first, to place here a great, 
united people. Although this country, being one 


3. Their geography ? Are chronology and geography connected 
with history ?—4. In regard to the universe where, as astronomy 
teaches, arc the United States ? In regard to the earth’s surface, or 
as respects geography, where is this country? What can you say 
of its extent?-5. What of its longitude ? Of its latitude? Cli¬ 
mate ?—G. Soil and productions? Its natural advantages gener¬ 
ally? 7. Does this region seem designed for one great nation, 
or for several small ones ? 











RIGHTEOUS GOVERNMENT. 


15 


nation, is by means of its mighty rivers, well enabled chap. i. 
to carry its inland productions to the ocean, and 
thence to foreign markets; yet, if it were divided, 
like southern Europe, into different nations, this 
would not be the case. 

8. For this country is not, like southern Europe, 
indented with deep bays, gulfs, seas, and channels; 
whereby many small nations, can each be accommo¬ 
dated with a portion of the sea-board. If our long 
rivers were owned in part by one government, and 

in part by another, the commerce of the inland na- Necessary 
tions, would be perpetually hampered, by those who division, 
owned the sea-board, and the mouths, of the rivers. 

For they would be likely to insist on being paid foi 
the use of their ports; and this would naturally 
breed quarrels and bloodshed. This is one reason 
among many, to show that the American people w “Jj, 1 8 ng 
should continue to be one nation ; and, in the words solemn 
of Washington, “ frown indignantly on the first at- ^ion? 
tempt to sever the Union.” 

9. The government of this vast nation, which con¬ 
tains nearly thirty millions of inhabitants, is a FEDERA- T j ie Am °- 
tive Republic. It y$> federative, because in it there vernment 
are several separate, independent states, confederated ma ^f for 
under one head, or general government. It is a re¬ 
public, because the rulers are chosen by the people. 

The manner in which they are to be chosen, and in should bo 
which they are bound to administer the government, stoodTy 
is set forth in the Constitution of the United a11 - 
States. This therefore, should be early learned, 
and thoroughly understood by every American. 

10. The government of the United States is ac-iti Se qui- 
knowledge cl by the wise and good of other nations, I abI ?“ n , (1 

J f, . 7 should be 

to be the most free, impartial, and righteous govern- sustained. 

7. Why is it in regard to commerce better for one than for sev¬ 
eral ? What part of the world admits of several small nations, and 
why ?—8. Mention one among many evils, which would result 
from dividing this nation into several smaller ones? What is the 
language of Washington on this subject? —9. IIow many inhab¬ 
itants has the United States? What is its form of government? 

Why federative? Why a republic? Where can we learn the 
form of government and our duties as citizens ? 





16 


ABORIGINAL INHABITANTS. 


chap. n. merit of the world; but all agree, that for such a 
“government to be sustained many years, the princi¬ 
ples of truth and righteousness, taught in the Holy 
Scriptures must be practised. The rulers must govern 
in the fear of God, and the people conscientiously 
obey the laws. 


CHAPTER II. 

The Aborigines. 

1. Before the territory of which our history 
treats, was inhabited by the ancestors of its present 

The red inhabitants, it was occupied by another and a dif- 
men. f eren t race. The red men were here, when the Eu¬ 
ropean settlers came ; and either as friends or as 
enemies, for a time they dwelt contiguous to each 
other, and their history is blended. 

2. The aborigines, or natives of the country, were 
by the Europeans, called Indians. As found by the 

„ , earliest settlers, they may be considered under three 
occupants, general divisions, h irst, the Delawares or Algon- 
quins ; second, the Iroquois, and third, the Mo- 
bilians. 

3. The Delawares, or Algonquins, were formerly 
called theLemiiLenape, and the Iroquois th vMengwe. 
They have a tradition that, in ancient times, each 

grand e< di- came » though in somewhat different directions, from 
visions. f ar distant western regions. Happening to meet as 
they approached the Mississippi, they united, and 
Tr J?the ns made war upon the Allegewi, a more civilized peo- 
Deiawares pie, who inhabited the great valley of the Missis- 
iroquois. sippi, and dwelt in cities. The Allegewi were de¬ 
feated and fled down the river. Perhaps the Mobil- 


10. What is the character of this government? What is neces¬ 
sary to its being permanently sustained ? 

Chapter II.— 2. What term is used to distinguish the race found 
in this country by our ancestors ? What three general divisions 
may be made?—3. Give an account of the tradition of the two 
former, respecting the direction from which they anciently came. 
Where did they unite? What more civilized nation did they 
find ? What happened to this nation ? 







ALGONQUINS. 


17 


ian tribes were their descendants. Perhaps portions chap, n, 
of them went still further south, and were the build- - 
ers of those cities, the ruins of which have lately 
been found in Central America. 

4. The Lenape and Mengwe, says the tradition, 
soon divided. The former crossed the Alleghany 
mountains—explored, and took possession of the sea Delaware 
coast, fixing their chief place of council, or seat of principal 
government, on the Delaware river. This river re- , sea *:" 1 f 
ceived trom a European nobleman the name, which wares, 
it communicated to the Indian confederacy. As this 
confederacy increased in numbers, various tribes went 

off from the parent stock. But they still looked up 
to the Delawares, and gave them, long after, the 
reverential title of “grandfather.” 

5. Of these branches of the Delaware or Algon¬ 
quin race, the first who figure in the early history of (l ^°_7hiriy 
our nation, were the Powhatans, a confederacy of tribes, 
thirty tribes; so called from their great sachem, Pow¬ 
hatan. His principal residence was on James river, 

near the site of Richmond. His authority extended 
throughout the lowlands, and to the falls of the rivers. 

6. Farther west, and extending to the mountains, 
were two confederacies, with whom the Powhatans " 
were at war: the Manahoacks , consisting of eight eight 
tribes on the north, and the Monacans of five, tnbes- 
stretching southerly into Carolina. Afterwards the Mona . 
latter changed their name, to that of Tuscarorcts^ ans—flvo 
removed northerly, and joined the Iroquois. The 11 es * 
Yamasees were in South Carolina. 

7. Of the Algonquins of New England the first 
known were the Pokanokets or Wanpanoags , 


3. What conjectures may be formed respecting tlieir descendants ? 

4. According to the tradition what course did the Lenape take? 
Where fix their place of council ? When they became numerous 
what became of the various tribes of their descendants ? What 
were their sentiments and language towards the Delawares? 

5. Which of them are first brought into notice? What the number 
of tribes? Their principal seat? How far did their limits extend ? 
G. Give an account of the Manahoacks. Of the Monacans. Tell 
from Map I. which is the most northerly, the Manahoacks or Mo- 

% nacans. Where were the Catawbas ? The Yamasees? 





18 


NEW ENGLAND INDIANS. 


known to 
the 

English. 


1614. 

Ill 

usage of 
the na¬ 
tives by 
the Eng- 


ciiaf. n. which produced the two most remarkable savage 
chiefs of New England, the good Massasoit, and his 
The first valiant son, King Philip. Their residence was at Mon- 
tribe taup or Mount Hope, near Bristol, in Rhode Island. 

8. The government of the sachem of the Poha- 
nokets extended over the southern part of Massa¬ 
chusetts, and the eastern of Rhode Island. A num¬ 
ber of tribes of different names were his subjects; 
among others the Nausets of Cape Cod. In 1614, 
Capt. Hunt, an English ship-master, who accompa¬ 
nied Capt. John Smith in exploring the coast, 
wickedly seized and carried off twenty-seven of 
these unoffending natives, and sold them in Europe 
as slaves. One of them, named Tisquantum, found 
his way to England, where he learned the English 
language, was kindly treated, and sent back to his 
country. He was afterwards of great service to 
the first English settlers, as interpreter. 

9. The Pawtuckets whose principal seat was 
upon the Merrimack, near its mouth, extended 
south, until they met the territories of the Massa¬ 
chusetts. The Massachusetts were scattered about 
the bay, which bears their name. Their territories 
reached those of the Pawtuckets on the north, and 
the Pokanokets on the south. The authority of their 
chief sachem was acknowledged by several minor 
tribes, some of whom resided as far west as Deerfield. 
The principal person of this confederacy, as found by 
the English, was the squaw sachem, or “ Massachu¬ 
setts Queen.” Her residence was beautifully located 
on a hill at Milton, eight miles south of Boston. 

10. The Narragansetts held their chief seat and 
the residence of their grand sachem on the island of 
Canonicut, in the bay which still bears their name. 
Westerly they extended to within four or five miles 


lish. 


Indians 
of the 
Merri¬ 
mack. 


Of Mas¬ 
sachusetts 
Bay. 


7. Learn from the Map what are the principal tribes of New 
England, and more particularly from the book, the location of the 
Pokanokets. What noted chiefs were there of this tribe ? 8. What 
wicked act did an English captain do ? To what Indians ? Did any 
one taken away return ?—9. What can you say of the Pawtuckets ? 
Of the Massachusetts? Their principal person? Her residence? 










FATAL EPIDEMIC. 


19 


of the Paucatuck river, where their territories met 
those of the Pequods. On the east they joined the Po- 
kanokets. Their grand chief, Canonicus, was, when 
the English arrived, an aged man; and he had asso¬ 
ciated with him in his government, his nephew, Mi- 
antonomoii. The commodious and pleasant location 
of the Narragansetts, appears, in their case, to have 
abated the natural ferocity of the savage character. 

11. The more barbarous Pequods occupied the 
eastern portion of Connecticut, their lands meeting 
those of the Narragansetts. The residence of their 
great sachem, Sassacus, was on the heights of Gro¬ 
ton, near the river then called the Pequod, since, 
the Thames. The Mohegans, under Uncas, whose 
seat was where Norwich now stands, were subject 
to the haughty chief of the Pequods; but they bore 
his yoke with impatience, and when he made war 
upon the whites, Uncas took part against him. The 
Indians of northern New England had the general 
appellation of Taranteens or Abenakis. 

12. The New England tribes had, a short time 
previous to the settlement of the English, suffered a 
plague of unexampled mortality. It was probably 
the yellow fever; for we are told that its victims, 
both before and after death, “ were of the color of a. 
yellow garment.” Not less than nine-tenths of the 
inhabitants seem, in some parts of the country, to 
have been destroyed. Thus Divine Providence pre¬ 
pared the way for another and more civilized race. 

13. The Ikoquois, Mengwe or Mingoes, were 
found by the earliest settlers in Canada, inhabiting 
the shores of the St. Lawrence. At first they appear 
to have been less warlike than the Hurons or Wy- 
andots, by whom they were attacked. The Iroquois 


10. Give an account of the location of the Narragansetts. 
Their grand chief. His associate. The effects of their position 
on their character. — 11. Descrioe the position of the Pequods. 
Their sachem’s name and place of residence. That of the Mo¬ 
ll egan sachem. — 12. What remarkable visitation of Providence 
occurred among the natives a short time before the English came ? 
IIow great a proportion were destroyed? 13. How were the 
Iroquois found by the discoverers of Canada ? 


CHAP. II. 


Indians 
of Nar- 
raganset 
Bay. 


Of east¬ 
ern Con¬ 
necticut. 


Plague 
among 
the abo¬ 
rigines. 







20 


IROQUOIS AND MOBILIANS. 


CHAP. II. 


The 
Five 
Nations 
in west¬ 
ern New 
York. 


Become 

very 

powerful. 


Powerful 

southern 

confed¬ 

eracies. 


were driven by them, from the banks of the St. 
Lawrence; and dividing into five tribes, the Sene¬ 
cas, Cayugas, 0 nondag as, Oneidas, and Mohawks, 
they spread themselves by degrees, east of Lake 
Erie, and south of Ontario, along the romantic wa¬ 
ters of northern New York, to which they have left 
their bold and harmonious names. The place of 
their grand general council, or congress of chiefs, 
was at Onondaga. 

14. Here they made a stand, and became the most 
fearless, subtle, and powerful of savages. They con¬ 
quered the Hurons, fought the Delawares, and put 
in fear all the surrounding tribes. Finally, in the con¬ 
tests between France and England, they were court¬ 
ed by both parties as allies, and dreaded by both as 
foes. Of the Five Nations,* the Mohawks were the 
most warlike. Their chief seat was at Johnstown, on 
the beautiful river, which still bears their name. 

15. Of the Mobilians, the most extensive and pow¬ 
erful confederacies were the Creeks, situated most¬ 
ly in Georgia; the Ciierokees in the mountainous 
region north and west; and the Choctaws and 
Chickasaws, nearer to the Mississippi. 

16. The Natchez have excited much interest on 
account of the difference of their language from that 
of the surrounding tribes. Natchez, on the Missis¬ 
sippi, marks their location. The Siiawanese, the 
native tribe of Tecumseii, once resided on the banks 
of the Suwaney river in Florida. From thence they 
migrated northward, first to Pennsylvania, and after¬ 
wards to Ohio. 

* When they were joined by the Tuscaroras, they became the Six 
Nations. 


13. To what place did they change their location ? What were the 
names of each of the five nations? Where was their general coun¬ 
cil held ?—14. What character did they now assume? What na¬ 
tions contend with ? By what nations was their alliance courted ? 
Which tribe was the most warlike ? Where was its principal seat? 
15. Learn from the Map the location of the Mobilian tribes. 
Which were the most extensive and powerful? Which are the 
most northerly? Which are partly in Georgia?— 1G. Which 
near the Mississippi? Where are the Shawanese? Which tribe 
has a language by itself? 









I. 


PART 

FROM 1492 TO 1643. 



Return of Columbus. 

PERIOD I. 


FROM 

THE DISCOVERY OF \ 1 19 | AMERICA BY COLUMBUS, 

TO 

THE FIRST l’ATF.NT GRANTED) i LANDS IN AMERICA—GIVEN BY Q. 

BY AN ENGLISH SOVEREIGN TO J 4 * ( ELIZABETH TO SIR II. GILBERT. 


CHAPTER I. 

First Discovery—Columbus, &c. 

1. Thousands of years had elapsed since the crea¬ 
tion of the world, and as yet the inhabitants of the 
eastern hemisphere were ignorant, that, on the face 
of the planet which they inhabited, was another con¬ 
tinent of nearly equal extent. Nor did they become 
acquainted with this fact by any fortunate accident ; 
but they owed its proof, to the penetration and per¬ 
severing efforts of a man, as extraordinary, as the 
discovery which he made. 


PT. i. 
P’D. I. 

OH. I. 

Former 
ages ig¬ 
norant of 
geogra¬ 
phy. 


1. What«1 if 1 the people of the eastern hemisphere know about 
bis continent three hundred and fifty years ago ? Did they learn 
ts existence by accident ? 


21 



































COLUMBUS. 


22 


P T. I. 

P’D. I. 
cu. i. 


1447 . 

Birth 
arid rare 
talents of 
Colum¬ 
bus. 


Circum¬ 
stances 
favorable 
to his 
genius. 


Offers 
his ser¬ 
vices to 
reigning 
sov¬ 
ereigns. 


2. This was Christopher Columbus, a native of 
Genoa, born in 1447. He possessed all those ener¬ 
getic impulses of the soul which lead to high achieve¬ 
ment; and, with these he combined judgment the 
most grave and solid, prudence and patience the 
most steady and unoffending, piety the most devout, 
and, what insured his success, the most untiring per¬ 
severance ever manifested by man. 

3. Columbus had married the daughter of one of 
the Portuguese discoverers, then deceased; whose 
widow, finding how eagerly her son-in-law sought 
such sources of information, gave to him all the maps 
and charts which had belonged to her husband. 
Marco Polo, a Venetian, had travelled to the east, 
and returned with wonderful accounts of the riches 
of Cathay and the island of Cipango, called, gener¬ 
ally, the East Indies, and now known to be China 
and Japan. 

4. The idea that the earth was round, was ridi¬ 
culed by most persons at that time; but it was fully 
believed by Columbus, on the evidence of its figure, 
exhibited in eclipses of the moon. Hence, he be¬ 
lieved, that those rich countries described by Mar¬ 
co Polo might be found by sailing west; and he 
formed the design to lead the way, through un¬ 
known oceans. 

5. Columbus believed that great advantages would 
accrue to the nation who should patronize his un¬ 
dertaking ; and, with filial respect, he first offered his 
services to his native state, but had the mortification 
to find them rejected. He then applied to John II. 
of Portugal; to Henry VII. of England; and to 
Ferdinand and Isabella, king and queen of Spain. 


2. Who was the discoverer? What was his character? — 3. 
What woman gave him sources of information ? What traveller 
had excited his mind about distant countries ? What countries ?—4. 
In what opinion was Columbus in advance of his contemporaries ? 
Why did he believe in the true figure of the earth ? How did he 
suppose he could reach those rich countries called the East Indies ? 
5. To whom did Columbus first offer his services ? With what 
success ? Whose patronage did he next solicit ? What sovereign 
of England ? What sovereigns in Spain ? 














THE NEW WORLD. 


23 


But these monarchs could not comprehend his p’t. t. 
schemes, and would not encourage them. ~fdTl~ 

6. At the court of Spain, he had, spent two years CH - L 

in a succession of mortifying repulses; and at length, T] ft| . o 

quite discouraged, he was preparing to go to Eng- accepted 
land, when he was recalled by a mandate from Isa- 
bella. This woman alone of all the sovereigns of 
Europe, had the reach of mind to comprehend the 
character of Columbus, and the truth and grandeur 

of his views. Not knowing how to raise the sum of 
money requisite for defraying the expenses of the 
voyage, she determined to sacrifice her jewels; but 
this was prevented by the extraordinary exertions of 
her ministers. 

7. Columbus made his first voyage, the most in¬ 
teresting of any in the annals of navigation, in 1492. 1492 . 
He discovered the first found land of the New World, Columbus 

i t ‘ discovers 

on the eleventh oi October. It was an Island called the New 
by the natives Guanahani, but to which he piously World ' 
gave the name of San Salvador , the Holy Saviour. 

8. In his third voyage he discovered the continent 

on the coast of South America, fourteen months after Sent 
the Cabots had reached its shores in the north-east. 

By the ingratitude of Ferdinand, he was, like a con- c ain ' 
dernned criminal, sent home in chains. Americus 
Vespucius, a native of Florence, having made a voy- Deprived 
age to the New World, received from the public 
honor which belonged to Columbus, that of giving a country, 
name to the continent. In 1502, the great discoverer 
made his fourth and last voyage,—when, having re¬ 
turned to Spain, his patroness, Isabella, being dead, j n He yaHo- 
his just claims disregarded, and himself neglected, he d « lid iu 
sunk beneath his sufferings, and died, in the 59th f 506 . 
year of his age. When the good meet with calami- 


6 . Who was the only one to understand his view’s or favor them ? 
What sacrifice was she prepared to make?—7. When did Colum¬ 
bus make his first voyage? What land did he first discover? 
When ? What name give ?—8. What did he discover in his third 
voyage? Did any person discover the continent before him? Ilow 
was iie treated ? After whom was the continent named ? In what 
year did he make his last voyage ? What occurred soon after ? 






24 


FOUR NATIONS. 


ft. i. ties in this world, it is pleasant to reflect, that there 
P’D. i. is a future state, where they will be happy. 
ch. ii. 9 . Many attempts were now made to show that 
the country had been previously discovered. The 
Welch Welsh brought forward the story of Madoc, son of 
story of Owen Gwyneth, who, in the twelfth century, had 
Madoc ’ sailed west, discovered a country, and afterwards 
conducted a colony thither, which was heard of no 
more. If this story be true, there yet exists no proof, 
that the region found was America. 

10. The Norwegians discovered Iceland and 
Nor- Greenland , during the ninth century, and there estab- 
ciaftns! lished colonies. Biorn, or Biron, an Icelander, in a 
voyage to Greenland, during the eleventh century, 
was driven south-west in a storm, and found a region 
Tand which) from its great number of vines, he called Vine- 
land, whose locality is supposed to have been on the 
American coast. But at the time of Columbus, no 
such accounts had reached Southern Europe. It is 
since then, that they have been dug from the grave 
of antiquity; and it remains true that, darkness 
shrouded the western continent, until Columbus 
lifted the veil. 

CHAPTER II. 

English Discoveries—French. 

America i. The principal European nations who first dis¬ 
sected covered and colonized our country, are 
witl * four I. The English, 

of Eu- II. I he French, 

r °P e * III. The Spanish, 

IV. The Dutch. 

1496* John Cabot, a native of Venice, had, with his 
* family, settled in England. He and his more re- 


9. From what story did the Welch claim to be the discoverers 
of the western continent?—10. From what the Norwegians ? The 
Icelanders ? 

Chapter II.— I. What European nations discovered and settled 
our continent ?—2. Who was John Cabot ? 








FRENCH DISCOVERIES. 


25 


nowned son, Sebastian Cabot, were men of great ft. i. 
learning, enterprise, and ability. By a commission fd. i. 
of Henry VII., dated March 5th, 1496, (the oldest ou - "• 
American state paper of England) they had authori- Jo g e n 5a g? d 
ty to discover and colonize any heathen countries tian Cl ‘- 
not before known to Christians. bot ' 

3. They sailed from England in May, 1497, and in 
June, discovered the Island of Newfoundland, which | go?, 
they called Prima Vista. Steering northward, they Discover 
made the first discovery of the continent, on the coast 

of Labrador, in latitude about 55°. On their return 
they pursued a southerly direction for an uncertain 
distance. 

4. Sebastian Cabot sailed a second time;—reached 149^ 

Labrador in latitude 58°, thence turning southerly, Sebas-* 
he became the discoverer of the coast of the United 2 * 4 ^ dl ^. a ' 
States; along which he proceeded, as far as to the covers 
southern latitude of Maryland. our coast 

5. The French king, Francis I., in 1524, sent out 
John Verrazani, a native of Florence, who reached The 
the continent in the latitude of Wilmington, North al f 0 ren ^|| 1 
Carolina. His crew looked with wonder upon the wild ploy an 
costume of the natives, made of the skins of animals, d [^over* 
and set off by necklaces of coral and garlands of feath- er. 
ers. As they sailed northward along the coast, they 
thought the country very inviting, it being covered 

with green trees, among which were many fragrant 
flowers. 

6 . At a fine harbor, supposed to be that of Newport 

in Rhode Island, Verrazani remained fifteen days, and Verraza . 
there found “the goodliest people he had seen.” From m in New 
thence he followed the north-eastern shore of New Ensland * 
Engl and, finding the inhabitants jealous and hostile. 

From Nova Scotia, he returned to France, and wrote 
a narrative of his voyage, which is still existing. 

2 . Who Sebastian ? Who gave them a commission, and at what 
time?—3. What important discovery did they make? At what 
place?— 4 . Who discovered the coast of the United States? and 
how far?—5. What Italian did the king of France send out? 

Where did he reach our shore ? What account did he give of the 
natives?— 6. What Indians do you suppose lie encountered at 

Newport ? 


‘2 





26 


CARTIER AND ROBERVAL. 


pt. i. 7. James Cartier was the discoverer to whom the 
fd. i. French trace the extensive empire which they possess- 
CH - M * ed in North America. Cartier, after a prosperous voy- 
1531 . a g e twenty days, made Cape Bohavista, the most 

* easterly point of Newfoundland. Sailing around the 
.Tames north-eastern extremity of the island, he encountered 
niakes severe weather and icy seas. Then stretching to the 

great dis- south-west, he discovered, on Si. Lawrence 1 8 day, the 
eovenes. 110 ^j e g U ^ w hich bears the name of that saint. 

8. In i535, he sailed on a second voyage, entered 
the gulf of St. Lawrence, proceeded up the river, to 
which he gave the same name, and anchored at an isl- 

1535 . anc 4 which, abounding in grapes, he named Bacchus 

* Isle, now the Isle of Orleans. He continued his voyage 
Cartier’s to the Island of Hochelega to which he gave the name 
voyage. °f Mont Real. After a severe winter he returned in 

the spring with dreary accounts of the country. He, 
however, named it New France , and it was also called 
Canada, but at what time, or whether from any signi- 
ficancy in the word, is not known. 

9. France now possessed a country in the New 
New World, through which flowed a river, more majestic 
rance than any in Europe. Francis He La Roque, lord 

1540 . 0 /Roberval, in Picardy, obtained from the king full 
His third authority to rule, as viceroy, the vast territory around 
"de^Ro-" the bay and river of St. Lawrence. Cartier was neces- 
bervai. gar y to him and received the title of chief pilot and 
captain-general of the enterprise. The prisons were 
thrown open, and with their inmates, Cartier sailed. 
Ma r 10. He built a fort near the site of Quebec , and there 

1511 . spent a winter, in which he had occasion to hang one 

founds disorderly company, and put several in irons. 

Quebec. In the spring he took them back to France, just as 

1512 . Roberval arrived with supplies and fresh emigrants. 


7. Who was the greatest discoverer employed by the Frencli ? 
During Cartier’s first voyage, what great discoveries did he make ? 
8. Give an account of his second voyage ? What can you say of 
the name of the country? — 9. Under whose authority did ho 
make this third voyage ? What kind of people where brought 
over as colonists?—10. Did any good result take place? What 
can you say of Roberval ? 








FLORIDA. 


27 

By him, however, nothing pennanent was effected; pt. i. 
and after a year, lie abandoned his viceroyalty. 

11. Coligni, the distinguished high admiral of can 
France was the friend of the Huguenots, a name giv¬ 
en to the French Protestants. These were objects of 
such hatred and fear to the monarchs, that they were 

i • , . , . 7 # * Admiral 

plotting their destruction, and when a project was Coligni 
formed by the admiral to plant with them a colony m^ibaiS? 
America, it found ready favor. He therefore sent out, 
under the command of John Ribault, distinguished 
as a brave and pious Protestant, two ships loaded 
with conscientious Huguenots, many of whom were 
of the best families in France. 

12. They approached land in the delightful clime 
of St. Augustine ; and, on the first of May, discover- IIe 
ed the St.John , which they called the river of May. £ 
Sailing along the coast north-easterly, they chose as 
their home Port Royal. There they built a fort, and 
called it Carolina , a name which is preserved in that 
of two of our States. Ribault left there a colony, and 
returned to France. 

13. The commander of the fort provoked a muti¬ 
ny, and was slain. The colonists longed for home, colonists 
They put to sea without suitable provisions, and be- abandon 
ing found in a famishing state by a British vessel, 

they were carried to England. 

14. The persevering Coligni soon after sent out an¬ 
other colony under the worthy Laudonniere. Upon 
the banks of the river of May, with psalms of thanks¬ 
giving, they made their dwelling-place, and erected j 506 . 
another fort, called also Carolina. The next year F ^ n Ca ™‘ 
Ribault arrived with vessels containing emigrants Florida 
and supplies; and taking the command, the colony built - 
seemed happily planted. 


11. Who was Coligni ? Whose friend was he? What project 
did he contrive? Whom did he send as leader of the colonv ? 
12. What country did they first reach? Where did they build 
a fort, and what name give it?—13. What happened after Ribault 
had departed?—14. By whom did Coligni send out another 
colony? Where did they build a fort, and what name give it? 
Who came and for what purpose? 









28 


BETTER TURN BACK, THAN GO ON WRONG. 


P’T. I. 
P’D. I. 

CH III 


Ponce de 
Leon 
seeks the 
fountain 
of life. 


1513. 


Discov¬ 

ers 

Florida. 


15*20. 

Wicked 
ness of 
Vasquez 
de 

Ayllon. 

1528. 

Unsuc¬ 
cessful 
attempt 
of Nar¬ 
vaez. 


CHAPTER III. 

Spanish Discoveries, Adventures, and Cruelties—St. Augustine. 

1. John Ponce De Leon, a Spanish soldier, who 
had once voyaged with Columbus, had received an im¬ 
pression, common in those times, that there existed in 
the New World a fountain, whose waters had power 
to arrest disease, and give immortal youth; and he set 
forth to seek it. On Easter Sunday, called by the 
Spaniards Pascua Florida, and a little north of the 
latitude of St. Augustine, he discovered what he 
deemed, from the blossoms of the forest trees, a land 
of flowers. The fountain of life was not there ; but 
Ponce took possession of the country in the name of 
the Spanish king, and called it Florida. 

2. The part of South Carolina, in the vicinity of the 
Combahee river, was soon after visited by a Spaniard, 
named Yasquez De Ayllon. The country was 
named Chicora , and the river, the Jordan. De Ayllon 
invited the natives to visit his ships, and when they 
stood in crowds upon his deck, he hoisted sail and car¬ 
ried them off. Thus, torn from their families, they 
were, as slaves, condemned to ceaseless toil. De Ayllon 
afterwards attempted to conquer the country; but the 
hostility of the natives could not be overcome, and 
numbers of Spaniards perished in the fruitless attempt. 

3. By another unsuccessful effort, under the ad¬ 
venturer Narvaez, to conquer Florida and the ad¬ 
joining country, an army of three hundred Spaniards 
wasted away, till but four or five returned. 

4. They however insisted that Florida was the inch¬ 
est country in the world; and Ferdinand De Soto, 


Chapter III.—1. Who was John Ponce de Leon ? What in¬ 
duced him to come to the New World ? What country did he 
discover? Observe the dates, and tell which discovered Florida 
first, the French just mentioned, or this Spaniard. Tell the dates 
in each case.—2. Give an account of the expedition of Vasquez 
de Ayllon. What do you tl)ink of his conduct?—3. What can 
you say of Narvaez ? 






FERDINAND DE SOTO. 


29 


already famous as the companion of Pizarro, the cruel ft. i. 
conqueror of Peru, obtained a commission from pm. l 
Charles V. to conquer the country. He sailed, with a CH - m - 
considerable force, to Cuba, of which he had been Ferdi . 
made governor; and there adding to his army, he nand do 
landed in 1539, at Espirito Santo, in Florida, with six *539 
hundred soldiers; an army greater, and better sup- Lands in 
plied, than that with which Cortez conquered Mexico. Flonda - 

5. He expected to find mines and utensils of gold; 
and being from time to time deluded by the natives, 
he pursued these illusions, which ever fled as he ap¬ 
proached. He went north, crossed the Alleghany 
mountains, then marched southerly to Mobile, where iiis ob- 
he fought a bloody battle with the people of a walled 
city. At Pensacola he met ships from Cuba, with 
supplies for his exhausted army; but too proud to 
be wise, he continued to pursue a shadow, rather 
than retrace a false step. 

(3. The hope of the precious metals still lured him 
on, and he now bent his course to the north-west, 
and in latitude 34° lie discovered the Mississippi. April 25 , 
He continued west until he reached the Wachita , *£ dj ** 
when, becoming dispirited, he turned his course, and covers 
descended that stream to its junction with the Red gjgjppt. 
river. Thence he went down its current; and where 
the Red mingles its waters with the Mississippi, he 
died. His body was inclosed in a hollow oak, and May 21 , 
committed to the broad stream. The officer who sue- di ^‘ 
ceeded him in command, conducted the poor remains 
of his army down the Mississippi. 

7. When the news reached Spain, that Florida had 
been colonized by French Huguenots, the cruel mon¬ 
arch, Philip II., gave to Pedro Melendez de Aviles Meien- 
a commission, to take possession of that country, and , Vom 
to destroy the heretics. Five hundred persons ac- Bp*"- 


4. What expedition did Ferdinand de Soto undertake ? Give 
an account of his preparations—his numbers—his place of land¬ 
ing in America.—5. His objects. Iiis route and return to the 
coast.—6. Iiis second route and great discovery. Where did lie 
die ? How was his body disposed of? What became of his army ? 
7. What king sent to destroy the French colony ? 










30 


FIRST PERMANENT SETTLEMENT. 


P'T. I. 

P’D. I. 
cii. m. 


Sept, 8. 

1565. 

ITe 

founds St. 
Augustine 


Sept. 21, 
He 

destroys 
Fort 
Carolina 
and 900 
Hugue¬ 
nots. 


A us. 22. 

1568. 

Goutres 
kills 200 
Span¬ 
iards. 


First 
colony 
within 
the U. S. 


companied Melendez, who were men with families,—■ 
soldiers, mechanics, and priests. Coming upon the 
coast south of the French settlement, he discovered 
the harbor of St. Augustine on the day of that saint, 
and here he laid the foundation of the city of St. 
Augustine , the oldest by nearly thirty years, of any 
now within the limits of our republic. 

8. The French had received from Melendez the ter¬ 
rible notice, that he had come to destroy every person 
who was not a Catholic. Ribault, supposing that the 
Spaniards would attack by sea, embarked to meet 
them. A tremendous storm shipwrecked his whole 
fleet. The Spaniards, meantime, crossed the forest 
and attacked by land. Unprepared and surprised, 
the defenceless fort soon surrendered, when all, with¬ 
out distinction of age or sex, were murdered. The 
shipwrecked mariners were afterwards found, feeble 
and exhausted, upon the shore. Melendez invited 
them to come to him, and trust to his compassion. 
They came, and he slew them. 

9. When the news of this massacre of nine hundred 
French subjects reached the French king, Charles 
IX., he took no notice of it; for so bigoted was he, 
that he wished the entire destruction of the Hugue¬ 
nots. Yet so deep was the feeling among the people 
of France, that three years afterwards, individuals 
headed by the gallant Chevalier Gouges, made a 
descent on the settlement of Florida, and put to death 
two hundred Spaniards. The Spanish colony was 
thus checked, but it was not destroyed; and it 
proved to be the first permanent settlement, made 
by Europeans upon the shores o ‘ our republic. 


7. Whom did he send ? What description of persons, and how 
many accompanied him? What is there remarkable about the 
city which he founded ?—8. What notice did he give the French? 
Where was Ribault when Melendez attacked the French fort? 
How did he treat the people in the fort? How the shipwrecked? 
9. Who took vengeance on the Spaniards? In what manner? 
Was the Spanish colony destroyed ? What has it proved to be ? 





OLD SETTLEMENTS IN NEW TERRITORIES. 


31 


t 10. Large territories have lately been added to the 
United States from Mexico, which were originally 1504. 
colonized by Spain. In Neav Mexico the first set- Jt'ticd 
tlement was made at Santa Fe, in 1594, by a Span- Pj^o f 
ish colony from Mexico, sent out by the viceroy of Moxico. 
the king of Spain, the Count de Monterey, under 
“the valiant” Don Juan de Onate of Zacatecas. 1603 . 

At St. Diego , the first settlement of American ?et!iV- 
California was made, in 1603, by the Spaniards, on A *J|f” r j C ®n 
account of its harbor. In 1769 it became the first California, 
established station of the Jesuit missions. 1002. 

At San Antonio de Bexar , the first effectual set- *' ir st set¬ 
tlement in Texas was made by Spaniards in 1692. in Texas. 


Questions.— 10. Give an account of the first settlement of Santa 
Fe and its vicinity. Of the first discovered and first settled place 
of American California. What is the name of the first settled 
place in Texas? The date of the settlement? Point out on the 
chronographer the four dates of early settlements here mentioned. 


EXERCISES ON THE TREE CHRONOGRAPHER. 

(Referring to events of Period I., Part I.) 

Point out on the chronographer the epoch which marks the 
beginning of this period. 

The Cabots discovered the continent in 1497. Verrazani 
sailed along the coast in 1524. Cartier made his two voyages 
in 1534-35. Point out these years. The time of Cartier’s 
founding Quebec was 1541. Show the places of these dates. 
Also of the times of the founding of Santa Fd, St. Diego, and 
San Antonio de Bexar. 

llibault built Fort Carolina, in South Carolina, in 1564. 
Laudonni&re built Fort Carolina, in Florida, in 1566. St. 
Augustine was founded in 1565. Where are these dates on 
the chronographer ? At what epoch does this period termi¬ 
nate ? Point to its place. 

The teacher can select other dates, and require the pupils 
to locate them on the chronographer ; but is advised not to 
oblige them to burden their minds by committing ordinary 
dates to memory,—but only a select few. 












&S. Cabot 

Mnsav 1497. \ 


Chaleur WE 


Hochelega now 
Montreal 


Mississippi R. discovered 
by De Soto 1541. 


^^gCM obile ( 


'Ft. Charles' 


Longitude West/from Greenwich. 


MAP N? 2. 1578 


Exhibiting the Discoveries 
of the 

EARLY NAVIGATORS. 


PRIM A 
VISTA 


(. J.uubec 


O 


Sebastian Cabot 1493. 

\ \ 

A T L A N T I\ C 


Verrazam 1524 


Ponce de Leon 1512 

nz—r 


Ribaultl 1564. 


Colt7mbu5=11492. 


The vessels of Columbus 
were the Santa Maria, 
\\ Nina and Pinta. 


Long. 10 West from 5 Washington. 0 


Long. 10 Last. 

































































PERIOD II. 

FROM 

PATENT GRANTED BY QUEEN ELI- [ I578] ZABETII TO SIR H. GILBERT, 

TO 

LANDING OF THE PILGRIMS j- 1620 .] AT NEW PLYMOUTH. 

CHAPTER I. 

Unsuccessful attempts of Gilbert, Kaleigh, and others. 

1 . Queen Elizabeth, the reigning sovereign of ft, i. 
England, gave to Sir Humphrey Gilbert, in 1578, n>. n. 
by an open or patent letter, “ all such remote, hea- CIf -*• 
then, and barbarous lands,” as he should discover in 
North America, and of which he should take posses- ^ g 
sion ; these lands not having been occupied before, by Gilbert's 
any other Christian power. She vested in him and his P atent - 
heirs the right of property, and guaranteed that all, 
who should settle there, should enjoy the privileges 
of free citizens and natives of England. The patentee 


Chapter I.—1. From whom did Sir Humphrey Gilbert receive 
his patent? What lands did it give him? What rights vest in 
him and his heirs? What guarantee to those who should settle 
the country ? 

2 * 


33 









































34 : 


FATE OF SIR II. GILBERT. 


P'T. I. 


P’D. II. 

CH. I. 


1579 

to 

1583 . 

Gilbert’s 

two 

voyages. 


His 

disasters 

and 

death. 

1583 . 

Sept. 22. 


Sir W. 
Raleigh 
sends 
Amidas 
and 

Barlow. 


was to acknowledge the authority of the sovereign of 
England, and pay one-fifth of all the gold and silver 
obtained. 

2. In Gilbert’s first attempt to plant a colony, he 
put to sea, but was obliged to return. In his second, 
he reached Newfoundland, where he took possession 
of the country for his sovereign, by raising a pillar 
inscribed with the British arms. From thence, he 
sailed south-westerly, till he reached the latitude of 
the mouth of the Kennebec. Here the largest of his 
three vessels was wrecked, and all her crew perished. 

3. Gilbert now finding it impossible to proceed, set 
his face towards England, keeping in the smallest of 
his remaining vessels, the Squirrel, a barge of only 
ten tons; for his generous heart refused to put any 
to a peril, he was himself unwilling to share. The 
passage was stormy, but his pious mind found com¬ 
fort in the reflection which, as he sat reading in the 
stern of his barge, he uttered to his companions in 
the larger vessel; “we are as near heaven at sea, as on 
land.” In the night, the lights of his little bark sud¬ 
denly vanished, and he was heard of no more. 

4. Sir Walter Raleigh, the brother-in-law of Gil¬ 
bert, obtained from Queen Elizabeth, a transfer of his 
patent. Raleigh had learned, from the unsuccessful 
emigrants of France, the mildness and fertility of the 
south ; and thither he dispatched two vessels, under 
Philip Amidas and Arthur Barlow. They ap¬ 
proached the shore at Pamlico Sound, and on landing 
in Ocracock or Roanoke Island, they found grapes 
abundant, and so near the coast, that the sea often 
washed over them. 

5. The natives were as kindly as their climate and 
soil. The king’s son, Granganimo, came with fifty of 


1. What was enjoined upon the person who received the 
patent? — 2 . In Gilbert’s first attempt what happened? In his 
second how far did he proceed ? In what manner take possession ? 
What disaster did he meet, and at what place ? — 3 . What trait of 
generosity did he exhibit? What were the last words he was 
heard to utter ? — 4 . Who obtained a similar patent? Whom did 
Sir W. Raleigh send out? To what place did they go? What 
account did they give of Roanoke Island ?— 5 . What of the natives ? 





35 


Raleigh’s attempts unsuccessful. 


his people, and received them with distinguished pt. i. 
courtesy. He invited them to his dwelling at twen- "foTiT" 
ty miles’ distance on the coast; but when they went, 01L *• 
it chanced he was not at home. His wife came out to Bpautiflll 
meet them. She ordered some of her people to draw example 
their boat ashore to preserve it, and others to bring <>t lK ^p t l l. V0 
the Englishmen on their backs through the surf. She taiity. 
then conducted her guests to her home, and had a 
fire kindled, that they might dry their clothes, which 
were wet with rain. In another room, she spread a 
plentiful repast of fish, venison, esculent roots, mel¬ 
ons, and fruits. As they were eating, several Indians, 
armed with bows and arrows, entered. She chid 
them, and sent them away, lest her visitors should 


names 

Virginia. 


1585. 

Seven 


suffer from alarm. 

6. When the navigators returned to England, and 
made this report to Elizabeth, she was induced to 
call the country Virginia, as a memorial that the EuSth 
happy discovery had been made under a Virgin 
queen. This name soon became general throughout 
the coast. 

V. Raleigh now found many adventurers ready to 
embark in his project; and in 1585, he fitted out a 
squadron of seven ships, under the command of Sir 
Richard Grenville, who followed the course of ships "un- 
Amidas and Barlow, and touched at the same islands. GrenvW 
In one of these he cruelly burned a village, because 
he suspected an Indian of having stolen a silver cup. 

He then left a colony under Captain Lane, at the 
island of Roanoke. The colonists, reduced to great 
distress for want of provisions, were, the next year, cgony 
carried to England by Sir Francis Drake, who was Ser 5 6 
returning from a successful expedition against the 
Spaniards in the West Indies. 

8. Soon after their departure, they were sought 
by a shij), which had been sent by Raleigh with 


Lane. 


5. How did an Indian lady behave?—6. Who gave a name to 
the country? What name?—7. Whom did Raleigh next send? 

When ? What was done hy Sir R. Grenville ? What can you say 
of the colony which he left ? 










gosnold’s visit. 


36 


P’T. I. 


P D. II. 

€11. I. 


Fifteen 
men lost. 


1587 , 

Second 

Roanoke 

colony. 


Raleigh’s 

lost 

colony. 


1602 . 

Gosnold 
visits N. 
England. 


supplies; and afterwards by Sir Richard Grenville. 
He not finding them, most unwisely left fifteen of 
his crew to keep possession of the island, and then 
returned to England. Of this small number nothing 
was afterwards heard. Probably they were de¬ 
stroyed by the injured and revengeful savages. 

9. In 1587, Raleigh again sent out a colony of 
one hundred and fifty adventurers to the same isl¬ 
and, under Captain White. He soon returned to 
England to solicit supplies for the colony. Before 
lie departed, his daughter, Mrs. Dare, gave birth to 
a female infant, the first child of English parents 
born in America. The infant was baptized by the 
name of Virginia. 

10. The attempts made by Raleigh for the relief 
of this colony were unremitted, but unsuccessful; 
and three years elapsed before he could procure the 
means of sending Captain White to their relief. 
It was then too late. Not one remained; nor, 
though repeatedly sought, has any clue to their fate 
ever been found. Appalled and in danger of per¬ 
ishing himself, White returned, without leaving one 
English settler on the shores of America. 

11. In 1602, Bartholomew Gosnold, with thirty- 
two men, sailed from Falmouth, and steering due 
west, he was the first English commander who 
reached the country by this shorter and more direct 
course. He approached the coast near N ah ant, 
then bearing to the south he discovered and named 
Gape Cocl , which was the first ground in New Eng¬ 
land ever trod by Englishmen. 

12. From Cape Cod he sailed round Nantucket , 
and discovered Martha's Vineyard. He then en¬ 
tered Buzzard’s Bay, and finding a fertile island, he 
gave it, in honor of the Queen, the name of Eliza- 


8 . What of another small colony?— 9 . What of Raleigh’s second ? 
What name was given to the tirst native-born English child? 
10 . Were attempts made to relieve this colony ? Does any one. 
know what became of Mrs. Dare, or her child, or any of the col¬ 
ony ?—11. Give some account of Gosnold. Point out on the Map 
his course. Tell where he approached. What discoveries he made. 







NORTH AND SOUTH VIRGINIA. 37 

beth. Near its western shore, on a small island in pt. i. 
a lake, he built a fort and store-house, and prepared fd. ii. 
to leave a small colony. But the natives became CUI - 
hostile, and his intended settlers would not remain. Natives 
Having freighted his vessel with sassafras root, then hostUe. 8 
much esteemed in medicine, he hoisted sail and 
reached England with all his men, after a passage 
of five weeks, the shortest then known. 

13. Henry IV., of France, in 1603, granted to the 
Sieur de Monts, the country called Acadia , extend¬ 
ing from the 40th to the 46th degree of north lati- 1603. 
tude. The next year De Monts sailed from France, Ue grllt^ 
taking Samuel Champlain as his pilot. He entered Acadia - 
an extensive bay, called it La Baye Fran§aise, [Bay 

of Fundy,] and on its eastern side, he founded Port De MonU 
Royal. He discovered and named the rivers St. founds 
John and St. Croix, and sailed along the coast as far 
as Cape Cod. 

14. London and Plymouth Companies. —The 
English becoming alarmed at this encroachment on 1606 . 
territory which they claimed, James I., the succes- jgS'JJ 
sor of Elizabeth, dividing the country into two dis- 4i° the 
tricts nearly equal , granted the southern part , or Wanted 
first colony of Virginia , included between the 34th to both 
and 41st degrees, to a company of merchants called c S. a 
the London Company ; and the northern or sec- w i,erever 
ond colony of Virginia , included between the 38th one made 
and 45th degrees, to another corporation, called nfent^the 
the Plymouth Company. The king vested these 
companies with a right of land along the coast, fifty settle 
miles each way, and extending into the interior one 
hundred miles from the place of settlement. 

15. The Plymouth Company, in 1607, sent out 


12. At what place did he prepare to colonize ? Was he suc¬ 
cessful in planting a colony ? What of his voyage in regard to 
time ?—13. What was granted to De Monts ? By whom ? What 
voyage and discoveries did he make? Who accompanied him? 
14. Between what two companies did the English now divide the 
country? What names give to each division? Trace the two 
divisions on Map III., unless you draw the Maps, and have one of 
your own to exhibit. 







38 


CAPTAIN JOHN SMITH. 


ft. i. Admiral Raleigh Gilbert, with a hundred plant- 
P’D. ii. ers, under Captain George Popham, the president 
«»• n - of the company. They landed at the mouth of Ken- 
nebec river, where they built and fortified a store- 
ment e at house. The sufferings of the colony, through the 
K bec e " winter, were severe. They lost their store-house by 
1007 . fire, and their president by death, and the next year 
returned to England, considering the country “a 
cold, barren, mountainous desert,” where, in the 
quaint language of that period, they declared, “ they 
found nothing but extreme extremities.” 

16. Thus, after a period of one hundred and ten 
years, from the time that Cabot discovered North 
America, and twenty-four years after Raleigh plant¬ 
ed the first colony, there was not, until 1607, an 
Englishman settled in America. 


CHAPTER II. 

First Settlement of Virginia. 

1. In 1607, the London Company sent out Cap¬ 
tain Christopher Newport, with three ships, and 
one hundred and five men ; among whom was the 
navigator, Gosnold, and Captain J ohn Smith, the 
Father of Virginia. 

2. The fleet sailed by the West Indies, and being 
driven north of Roanoke in a storm, an accidental 
discovery was thus made of the entrance of the 

peake Chesapeake Bay, the boundaries of which were 
discover- now named Capes Charles and Henry, in honor of 
1607 . the king’s sons. 

3. The adventurers sailed at once into the bay, 
and up the Powhatan river, to which they gave the 


15. Whom did the Plymouth company send out? What was 
the success of the settlement at Kennebec?—1G. In 1607 what 
miarht be said of English colonization ? 

Chapter IT.—1. Whom did the London company send out? 
2. Wliat discovery was accidentally made ?—3. What course did 
the fleet take ? 








FIRST EFFECTUAL ENGLISH SETTLEMENT. 


39 


name of the James. Upon its banks, fifty miles from ft. l 
its mouth, they fixed their residence, and raised a fd. ii. 
few huts. The place was called Jamestown, an 0H IL 
appellation which it still retains, although nothing 
now remains but a few falling ruins. May 13 . 

4. The King of England, James I., had given the 
colonists a charter; that is a writing, made like a 
deed, which he signed, and to which the great seal 
of England was affixed. These written instruments 
when made for the settlers, in a wise and righteous 
manner, gave them privileges, which were of great 
value. But, in this case, the charter left with the 
king all the power to govern the country. 

5. To the colonists no assurance was given, but the 
vague promise, that they should continue to be Eng¬ 
lishmen. Religion was established by law, according No privi- 
to the forms and doctrines of the church of England. theset- 
There was, for the present, no division of property; tlers - 
and for five years, all labor was to be for the benefit 

of the joint stock. 

6. The government was to be administered by a 
council, nominated by the king, but to reside in the 
colony. As soon as the emigrants landed, the coun¬ 
cil was organized. They chose Edward Wingfield, Fhst 
their president. They were envious of Captain president, 
Smith. He was the proper person to be their head, fl ^ i . n |‘ d 
because he had more talents and more zeal for the Smith. ’ 
settlement, than any other man. But troubles gath¬ 
ered fast, and then they were glad to have Smith 

for a leader. 

V. The neighboring Indians soon annoyed the 
colony by their petty hostilities. Their provisions 
failed, and the scanty allowance to which they were 
reduced, as well as the influence of a climate to which Dlsaster& 
they were not accustomed, gave rise to disease; 
so that the number of the colonists rapidly dimin¬ 
ished. Sometimes four or five died in a day, and 

3. Where did the emigrants settle?— 4. What is a charter? 

Did these emigrants receive a favorable charter?—5. How was it 
about religion? — property? — 6 . What about the government? 

Who was chosen president? 







40 


SMI'i'H OBEYS HIS SUPERIORS. 


P’T. i. there were not enough of the well, to give decent 
P’D. ii. burial to the dead. Fifty perished before winter, 
CH - n - among whom was the excellent Gosnold. 

DeaUw.f 7 8 * 10 * The energy and cheerful activity of Smith, threw 
Gosnold. the only light, which glanced upon the dark picture. 
1607 . He so managed as to awe the natives, and at the 
same time to conciliate and obtain from them sup- 
Exceiient °f f°°d; while, among the emigrants, he en- 
niYnagT- couraged the faint hearted, and put in fear the 
Smith* rebellious. Winter at length came, and with it, re¬ 
lief from diseases of climate, and plentiful supplies 
of wild fowl and game. 

9. The London company, with an ignorance of 
geography, which even then was surprising, had 
given directions that some of the streams flowing 
from the north-west should be followed up, in order 
to find a passage to the South Sea. Smith was 
superior to the company in intelligence, but he 
knew the duties of a subordinate ; and he therefore 
Smith prepared to explore the head waters of the river 
afweuTs Chickahominy, which answered as nearly as any 
com- one, to their description. 

man ’ 10. Powhatan, the chief of the savage confeder¬ 

acy, on the waters of the James and its tributaries, 
had been visited by the colonists early after their 
arrival. His imperial residence, called from its beau¬ 
tiful location, Nonesuch, consisted of twelve wigwams 
near the site of Richmond. Next to him in power 
1607 . was brother, Opechacanough, who was chief of 
Powhatan the Pamunkies on the Chickahominy. Smith em- 
brother. barked in a barge on that river, and when he had 
ascended as far as possible in this manner, he left it, 
with the order that his party should not land till his 
return; and, with four attendants, he pursued his 
objects twenty miles farther up the river. 


7 . What misfortunes befel the colony? — 8 . What can you say 

of the conduct of Captain Smith?— 9 . What directions ha(i Smith 

received? From whom? What did he know, and what do? 

10 . Whom had the colonists visited? Where? fVho was chief 
of the Indians on the Chickahominy? What was the beginning 
of Smith’s adventures on that river ? 





INDIANS CAPTURE SMITH. 


41 


11. The Indians who had watched his movements, pt. i. 
fell upon his barge-men, took them prisoners, and pm. ii. 
obliged them to discover the track of their captain. 011 IU 
He, in pursuit of game, soon found himself hunted 

by swarms of savage archers. In this extremity he 
bound to his breast, as a shield, an Indian youth, Imlians 
who was with him ; and then he shot three Indians, capture 
wounded others, and kept the whole party at bay. 1111 ' 
Attempting to retreat to his canoe while yet watch¬ 
ing his foe, suddenly he sank to his middle, in an 
oozy creek. The savages dared not even then touch 
him, till, perishing with cold, he laid down his arms 
and surrendered. 

12 . They carried him to a fire, near which, some 
of his men had been killed. By his Indian guide 
and interpreter, he then called for their chief. Ope- 
chacanough appeared, and Smith politely presented 
to him his pocket compass. The Indians were con¬ 
founded at the motions of the fly-needle, which, on 
account of the mysterious glass, they could see, but 
could not touch. He told them wonderful stories of His 
its virtues, and proceeded, as he himself relates, addre8S - 
“by the globe-like figure of that jewel, to instruct 
them, concerning the roundness of the earth, and 

how the sun did chase the night round about the 
world continually,” by which his auditors were filled 
■with profound amazement. 

13. Their minds seemed to labor with the great¬ 

ness of the thought, that a being so superior was in 
their power; and they vacillated in their opinion 
whether or not it was best to put him to death; . , 

and as often changed their conduct. Ihey took mentby 
him to Powhatan, thence led him round from one 
wondering tribe to another; until, at the residence 

of Opechacanough, these superstitious dwellers of 
the forest, employed their sorcerers or powows, for 
three days, to practise incantations, in order to 


11 . Relate the circumstances of his capture.— 12 . Of the man¬ 
ner in which he gave the natives a great, idea of his knowledge. 
13. Of their thoughts and behavior towards him. 











42 


NEWPORT ARRIVES. 


FT. I. 


P’D. II. 

OH. II. 


Ilis rescue 
by Poca¬ 
hontas. 


1608 . 

Good 

brought 

from 

evil. 


State of 
the 

colony. 


14 * 08 . 


Smith ex¬ 
plores 
the Chesa¬ 
peake. 


learn, from the invisible world, whether their pris¬ 
oner wished them well or ill. 

14. The decision of his fate was finally referred 
to Powhatan. At his residence, that majestic sav¬ 
age received him in state; but he condemned him 
to die. Two stones were brought and laid before 
the chief, and two savages stood with uplifted war- 
clubs. Smith was dragged to the spot, and his head 
placed upon the stones. Pocahontas, a young In¬ 
dian girl, rushed forward, and with cries and tears 
begged of Powhatan, her father, to spare him. He 
refused. She then ran and knelt beside the victim, 
and laid her young head upon his. Then the stern 
savage relented,—and Smith was saved. 

15. Smith having now learned much of the In¬ 
dians, their country, modes of warfare, dispositions 
and language, and having also by his great address 
and honorable bearing, won their affection and con¬ 
fidence, his captivity proved, under Divine Provi¬ 
dence, a means of establishing the colony. 

16. During his absence, however, there had been 
disorder. and misrule; and when he returned to 
Jamestown he found only thirty-eight persons re¬ 
maining. The spirits of the people were broken; 
and all, filled with despondency, were anxious to 
leave a country so inhospitable. He prevailed upon 
them, however, partly by force and partly by persua¬ 
sion, to remain till the next year; when Newport 
arriving from England, with some supplies and one 
hundred and twenty emigrants, hope again revived. 

17. During the year 1608, Captain Smith explored 
the Chesapeake bay to its head, discovered its fine 
. streams, and gained new information concerning the 

native productions and inhabitants of the country. 
In an excursion which he made up the Rappahan¬ 
nock, he had a skirmish with the Mannahoacks, a 
tribe descended from the Delawares, and took pris- 

14. Relate the circumstance of his sentence and deliverance. 
15. What view may be taken of Smith’s captivity? —10. What 
had happened during Smith’s absence? What was the effect of 
his return ?—17. What did Smith explore? 












BAD SETTLERS. 


43 


oner a brother of one of their chiefs. From him pt i. 
lie first heard of the Iroquois, who, the Indian told p’i>. il 
him, “ dwelt on a great water to the north, had a cu - m - 
great many boats, and so many men, that they 
waged war with all the rest of the world.” 

18. Immediately on his return he was chosen 
president of the council. He found the recent emi¬ 
grants “ goldsmiths and gentlemen.” But he prompt¬ 
ly gave them their choice, to labor for six hours a 1 
day, or have nothing to eat. He represented to the ion and 
council in England that they should send laborers / wlS(lom - 
that the search of gold should be abandoned, and 
that “ nothing should be expected except by labor.” 


CHAPTER III. 

Early settlement of Virginia—continued. 

1. Tiie London Company had gradually become 
enlarged by accessions of men of influence, some of 
whom were of the nobility and gentry. Without at 

all consulting the wishes, and against the interests of Gove ™- 
the colony, they now obtained from the king a new made 
charter, by which they were to hold the lands in fee ; worse - 
and all the powers of government formerly reserved 
to the crown, were hereafter to vest in the company. 

The council in England, chosen by the stockholders, 
was to appoint a governor, who was to rule the col¬ 
onists with absolute sway. 

2. The company now collected five hundred ad- N „ wport 
venturers, many of whom were men of desperate sent with 
fortunes and abandoned characters. They appoint- hundred, 
ed as governor for life the excellent Lord I)ela- 

17. Wlmt learn from report?—18. What happened on his re¬ 
turn ? What course did he take ? What was Ins advice—sent to 
England ? 

Chapter IIT. — 1. What had been the progress of the London 
Company? What did they obtain ? What was the character of 
the instrument obtained ?—2. What was the number, and what 
was the description of the persons sent out? 










44 


SIR THOMAS GATES SHIPWRECKED. 


p’T. i ware, and freighted with the emigrants nine ships, 
P'D. ii. of which Captain Newport was to take the com- 

ch. in. man d t 

3 . As Lord Delaware was not ready to embark 
with the fleet, the admiral, Sir Thomas Gates, and 

Wrecked SiR George Somers, were empowered to govern the 
at Bctdiu- colony until his arrival. Newport took into his own 
<la * ship Gates and Somers. Arriving at the Bermudas, 
a terrible storm separated the fleet. The admiral’s 
vessel was stranded on the rocky shores of Bermu¬ 
da ; a small ketch perished, and only seven of the 
vessels reached Jamestown. 

4. Smith now found himself without authority; 
1609 an< ^ ^ iree P ei ’sons who alone possessed it, were 

Smith * perhaps in the depths of the ocean. His genius, 
yo h’a&'* however, sustained him; and he compelled to sub¬ 
mission the disorderly gallants who had just arrived. 

5. Pocahontas repeatedly saved the life of Smith, 
and preserved this earliest English settlement from 

. Native destruction. In the various fortunes of the colony, 
Kindness. ^ wag unchanging friend, often coming with 
her attendants to bring baskets of provisions in 
times of scarcity, and sometimes giving notice of 
hostile designs. 

6 .. At length, an accidental explosion of gunpow¬ 
der so injured Smith, that no medical skill to be had, 
Smith could properly manage his case; and delegating his 
leaves authority to George Percy, he returned to England, 
ligima. ^y ter p- s departure, all subordination and industry 
ceased among the colonists. 

7. The Indians, no longer afraid, harassed them, 
Great and withheld their customary supplies. Their stores 
SC and ty were soon exhausted. Their domestic animals were 
distress, devoured; and, in two instances, the barbarous act 
was perpetrated, of feeding on human flesh. Smith 


2 What office had Lord Delaware? What Capt. Newport? 
3 . What was the fate of Newport’s ship ? What persons had he 
on board ?— 4 . As neither the governor, nor his substitutes were 
there, what was the position and conduct of Smith? — 5 . What is 
said of Pocahontas?—G. What now happened to Smith? W1 at 
was the conduct of the colonists ? 









45 


“the starving time.” 

left four hundred and ninety persons. In six months, pt. l 
anarchy and vice had reduced the number to sixty; p’D. ii. 
and those so feeble and forlorn, that in ten days cu - m - 
more they must all have perished. 

8 . In the mean time, Sir Thomas Gates and his 
companions, who had been wrecked on the rocks of 
Bermuda, had found there the means to construct a 
vessel; and now approaching Jamestown, they an¬ 
ticipated a happy meeting with their friends. But, 
instead of this, but few remained, and they wasted 

to skeletons. Gates was obliged to yield to the uni- Departllre 
versal cry, desert the settlement, and re-embark with <5 the r 
the whole colony. They departed in the morning, colony * 
and falling down the stream with the tide, they de¬ 
scried, at evening, near the river’s mouth, three 
ships. Lord Delaware, their paternal governor, had 
arrived with supplies; and their hearts were cheered June 
with the consoling thought that God had delivered 1 *> 90 . 
them. And then the residue returned, a chastened, 113 return - 
and a better people. 

9. The colony again became flourishing; but in 
March, 1611, the governor’s health declined, and he 
was obliged to leave the country. On the depart- 

ure of Lord Delaware, Percy was again at the head 10? * 
of affairs, until the arrival of Sir Thomas Dale, in ^jr Tho-^ 
May. Although good order and industry now pre- arrives, 
vailed, yet the state of the colony was not flourish¬ 
ing, and Dale immediately wrote to England for 
aid. In less than four months, Sir Thomas Gates 
arrived, with six ships and three hundred emigrants. 

10 . Pocahontas, after the departure of Captain 
Smith, received Christian baptism under the name 1613. 
of Rebecca; and then married John Rolfe, a a nd P mar 
young Englishman of the colony. She went with ri p^ e ca ? f 
her husband to England, where special attention hontas. 


7 . What consequences ensued?—8. Relate the circumstances 
of Sir Thomas Gates’ arrival. What was he obliged to do? 
Where were the people, and what their feelings on Lord Dela¬ 
ware’s arrival ?—9. IIow long did Lord Delaware remain in the 
country? On what occasion did their numbers receive an ac¬ 
cession?— 10 . With whom did Pocahontas go to England* 







46 


A BAD MAN MAKES A BAD GOVERNOR. 


ft. i. was paid her by the king and queen, at the instiga- 
fixIT tion of Smith. She had been told that he was dead; 
on. iv. anc i when he came to see her, she turned away, and 
for a time could not, or would not speak. He kindly 
soothed her, and at length she addressed him as her 
father, and recalled the scenes of their early ac¬ 
quaintance. Having given birth to a son, she was 
death, about to return, when she sickened and died, at the 
age of twenty-two. Her son survived, and reared 
an offspring, which is perpetuated in some of the 
best families in Virginia. 


CHAPTER IV. 

Virginia—Hudson River—Canada. 


acting 


1. In 161V, Captain Argall was made 
governor of Virginia. Lord Delaware having at- 

1617 . tempted to reach the settlement, died on the pas- 
A S- ls sage. Argall governed with so much rigor, as to 
conduct, excite universal discontent. Not only did he play 
the tyrant over the colonists, but he cheated the 
company. The rumor of his oppression made emi¬ 
gration unpopular. By the influence of the good Sir 
Edwin Sandys, the benevolent Yeardly was sent 
over to take his place. 

2. Governor Yeardly called the first general as¬ 
sembly which was held in Virginia ,, consisting of 

Ti^flrst representatives, chosen from among the people, who 
general were to act conjointly with the governor and coun- 
assembiy. c q a pp 0 i n ted by the company, in all matters of im¬ 
portance. The colonists, who, till then, had been 
nothing more than the servants of the company, 
were thus raised to the distinction and privileges of 
freemen. 


10. Wlmt took place there ? Whom.,did she meet, and how? 
Has she left descendants? 

Chaptku IV.—1. What is here said of Argall? What effect 
had the report of his bad conduct? Who was sent as governor? 
2. What important privilege did the people obtain? Of whom 
did the first assembly consist ? 









FIRST RESPECT PAID TO THE PEOPLE. 


47 


3. In this assembly, which met at Jamestown, ft. i. 

eleven boroughs were eacli represented by two bur- _ P ’d. IL 
gesses. For this cheering dawn of civil liberty, the CH - 1V - 
colonists expressed to the company “the greatest The ^ 
possible thanks,” and forthwith “fell to building Jamcs^ 
houses and planting corn.” tmvn - 

4. In order to attach the colonists more entirely 
to their new settlements, there was, about this time, 
sent out, by the advice of Sandys, a considerable 
number of young women of humble birth, but of Yonn£J 
unexceptionable character, as wives for the young women 
planters. The price paid for the passage of each, ^vives* 3 
was at first one hundred, and afterwards, one hun¬ 
dred and fifty pounds of tobacco. To fail of dis¬ 
charging debts so incurred, was esteemed particu¬ 
larly dishonorable. 

5. About this time were introduced also into the 

colony, by order of King James, many idle and dis- 
solute persons, then in custody for their offences. Co s n ent Ct3 
They were dispersed throughout the colony, and to , the 
employed as laborers. co ony ‘ 

6. A Dutch ship from Africa arriving at James¬ 
town, a part of her cargo of negroes was purchased slavery 
by the colony. This icas the commencement of ne- , com * 
gro slavery m the United /States . 

7. In 1609, occurred the discovery of the Hudson 
river , which has proved the finest for navigation of 
any in republican America. Henry Hudson, the 
discoverer, was an Englishman by birth, but was in discover- 
the service of the Dutch East India Company. The ed- 
next year, the Dutch sent ships to this river, to open 

a trade with the natives; but the Court of England 
disowned their claim to the country. The Dutch, 
however, followed up their good fortune, and soon 
erected Forts Orange and Manhattan, near the sites 
of Albany and Kew York. 

3. Where did they meet? What did they express, and what 
do?—4. What was done to attach them to their new homes? 

What price was paid?—5. What unwholesome settlers were in¬ 
troduced ?—6. Wiien did slavery commence ?— 7 . Who discovered 
the great river of New York? What was done by the Dutch? 

Were the English satisfied ? What important cities were begun ? 








48 


NEW ENGLAND EXPLORED. 


P’T. i. 8. In 1608, Champlain, under De Monts, conduct- 
i p’D. ii. ed a colony to America, and founded Quebec. Wish- 
°h. iv. j n g secure the friendship of the adjacent natives, 
he consented the next year, to accompany them on 
Cham-* an expedition against the Iroquois, with whom they 
founds were at war. They entered upon the lake which now 
Quebec, bears, in honor of its discoverer, the name of Cham¬ 
plain, and traversed it until they approached its junc- 
1609 . tion with Lake St. Sacrament, now Lake George. 
Lake ers Here, in the vicinity of Ticonderoga, a bloody en- 
C piaiii gagement took place, in which Champlain and his 
allies were victorious. 

9. Captain Smith, after his return from Virginia, 
explpred the north-eastern coast of the United States 
with a trading squadron of two ships. Smith sailed 

1014 . in the largest, and the other was commanded by 
S NEn ln Captain Hunt, before mentioned as having kidnap- 
1 land. 8 ped twenty-seven of the subjects of Massasoit. Smith 
accurately examined the shore, with its bays and riv¬ 
ers, from the mouth of the Penobscot to Cape Cod, 
Captain an( ^ having drawn a map, he laid it, on his return, 
Hunt, before Prince Charles,—with a hint, that so beautiful 
and excellent a country deserved to bear an honor¬ 
able name. The Prince listened to his suggestion, 
and declared that it should thereafter be called New 
England. 

10 . The French having established themselves 
within the limits of the northern colony of Virginia, 
Capt. Argali was sent from Jamestown to dispossess 
them. He destroyed Port Royal, and all the French 
settlements in Acadia. On his return he visited the 
Dutch at Manhattan, and demanded possession of the 

subdues country in the name of the British sovereign. The 
French traders made no scruple to acknowledge the 

and supremacy of King James, and, under him, that of 
Duich. t ] ie governor of Virginia. 


8. Relate what was done by Champlain at the North ? —9. In 
what enterprise was Captain Smith now engaged ? With whom ? 
What was done on Smith’s return?— 10. Relate Captain Argali’s 
expedition and its results ? 









EXERCISES ON THE TREE CHEONOGRAPHER. 

(Referring to events of Period II., Part I.) 

What event marks the beginning of this period ? Point out 
its date. Also the following dates : Sir Walter Raleigh ob¬ 
tained a transfer of Gilbert’s patent in 1583. Raleigh sent out 
a squadron of seven ships under Sir Richard Grenville, in 1585 ; 
and again he sent out a colony in 1587, under Captain White. 
Gosnold discovered Cape Cod in 1602. De Monts discovered 
the bay of Fundy and founded Port Royal in 1604. The Lon¬ 
don and Plymouth Companies were established by James I., 
in 1606. Chesapeake Bay was discovered by Captain Christo¬ 
pher Newport, and Jamestown founded in 1607. The London 
Company obtained a new charter from James I. in 1608, and 
Lord Delaware was appointed governor. Governor Yeardley 
called the first General Assembly, in Virginia, in 1619. Henry 
Hudson discovered the Hudson river in 1609. In 1614, Cap¬ 
tain Smith explored the northeastern coast of the United States, 
which Prince Charles named New England. At what epoch 
does this period terminate? What is its date? Point out its 
place on the chronographer. 


(Referring to events of Period III., Part I., and to be used after the study of 
the next period is completed, p. 85.) 

Point out the event which marks the beginning of this pe¬ 
riod, and tell its date. Also point out the following dates: 
Massasoit visits the pilgrims in 1621. James I. issued a char¬ 
ter to a company styled the “ Grand Council of Plymouth,” in 
1620 John Endicot began the settlement of Salem in 1628. 
Roger Williams founded Providence in 1636. The Pequods 
were defeated and destroyed in 1637. The college at Cam¬ 
bridge was founded in 1630. It took the name of Harvard in 
1638. Lord Baltimore obtained a patent of Maryland in 1631. 
What event marks the termination of this period? Point to 
its place on the chronographer. 


























































































































The Cabin of the May-Flower. 

PERIOD III. 

FROM 

THE LANDING j- 162 © | OF THE PILGRIMS, 

TO 

TIIE COMMF.NCF.MKNT OF | J BY THE UNION OF THE 

THE CONFEDERACY, ) *1 NEW ENGLAND COLONIES. 


CHAPTER I. 

Departure of the Pilgrims from England, and their sojourn in 

Holland. 

1. In 1592, a law was passed in England, requir- ft. t. 
ing all persons to attend the established worship, fd. hi. 
under penalty of banishment, and if they returned, CH> I- 
of deat h. Among those who could not conscientious- ^- 59*5 
ly comply with these exactions, were John Robin- Robinson 
son and his congregation , who lived in the north of 
England. They belonged to that sect of the Puritans, 

or dissenters from the church ol'England, called Sep¬ 
aratists. 

2 . To enjoy their religion, the pastor, and his whole 
flock, determined to exile themselves to Holland. But 


Chapter I.—I. Who were John Robinson and his congrega¬ 
tion ? What law could they not conscientiously obey ?—2. What 
was their object in seeking to change their country ? 


51 















































52 


THE PILGRIM MOTHERS. 


FT. I. 
P’D. III. 

OH. I. 

1607. 

Attempt 
to so to 
Holland. 


Second 

attempt. 


Distress 
of the 
women. 


Storm at 
sea. 


this was a difficult undertaking. Once they embark¬ 
ed with their families and goods at Boston , in Lin¬ 
colnshire. But the treacherous captain had plotted 
with English officers, who came on board the vessel, 
took their effects, searched the persons of the whole 
company for money, and then, in presence of a gaz¬ 
ing multitude, led them on shore, and to prison. They 
were soon released, except seven of the principal men, 
who were detained and brought to trial, but at length 
freed. 

3. Again they bargained with a Dutch ship-master 
at Hull,who was to take them in, from a common hard 
by. At the time appointed, the women and children 
sailed to the place of rendezvous in a small bark, and 
the men came by land. The bark had grounded ; but 
the Dutch captain sent his boat and took the men 
from the strand. But, in the mean time, the authori¬ 
ties of Hull had notice, and the Dutch commander, 
at the sight of a large armed company, having a fair 
wind, with oaths, hoisted anchor and sailed away; 
although the pilgrims even wept, thus to leave their 
wives and children. 

4. Behold now these desolate women, the mothers 
of a future nation, their husbands forcibly carried off 
to sea,while on land an armed multitude are approach¬ 
ing ! They are taken, and dragged from one magis¬ 
trate to another, while their children, cold, and hun¬ 
gry, and affrighted, are weeping and clinging around 
them. But their piteous condition and Christian 
demeanor softened, at length, the hearts of their 
persecutors, and even gained friends to their cause. 

5. The men, in the mean time, were driven out to 
sea, and encountered one of the most terrific sea 
storms ever known,—continuing fourteen days—dur¬ 
ing seven of which, they saw neither sun, moon, or 
stars. At length they all arrived in Holland. They 
settled at first in Amsterdam. They did not, however, 


2. What happened on their first attempt?—3. What on their 
second ?—4. What trouble did the women meet with ?—5. AVliat 
the men? When in Holland, where did they first settle? 








PECULIARITIES OF- THE PILGRIMS. 

find cause to be satisfied, and they removed to Ley¬ 
den. Here, by hard labor and frugal honesty, they 
lived highly respected; but after a few years they 
experienced evils, which made them think of anoth¬ 
er removal. 

(5. Not only were their own toils constant and se¬ 
vere, but they were obliged to employ their chil¬ 
dren, so that they were necessarily deprived of edu¬ 
cation. And the health of the young, often fell a 
sacrifice to the length of time and confined posi¬ 
tions, in which they labored. Some died, and some 
became deformed. Their morals also were likely to 
suffer from the habitual profanation of the sabbath, 
witnessed around them. 

7. The Pilgrims had heard of America; and in 
its wilderness, they believed that they might serve 
God unmolested, and found a church, where not 
only the oppressed in England, but unborn genera¬ 
tions, might enjoy a pure worship. The Dutch 
wished them to colonize under their government. 
But they still loved their country; and they sent 
agents to England, to procure, by the influence of 
Sir Edwin Sandys, a patent under the Virginia 
Company. 

8. For the encouragement of this company, dis¬ 
heartened by the failures at Chesapeake Bay, Rob¬ 
inson, and Brewster, the ruling elder of his church, 
wrote to Sir Edwin, showing, in five particulars, the 
difference of their motives, their circumstances, and 
characters, from those of ordinary adventurers. 
First , “We verily believe the Lord is with us, to 
whose service we have given ourselves, and that he 
will graciously prosper our endeavors, according to 
the simplicity of our hearts therein. Second , We 
are all well weaned from the delicate milk of our 


5. Where remove? In what estimation were they held? —6. 
What reasons had they for another removal? —7. What for think¬ 
ing of America? What did the Dutch wish ? What moved the 
Pilgrims to send agents to England?—8. Who wrote a letter? To 
whom ? To show what ? Mention the first particular. 


53 

FT. I. 

P’D. III. 
cu. i. 

Leyden. 


Reasons 

for 

removal. 


Agents go 
to Eng¬ 
land. 


Letter to 
Sir E. 
Sandys. 










5 4 


THE PARTING AT DELFT-HAVEN. 


ft. i. mother country, and inured to a strange and hard 
P’D. inTland, wherein we have learned patience, 
on. i. 9 . Third , Our people' are as industrious and 

frugal as any in the world. Fourth , We are knit 
Piijdms a together in a sacred bond of the Lord, whereof we 
P e e c o ul ^ r make great conscience, holding ourselves tied to all 
P 1 care of each other’s good. Fifth , It is not with us as 
with other men, whom small discontentments can 
discourage, and cause to wish themselves at home 
again. We have nothing to hope for from England 
or Holland, and our lives are drawing towards their 
period.” 

10. By the aid of Sandys the petitioners obtained 
the patent. But they needed money. To provide 
this, their agents formed a stock company , jointly, 
Contract with some men of business in London, of whom 
London Mb. Thomas Weston was the principal; they to for¬ 
mer- nish the capital, the emigrants to pledge their labor 
chauts. £ oi> geyen y ears , at ten pounds per man; and the 
profits of the enterprise,—all houses, lands, gardens, 
and fields, to be divided at the end of that time 
among the stockholders, according to their respec¬ 


tive shares. 

11. They then prepared two small vessels, the 
May-Flower and the Speedwell; but these would 

Aug. 3 d, hold only a part of the company, and it was decided 
that the youngest and most active should go, and 

P tion. ra * the older, among whom was the pastor, should re¬ 
main. If they were successful, they were to send 
for those behind ; if unsuccessful, to return, though 
poor, to them. 

12. Previous to their separation, this memorable 
church worshipped together for the last time, on an 

Pa Deift at appointed day, when they humbled themselves by 
Haven, fasting, and “ sought of the Lord a right way for 
themselves and their children.” When they must 


8. The second.—9. The third—fourth—fiftfiu—10. What did 
they obtain? What did they then need? How contrive to pro¬ 
cure it ?— 11. Wh at did the agents then prepare ? Could all go '? 
Which part was to go? On what condition did the others 
remain ? 






TIIE LEADING MEN. 


55 


no longer tarry, their brethren accompanied them ft. i. 
from Leyden to the shore at Delft-Haven. Here the fd. hi. 
venerable pastor knelt with his flock ; and the wan- cu - “• 
derers, while tears flowed down their cheeks, heard 
for the last time, his beloved voice in exhortation, 
and in prayer for them. “ But they knew they were 
Pilgrims, and lifted up their eyes to heaven, their 
dearest country, and quieted their spirits.” 


CHAPTER II. 

Progress of the Pilgrims from Holland to America. 

1. From Delft-Haven, the Pilgrims sailed to South¬ 
ampton, in England. Among the leaders of the 
party was Elder Brewster, who at this time was 
fifty-six, but sound in body, as in spirit. John Car- Leading 
ver was near his age, beloved and trusted, as he men -° 
was good and wise. William Bradford was 
strong, bold, and enduring; but withal, a meek and 
prudent Christian. Next these in honor, and supe¬ 
rior in native endowments, was Edward Winslow. 

He was at this time twenty-six; Bradford Avas thir¬ 
ty-two. Miles Standish had been in the English 
army, and was a brave and resolute officer. 

2. After remaining in Southampton a fortnight, ge 
the party put to sea. But misfortunes befalling, Final de- 
they returned, left the Speedwell, and finally, to the parture * 
number of one hundred, they set sail from Ply¬ 
mouth , in the solitary May-Flower. On the 6th of 
September, they took their last, sad look, of their 
native shore. After a stormy and perilous passage, 

they made land, on the 9th of November, at Cape 
Cod. 

12. Give an account of tlieir parting. 

Chapter II. —1. Prom Holland where did the Pilgrims next 
go? Name their leading men. What is said of the first named? 

The second? The third? The fourth? The fifth?—2. What 
happened when they first put out to sea? Prom what place did 
they last depart ? In what vessel ? How many persons ? What was 
the length and character of the passage ? W hat the first land made ? 











OBEDIENCE ESSENTIAL TO THE COMPACT. 


56 

ft. l 3. The mouth of the Hudson had been selected 
P’D. nT <ts the place of their settlement, and they according- 
on. ii. iy steered southerly; but soon falling in with dan- 
Nov 9 g erous breakers, and all, especially the women, be- 
At cape ing impatient to leave the ship, they determined to 
Cod ‘ return and settle on or near the Cape. The next 
day they turned the point of that singular projec¬ 
tion, and entered the harbor, now called Province- 
town. 

4. They fell on their knees to thank the kind 
Power who had preserved them amidst so many 
dangers ; and then “'they did,” says Cotton Mather, 
“ as the light of nature itself directed them, imme¬ 
diately, in the harbor, sign an instrument, as the 

S©20. foundation of their future and needful government 
Nov. ii, solemnly combining themselves into a civil body 
siL’n^un politic, to enact all such ordinances, and frame all 
tho cabin. suc ] 1 constitutions and offices, as, from time to time, 
should be thought most meet and convenient for 
the general good ; all which they bound themselves 
to obey. 

5. This simple, but august compact, was the first 
of a series, by which the fetters of a vast system of 
political oppression have been broken. Upon some 
parts of the old continent, that system still remains; 

A building upon the fiction, that sovereigns own the 
important world and its inhabitants, having derived all from 
action’ God; and that the people are to have only such a 
measure of personal freedom, and such possessions, 
as kings may choose to bestow. Here was assumed 
for the first time the grand principle of a voluntary 
confederacy of independent men; instituting gov¬ 
ernment , for the good , not of the governors , but of 
the governed. 

6. There were the same number of persons on 


3. On what place had they intended to settle ? Why did they " 
change their minds ?—4. What was their first act on arriving? 
What their next step ? For what did they combine into one 
body? To what did they bind themselves ?—5. What may be 
said of this compact? Upon what fiction are some governments 
founded ? What was here assumed ? 






A HOMELESS DESERT. 


57 


board the May-Flower as had left England; but ft.i. 
one, a servant, had died; and one, a male child, p\d. iii. 
Peregrine W hite, was born on the passage. Car- CIL IL 
ver was immediately chosen governor, and Standish, ppJrims.® 
captain. 

7. No comfortable home, or smiling friends, await¬ 
ed the Pilgrims. They, who went on shore, waded 
through the cold surf, to a homeless desert. But a 
place to settle in must be found, and no time was to Nov. 11 . 
be lost. The shallop unfortunately needed repairs; onsLfo 
and in the mean time a party set out to make dis- th ® a s *'"° 
coveries by land. They found “ a little corn, and which 
many graves;” and in a second excursion they the> th e sisn 
encountered the chilling blasts of a November compact, 
snow storm, which laid in some the foundation 

of mortal disease. The country was wooded, and 
tolerably stocked with game. 

8. When the shallop was finished, Carver, Bradford, 
and Winslow, with a party of eighteen, manned the 
feeble bark, and set forth. Steering along the west- 
ern shore of Cape Cod, they made, in three days, 

the inner circuit of the bay. “ It was,” says one of a party 
the number, “very cold; for the water froze our set ^ m 
clothes, and made them many times like coats of shaUo P- 
iron.” They landed occasionally to explore; and 
at night, inclosed with only a slight barricade of 
boughs, they stretched themselves upon the hard 
ground. 

9. On the second morning, as their devotions Dec g 
closed, they received a shower of Indian arrows; Attacked 
when, sallying out, they discharged their guns, and ^isew. 
the savages fled. Again they offered prayers with Saturday 
thanksgiving; and proceeding on their way, their ec ‘ 6 * * * 10 * 
shallop was nearly \yrecked by a wintry storm of 


6. What number of persons arrived ? What officers were 

chosen?—7. What can you say of their first arrival? What had 

they to do ? What excursion was made ?—8. What party set sail 

in the shallop? What course did they take? What sufferings 

encounter?—9. What happened on the second morning? Recol¬ 
lect Capt. Hunt, and say if these Indians had any cause to dislike 
the English. 









58 


THE ROCK OF PLYMOUTH. 


P’T. i. terrible violence. After unspeakable dangers, they 
P’D. in. sheltered themselves under the lee of a small island, 
CH - ir - where, amidst darkness and rain, they landed, and 
(At- with difficulty, made a fire. In the morning, they 
Clarke’s found themselves at the entrance of the harbor. 
IS with’i^ 8t The next day was the Sabbath. They rested and 
Plymouth kept it holy, though all that was dear to them de- 
Sun., ii. pended on their promptness. 

10 . The next day, the pilgrims landed on the 
rock of Plymouth. Finding the harbor good, 
springs abundant, and the land promising for tillage, 

grims land they decided to settle here, and named the place 
Plymouth from that which they last left in England. In a few 
kock. clays they brought the May-Flower to the harbor ; 
and on the 25th of December they began building, 
having first divided the whole company into nine¬ 
teen families, and assigned them contiguous lots— 
of size according to that of the family—about eight 
feet front, and fifty deep, to each person. Each man 
was to build his own house. Besides this, the com¬ 
pany were to make a building of twenty feet square, 
as a common receptacle. This was soonest com¬ 
pleted, but was unfortunately destroyed by fire. 

11 . Their huts went up but slowly ; for though 
their hearts were strong, yet their hands had grown 
feeble, through fatigue, hardship, and scanty fare. 
Many were wasting with consumption. Daily some 

The yielded to sickness, and daily some sunk to the 
Buffer, but grave. Before spring, half of their number, among 
T uot° whom were the governor and his wife, lay buried on 
the shore. Yet they never repined, or repented of 
the step they had taken; and Avhen, on the 5th of 
April, the May-Flower left them, not one, so much 
April 5, as spoke of returning to England. They rather 
1621. c011 f essec t the continual mercies of a “ wonder-work- 


si. Relate what further happened, and Avhere the Pilgrims 
landed. How did they spend the Sabbath?—10. On what day 
and year did the Pilgrims land on the rock of Plymouth? At 
what time commence building? How proceed with it? How 
divide the land?—11. What was their condition during this first 
winter ? Did they repine and complain ? 












VISIT FROM THE INDIANS. 


5y 


ing 1 ro violence,” that had carried them through so P’T. i. 
many dangers, and was making them the honored pd. iii, 
instruments of so great a work. on. ^i. 


i' 1 this part of History are of course given according to 
«IW ltace New Style was not adopted by the English government 
until Id-, years alter this period. For a clear explanation of this subject, 
see the word (style, m Webster’s large dictionary. 


CHAPTER III. 

The Savages—Massasoit’s Alliance—Winslow’s Visit to the Poka- 

nokets. 

1. The Pilgrims had as yet seen but few of the 
natives, and those hostile, when Samoset, an Indian, 

who had learned a little English at Penobscot, boldly March is 
entered their village, with a cheerful “Welcome ^jst 
Englishmen.” He soon came again, with four oth¬ 
ers, among whom was Tisquantum, who had spread 
favorable reports of the English among his country¬ 
men, and was afterwards of great service as an in¬ 
terpreter. 

2. They gave notice that Massasoit, the sachem 
of the Pokanokets, was hard by. He appeared on 

a hill, with a body of attendants, armed, and painted The 
with gaudy colors. The chief desired that some rece P tlon - 
one should be sent to confer with him. Edward 
Winslow, famed for the sweetness of his disposition 
and behavior, as well as for his talents, courage, and 
efficiency, was wisely chosen. Captain Standish 
found means to make a martial show, with drums 
and trumpets; which gave the savages wonderful 
delight. 

3. The sachem, on coming into the village, was Alliance 
so well pleased with the attentions paid him, that he with M 88 - 
acknowledged the authority of the king of Eng¬ 
land, and entered into an alliance, offensive and de- 


Chapteii III.— 1. Who was Samoset? Tisquantum ?— 'Z. What 
notice did they give ? Who was Massasoit? What did lie do, and 
what desire ? What was done, and who chosen by the Pilgrims ? 










60 


winslow’s visits to massasoit. 


P’ T. I. 

P’D. III. 
@h. hi. 


1621 . 

July. 

Embassy. 


Narragan- 

setts 

threaten. 

Jan., 

1622 . 


Winslow 
visits 
the sick 
chief. 


A ren¬ 
counter. 


tensive, with the colonists, which remained inviolate 
tor more than fifty years. 

4. In July, Edward Winslow and Stephen Hop¬ 
kins went on an embassy to Massasoit at Montaup. 
The sachem was much pleased with the present ot a 
red coat, from Governor Bradford, who had suc¬ 
ceeded Carver. The envoys obtained from him an 
eng;a 2 ;ement, that the furs of the Pokanokets should 
be sold to the colony. 

5. Massasoit feared the ISTarragansetts; and was 
doubtless, on that account, desirous of cultivating 
the friendship of the English. Canonicus, the old 
hereditary chieftain of that confederacy, perhaps 
offended at this intimacy, or regarding the whites 
as intruders, meditated a war against them. This 
he openly intimated, by sending to Governor Brad¬ 
ford a bunch of arrows, tied with the skin of a rat¬ 
tlesnake. Bradford stuffed the skin with powder 
and ball, and sent it back; and nothing more was 
heard, at that time, of war. 

6. The next year, news came to Plymouth, that 

Massasoit was sick. Winslow, taking suitable arti¬ 
cles, went to Montaup. He found the Indians be¬ 
wailing, and practising their noisy powwows or in¬ 
cantations, around the sightless chieftain. Affection¬ 
ately he extended his hand and exclaimed, “ Art 
thou Winsnow ?” (He could not articulate the 
liquid l.) “ Art thou Winsnow ? But, O Win- 

snow ! I shall never see thee more.” Winslow ad¬ 
ministered cordials, and he recovered. He then 
revealed a conspiracy which the Indians had formed 
and requested him to join. “ But now,” said he, 
“ I know that the English love me.” 

1. Agreeably to Massasoit’s advice, that a bold 
stroke should be struck, and the heads of the plot 
taken off, the intrepid Standish, with a party of only 

3. What alliance made ?—4. What visit was afterwards made? 
What trade secured?—5. What Indians was Massasoit afraid of? 
How did their chief threaten the Pilgrims ? IIow did Governor 
Bradford reply ?—6. Give an account of Winslow’s second visit 
to Massasoit. 






PRIVATE PROPERTY AND PROSPERITY. 


61 


eight, went into the hostile country, attacked a pt. i. 
house where the principal conspirators had met, and pt>. iii. 
put them to death. CH - m - 

8. In justice to the Indians, it should be stated, 
that they were provoked to this conspiracy by “ Mas¬ 
ter Weston’s men.” These were a colony of sixty 
Englishmen, sent over in June, 1622, by Thomas Master 
Weston. Though hospitably received at Plymouth, Weston’s 
they stole the young corn from the stalk, and thus men ‘ 
brought want and distress upon the settlers the en¬ 
suing winter and spring. They then made a short¬ 
lived and pernicious settlement, at Weymouth. 
Weston was a London merchant, once the friend of 

the Pilgrims. 

9. Notwithstanding all the hardships, all the wis¬ 
dom and constancy, of the colonists, the partners of 162 4 
the concern in London complained of small returns; to 
and even had the meanness to send a vessel to rival 
them in their trade with the Indians. Winslow went 

to England, and negotiated a purchase for himself Winsl , 
and seven of his associates in the colony, by which nesotia- 
the property was vested in them; and they sold out tion * 
to the colony at large, for the consideration of a mo¬ 
nopoly of the trade with the Indians for six years. 

10. New Plymouth now began to flourish. For 
the land being divided, each man labored for him¬ 
self and his family. The government was a pure Govern . 
democracy , resembling that now exercised in a msnt. 
town meeting. Each male inhabitant had a vote; 

the governor had two. 

11. Numbers of their brethren of the church at 
Leyden came over within the first few years to join 
the settlement. The people of Plymouth gave a 
thousand pounds to assist them to emigrate. But 


7. In what respect did the Pilgrims follow the sachem’s advice ? 
8. By whom had the natives been provoked ?—9. On what account 
did Winslow go to England ? What bargain did he make? To 
whom did the eight first purchasers sell out? And for what con¬ 
sideration?— 10 . Why did New Plymonth'now flourish ? What 
was their government at first?—11. Did any of their brethren 
from Leyden come over? 











62 


THE GRAND COUNCIL 


FT. I. 


FD. III. 

OH. IV. 

1 < 825 . 

Death of 
Robinson. 


1 * 820 . 

Grand 

Council. 


Sweeping 

patent. 


North 
Virginia 
called 
New Eng¬ 
land. 


Gorges 

and 

Mason. 


the good Robinson was not permitted to enter the 
land of his hopes and atfections. He died in Leyden, 
1625, to the great grief of the Pilgrims. 


CHAPTER IV. 

The Plymouth Company superseded by the Grand Council of 
Plymouth —New Hampshire—Massachusetts Bay. 

1. In November, 1620, the same month in which 
the Pilgrims arrived on the American coast, James 
I. issued a charter, or patent, to the duke of Lenox, 
the marquisses of Buckingham and Hamilton, the 
earls of Arundel and Warwick, Sir Ferdinando 
Gorges, and thirty-four associates; styling them the 
“ Grand Council of Plymouth, for planting and 
governing New England, in America.” This patent 
granted them the territory between the “fortieth 
and forty-eighth degrees of north latitude, and ex¬ 
tending throughout the main land from sea to sea.” 

2. This territory, which had been previously call¬ 
ed North Virginia , now received the name of New 
England , by royal authority. From this patent 
were derived all the subsequent grants, under which 
the New England colonies were settled. But the 
persons who transacted business for the company, 
were unacquainted with geography, and avaricious. 
They accordingly made their grants in an ignorant 
or dishonest manner; so that much trouble ensued. 

3. Sir Ferdinando Gorges had been an officer in 
the navy of Elizabeth, and a companion of Sir Wal¬ 
ter Raleigh. He was ambitious, and perhaps thought 
he should become the duke or prince of some large 
territory. He was the prime mover in getting up 

11. Did the good Robinson ever come to America? 

Chapter IV.—1. Of whom did the Grand Council of Plymouth 
consist? Of whom receive a charter? When? What was the 
territory granted them ?— 2. How was the name changed ? What 
was derived from this patent ? How was the business of the com¬ 
pany transacted ?—3. Who was Sir F. Gorges? 







63 


MORE “ WILDERNESS-WORK.” 

the Grand Council of Plymouth, and was made its pt. r. 
President. Similar motives actuated Captain Ma- pm. iii. 
son, and he became its Secretary. C,L lv - 

4. Mason procured from the Grand Council the 
absurd grant of “ all the land from the river of Naum- 
keag, (Salem,) round Cape Ann, to the mouth of the 
Merrimack, and all the country lying between the March 9* 
two rivers, and all islands within three miles of the o f 
coast.” The district was to be called Mariana . 

5. The next year Gorges and Mason jointly ob¬ 
tained of the Council another patent of “ all the lands 
between the Merrimack and Kennebec rivers, extend- j. 622 . 
ing back to the great lakes, and river of Canada.” 

This tract received the name of Lacaonia. Under and n.'ii. 
this grant some feeble settlements were made at the 
mouth of the Piscataqua, and as far up the river as 
the present town of Dover . mentt 

6. The persecution of the Puritans in England 
continued, and Mr. White, a minister of Dorchest-Mr.white, 
er, projected another colony to America. As early 

as 1624, a few persons were established on the site of Mass, 
of Salem. 

7. Several gentlemen of Dorchester purchased of 
the Grand Council in 1628, a patent “ of that part of 
New England which lies between three miles north 

of the Merrimack river, and three miles to the south *6^^. 
of Charles river, and extending from the Atlantic to n. Mass, 
the South Sea.” This tract was in part covered by 
Mason’s patent. 

8. John Endicot, a rugged puritan, began in Sa¬ 
lem, the “ wilderness-work for the colony of Massa¬ 
chusetts.” He brought over his family, and other 
emigrants, to the number of one hundred. Roger pl ^® r8 
Conant and two other persons from New Plymouth, of Salem, 
had selected this spot, then called Naumkeag, for 


3. What person had similar objects ?—4. What patent did 
Mason obtain?—5. What patent did Mason and Gorges obtain 
jointly?—6. Who projected another colony to America? Where 
was a settlement begun ?—7. What patent was obtained ?—8. Who 
was the pioneer for the Bay State ? Where did he begin ? How 
many bring over ? 










64 THE BAY COLONY. 

FT. i. their settlement; and Conant was there, to give, to 
fd. m. Endicot and his party, such welcome to the New 
on. V. World, as the desert forest could afford. 

9. The next year, the proprietors in England, ob¬ 
tained of King Charles a charter, confirming the 
patent of the Council of Plymouth, and conveying to 

!« 29 . them powers of government. They were incorporated 
C the rt Ba t0 by the name of the “ Governor and Company of Mas- 
Company. sachusetts Bay, in N ew England.” The first general 
court of the company was held in England, when 
they fixed upon a form of government for the colo¬ 
ny, and appointed Endicot governor. 

10. About three hundred persons sailed for Amer¬ 
ica during this year. A part of them joined Mr. 

C town S * Endicot at Salem, and the remainder, exploring the 
founded. coas t for a better station, laid the foundation of 
Charlestown. 


CHAPTER Y. 

The Colony of Massachusetts Bay. 

1. A more extensive emigration was now thought 
of, than had been before attempted. But an objec- 

The tion arose; the colony was to be governed by a 
"sentT counc ^ residing in England. To obviate this hin¬ 
drance, the Company agreed to form a Council of 
those w>ho should emigrate , and icho might hold 
their sessions thereafter in the new settlement. 

2. On the election, the excellent John Wintheop 
was chosen governor. “ He was,” said the colonists, 
“ unto us as a mother; parent-like distributing his 
goods, and gladly bearing our infirmities; yet did 
he ever maintain the figure and honor of his place, 


8 . Who was on the spot to receive them? — 9 . What did the 
proprietors obtain ? Where hold their first court ? Whom make 
governor ?—10. How many came over during 1629 ? Where did 
they settle ? 

Chapter V.—1. What objections arose to an extensive emigra¬ 
tion? What was done to obviate it?—2. Who was chosen to go 
over as governor ? 






65 


« 


THE 


Bti&T. 




with the spirit of a true gentleman.” The company ft. t. 
had determined to colonize only their “ best.” Eight p-d. iil* 
hundred accompanied Winthrop; and, during the CH v - 
season, seventeen vessels were employed, bringing 
over in all, fifteen hundred persons. 3 * * & 

3. Winthrop and his friends, found no luxurious emi s rate * 
table spread for them in the wilderness; but they 
freely gave of their own stores, to the famished and 
enfeebled sufferers, whom they met. Regarding Arrive at 
Salem as sufficiently peopled, the newly-arrived, lo- 
cated themselves without delay, beyond its limits. 

Their first care, wherever they went, was to provide 

for the ministration of the gospel. Settlements were 
soon begun, and churches established at Charlestown, 
Dorchester, Boston, Roxbury, Lynn, and Water- 
town. 

4. Unused, as many of these settlers were, to 
aught but plenty and ease, the hardships before them, 
though borne with a willing mind, were too much 1632 . 
for the body,—especially in the case of women. Many Hardships 
cued, though in the joy of believing. Among these, 

was the beloved Akbella Johnson, of the noble 
house of Lincoln. Her husband, Isaac Johnson, 
the principal of the emigrants in respect to wealth, 
felt her loss so severely, that he soon followed her to 
the grave. He made a liberal bequest to the colony, 
and died “ in sweet peace.” 

5. Agreeably to the charter which the Company 
of Massachusetts Bay had received from the king, 

the voters agreed, that important regulations should 1633. 
be enacted in an assembly of all the freemen. A Affairs 
meeting was convened at Boston, in October; when 0 men?” 
Winthrop was re-elected governor, and Thomas 
Dudley, who had been a faithful steward to the 
earl of Lincoln, was chosen deputy-governor. 


3. What his character? What kind of persons and how many 
accompanied him?—3. What was the conduct of Winthrop and 

his friends? Where were the first villages and churches?— 4 . 

What can you say of the hardships endured ? Who among others 
died?—5. When was an assembly held in Boston? Who was 

chosen to office ? 










66 


A CHANGE-OF GOVERNMENT. 


PT. 1. 
P’D. IIT. 

CH. VI. 


Govern¬ 

ment 

changes. 


1635 . 

3000 emi¬ 
grate 
to N. E. 


Vane 

governor. 

1636 . 


Feb. 5, 

1631 . 

Views of 
toleration. 


6. At the first, the freemen all went to Boston to 
vote, every man for himself. The government then 
was a simple democracy. But the settlements were 
soon so spread, that some would have to go many 
miles. They then concluded to choose certain of 
their number, as is now done in our freeman’s meet¬ 
ings, to go to the seat of government, and do their 
public business for them. This was changing the 
government to a representative democracy. The 
same change took place in the other colonies. 

7. Charles I., the son and successor of James I., 
was no less violent in his religious and political des¬ 
potism ; and emigrants continued to flock to New 
England. In the year 1635, not less than three 
thousand arrived; among whom, was the younger 
Henry Vane, afterwards much known in the history 
of England. 

8. The high manner of Vane, his profound reli¬ 
gious feeling, and his great knowledge, so wrought 
in his favor, that, disregarding his youth, the people 
rashly withdrew their suffrages from the good Win- 
throp, and chose him governor, the year after his 
arrival. 


CHAPTER VI. 


Rhode Island and its first Founder. 

1. Roger Williams, a puritan minister, had been 
driven from England by persecution. When he ar¬ 
rived in Massachusetts, he proclaimed, that the only 
business of the human legislator is with the actions 
of man as they affect his fellow-man; but as for the 
thoughts and feelings of his mind, and the acts or 


6. What kind of government was first in use in the colonies 
generally ? To what kind was it changed ?—7. Who succeeded 
James 1., as king of England? Was he less violent in persecu¬ 
tion? What can you say respecting emigration and emigrants ? 
8. What can you say of Henry Vane ? 

Chapter VI.—1. Who was Roger Williams? What new opin¬ 
ions did he proclaim ? 







PRINCIPLES OF TOLERATION. 


67 


omissions of his life, as respects religious worship, 
the only law-giver is God ; and the only human tri¬ 
bunal, a man’s own conscience. 

2. The minds of the puritan fathers were troubled 
by these new and strange doctrines, which they be¬ 
lieved would, unless checked, destroy all that they 
had suffered so much to establish. Williams, the 
eloquent young divine, frank and affectionate, had, 
however, won the hearts of the people of Salem; 
and they invited him to settle with them as their 
pastor. The general court forbade it. Williams 
withdrew to Plymouth, where he remained as pas¬ 
tor for two years ; and then returned to Salem, where 
he was again gladly received by the people. 

3. The court punished the town for this offence, 
by withholding a tract of land, to which they had 
a claim. Williams wrote to the churches, endeav¬ 
oring to show the injustice of this proceeding; 
whereupon the court ordered, that, until ample 
apology was made for the letter, Salem should be 
disfranchised. Then all, even his wife, yielded to 
the clamor against him ; but he declared to the 
court, before whom he was arraigned, that he was 
ready to be bound, or, if need were, to attest with 
his life, his devotion to his principles. The court, 
however, pronounced against him the sentence of 
exile. 

4. Winter was approaching, and he obtained per¬ 
mission to remain till spring. The affections of his 
people revived, and throngs collected to hear the be¬ 
loved voice, soon to cease from among them. The 
authorities became alarmed, and sent a pinnace to 
convey him to England ; but he had disappeared. 

5. Now a wanderer in the wilderness, he had not, 
upon many a stormy night, either “ food, or lire, or 
company,” or better lodging, than the hollow of a 

2. How clid they affect the minds of the Puritan settlers? Re¬ 
late what happened respecting Williams.—3. What did the gen¬ 
eral court, after Salem had twice received Williams ? What letter 
did Williams write? What was the consequence?—4. Was the 
sentence of Williams immediately executed? 


FT. I. 
P’D. III. 

CU. VI. 


1035. 

Williams 
settled 
at Salem. 


Salem 

disfran¬ 

chised. 


Williams 

banished. 


1036. 













68 


PROVIDENCE PLANTATION. 


ft. i. tree. At last, a few followers having joined him, he 
FoTur selected Seckonk, since Rehoboth, within the limits 
CH - Vr - of the colony of Plymouth. Winslow was now 
governor there ; and he felt himself obliged to com- 
He oes to mun ^ cate to Williams, that his remaining would 
theNar- breed disturbance between the two colonies; and 
ragansetts. hj s a d v i ce to that privately conveyed to 

Williams by a letter from Winthrop, “to steer his 
course to Narragansett Bay.” 

6. Williams now threw himself upon the mercy 
of Canonicus. In a little time he so won upon 

Receives a ^bn, that he extended his hospitality to him and his 
noble gift, suffering company. He would not, he said, sell his 
land, but he freely gave to Williams, whose neigh¬ 
borhood he now coveted, and who was favored 
by his nephew Miantonomoii, all the neck of land 
between the Pawtucket and Moshasuck rivers, 
“that his people might sit down in peace and 
enjoy it forever.” Thither they Avent; and, with 
pious thanksgiving, named the goodly place, Provi¬ 
dence. 

7. By means of this acquaintance with the ISTarra- 
gansetts, Williams learned that a conspiracy was 
forming to cut off the English, headed by Sassacus, 
the powerful chief of the Pequods. The Narra- 
gansetts had been strongly moved by the eloquence 

Narragan- °f Mononotto, associate chief with Sassacus, to join 
setts in the plot. They wavered; but Williams, by mak- 
Sigiish? big a perilous journey to their country, persuaded 
them rather to unite with the English, against their 
ancient enemies. 

8. Anxious to do good to his brethren, though 
they had persecuted him, Williams next wrote "to 
Governor Winthrop; who, taking the alarm, invited 
Miantonomoh to visit him at Boston. The chieftain 
went, and there entered into a treaty of peace and 

5. What happened now to Williams ? What advice did he get, 
and from whom ?—6. To whom did he apply for shelter? Could 
he buy land of the sachem? Who favtfred him? What noble 
gift did he receive?—7. What did Williams learn, and what do 
respecting the Narragansetts?—8. What letter did he write? 



FIRST HOUSE IN CONNECTICUT. 


(59 


alliance with the English; engaging to them the as- pt. i. 
sistance of the Narragansetts against the Pequods. p\d. iii. 
Williams founded, at Providence, the first Baptist 0H - VIL 
Church in America. 


CHAPTER VII. 

Connecticut and its Founders. 

1. The Dutch and English, both claimed to be 

the original discoverers of Connecticut river; but The 
the former had probably the juster claim. The na-dfscov- 6 
tives along its valley were kept in fear by the more t J 1 ers of 
warlike Pequods on the east, and the terrible River. 
Mohawks in the west; and hence they desired the 
presence of the English, as defenders. 

2. As early as 1631, Wahquimacut, one of their 
sachems, being pressed by the Pequods, went to 
Boston, and afterwards to Plymouth, earnestly re- An t jSn! ta 
questing that an English colony might be sent to 1631 
his pleasant country. Governor Winthrop declined 

his proposal; but Edward Winslow, then governor 
of Plymouth, favored the project,—and visited and 
examined the valley. 

3. The Plymouth people had been, some time pre¬ 
vious, advised by the Dutch to settle on Connecticut 
river ; and they now determined to pursue the enter¬ 
prise. They fixed on the site of Windsor, as the 
place to erect a trading-house. But the Dutch 
changed their minds, and were now determined to ford, 
take the country themselves. They, therefore, erect¬ 
ed a small trading fort, called the house of Good 
Hope, on a point of land in Sukeag, since Hartford , 

at the junction of the Little river with the Connec¬ 
ticut. 

8. What church did he found ? 

Chapter VII.—1. What can you say of the discovery of Con¬ 
necticut river? What of the natives of its valley ?—2. What re¬ 
quest was made by one of the sachems? How was it received ? 

3. What did the Dutch advise, and what do ? Where did the 
Plymouth people locate? 










70 


FIRST SETTLERS OF CONNECTICUT. 


FT. I. 

P’D. HI. 
cn. vii. 

October, 

1633 . 

Plymouth 
people at 
Windsor. 


Patent of 
Conn. 

The 

younger 
Win- 
th r op. 


1631 . 

Extent of 
the 

patent. 


1633 , 

to 

1635 . 


Hooker 
at New¬ 
town. 


Windsor 

and 

Wethers¬ 

field. 


4. The materials for the Plymouth trading-house 
being put on board a vessel, Captain Holmes, who 
commanded, soon appeared, sailing up the river. 
When opposite to the Dutch fort he was command¬ 
ed to stop, or he would be fired upon ; but he reso¬ 
lutely kept his course ; and the Windsor house, the 
first in Connecticut, was erected and fortified before 
winter. 

5. The Grand Council first patented Connecticut 
to the earl of Warwick. That nobleman transferred 
his patent to Lord Say-and-Seal, and Lord Brooke, 
with others. John Winthrop, son of the worthy 
governor of Massachusetts, having been sent to 
England on business for that colony, took an agency 
for the two Lords patentees, and was directed by 
them to build a fort at the mouth of the Connec¬ 
ticut river. 

6. The patent granted all that part of New Eng¬ 
land which extends “from Narragansett river one 
hundred and twenty miles on a straight line, near 
the shore, towards the south-west, as the coast lies 
towards Virginia, and within that breadth, from the 
Atlantic ocean to the South Sea.” These bounds 
show how little was known by the Grand Council of 
the geography of the country. 

7. Before Mr. Winthrop’s commission was known, 
Thomas Hooker and his church had determined to 
leave Newtown, since called Cambridge, and plant 
themselves upon Connecticut river, in accordance 
with the invitation given by the sachem. They 
obtained, for that object, a reluctant permission 
from the general court of Massachusetts. 

8. Other parties around the Bay were also in mo¬ 
tion. In August, a few pioneers from Dorchester 
selected a place at Windsor, near the Plymouth 


4 . TIow proceed in respect to building ? What can be said of 
the house they built?—5. Who gave the patent of Connecticut? 
Who was the first patentee ? To whom did he transfer ? What 
agent did they appoint? What directions give?—6. What terri¬ 
tory did the patent include?—7. Where were Thomas Hooker 
and his church first settled ? Where did they determine to go ? 
What Indian sachem had invited the whites to settle there ? 





THE ADVANCE PARTY. 


71 


trading-house; and others, from Watertown, fixed pt. j. 
on Pyquag, now Wethersfield. pd. iii. 

9. Having made such preparations as they were cu - vn - 
able, a party, intending to be in advance of Hooker, 

set out in October, with their families, amounting in HarflBlli 
all to sixty persons, men, women, and children. To endured, 
proceed rapidly across a trackless wilderness, through 
swamps and over mountains, was impossible; and 
when the tedious journey was accomplished, winter 
was at hand ; and it set in earlier than usual, and 
was uncommonly severe. 

10. After enduring such hardships as human na¬ 
ture shudders to contemplate, most of the party, to 

save life, got on board a vessel, and at length ^©Bay? 
reached Massachusetts. A few remained, who lived 
on malt and acorns. These resolute puritans were 
not, however, discouraged ; but most of those, who 
left the settlement in the winter, returned in the 
spring with Hooker and his company. 

11. Winthrop, in the mean time, commenced build¬ 
ing the projected fort. A few days afterwards, a F< ? rt R * 
Dutch vessel, which was sent from New Nether- ay r0 ° ‘ 
lands, appeared off the harbor to take possession of Attack 
its entrance. The English having by this time re ""f se 
mounted two pieces of cannon, prevented their 
landing. They proceeded to complete the fort, 
which was named after the two Lords patentees, 
Say-Brook. 

12. The Pilgrims, in the exercise of their wonted 
virtues, now sold their claim to lands in Windsor, to 
the people of Dorchester; and the patentees were 
content that the Massachusetts settlement should 
proceed. 

13. Thomas Hooker is regarded as the principal 
founder of Connecticut. In him a natural “grandeur 
of mind” was cultivated by education, and chastened 

8. What other parties had similar designs ?—J>. Give an account 
of the party who went in advance of Hooker.—10. Were they 
discouraged ?—11. What happened at the month of Connecticut 
river?— \‘Z. What peaceable compromise was made among the 
various settlers ? 











72 


TRUE GREATNESS. 


FT. I. 
PD. III. 

CII. VII. 


Hooker in 
England. 


1633. 

Meets his 
church 
at Boston. 


A. good 
man. 


June, 

1636. 

The 

journey 
across 
the wil¬ 
derness. 


by religion and adversity. He was commanding 
and dignified in his ministerial office ; yet, in private 
life he was generous, compassionate, and tender. So 
attractive was his pulpit eloquence, that in England 
he drew crowds, often from great distances, of no¬ 
ble as well as plebeian hearers. 

14. His congregation in England esteemed his 
ministry as so great a blessing, that, when persecu¬ 
tion drove him from his native land, they desired 
still to be with him, although in these “ ends of the 
earth.” A portion of his people had preceded him, 
and were already settled at Newtown—since Cam¬ 
bridge. As he landed, they met him on the shore. 
With tears of affection, he exclaimed, u Now I live! 
if ye stand fast in the Lord!” 

15. Associated with Hooker, both in council and 
action, was John Haynes, a gentleman of excellent 
endowments, of unaffected meekness, and possessed 
of a very considerable estate. So desirous were the 
people of Massachusetts to detain him, that they 
made him their governor; but he would not sepa¬ 
rate himself from his friend and pastor. 

16. Warned by the calamities of the preceding 
autumn, Hooker would not delay, although his wife 
was so ill, as to be carried on a litter. The company 
departed from Newtown early in June, driving their 
flocks and herds. Many of them were accustomed 
to affluence; but now, they all,—men, women, and 
children,—travelled on foot, through thickets, across 
streams and over mountains,—lodging at night upon 
the unsheltered ground. But they put their cheer¬ 
ful trust in God ; and we doubt not the ancient for¬ 
est was, night and morning, made vocal with His 
praise. 

17. At length they reached their destined loca¬ 
tion, which they named Hartford. The excellent 


13 . Describe the principal founder of Connecticut. — 14 . What 
showed the affection of his people in England ? Did the church 
come to America together? — 15 . Give an account of John 
Haynes.— 16 . Describe the journey of Hooker and his people, 
17. Where was their location ? 









WISDOM, UNION, AND LABOR. 


Haynes was chosen chief magistrate; and the soil 
was purchased of the natives. The succeeding sum¬ 
mer was one of the utmost exertion. Houses were 
to be built, lands cleared, food provided for the 
coming winter, roads made, the cunning and terri¬ 
ble savage to be guarded against, and, chiefly, a 
church and state to be organized. All was to be 
done,—and all was accomplished, by wisdom, union, 
and labor. 


CHAPTER VIII. 

The Pequod War. 

1. The Peqnods were endeavoring to unite the 
Indian tribes in a plot to exterminate the English, 
especially those of the colony, named from its river, 
Connecticut. They had sought, as we have seen, 
the alliance of their former enemies, the Narragan- 
setts ; but through the influence of Roger Williams, 
-Miantonomoh, the war-chief of that nation, remained 
true to the whites. Uncas, the Mohegan sagamore, 
formerly a vassal, and of the same family with Sas- 
sacus, was now his inveterate foe. 

2. The Peqnods murdered Captain John Oldham, 
near Black Island. They made other attacks, and 
carried away some prisoners. They cut ofl* strag¬ 
glers from Saybrook, and had become so bold as to 
assault the fort, and use impudent and threatening 
language. Everywhere they were, or seemed to 
be, lurking, with purposes of murder. The whole 
settlement, thus constantly excited, was in the fever¬ 
ish condition of intense and continual fear. The 
people neither ate, slept, or labored,—or even wor¬ 
shipped God in the sanctuary, without arms and 
ammunition at hand. 


17 . Who was made governor? IIow did they get the right of 
soil? What had they to do ? By what means did they accom¬ 
plish their undertakings? 

Chapter VIII.— 1 & il. What causes had the Pequod Indians 
given to the Connecticut people, to declare war against them? 
What was the condition of the people ? 

- 4 - 


P'T. I. 


P'D. III. 

CU. VIII. 

Good 

conduct 

and 

success. 


The 

Pequods 

hostile. 


•Inly. 
Distress 
of the 
settlers. 















74 


A RIGHTEOUS WAR. 


ft. i. 3. A general court was called on the last of May, 
r ATiT at Hartford. Thirty persons had already been killed, 
eu. via an( j the evidence was conclusive that the savages 
- designed a general massacre. The court, therefore, 
May. * righteously declared war. 

T decSe 1 The quota of troops from the three towns now 
war. settled, shows the rapid progress of the settlement. 
Hartford was to furnish ninety men, Windsor forty- 
two, and Wethersfield eighteen, making one hun¬ 
dred and fifty. John Mason was chosen captain. 
The troops, embarking at Hartford, sailed down 
the river and along the coast to Harragansett 
route. 3 * 5 Bay. Miantonomoh furnished them two hundred 
warriors, Uncas sixty. % There were actually em¬ 
bodied of the English, only seventy-seven, of whom 
twenty, commanded by Captain Underhill, were 
from Massachusetts. Guided by a Pequod deserter, 
they reached Mystic, one of the two forts of Sassa- 
cus, at dawn of day. 

5. Their Indian allies showed signs of fear, and 
Mason arranging them at a distance around the fort, 
advanced with his own little army. If they fell, 
there was no second force to defend their state, their 
wives and helpless children. As they approach, a 

MvsUc d °g barks, and an Indian sentinel cries out, “Owan- 
desuoyed.nox, Owannox!” the English! the English! They 
leap within the fort. The Indians fight desperately, 
and victory is doubtful. Mason then seizes and 
throws a flaming brand, shouting, “We must burn 
them.” The light materials of their wigwams were 
instantly in a blaze. Hemmed in, as the Indians now 
were, escape was impossible: and six hundred,— 
k. 600 . a jj w jj 0 were within the fort,—of every sex and age, 
in one hour perished. 

6. The subjects of Sassacus, now reproached him 


3. When and where did the general court meet? What did 
they do ?—4. What troops were to be raised, and how appor¬ 
tioned ? Give a particular account of the armament, their num¬ 

ber. commander, and route. What assistance was received? 

5. Describe Mason’s arrangements—his approach—and the fate 
of the Pequods within the fort. 









THE PEQUOD NATION ANNIHILATED. 

as the author of their misfortunes, and to escape de¬ 
struction, he, with his chief* captains, tied to the Mo¬ 
hawks ; but he was afterwards slain by a revengeful 
subject. Three hundred of his warriors, having 
burned his remaining fort, fled along the sea-coast. 
Mason, aided by fresh troops from Massachusetts, 
pursued the fugitive savages; traced them to a 
swamp in Fairfield, and there fought and defeated 
them. 

7. Nearly one thousand of the Pequods were de¬ 
stroyed ; many fled, and two hundred, beside women 
and children, remained as captives. Of these, some, 
we are grieved to relate, were sent to the West In¬ 
dies and sold into slavery. The remainder were di¬ 
vided between the Narragansetts and the Mohegans. 
The two Sachems, Uncas and Miantonomoh, be¬ 
tween whom was mutual hatred, now engaged to 
live in peace. The lands of the Pequods were re¬ 
garded as conquered territory, and the name of the 
tribe was declared extinct. 

8. The prowess of the English had thus put the 
natives in fear, and a long peace ensued. All the 
churches in New England commemorated this de¬ 
liverance, by keeping a day of common and devout 
thanksgiving. 

9. The war had fallen heavily upon the colony. 
Their farming and their finances were deranged; 
but order and industry restored them. In 1039, 
they formally conjoined themselves, to be one state 
or commonwealth, and adopted a constitution. This 
ordained two annual general courts, at one of which, 
to be held in May, the whole body of freemen should 
choose a governor, deputy-governor, six magistrates, 
and other necessary officers. 

10. Tiieophilus Eaton and John Davenport, 
puritans of much distinction in England,, were re- 

0. Of those remaining— 7. Ilow many wore destroyed ? What 
was done with the residue? With their lands? What two sa¬ 
chems engaged to live in peace?— 8 On what occasion was the 
first New England thanksgiving ?—9. When did they adopt a 
oonstitution ? What can you say of the court held in May ? 


75 


FT . I. 
P’D. III. 

CH. VIII. 


1637 . 

Fair- 
li ci(l. 

Indian 1. 
1000 . 


The 

Pequoa 

extinct. 


First 

thanks¬ 

giving. 


1639 . 

Civil 

govern¬ 

ment. 

Its 

arrange 

menus. 







76 


THK FOUNDERS OF NEW HAVEN. 


ft. i. garded as the founders of’the colony of New Haven. 
p’d. hi. These two friends collected their associates, and 
cn. vm. drived at Boston, July 26th, 1637. Massachusetts 
was desirous of securing such settlers, but they pre- 
^ofNew' 8 ferred a separate establishment; and seeking a com- 
Haven. me rcial station, they explored the coast; and, in 
Arrival at 1638, they moored their vessels in Quinnipiac har- 
bor. 

11. The company had made some little prepara¬ 
tion for the settlement the preceding summer, yet 
many sufferings were to be endured. The spring 
was uncommonly backward ; their planted corn per¬ 
ished repeatedly in the ground, and they dreaded 
the utter failure of the crop; but at length they 
were cheered by warm weather, and surprised by 
the rapid progress of vegetation. 

12. The first Sunday after they arrived, they met 
and worshipped under a large tree, when Mr. Da¬ 
venport preached to them concerning the tempta¬ 
tions of the wilderness. Not long after, the free 
punters subscribed, what, in distinction from a 
church union, they termed a plantation-covenant .* 

13. Under this covenant they continued until the 
next year, when they assembled in a large barn be¬ 
longing to Mr. Newman, formed themselves into a 

1639. body politic, and established a form of government. 
Govern- r p] ie governor and magistrates were to hold annu¬ 
ally a general court, to regulate the affairs of the 
Mr.Eaton, colony, Eaton was chosen governor. They pur- 
governor. c p agec [ their lands from the natives, and gave to the 
place the name of New Haven. 

* In New Haven were published the famous Blue Laics, so called from 
the color of the book in which they were printed. 


10 . Who were the founders of New Haven? Describe their 
first operations.—11. What was the weather, and their prospects 
for a crop ? — 12 . Where did they worship on the first Sunday? 
Where enter into the plantation-covenant?— 13 . What political 
arrangements did they make the next year ? 




THE THEOLOGICAL DISTURBANCE. 


77 


CHAPTER IX. 

Intolerance of the times—Harvard College founded—R. Island— 

N. Hampshire—Delaware. 

1. Anne Hutchinson, a resident of Boston, at ft. i. 
this time advanced religious opinions, so entirely at p d. hi. 
variance with those of the Puritan settlers, that a CI1, IX - 
“ great disturbance” arose in the Bay colony. Gov. 

Vane considered, that whether her opinions were 

true or false, she had a right to enjoy them herself, The tl)P0 _ 
and explain them to others. Mr. Cotton, the min- 
ister of Boston, and the most celebrated of all the d ance. b 
clergy of Massachusetts, was also, at first, inclined 
to defend Mrs. Hutchinson: but the ministers, gen¬ 
erally, regarded her doctrines, not only as false, but, 
as dangerous—to such a degree, that, if let alone, 
they would overthrow both church and state. 

2. In this extremity, a synod of ministers was 
assembled at Boston. Mr. Davenport had oppor¬ 
tunely arrived from London, and Mr. Hooker, “ de¬ 
sirous to prepare minds for political as well as reli¬ 
gious union,” recrossed the wilderness from Hart¬ 
ford. Mrs. Hutchinson’s opinions were unanimously Mrs. it. 
condemned by the synod ; and herself and the most banished - 
determined of her adherents were banished. 

3. The unfortunate woman, excommunicated from 
the church, became an outcast from a society which 
had but now followed and flattered her. She went 
first to Rhode Island, to join a settlement, which to 
her followers had there made. From thence, she 1643. 
removed with her family to the State of New York, 
where she met death in its most appalling form; destroy A 
that of an Indian midnight massacre. 

4. One of the earliest cares of the Puritan fathers, 1 630. 
was to provide the means of instruction for their Maw. 
children. At the general court in September, 1630, college. 

Chapter IX. —1. What caused a disturbance in the colony? 

What was Gov. Vane’s view of the case? What that of the clergy 
generally?— 2 . What assemblage was held at Boston ? What was 
done in regard to Mrs. Hutehinsou ?—3. What became of her? 














78 


the first university of the new world. 


P’t. i. the sum of four hundred pounds was voted to com- 
P'D in mence a college building, at Newton n, non called 
ch. ix. Cambridge. In 1638, Mr. John Harvard, a pious 
divine from England, dying at Charlestown, left to 
m ? ufr- the college a bequest of nearly eight hundred 
1 vard’s pounds ; and gratitude perpetuated his name in that 
bequest. Q p t } ie institution. All the several colonies cherished 
the infant seminary, by contributions ; regarding it 
as a nursery, from which the church and state were 
to be replenished with qualified leaders. 

5. Rhode Island. The most respectable of the 
banished followers of Mrs. Hutchinson went south, 


I63§. 

Followers 
of Mrs. II. 
obtain 

R. I. 


1629 . 

Mr. 

Wheel- 
ri.eht’s 
Indian 
patent in 
N. 11. 


1611. 

New 
Hamp¬ 
shire set¬ 
tlements. 


headed by William Coddington and John Clark. 
The latter had been persecuted as a baptist. By 
the influence of Roger Williams, they obtained from 
Miantonomoh, the noble gift of the island of Aquet- 
neek,—called Rhode Island, on account of its beauty 
and fertility. Here they established a government, 
on the principles of political equality and religious 
toleration. Coddington was made chief magistrate. 

6. New Hampshire. Another portion of the dis¬ 
ciples of Mrs. Hutchinson, headed by her brother-in- 
law, Mr. Wheelright, went north ; and, in the val¬ 
ley of the Piscataqua, founded Exeter. It was 
within a tract of country lying between that river 
and the Merrimac, which Wheelright claimed by 
virtue of a purchase made of the Indians. This 
claim interfered with that conveyed by patent to 
Mason and Gorges, and was accordingly disputed. 

7. In the mean time, small, independent settle¬ 
ments, were made along the water courses, by emi¬ 
grants from Massachusetts and the other colonies; 
but they did not flourish, for they imprudently neg¬ 
lected the culture of their lands,—present necessi¬ 
ties being scantily supplied by lish and game. In 


4. What was done in regard to the education of the yountr ? 
Who was John Harvard ? For what is lie remembered ?—5. Who 
gave away the island of Aqnctneck? To whom? What name 
was given to it ? On what principles was government established ? 
6. Who founded Exeter? Where is it? What claim had Mr. 
Wheelright to the land? Who disputed his claim?—7. What 
further may be said of New Hampshire at this early day? 







FOUNDERS OF STATES. 


79 


1641, these settlements, induced by a sense of their ft. 1 . 
weakness, petitioned Massachusetts to receive them p’dTiil 
under its jurisdiction. The general court granted CiI - x - 
their request, and they were incorporated with that 
colony. 

8. Delaware. Gustavus Adolphus, the hero 

of his age, projected, in 1627, a colony of his sub- Swc .<ies* 
jects from Sweden and Finland. About ten years an <J, Fins - 
afterwards they came over headed by Peter Min- settieon 
uets, and settled at Christina Creek , on the west De] ^ are 
side of the Delaware, calling that river Swedeland- s<>3N. 
stream, and the country, New Sweden. 

9. Though this was the first effectual settlement, 
yet the Dutch had, in 1629, purchased of the natives 
a tract of land extending from Cape Henlopen to 

the mouth of the Delaware river. A small colony 1629. 
conducted by De Yries, came from Holland, and Dutch 
settled near Lewistown. They perished by the sav- . claim 
ages; but the Dutch continuing to claim the coun-° 8 * lo " iaes ' 
try, dissensions arose between them, and the Swe¬ 
dish emigrants. 


CHAPTER X. 

Maryland—Virginia. 

1. Maryland. In 1631, William Clayborne 
obtained from Charles I. a license to traffic, in those 
parts of America, for which there was not already a 1631. 
patent granted. Clayborne planted a small colony, 

on Kent island, in Chesapeake bay. 

2. George Calvert, afterwards Lord Baltimore, 

was of the Roman Catholic faith. To enjoy his re- L ' ,nl B i l1 
hgion unmolested, he wished to emigrate to some patent 
vacant tract in America. He explored the country, 

8 . What eminent person projected a colony to America? Where 

did the Swedes and Fins settle?—9. Had there been a settlement 
of the Dutch near? What became of the Dutch colony? 

Chapter X. -l. What was done by William Clayborne?—2. 

Why did Lord Baltimore wish to leave England? 












80 


THE CALVERTS. 


P T. I. 


PD. III. 

CH. X. 

(* Maine 
was 

so called 
from 
an estate 
of this 
queen, 
situated in 
Maine, 
France.) 


April 15, 

163 * 2 . 


Calvert 
sails. Nov. 

1633 . 

Arrives, 

Feb. 

1634 . 


Generos¬ 
ity and 
gratitude. 


and then returned to England. The Queen, Henri 
etta Maria,* daughter of Henry IV. of France, 
gave to the territory which he had selected, the 
name of Maryland, and Lord Baltimore obtained 
it, by a royal patent. 

3. .He died at London in 1632, before his patent 
passed to a legal form ; but his son, Cecil Calvert, 
the second Lord Baltimore, by the influence of Sir 
Robert Cecil, obtained the grant intended for his 
father. By this patent he held the country from 
the Potomac to the 40th degree of north latitude ; 
and thus, by a mere act of the crown, what had 
long before been granted to Virginia, was now taken 
away ; as, what was now granted, was subsequently 
given to Penn, to the extent of a degree. Hence 
very troublesome disputes arose. 

4. Lord Baltimore appointed as governor, his 
brother, Leonard Calvert, who, with two hundred 
emigrants, sailed near the close of 1633, and arrived 
at the Potomac early in 1634. Here they purchased 
of the natives, Yamaco, one of their settlements, 
to which was given the name of St. Mary. Calvert 
secured by this pacific course, comfortable habita¬ 
tions, some improved lands, and the friendship of 
the natives. 

5. The country was pleasant,—great religious 
freedom existed, and a liberal charter had been 
granted. This allowed the proprietor, aided by the 
freemen, to pass laws, without reserving to the 
crown the right of rejecting them. Emigrants ac¬ 
cordingly soon flocked to the province, from the 
other colonies, and from England. 

6. Thus had the earliest settlers of this beautiful 
portion of our country established themselves, with¬ 
out the sufferings endured by the pioneers of former 
settlements. The proprietary government, gener- 


2. Who named liis territory after herself? —3. Did the first 
Lord Baltimore receive the patent? What did his son obtain? 
What country did this patent include?—4. Who conducted the 
first colony to Maryland ? What judicious course did he pursue? 
5. What inviting circumstances drew emigrants. 










TROUBLES IN MARYLAND. 


81 


ally so detrimental, proved here a nursing mother. r’T . l 
Lord Baltimore expended for the colonists, within p’d. hi. 
a few years, forty thousand pounds ; and they, “ out cu - x 
of desire to return some testimony of gratitude,” 
voted in their assembly, “ such a subsidy, as the low 
and poor estate of the colony could bear.” 

7. Lord Baltimore invited the puritans of Massa¬ 
chusetts to emigrate to Maryland, offering them 16 12 . 
“free liberty of religion.” They rejected this, as^jj^^e 
they did a similar proposition from Cromwell, to puritans, 
remove to the West Indies. 

8. The restless, intriguing Clayborne, called the 
evil genius of Maryland, had been constantly on the 
alert to establish, by agents in England, a claim to 
the country, and thus to subvert the government of 
the good proprietary. In his traffic with the na- 
tives, he had learned their dispositions, and wrought 
them to jealousy. In England, the authority of the 
Long Parliament now superseded that of the king. 

Of this, Clayborne, and other disorderly subjects of 
Lord Baltimore, took advantage. Thus the fair 
dawn of this rising settlement was early overcast. 

9. Virginia. In 1621, Sir Francis Wyatt ar¬ 
rived as governor, bringing from the company in 1621 . 
England a more perfect constitution for the colony. c ^l r \vy*^L 
It contained some seeming concessions to the peo¬ 
ple, which not only gratified the settlers, but en¬ 
couraged emigrants; and a large number accord¬ 
ingly accompanied Governor Wyatt to the province. 

10. This year cotton was first planted in Virgin - Cotton 
ia, and “ the plentiful coming up of the seeds,” was first 
regarded by the planters with curiosity and interest. plimted ' 

11. Opechacanough, the brother and successor of 
Powhatan, had determined to extirpate the whites, 
and regain the country. For this purpose he 

G. What may be said of the proprietary government? How 
much did Lord Baltimore expend for the colony? Did they tcs- 
tifv any gratitude? — 7 . What did Lord Baltimore offer the Puri- 
tai'jj*?—What was Clayborne called ? What were some of his 
plans to injure the proprietor? —9. Who arrived in Virginia? 

VVliat did he bring? What effect had these concessions ? —10. 

When was cotton lirst planted in Virginia? 








82 


VIRGINIA. 


pt. i. formed a conspiracy to massacre all the English ; 
P’D. hi. and during four years, he was, secretly, concerting 
on ' x ' his plan. To each tribe its station was allotted, and 

Aeon- . 1 . , . 

spiraey. the part it was to act, prescribed. 

12 . On the 22d of March, 1622, at mid-day, they 
rushed upon the English, in all their settlements, 
and butchered men, women, and children, without 
pity or remorse. In one hour, nearly a fourth part 

1622 . 0 f the whole colony was cut off. The slaughter 
umssacre would have been universal, if compassion, or a sense 
of duty, had not moved a converted Indian, to 
whom the secret was communicated, to reveal to 
his master, on the night before the massacre. This 
was done in time to save Jamestown and the adja¬ 
cent settlements. 

13. A bloody war ensued. The English, by their 
arms and discipline, were more than a match for the 

T1)e Indians; and they retaliated in such a manner, as 
whites left the colonies for a long time free from savage 
retaliate. mo i e station. They also received a considerable ac¬ 
cession of territory, by appropriating those of the 
conquered natives. 

14. In 1624 the London company, which had set- 
162 I Virginia, was dissolved by King James, and its 
l. Com’ rights and privileges returned to the crown. Gov- 
dissoived ernors were sent over by Charles I. the successor of 

royal Jumes, who were oppressive; and the Virginians 
province. reg j s ^ e( j their authority. Sir William Berkeley 
was sent over in 1641. The colonists were, under 
him, confirmed in their enjoyment of the elective 
franchise. Great harmony prevailed, notwithstand¬ 
ing the assembly took a high tone in respect to 
their political rights; boldly declaring “ that they 
expected no taxes or impositions , except such as 
should be freely voted , for their oum wants” 


11 &2 Give an account of the Indian Massacre. — 13. What 
was done in retaliation?— 14. What became of the London com¬ 
pany? Under whom was Virginia then? What can you say of 
the royal governors ? Under what governor did harmony prevail ( 
What did the assembly declare ? 



83 


MASSACHUSETTS GIVES OFFENCE. 


CHAPTER XI. 

Massachusetts threatened—The Puritans in England—Vane— 

Union. 

1. The English court began to be jealous, that P’T. i. 
their colonies, especially that of the Bay, did not in- P’D. i7i7 
tend to be governed by the parent country. By C1L XL 
some, who returned dissatisfied from Massachusetts, The C0lirt 
they learned the fact, that not only was their own displeased 
religion established by law, but the use of the Eng- Mai 
lish liturgy was prohibited. Various other charges 

were made against the province,—showing that it ( * o ^ s d s - 
was casting off dependence upon the English crown, money.) 
and assuming sovereign powers to itself.* 1034. 

2. Much displeased, the king determined that the 
colonies should be brought to submission, both in A PP o!nt 
church and state; and he made Archbishop Laud, sionera.* 
famed for his persecuting spirit, chief of a council, 
which was appointed, with full powers to govern the 
colony in all cases whatever. 

3. The Grand Council of Plymouth, as it had its 
beginning and course, so also it had its end, in little 
better than knavery. We have seen that its own 
members, Gorges, Mason, and others, had been its,, 
patentees. These persons now wishing to make good, 
certain claims to territory in Massachusetts, gave up 
their patent to the crown; petitioning for redress 
against that colony, which they asserted had for¬ 
feited its charter, bv exceeding its powers and ter¬ 
ritorial limits. 

4. Willing to humble their “ unbridled spirits,” i>*e. 
the court of king’s bench, issued a writ against the *§2^* 
individuals of the corporation of Massachusetts Bay, charter 
accusing them with certain acts, by which they had annulled 


Chapter XI.—1. Of what were the British government jealous ? 
What reports concerning Massachusetts were true?—2. What did 
the king determine ? Who was made chief of a council ? With 
what powers ?—3. On what occasion was the Grand Council of 
Plymouth dissolved ? What evil did some of their number do to 
Massachusetts ?—4. What was done in the king’s court respecting 
the charter of Massachusetts i 











84 


ENGLAND LOSES GOOD CITIZENS. 


f t. i. forfeited their charter, and requiring them to show 
FD. in. warrant for their proceedings. At a subsequent 
oh. xi. t erm? the court pronounced sentence against them, 
and declared that their charter was forfeited. 

5. The rapid emigration to the colonies had at¬ 
tracted the attention of the council, and they had 
passed laws, prohibiting any person above the rank 

8 °to°New e °f a servant from leaving the kingdom, without ex- 
England press permission; and vessels already freighted with 
1G3§. em ig rants had been detained. But these prohibi- 
* tions were in vain; for persecution, conducted by 
the merciless Laud, grew more and more cruel; and 
in one year, three thousand persons left England for 
America. 

6. Oppression, and perhaps the successful escape 
and resistance of their brethren in America, had so 
wrought upon the public mind in England, that 
matters had now come to open opposition to the 

1040. government. In Scotland, Charles had attempted 
Charles* to enforce the use of the English liturgy. Riots had 
e in S cfvii followed, and the Solemn League and Covenant 
war. been made, by which the Scottish people bound 
themselves to oppose all similar attempts. Popular 
opinion became resistless. Laud’s party was ruined, 
and himself imprisoned; while the king was en¬ 
gaged, in a bloody civil war, with his revolted sub- 
jects. 

7. Puritanism now reigned in England, and its 
disciples had no inducement to emigrate. Nay, 
some returned, among whom was Governor Vane. 

T^i^sThe Long Parliament had begun to rule; and its 
ment" leaders were desirous to honor, rather than humble 
New England. Cotton, Hooker, and Davenport, 
were invited to go to London to attend the cele¬ 
brated assembly of divines at Westminster. They, 
1642 . however, saw no sufficient cause “to leave their 
Hocks in the wilderness.” England was no longer 

5. What laws were made respecting emigration ? What effect 
had they ? -6. What was now the state of things in Great Britain ? 
7 . IIow did the rule of Puritanism in England affect emigration 
to America ? What honor was paid to three of the New England 
clergy ? How was it received ? 






THE GERM OF THE CONFEDERACY. 


85 


their country; but that for which they had suffered, pt. i. 
though recent, was already as dear to these noble fd. nr. 
patriots, as the infant to the mother. cu - XI - 

8. A Union was now meditated. Both internal 
peace, and external safety were to be secured. An Safety and 
essential part of the compact made, was the solemn P u,^ n in 
promise of the framers to yield obedience to the 
powers thus created. 


9. Two commissioners having been appointed by 
each of the four colonies, Plymouth, Massachusetts, 
Connecticut, and New Haven, they met at Boston, 
May, 1643, where they drew up and signed the Arti¬ 
cles of Confederation. Rhode Island was not per¬ 
mitted to be a member of the confederacy, unless it 
became an appendage to Plymouth. This, that colo¬ 
ny very properly refused. 

10. The style adopted was that of the “United 
Colonies of New England.” Their little congress, 
the first of the New World, was to be composed of 
eight members, two from each colony. They were 
to assemble yearly in the different colonies by rota¬ 
tion, Massachusetts having, on account of superior 
numbers, a double privilege. 

11. Although this confederacy was nominally dis¬ 
continued after about forty years, yet its spirit re¬ 
mained. The colonies had learned to act together, 
and when common injuries and common dangers 
again required united action, modes and precedents 
were at hand. Hence, we regard the Confederacy 
of the four New England provinces, as the Germ 
of the Federal Union. 


1653 . 


Articles of 
confed¬ 
eracy 
signed at 
Boston. 


Commis¬ 
sioners to 
meet 
annually. 


8 . What objects were to be secured by Union?— 9 . What four 
colonies sent commissioners to Boston ? What important work did 
they perform ? What hard condition was exacted of Rhode Island ? 
10 . W hat was the style adopted ? Where was the little congress of 
commissioners to meet?—11. How long did this confederacy last? 
Why is it regarded as the germ of the Federal Union ? 

Compare the third Map with the second, and tell the principal 
changes which have taken place in the geography in the course of 
the third period of the First Fart of the history. What are the 
principal putents which have been given? Compare the different 
Maps with the history, and tell when the name of Virginia was 
first given, and to what extent of country it has, at different times, 
been applied. 























































































PART II. 


FROM 1643 TO 1763. 



Meeting of Winthrop and the Commissioners.—The first Congress of 
America. 


PERIOD I. 

FROM 

THE CONFEDERACY OF j- 1613 i TIIE FOUR N. K. COLONIES, 
TO 

THE NEW CHARTER j- 1692. -j OF MASSACHUSETTS. 


CHAPTER I. 

Virginia—Second Indian Massacre—Bacon’s Rebellion, 

1. Ix 1644, the aged Opechacanough once more p t. it. 
attempted to cut off the scattered white population, p d. i. 
As soon as resistance was made, the Indians were cu - 1 
struck with panic, and fled. The Virginians pur- r 
sued them vigorously, and killed three hundred. g^ oru] * 
The chief was taken prisoner. He was then inhu- Indian 
manly wounded, and kept as a public spectacle, 1 s 
until he was relieved by death. 

Chapter 1.— I. Wliat attempt was made by an Indian chief? 

Which, i« this case, suffered most, the Indians, or the Virginians? 

How many Indians were killed? How was the chief treated ? 

87 







































88 


COMMERCE-OPPRESSION. 


pt. ii. 2. Charles I. was beheaded ; and Cromwell di- 
pdTi. rected the affairs of England. He perfected a sys- 
cu - l - tern of oppression, in respect to trade , by the celebra- 
ted “ Navigation Acts.” By these, the colonies 
chiles /were not allowed to find a market for themselves, 
beheaded. and se ]l their produce to the highest bidder; but 
Cromwell were obliged to carry it direct to the mother coun- 
'try. The English merchants bought it at their own 
price ; and thus, they, and not the colonist, made 
the profit on the fruits of his industry. 

3. At the same time, these laws prohibited any, 
but English vessels, from conveying merchandise to 

Tbif-um*-the colonies; thus compelling them, to obtain their 
Ration supplies of the English merchant; of course, at such 
ncts ' prices as he chose to fix upon his goods. Even free 
traffic among the colonists was prohibited. 

4. Charles II. was restored to his father’s throne 
in 1660. Berkeley, after various changes, was exer¬ 
cising, in Virginia, the office of governor. But pros- 

1600. pects grew dark. Notwithstanding the loyalty of 
'‘ Virginia, to none of the colonists had the suppression 
of the English monarchy wrought more good ; and 
on none did the restoration operate more disastrously. 

5. The Virginians were divided into two classes. 
The first comprised the few persons who were highly 
educated, and possessed of extensive domains. The 

Aristo- second, and more numerous class, was composed of 
plebeians. servants and laborers; among whom were some, 
that for crimes in England, had been sent to Amer¬ 
ica. A blind admiration of English usages was 
now shown, in the regulations made by Berkeley 
and his aristocratical advisers. 


2. Tipwlmt year was Charles I. beheaded ? Who then directed 
the affaires in England? By what were the colonies oppressed? 
What were they not allowed to do ? What were they obliged to do ? 
How did English merchants make the profit on the produce of the 
colonists ?—3. Of whom were the colonists obliged to purchase their 
supplies ? Who would fix the prices ? Could the different colonies 
trade freely with each other?—4. What happened in 16(>0? Who 
was governor of Virginia ? What were the prospects of Virginia? 
5. Describe the two classes into which the Virginians were di¬ 
vided ? What can you say of Berkeley and his advisers ? 







VIRGINIA GIVEN AWAY. 


S9 


6. The rights of the people were on all hands re- pt. ii. 
stricted. The affairs of the church were placed in pd. i. 
the hands of vestries,—corporations who held, and C11 - 1 - 
often severely used, the right to tax the whole coin- The 
munity. The assembly , composed of aristocrats , people 
made themselves permanent, and their salaries str, J l p e - 1 dof 
large. The right of suffrage was unrestrained, but rights, 
the power of electing the burgesses being taken 
away, the meetings of the freemen were of little 
avail; for their only remaining right, was that of pe¬ 


tition. 

7. A shock was now given, by which even the 
aristocracy were aroused. Charles, with his wonted 
profligacy, gave away Virginia for the space of 
thirty-one years. He had, immediately on his ac¬ 
cession, granted to Sir William Berkeley, Lord Cul¬ 
pepper, and others, that portion of the colony lying 
between the Rappahannock and Potomac ; and now, 
to the covetous Lord Culpepper, and to Lord Ar¬ 
lington, another needy favorite, he gave the whole 
province. 

8. On the north, the Susquehannah Indians, driv¬ 
en by the Senecas, from the head of the Chesapeake, 
had come down, and having had provocation, were 
committing depredations upon the banks of the Po¬ 
tomac. John Washington, the great grandfather 
of the hero of the revolution, with a brother, Law¬ 
rence Washington, had emigrated from England, 
and both were living in the county of Westmoreland. 

9. Six of the Indian chiefs came to John Wash¬ 
ington, to treat of peace, he being colonel. He 
wrongfully put them to death. “ They came in 
peace,” said Berkeley, “ and I would have sent 
them in peace, though they had killed my father 
and mother.” Revenge inflamed the minds of the 


Charles 
gi ves 
away 
Virginia 
for 31 
years. 

1 « 73 . 


John 

Washing¬ 

ton. 


Kills six 
Indian 
chiefs. 


G. How was it with the rights of the people? IIow in church 
matters? What was done by the assembly? What was now the 
right of suffrage 1—7. What did king Charles give away ? What 
portion had he granted before? To whom ? To whom was the 
whole province now given?—8. Who was John Washington? 
What Indians were troublesome?— 9 . What provocation had Col¬ 
onel Washington given them ? What said Berkeley ? 


< 













90 


BACON AND HIS PARTY. 


P'T. II. 
P’D. L 

CH. I. 

SSffG. 

The 

people 

make 

Bacon 

their 

leader. 


Popular 

liberty 

prevails. 


Berkeley 

and 

Bacon. 


James¬ 
town 
li'iriit. by 
Bacn’s 
party. 


savages, and the midnight war-whoop, often sum¬ 
moned to speedy death the defenceless families 
of the frontier. 

10. The people desired to organize for self-de¬ 
fence ; and in a peremptory manner, demanded for 
their leader, Nathaniel Bacon, a popular young 
lawyer. Berkeley refused. New murders occur¬ 
red ; Bacon assumed command, and with his follow¬ 
ers, departed for the Indian war. Berkeley declared 
him and his adherents rebels. 

11. Bacon returned successful from his expedi¬ 
tion, and was elected a member for Henrico county. 
Popular liberty prevailed, and laws were passed, 
with which Berkeley was highly displeased. Ba¬ 
con, fearing treachery, withdrew to the country. 
The people rallied around him, and he returned to 
Jamestown, at the head of five hundred armed men. 

12. Berkeley met them, and baring his breast, 
exclaimed, “ A fair mark, shoot!” Bacon declared 
that he came only for a commission, their lives being 
in danger from the savages. The commission was 
issued,—and Bacon again departed for the Indian 
warfare. Berkeley, in the mean time, withdrew to 
the sea-shore, and there collected numbers of sea¬ 
men and royalists. He came up the river with 
a fleet, landed his army at Jamestown, and again 
proclaimed Bacon and his party, rebels and traitors. 

13. Bacon having quelled the Indians, only a 
small band of his followers remained in arms. 
With these he hastened to Jamestown, and Berkeley 
fled at his approach. In order that its few dwell¬ 
ings should no more shelter their oppressors, the in¬ 
habitants set them on fire. Then leaving that 
endeared and now desolated spot, they pursued the 
royalists to the Rappahannock, where the Virgin¬ 
ians, hitherto of Berkeley’s party, deserted, and 

10. What leader did the people choose? Give some account 
of the first steps in the contention between the people’s leader and 
the governor.— 11. Proceed with the account.— 12 Continue the 
relation.— 13. Relate the remaining events till the time of Bacon’s 
death. 





GRAND -COUNCIL AT ALBANY. 


91 


joined B;icon’s standard. His enemies were at liis ft. ii. 
mercy; but his exposure to the night air had in- pd. i. 
duoed disease, and lie died. C1L u 

14. The party, without a leader, broke into frag- Bacon 
ments. As the principal adherents of Bacon, hunted dies - 
and made prisoners, were one by one, brought 
before Berkeley, lie adjudged them, with insulting 
taunts, to instant death. Thus perished twenty of 
the best citizens of Virginia. “The old fool,” said 
Charles II., who sent him orders to desist, “ has 
shed more blood than I did, for the murder of my 
fat her.” 


15. “Bacon’s rebellion” was extremely injurious 
to the affairs of the colony in England. A new 
charter, which was sent over, was not favorable to 
the Virginians. Lord Culpepper was made gover¬ 
nor for life. He cared not what he made the people 
suffer, provided he could gain money for himself. 
Lord 11 oward, the next governor, was of the same 
stamp. 

16. It was at this period, that the Five Nations 
became very powerful. They had overcome all the 
surrounding Indians, and menaced the whites. This 
produced a grand council at Albany , in which Lord 
Howard, and Colonel Dongan, the governor of 
New York, together with delegates from the nor¬ 
thern provinces, met the sachems of the Five Na¬ 
tions. The negotiations were friendly; and, in the 
figurative language of the Indians, “ a great tree of 
peace was planted.” 

17. Maryland. Clayborne, in 1645, returned to 
Maryland, raised an insurrection, and compelled 
Governor Calvert to fly to Virginia for safety. The 
rebellion was, however, quelled. The next year, 
Calvert returned, and quiet was restored. 

18. The reign of Puritanism in England was'dis- 

o o 


1677 . 

Lord Cul¬ 
pepper. 

1683 . 

Lord 

Howard. 


Peace 
with the 
Five 
Nations. 


1615 . 

Insurrec- 
tion in 
Maryland. 


14 . What then happened to his party and principal followers? 
15 . flow did Bacon’s rebellion atFeet, the colony in England? 
What, governors were sen', over?— 16 . What Indians became 
powerful? What council was held l — 17 . Who made trouble in 
Maryland ? 


< 

















92 


THE CATHOLICS OPPRESSED. 


FT. ii. astrous to Maryland. Calvert, the governor ap- 
fd. i. pointed by the proprietor, was obliged to surrender 
C1, ‘ the government; and the Catholics, after having set- 
tied the country, were shamefully persecuted in it, 
Catholics bv the English authorities. Clayborne took advan- 
«ntedin ta S e of this, and with Josias Fend all, made a flv 
their own mous “ disturbance,” of which little is now known, 
piovmce. exce p^. involved the province in much ex¬ 

pense. 

19. Lord Baltimore was restored to his rights, by 
Charles II., but he died soon after. His son and 
successor, soon found himself in trouble ; for the 

Death of English would not allow the Catholics of Maryland 
H’imore! 1 " to enjoy any political rights. At the same time the 
people in the province, wished for a greater share in 
the government, than the proprietor would grant. 

20. James II., who succeeded Charles, was a Cath¬ 
olic, and he was a tyrant. He declared that there 
should be no charter governments, but that he 
should rule, according to his own sovereign will. 

anVMary. His oppressions were such, that his people in Eng¬ 
land, and even his own family, joined against him. 
They placed upon the throne, his daughter Mary, 
with her husband, William, prince of Orange, one 
of the ablest statesmen of Europe. 


CHAPTER II. 

New York settled by the Dutch—Taken by the English. 

1614 . 1. We here commence with the early coloni- 

Dutci, zation of a State, which ranks first in the Union, in 
e,1 fv*iHKt respect to wealth and population. In 1614, a com- 
N. York, pany of merchants in Holland, fitted out a squadron 

18. What did he take advantage of? Who was with him? 
What is known of “ FcndaU’s disturbance ?”—19. Who restored 
Lord Baltimore ? What gave trouble to his son ?—20. Who suc¬ 
ceeded King Charles II.? What did he declare? How did the 
English people bear his tyranny? Who succeeded him? 

Chapter 11.—1. In what respects is New York the first State in 
the Union ? 












NEW NETHERLANDS. 


93 


of several ships, and sent them to trade to the conn- pt. ii. 
try which Hudson had discovered. They construct- P’d. i. 
ed a rude fort on Manhattan Island. "One of the c “- 1L 
captains, Adrian Blok, sailed through the East 
river, and ascertained the position of Long Island. 
lie probably discovered Connecticut river. 

2 . The next year the adventurers sailed up the ~ 

Hudson, and on a little island, just below the pres- Fort 
ent position of Albany, they built a small fort, nam- 0ran - e ’ 
ing it Fort Orange. Afterwards they changed their Albany, 
location, and fixed where Albany now stands. founded. 

3. Holland was distressed by internal troubles; 

and families wishing to settle in the new world, were j <*559 
now sent over. Cottages clustered around Manhattan to 
fort, which was now called Mew Amsterdam, and 1621 . 
the country, New Netherlands. Peter Minuets 
was made its first governor. 

In 1627, an envoy was sent from Mew Nether¬ 
lands to New Plymouth; friendly civilities were Jjroaty 
interchanged; and a treaty of peace and commerce Pilgrim! 
was made between the Dutch and the Pilgrims. 

4. A new company was made in Holland, styled 
“ the College of Nineteen.” They decreed, that, 
whoever should conduct fifty families to New Neth¬ 
erlands, the name now given by the Dutch to the 1629 . 
whole country between Cape Cod and Cape May, Ninttee? 
should become the patroon, or lord of the manor; di! jPjj* e of 
with absolute property in the lands he should col¬ 
onize, to the extent of eight miles on each side of the 

river on which he should settle. 

5 . De Vries conducted from Holland, a colony ig31. 
which settled Lewistovm , near the Delaware; a small Du J I * * * 5 c J] e on 
fort called Nassau, having been previously erected the 
by the Dutch. In consequence of disagreements Delaware - 

1. Dill the Dutch first, go there as traders, or as settlers ? By 

whom were they sent ? What fort did they first build? What 

discoveries make?- 2. What was their second fort?—3. Why 

were families now willing to leave Holland? Where did they set¬ 
tle? What name give to the fort? To the country ? Who was 
the first governor? Where did they send an envoy? —4. What 
new company was formed in Holland? What did they decree? 

5. What colony was led by De Vries? 


< 












94 


EARLY MOVEMENTS IN DELAWARE. 


pt. ii. among' the company in Holland, Peter Minuets re- 
pax i turned, having been superseded by Walter A an 
on. ii. Twiller. Minuets became the leader ot a colony 
of Swedes. 

6. Governor Keift, who had succeeded Van 
Twiller, had an inconsiderable quarrel with the 

. Manhattan Indians. \ et, when the Mohawks came 
KortN down upon them, they collected in groups, and beg- ( 
bariiprity g e d him to shelter and assist them. The barbarous 
natives. Keift sent his troops; and at night murdered them 
all,—men, women, and helpless babes,—to the num¬ 
ber of a hundred. 

7. Indian vengeance awoke. Vo English family 
within reach of the Algonquins was safe. The Dutch 

-emce 0 f v illages were in flames around, and the people flee- 
the ing to Holland. In New England, all was jeopardy 
Indians. an q a ] ann> The Dutch troops defended themselves, 
having placed at their head, Captain Underhill, who 
had been expelled from Massachusetts. At this time, 
it is supposed, occurred a bloody battle at Strick¬ 
land’s plain, in Greenwich, Connecticut.—The Mo- 
* hawks were friendly to the Dutch, and, at length, 
peace was made by their interference. 

161§. 8. Keift, execrated by all the colonies, was re- 

D Ke!ft° f man( Kd to Holland ; and, in returning, perished by 
shipwreck on the coast of Wales. Stuyvesant, who 
1656. succeeded to his office, went to Hartford ; and there 
Smyve- entered into negotiations, by which the Dutch claims 
to Connecticut were relinquished. 

9. The Dutch had built Fort Casimir on the site 
166f. New Castle, in Delaware. The Swedes conceiving 
Swedes this to be an encroachment on their territory, Rising, 
C °hy'the d their governor, by an unworthy stratagem, made 
biueh. himself its master. In 1055, Stuyvesant, acting by 
orders received from Holland, embarked at New 
Amsterdam, with six hundred men, and sailing up 


5 . What account can you trive of Peter Minuets? Who was the 
next governor?—6 Who the next? How did lie treat the In¬ 
dians?— 7 . Wln.t was the consequence of his cruelty? What oc¬ 
curred in Connecticut?—8. What happened to Keift? Who was 
liis successor ? What did he do? 




NEW AMSTERDAM BECOMES NEW YORK. 


95 


the Delaware, he subjugated the Swedes. New 
Sweden was heard of no more ; but the settlers were 
secured in their rights of private property ; and their 
descendants are among* the best of our citizens. 

10. Many emigrants now came to New Nether¬ 
lands, from among the oppressed, the discontented, 
and the enterprising of other colonies, and of Euro¬ 
pean nations. At length the inhabitants sought a 
share of political power. They assembled, and by 
their delegates, demanded that no laws should be 
passed, except with the consent of the people. 
Stuyvesant treated the request rudely, and dissolved 
the assembly. 

11. But popular liberty, though checked here, 
prevailed in the adjoining provinces; and they con¬ 
sequently grew more rapidly, and crowded upon the 
Dutch. The Indians made war upon some of their 
villages, especially Esopus, now Kingston ; and New 
Netherlands could not obtain aid from Holland. The 
States General had given the whole concern into the 
hands of “the Nineteen,” and they refused to make 
needful advances. 

12. Charles II. having granted to his brother 
James, then Duke of York and Albany, the territo¬ 
ry from the banks of the Connecticut to those of the 
Delaware, Sir Robert Nichols was dispatched 
with a fleet to take possession. He sailed to New 
Amsterdam, and suddenly demanded of the aston¬ 
ished Stuyvesant, to give up the place. He would 
have defended his post if he could. But the body 
of the people, preferred the English rule to that of 
the Dutch; the privileges of Englishmen, having 
been promised them. Nichols, therefore, entered, 


0. Give an account of the contest between the Swedes and 
Dutch.— 10. By what persons were their numbers in New Neth¬ 
erlands increased? What did the people now seek? How did 
the governor treat them ?—11. Which prospered most, the places 
where the people’s rights were respected, or those whore they were 
not? What troubles were made by the Indians?— 12. What ter¬ 
ritory was granted? To whom? Whom did he send to take the 
country ? What were the circumstances of the surrender? 


FT. II. 
P’D. I. 

cu. II. 


1654 . 

The 
people 
claim civil 
rights. 


New 

Nether¬ 

lands 

troubled. 


N. Am¬ 
sterdam 
surren¬ 
dered 
to the 
English, 
Sept. 3d, 

1664 . 










96 


PENNSYLVANIA. 


ft. il took possession in the name of his master, and called 
P’D. i. the place New York. 

CH Iir * 13. A part of the English fleet, under Sir George 
Carteret, sailed up the Hudson to Fort Orange, 
TI)e which surrendered and was named Albany. The 
Dutch Dutch fort on the Delaware was also taken by the 
Mirreli- English. The rights of property were respected, 
dered. anc [ a treaty was made with the Five Nations. The 
whole line of coast , from Acadia to Florida , was 
now in possession of the English. 


CHAPTER III. 

Pennsylvania and its Founder. 

1. William P^nn, the great and good man, to 
1614. whom Pennsylvania owes its origin, was the son of 
'penn-s 1 Vice Admiral Sir William Penn; and was born in 
birth, &c. London, in 1644. To provide a place for his per¬ 
secuted brethren, of the denomination of Friends, 
or Quakers, was the leading object in his mind, 
when he planned a new emigration to America. 

2 . His father had left claims to the amount of six¬ 
teen thousand pounds against the crown ; and Penn, 
finding that there was a tract yet ungranted, north 

March 4 °f Lord Baltimore’s patent, solicited and obtained 
Patent of 0 f Charles II. a charter of the country. It was 
A vania' ' bounded east by the Delaware, extending westward 
through five degrees of Longitude, and stretching 
from twelve miles north of New Castle, to the 42d 
degree of latitude. It was limited on the south by 
a circle of twelve miles, drawn around New Castle, 
to the beginning of the fortieth degree of north lati¬ 
tude. The king gave to the country the name of 
Pennsylvania. 


13. What other places were taken by the English ? 

Chapter III. — 1. What kind of person was William Penn? Of 
which of the States is he the founder ? Give an account of his birth 
and parentage. What was his motive in planting a new colony ? 
2. Of whom did Penn obtain a grant? What claim had he against 
the crown? What was the extent of Penn’s first patent? 






PENN'S ARRIVAL. 


97 


3. Soon after the date of this grant, two other pt. ii. 
conveyances were made to Penn, by the Duke of p’dTl~ 
\ ork; one of which embraced the present State of C,L Iir - 
Delaware, and was called the “Territories;” the Obtains 
other released all claims to Pennsylvania. 

4. Penn prepared a liberal constitution of civil 
government, for those who should become his colo- 

t nists. Having sent out three ships, loaded with emi- sept 9 , 
grants, and consigned to the care of his nephew, 1082. 
Colonel Markham, he left Chester on board the Pe from' 18 
Welcome, and with one hundred settlers, sailed for < ^ ,es J ;er 
his province,—his benevolent heart full of hope and u ° an ' 
courage. 

5. He landed at New Castle, and was joyfully re¬ 
ceived by the Swedes and Dutch, now amounting to A . 
two or three thousand. 1 he next day, at their court- New 
house, he received from the agent of the Duke of o^ S 2 s! 
York, the surrender of the “Territories.” He then, 
with blended dignity and affection, assured the de¬ 
lighted throngs, that their rights should be respect¬ 
ed, and their happiness regarded. 

6 . In honor of his friend, the duke, he next visit- Names 
ed New York; but immediately returning, lie went Cht “ 9ter - 
to Upland, which he named Chester. Here a part 

of the pioneers, with Markham, had begun a settle- Dec 4 
merit; and here Penn called the first assembly. It The first 
consisted of an equal number from the province and ass \it y 
the “ Territories.” By its first act, all the inhabitants, Chcster - 
of whatever extraction, were naturalized. 

7. Penn was the first legislator, whose, criminal 
code admitted the humane principle, that the object 
of punishment is not merely to prevent crime, but to 
reform the offender. Hence, his code seldom pun- D . 
ished with death, lhe assembly sat three days, and three days 
passed fifty-nine laws; an evidence, that the time 59 IaW8, 

3. What other conveyances were made to him?—4. How did 
Penn propose to treat his settlers in respect to government? 

Whom did he send from England before he sailed? From what 
place did he sail ? In what vessel ? With how many ?—5. What 
were the circumstances of his first arrival?—6. What place did ho 
next vjsif ? Where go on his return ? What was done in Chester ? 

7. Wlmt principle in legislation was Penn the first to teach ? 













98 


ENERGY AND BENEVOLENCE. 


P’T. TI. 
P'D. I. 

C1I. III. 

Penn 
visits 
Lord Bal¬ 
timore. 


Penn 

meets the 
Indian 
chiefs. 


1082 . 

Makes a 
treaty 
of peace. 


Penn lays 
out and 
names 
Philadel¬ 
phia. 


which belonged to the public, was not here consum¬ 
ed, either in personal abuse, or pompous declamation. 

8. Penn next paid a visit of friendship and busi¬ 
ness to Lord Baltimore, at West River. Though 
they differed on the question of boundaries, yet 
friendly feeling pervaded the interview. 

9. Penn had given to Colonel Markham, who pre¬ 
ceded him, directions, that the natives should be, 
treated kindly, and fairly; and accordingly no land 
had been entered upon, but by their consent. They 
had also been notified that Penn, to whom they gave 
the name of Onas, was to meet, and establish with 
them, a treaty of perpetual peace. On the morning 
of the appointed day, under a huge elm at Shacka- 
maxon, now a suburb of Philadelphia, the Indian 
chiefs gathered from every direction, to see Penn, 
and to hear his words; which they regarded as those 
of an angel. 

10. Penn gave them wise instructions, and solemn¬ 
ly appealed to the Almighty, that it was the ardent 
desire of his heart to do them good. “ He would not 
call them brothers or children, but they should be to 
him and his, as half of the same body.” The chiefs 
then gave their pledge for themselves, and for their 
tribes, “ to live in love with him and his children, 
as long as the sun and moon should endure.” The 
treaty was then executed, the chiefs putting down 
the emblems of their several tribes. The purchases 
of Markham were confirmed, and others made. 

11. After this, Penn went to a villa, which his 
nephew had built for his residence, opposite the site 
of Burlington, and called Pennsbury. Here he gave 
directions for laying out towns and counties; and 
in conjunction with the surveyor, Holme, drew the 
plan of his capital; and in the spirit of “ brotherly 
love,” named it Philadelphia. 

7. What can you say of the labors done by the assembly ? Of 
what was this an evidence?—8. Whom did Penn visit?—9. How 
did he direct that the natives should be treated? Of what had 
they been notified ? Give an account of the meeting.—10. What 
did Penn say to the chiefs ? How did the chiefs respond ? Was 
a treaty made ?—11. What did Penn after this? 



penn’s departure. 


99 


12. Vessels came fast with new settlers, until P’T.ir. 
twenty-two, bearing two thousand persons, had ar- paxi. 
rived. Some came so late in the fall, that they could cn lv - 
not be provided with house-room in the rude dwell- T} 
ings of the new city : and “ the caves” were dug in or525. 
the banks of the river to receive them. Providence 

fed them,—by flocks of pigeons, and the fish of the 
rivers; and the Indians, regarding them as the chil¬ 
dren of Onas, hunted to bring them game. The 
season was unusually mild. 

13. Penn had left beyond the ocean his beloved 
family. Letters from England spoke of the sufferings 
of his quaker brethren, and he believed that he might 
exercise an influence there, to check persecution. 

He embarked on the fourth of August; and wrote Penn * 
on board the ship an affectionate adieu to his prov- em ^. rks 
ince, which he sent on shore before he sailed. He England, 
said, “And thou, Philadelphia, virgin of the prov¬ 
ince! my soul prays for thee; that, faithful to the 
God of thy mercies, in the life of righteousness, thou 
mayest be preserved unto the end!” 


CHAPTER IV. 

New Jersey—its settlement, and various claimants. 

1. Previous to the surrender of the Dutch, the 
Duke of York made a grant, of that part of his pat- 
ent lying between the Hudson and Delaware, to 
Lord Berkeley and Sir George Carteret. This 
tract was called New Jersey , in compliment to Sir 
George, who had been governor of the isle of Jersey. Elizabeth . 

2 . In 1064, before the grant to Berkeley and town 
Carteret was known, three persons from Long Isl- ou r ^ v s ‘* t . 
and purchased of the natives a tract of the country, tied. 


12. What can you say of new settlers? — 13 . Why did Penn re¬ 
turn ? When did he embark ? What send on shore ? 

Chapter IV.—1. What grant was made ? By whom ? To whom ? 
What was the country called?— 2. Who had made a previous 
settlement ? 














100 


FT. II. 
P’D. I. 

OH. IV. 

1665 . 


1669 . 

Lord 
Berkeley 
sells liis 
right 


Penn 
causes 
New Jer¬ 
sey to bo 
divided. 


The “ con 
cessions.’ 


PENN ACTIVE IN NEW JERSEY AFFAIRS. 

which was called Elizabethtown , where a settlement 
was commenced. Other towns were soon settled by 
emigrants from the colonies, and from Europe. Thus, 
opposite claims were created, which caused much 
discord between the proprietors and inhabitants. In 
1665, Berkeley and Carteret formed a constitution 
for the colony, and appointed Philip Carteret gov¬ 
ernor. He made Elizabethtown the seat of govern¬ 
ment. 

3. Berkeley and Carteret, at first, held the prov¬ 
ince as joint property; but the former, becoming 
weary with the care of an estate, which yielded him 
neither honor nor profit, sold his share to Edward 
Billinge. That gentleman, on being involved in 
debt, found it necessary to assign his property for 
the benefit of his creditors; and William Penn was 
one of his assignees. 

4. New Jersey was now jointly held by Sir George 
Carteret, and Penn as agent for the assignees of Bil¬ 
linge. But Penn perceiving the inconvenience of 
holding joint property, it was mutually agreed to 
separate the country into East and West Jersey; 
Carteret receiving the sole proprietorship of East Jer¬ 
sey, and Penn and his associates, that of West Jersey. 

5. Penn divided West Jersey into one hundred 
shares, which were separately disposed of; and then, 
in that spirit of righteousness, whereby he won the 
confidence of all, he drew up the articles called “ the 
concessions.” By these, the proprietors ceded to the 
.planters, the privileges of free civil government; ex- 
’ pressly declaring,“ we put the power in the people.” 
Religion was left free, and imprisonment for debt 
prohibited. In two years, eight hundred new settlers 
came over, mostly quakers; persons of excellent 
character, and good condition. 


2. From whence were other towns soon settled? Did they nil 
agree? What was done in 1665?—3. Which of the two proprie¬ 
tors sold his share? To whom? How came William Penn to 
have a hand in Jersey affairs?—4. How was New Jersey now 
held? How and why was it divided?—5. How did Penn proceed 
in regard to West Jersey ? 








NEW JERSEY SETTLEMENTS PROSPER. 


101 


G. In 1682, East Jersey, the property of Carteret, ft. ii. 
being exposed to sale, Penn, as agent for twelve p d. i. 
quakers, purchased it. In 1683, these twelve propri- cu - lv 
etors doubled their number, and obtained a new 
patent from the Duke of York. kersbuy 

7. East Jersey was now free from religious intol- 
erance. This was the era of those civil wars of Great 
Britain, in which the English royal officers hunted 
the Oameronian Scots like wild beasts. Hundreds 
of the sufferers now came to East Jersey, and there, 
bringing their industrious and frugal habits, they 
were blessed with security, abundance, and content. 

8 . Sir Edmund Andros, when governor of New 

7 o fl ii o 

York, under pretence of the claims of the Duke of A ,,^ r( , s j* 
York, usurped the government both in East and the 
West Jersey. He laid a tax upon all goods import- Jerst ‘ J8, 
ed, and upon the property of all who came to settle 
in the country. 

9. Penn received complaints of these abuses, and 
with such strength of argument opposed the claims 

of the duke, that the commissioners, to whom the there also, 
case was referred, adjudged the duties to be illegal 
and oppressive: in consequence of which, in 1680 
they were removed, and the proprietors reinstated 
in the government. 

10. Edward Billinge was appointed by the 
proprietors, governor; and in the next year, 1681, 
he summoned the first general assembly held in West 
Jersey. In 1682, the people, by the advice of Penn, general 
amended their government. Contrary to the wishes assen,bIy ’ 
of the proprietors, the next year, they proceeded to 

elect their own governor. 


G. How did Penn come to have any thing to do with East Jer¬ 
sey ? How did East Jersey proprietors now proceed?— 7. What 
was the state of this colony ? Who came to it ?—8. What did Sir 
Edmund Andros?—0. What did William Penn?—10. Whom did 
the proprietors appoint? What did Billinge in 1681 ? What did 
the people the next year? The next after this ? 













102 


THE DOWNFALL OF A CHIEF. 


F T. II. 


FI). I. 
Oil. v. 


1043. 

Mianto- 
nomoh 
seekstho 
life of 
Uncas. 


But loses 
his own. 


l«5l. 


R. Island 
first in 
religious 
freedom. 


CHAPTER V. 

Miantonomoh—Rhode Island and Connecticut obtain Charters— 
Elliot, the Apostle of the Indians. 

1 . During the reign of Puritanism in England, 
the New England Colonies enjoyed a happy season 
of liberty and peace. This was occasionally inter¬ 
rupted by fears of the savages, who sometimes 
manifested their warlike propensities. Sometimes 
they attacked and destroyed each other. 

2 . Miantonomoh sought the life of Uncas, because 
he was aware, that he could not make him unite in 
a conspiracy, which he was exciting against the 
whites. A Pequod whom he hired, wounded the 
Mohegan chief, and than tied to him for protection. 
He refused to surrender the assassin to the demand 
of the court at Hartford, but dispatched him with 
his own hand. 

3 . Miantonomoh drew out his warriors openly 
against Uncas, in violation of a treaty, to which the 
authorites of Connecticut were a party. Uncas met 
and vanquished him by a stratagem, and took him 
prisoner; but he resigned him to the court. They 
deliberated—and then returned the noble savage to 
his captor. Uncas killed him,—without torture, but 
with circumstances of cannibal barbarity. 

4. Roger Williams was now the Father of Rhode 
Island, as he had formerly been the Founder. He 
twice crossed the ocean, and at length succeeded in 
obtaining a charter , including the islands , and con¬ 
firming the limits of the State , as they now exist. 
Rhode Island, it not great in territory, is rich, in the 
fame of having been the first to set the example, 
since followed by the nation at large, of entire “ soul- 
liberty” in matters of religion. 

Chapter V.—1. How did the reign of Puritanism in England 
affect New England ?—2. Give an account of the beginning of tho 
war between Miantonomoh and Uncas.—3. Of the close of the 
contest.— 4 . What charter was obtained for Rhode Island ? For 
what is Rhode Island distinguished ? 




CHARTERS. 


103 


5. When Charles II. was restored, his power ft. ii. 
was acknowledged in New England; but the colo- P i D f 
nies had melancholy forebodings. Yet the authori- ch. v. 
ties of Connecticut, by the eminent John Winthrop, 

son of the first governor of Massachusetts, even at 
this difficult period, successfully applied to the court 
of England for a charter. They plead, that they yymuror 
had obtained their lands, by purchase, from the na- Stains a* 
tives, and by conquest from the Pequods, who made c, '^J | f " r 
on them a war of extermination ; and they had min¬ 
gled both their blood and their labor with the soil. 

6 . Winthrop appeared before the king with such 
a gentle dignity of carriage, and such appropriate 
conversation, as won the royal favor. It is said he 
brought to the mind of Charles some interesting rec- winthrop 
ollections, by the present of a ring, which had been a rin^ he 
given to his grandfather as a pledge, by an ancestor 


of the monarch. 

7. The king granted a liberal charter , which in¬ 
cluded New Haven. That province, however, had 
not been consulted, and justly felt aggrieved; as a 
relinquishment of its separate existence was thereby 
required. But at length, the great expediency of 
the measure becoming fully apparent, the union of 
New Haven with Connecticut was completed. Win¬ 
throp was chosen governor. lie received seventeeA 
annual elections. 

8 . Colonel Nichols, who was sent over to command 
the expedition against New Netherlands, was one of 
four commissioners, who had been appointed by the 
king, not only for conquering the l)utch, but for 
humbling the colonies. The people felt much ag¬ 
grieved. Massachusetts resisted every exercise of 
their power, and two of their number, Carr and 
Cartwright, left the country in high displeasure. 


1665 . 

New 

Haven 

united 

with 

Conn. 


Nichols, 
Maverick, 
Carr, and 
Cart¬ 
wright. 


5. By whom did the people of Connecticut apply for a charter ? 
What reasons did they plead?—G. IIow did Winthrop behave? 
7. What kind of a charter was obtained ? IIow was it with respect 
to New Ilavcn? Who was chosen governor ?— 8. What can you 
say of Colonel Nichols? How did the people feel ? Which col¬ 
ony resisted? What did two of the commissioners ? 






104 


JOHN ELLIOT. 


pt. ii. 9. This was the period of the labors of J ohn El- 
P’d. i. liot, called the apostle of the Indians. He beheld 
°h. v. pity the ignorance and spiritual darkness of the 

j Elliot sava g es > and determined to devote himself to their 
’ conversion. He first spent some years in the study 
of their language. The General Court of the prov¬ 
ince passed an order, requesting the clergy to report 
1646 . the best means of spreading the Gospel among the 
Elliot’s natives; and Elliot took this occasion to meet with 
iiS with "the Indians at Non an turn, a few miles west of Boston. 
Indians His mee ti n g s for religious worship and discourse 
were held, whenever favorable opportunities could 
be found or made. 

10. His efforts to teach the natives the arts and 
usages of civilized life, were also unremitted and 
arduous ; “ for civility,” it was said, “must go hand 
in hand with Christianity.” These efforts and their 

Indians effects, exhibit the children of the forest in a most 
converted. • n ^ ei . es ti n g p 0 j n ^ 0 f v iew, and show the transform¬ 
ing power of the Gospel. Their dispositions and 
lives underwent a real change. Some of their num- 
bers became teachers, and aided in the conversion 
of others. 

11 . In 1655, Elliot had completed his translation 
of the New Testament into the Indian language, 
ahd in two years more the Old was added. Thus 

1057 the mi g ht y Hhor of learning the difficult tongue of 
Elliot * the Indians, of making from its oral elements, a writ- 
Wa'trarts-ten language, and that of translating the whole Bi- 
lation ble, was, by zeal and persevering labor, accomplished. 
Bible It was the first Bible printed in America. But both 
the Indian and his language are now extinct, and 
Elliot’s Bible is a mere literary curiosity. 

1074 . 12. In 1674, there were fourteen towns of “pray- 

0 f paying Indians,” and six gathered churches. The Indian 
Indians, converts had much to encounter. Their Great chiefs 


9. What was John Elliot called ? Give an account of the be¬ 
ginning of his labors.—10. Did Elliot teach the natives any thing 
but religion ? What success had he ?—11. What great labor did 
Elliot perforin in respect to the Bible ?—12. How many towns 
were there of the “Praying Indians?” 





THE GREAT INDIAN GIIIEF. 


105 


hated Christianity. Although it made their subjects 
willing to do the right, yet it set them to reflect,— 
and, thus to find out, that there was a right for them 
to have , as well as to do. This tended to subvert the 
absolute arbitrary sway, which the sachem, howevei 
he might allow it to slumber, did actually possess; 
and which he naturally felt unwilling to relinquish. 
Of these chiefs, Philip of Pokanoket, was peculiarly 
the foe of the Christian religion. 


CHAPTER VI. 

King Philip’s War — Destruction of the Narragansetts and 
Pokanokets. 

1. Philip was the younger of the two sons of 
Massasoit. He had become embittered against the 
English, by the death of his brother, which he ascrib¬ 
ed to them; and though he was thus left sole chief¬ 
tain of the Pokanokets, yet he deeply felt his loss, 
and bitterly resented it. 

2. The extension of the English had alarmed the 
savage nations. The new race, whom their fathers 
received, when a poor and feeble band, were now 
gradually spreading themselves over the land, and 
assuming to be its sovereigns. But the natives were 
yet numerous, and, by union, they might extirpate 
the whites, and regain the country. Thus thought 
Philip, as he secretly plotted, to bring to pass, his 
cruel designs. 

3. The Narragansetts, so long friendly, were now 
under the rule of Conanchet, the son of Miantono- 
moh ; and doubtless he remembered the benefits 
which his father had bestowed upon the whites, and 
their refusal to hear his last plea for mercy. 

12. What feelings and opinions had the great chiefs? Who in 
particular was hostile? 

Chapter VI.— 1. Why was Philip embittered against the Eng- 
lish ?—2. What alarmed the savages? What did Philip think 
and do?—3. Who was Conanchet? What was his disposition 
towards the English ? 

5* 


ft. n. 

P'D. I. 
on. vi. 


Philip's 

resent¬ 

ment. 


Indians 

jealous 

and 

hostile. 






106 

P'T. II. 
P’D. I. 

cu. VI. 

Sausa- 
inan’s dis¬ 
closure 
and 
death. 


1675. 

Juno 24. 
Swansey 
attacked. 


July 5. 

The Con' 
gre-s 
raise an 
army. 


Compel 
the Nar. 
to make 
peace. 


king Philip’s war. 

4. Sausaman, one of the natives whom Elliot had 
instructed in Christianity, gave to the English inti¬ 
mations of Philip’s designs. Sausaman was soon 
after murdered. On investigation, the Plymouth 
court found that the murder was committed by 
three of Philip’s most intimate friends; and forth¬ 
with they caused them to be executed. 

5. On the 20th of June, Philip’s exasperated war¬ 
riors attacked Swansey , in New Plymouth. The 
colonists appeared in defence of the place, and the 
Indians fled. The English force marched into the In¬ 
dian towns, which, on their approach, were deserted. 
But the route of the savages was marked by the ruins 
of buildings, which had been burned, and by the heads 
and hands of the English, which were fixed upon poles 
by the wayside. The troops, finding that they could 
not overtake them, returned to Swansey. 

6 . The little congress of the colonies, meeting at 
Boston, were unanimous in deciding that the war 
must be prosecuted with vigor; and each colony 
furnish means, according to its ability. Of the 
thousand men which they determined to send imme¬ 
diately into the field, Massachusetts was to furnish 
five hundred and twenty-seven, Connecticut three 
hundred and fifteen, and Plymouth one hundred 
and fifty-eight. Subsequently the commissioners 
voted to raise double this number. 

7. The army was sent from Swansey into the 
country of the Narragansetts, and negotiating, 
sword in hand, with that confederacy, on the 15th 
of July, a treaty of peace was concluded. It was 
stipulated among other things, to give forty coats 
to any one of the Narragansetts, who should bring 
Philip alive,—twenty for his head, and two for each 
of his subjects delivered as prisoners. 


4. IIovv dicl the English become acquainted with Philip’s de¬ 
signs ? What did the Plymouth court?—5. When and where did 
Philip begin the war? Wlmt measures did the colonists pursue ? 
0. What ground did the commissioners take? How was the num¬ 
ber of men, to be raised, apportioned ?— 7. Where was the army 
sent ? What treaty was made ? What was stipulated ? 





BLOODY BliOOK. 


107 


8. The Indian king retreated, with his warriors, pt. ii. 
to a swamp at Pocasset , near Montaup. There, on p’d.T 
the 18th, the colonists attacked them, but gained no 0,1 VI - 
decisive advantage. Philip then went to the vicin- 
ity of Connecticut river; but to the inhabitants, 
everywhere in danger, and in fear, he seemed to be ***«• »t 
everywhere present. Captain Hutchinson, with a Jet. 
company of horse, was drawn into an ambush, near 
Brookfield, where he was mortally wounded, and 
sixteen of his company were killed. The Indians in Mak 
then burned the town. 


9. Intending to collect a magazine and garrison 
at Hadley, Captain Lathrop, with a corps of the 
choicest young men, selected from the vicinity of 
Boston, was sent to transport a quantity of corn sept. is. 
from Deerfield, to that place. They were suddenly B JjfooK 
attacked by the Indians, and though they fought 

with great bravery, they were almost all cut off. 

The brook, by which they fought, flowed red,—and 
to this day is called “ Bloody Brook.” 

10 . In October, the Springfield Indians, who had Oct i. 
previously been friendly, concerted with the hostile wmmvS 
tribes, and set fire to that town. While its flames b .v 
were raging, they attacked Hadley, but were re- next ° 

pulsed* chapter.) 

11 . Conanchet now violated the treaty, and not 
only received Philip’s warriors, but aided their oper- Conan . 
ations against the English. On the 18tli of Decern- chet 
her, one thousand troops were collected from the thJ treaty, 
different colonies, under the command of Josiaii 
Winslow, of Plymouth. After a stormy night 
passed in the open air, they waded through the 

snow sixteen miles; and about one o’clock, on the 
afternoon of the 19th, they arrived near the enemy’s 
fortress. 


8. Give an account of King Philip’s movements. What was 
the condition of the inhabitants ? What befel Capt. Hutchinson ? 
9. Give an account of Capt. Lathrop and his company.—10. What 
treachery was practised by the Springfield Indians?—11. What 
was now the conduct of Conanchet ? What number of troops went 
to attack him ? At what time, and under what circumstances did 
they march ? 




108 


A NATION DESTROYED. 


P'T. II. 

1”D. I. 
cu. VI. 


1675 . 

Dec. 19. 
THE 
EWAMP. 


Ind. k. 
1000. 


Famine 
and cold. 


Conan- 
diet’s 
death. 


1676 . 

Philip 
attempts 
to gain the 
Mohawks. 


12. It was on a rising ground, in the midst of a 
swamp; and was so fortified Avith palisades, and 
thick hedges, that only by crossing a log, which lay 
over a ravine, could it be approached. The officers 
led the men directly across the narrow and danger¬ 
ous bridge. The first Avere killed, but others press¬ 
ed on, and the fort Avas entered. Conanchet and 
his warriors at first forced the English to retire; but 
they resumed the fight, defeated the savages, and 
again entering the fort, they set fire to the Indian 
dwellings. One thousand warriors were killed; 
three hundred, and as many Avomen and children, 
were made prisoners. About six hundred of their 
wigwams Avere burnt, and many helpless sufferers 
perished in the flames. 

13. The Avretched remains of the tribe took shel¬ 
ter in the recesses of a cedar swamp,—covering 
themselves with boughs, or burrowing in the ground, 
and feeding on acorns or nuts, dug out Avith their 
hands from the snow. Many Avho escaped a sudden, 
—thus died a lingering death. Conanchet was 
made prisoner in April, and Avas offered his freedom 
if he would enter into a treaty of peace. The chief¬ 
tain indignantly refused, and Avas put to death. 

14. In the spring of 1676, the colonial troops 
Avere almost universally victorious. Jealousies arose 
among the different tribes of savages, and Avhile 
great numbers Avere slain, many deserted the com¬ 
mon cause. Philip had attempted to rouse the 
MohaAvks against the English; and had, for this pur¬ 
pose, killed a number of the tribe, and attributed 
their death to the Avhites. His perfidy Avas detected, 
and he fled to Montaup, Avhither he was pursued. 

15. In the midst of these reverses, Philip remain¬ 
ed unshaken in his enmity. Ilis chief men, as also 
his Avife and family, Avere either killed or made pris- 

12. Describe the fort—the approach of the troops—the second 
attack—the destruction of the Indians.— 13. What happened to 
the remains of the tribe? To Conanchet ?—14. How did the 
colonial troops succeed in 1076 ? Where was Philip ?—15. How 
did he bear his adversity? 



tup: praying Indians. 


100 


U r 




oners ; and, while he wept bitterly, for these domes- pt. ii. 
tic bereavements, he shot one of his men who pro- p d.1T 
posed submission. After being driven from swamp cu - v,t 
to swamp, he was at last shot near Montaup, by the 
brother of the Indian whom he had thus killed. killed.' 8 

16. Of the scattered parties which remained, 
many were captured. Some sought refuge at the 
north. These afterwards served as guides, to those 
parties of hostile French and Indians, who came 
down and desolated the provinces. In this dreadful ™n p ' s 
contest, New England lost six hundred inhabitants, England 
and a great amount of property. Fourteen towns lo * Ch G0 °’ 
had been destroyed, and a heavy debt incurred. 

Yet the colonies received no assistance from Eng¬ 
land ;—and they asked none. The humane Irish 
sent the sufferers some relief. 

17. If Philip’s war was to the whites disastrous, 
to the savage tribes it was ruinous. The Pokano- 
kets and the Narragansetts henceforth disappear 
from history. The u praying Indians” were mostly 

of the Massachusetts confederacy; and although TI)e 
they suffered much, being suspected by the red men 
because they were Christians, and by the whites be-destroyed, 
cause they were Indians, they yet had a remnant 
left. Elliot watched his scattered flocks, and ex¬ 
posed himself to many dangers on their account. 

The wreck of four towns remained from the four¬ 
teen which the converts numbered before the war. 


CHAPTER VII. 

The regicidcs—New Hampshire and Maine—Charter of Massa¬ 
chusetts annulled. 

1. The regicides, a term which, in English and 
American history, refers especially to those men 

15. How did lie come to his end?—10. What became of his 
followers ? How many inhabitants of New England were destroyed 
during this bloody war? Who sent relief?—17. What were the 
consequences of the war to the Indians? How did it alfect the 
praying Indians ? 











110 


THE SUPPOSED APPARITION. 


p’t. ii. who signed the death-warrant of Charles I., were, 
~P'D i. after the restoration of his son, proscribed. Three 
CH * VIL of their number, Goffe, Whalley, and Dixwell, 
Tbe three carae to America. They were at Boston and Cam- 
regicides. bridge, and under romantic circumstances were 
shielded from their pursuers at New Haven. At 
length, Whalley and Goffe found refuge in the house 
of Mr. Russel, minister of Hadley, where they lived 
in profound concealment. 

2. Goffe had been a military commander. Look¬ 
ing from the window of his hiding-place, he saw, on 
a Sabbath day, as the people were collecting for 
public worship, a body of ambushed Indians stealing 

1675. upon them. Suddenly he left his confinement, and 
oct^i. appeared among the gathering worshippers, his white 
ley hair and beard and loose garments streaming to the 
6 Goffc. ,y winds. He gives the alarm, and the word of com¬ 
mand ; and the men, already armed, are at once 
formed, and bearing down upon the foe. When 
they had conquered, they looked around for their 
preserver. He had vanished during the fray; and 
they fully believed that he had been an angel, sent 
from heaven for their deliverance. 

3. Of the three judges, who cast themselves upon 
The the Americans, not one was betrayed. The meanest 

r<? not ,es °tthe people could not be induced, by the price set 
betrayed, upon their heads, to give them up; and they now 
rest, in peaceful graves, upon our soil. 

4. Maine. In 1677, a controversy, w r hich had ex¬ 
isted for some time, between the government of Mas- 

&H77, sachusetts and the heirs of Sir Ferdinando Gorges, 
M Maine yS relative to the district of Maine, was settled in Eng- 
lu'irs'of anc ^ the territory assigned to the latter. Upon 

Gorges, this, Massachusetts purchased the title , and Maine 
became a produce of that colony . 

5. New Hampshire. In 1679, a commission was 


Chapter VIT.— 1. Who were the regicides? Which of them 
came to America? Where were they?—2. During King Philip’s 
war what were the circumstances of Goffe’s appearing at Iladley ? 
3. Were either of the three judges betrayed ?—4. ffow did Mas¬ 
sachusetts acquire a title to Maine ? 










A TYRANT SENDS A TYRANT. 




Ill 


made out by order of Charles II .,for the separation p t. ii. 
°f New Hampshire from the jurisdiction of Mas- p d.iT 
sachusetts , and its erection into a royal province. CH - vn * 
The assembly was to be chosen by the people, the - 
president and council to be appointed by the crown, n. ii.Y 
This colony henceforth manifested that stability of ro '. al 
character, for which, no less, than for its sublime province ‘ 
piles of mountains, it is called “the Granite State.” n.ii. 
The people first thanked Massachusetts for the care fre^^rW. 
she had taken of their infant condition; and next 
determined “that no law should be valid, unless 
made by the assembly, and approved by the people.” 

6. Edward Cranfield, a needy speculator, was 
selected by Mason, and sent from England, to be 

the governor of New Hampshire. But he could 1682 . 
neither outwit nor overawe the rugged patriots; 
nor with all the advantages of law, eject them from CranfieM 
their lands; though, for many years, he gave them to rule * 
great annoyance. 

7. Charles II. made additional navigation acts, by 
Avhich he would have entirely destroyed the com¬ 
merce of the colonies, had they been observed. But 
they were evaded, and opposed, especially in Massa- 
chusetts; and Edward Randolph was sent over by the Randolph, 
king, to see that these oppressive laws were executed. 

8. Janies II., who declared, that there should be 
no free governments in his dominions, issued writs 
against the charters of Connecticut and Rhode Isl-Charlesn. 
and. These colonies presented letters and addresses, 
which contained expressions of humble duty. The James'ii. 
king construed them into an actual surrender of their * 
charters; and proceeded to establish a temporary 
government over New England. Sir Edmund An¬ 
dros was appointed governor-general. 


5. What happened to New Hampshire in 1679? Why is New 
Hampshire called the Granite State?—6. Who was selected by 
Mason as governor ? What was beyond his power to do ?—7. How 
did King Charles proceed in regard to navigation laws? How did 
the colonists? Whom did the king send over? For what pur¬ 
pose?—8. What writs did James 11. issue? What did R. I. and 
Conn. ? How did the king next proceed ? Who did he send over 
as governor-general ? 






112 


TIIE ENGLISH RE VOLUTION. 


P'T. II. 


P D. I. 
cn. vn. 


1 <> 86 . 

Sir E. An¬ 
dros in 
New Eng¬ 
land. 


1687. 

Charter 
hid in the 
Charter 
Oak, 

on Wyllis’ 
Hill. 
(The old 
oak was 
Mown 
down, 
1856 .) 


1687 

to 

1689. 


1688. 

‘•The 
Revolu¬ 
tion” in 
England. 


9. Sir Edmund began his career with the most flat¬ 
tering professions of his regard to the public safety 
and happiness. It was, however, well observed, that 
“Nero concealed his tyrannical dispositions more 
years than Sir Edmund did months.” Soon after 
his arrival in the country, he sent to Connecticut, 
demanding the surrender of the charter. This being 
refused, in 168V, he came with a guard to Hartford, 
during the session of the general assembly, and in 
person required its delivery. 

10. After debating until evening, the charter was 
produced and laid on the table, where the assembly 
were sitting. Suddenly the lights were extinguished, 
and one of the members privately conveyed it away, 
and hid it in the cavity of a large oak-tree. The 
candles were officiously relighted, but the charter 
was gone; and no discovery could be made of it, or, 
at that time, of the person who carried it away. The 
government of the colony was, however, surrendered 
to Andros. 

11. Massachusetts, where Sir Edmund resided, 
was the principal seat of despotism and suffering. 
In 1688, New York and New Jersey were added 
to his jurisdiction ; and for more than two years, 
there was a general suppression of charter govern¬ 
ments throughout the colonies, and a perpetual series 
of tyrannical exactions. 

12. But the king had made himself as much de¬ 
tested at home, as his governor had abroad. The 
British nation, putting aside the fiction of the divine 
right of legitimate sovereigns, asserted that of human 
nature, by declaring that an oppressed people may 
change their rulers. They forced the king to ab¬ 
dicate, and completed what is called the English 
“Revolution,” by placing William and Mary on the 
throne. 


9 . How did Sir Edmund begin? Why did he go to Hartford ? 
10 . What happened during his visit?— 11 . What took place from 
1687 to 1689?— 12 . What tietion or false principle did the English 
put aside? What right did they assert? What is this event 
called ? 




NEW YORK. 


113 


13. Great was the joy of New England. Even ft. ii. 
on the first rumor of the British Revolution, the fd. i. 
authorities of Boston seized and imprisoned Andros cu - vllL 
and Randolph. As a temporary government, they An(1roa 
organized a committee of safety, of which the aged and Ran- 
Governor Bradstreet, accepted the presidency; inpiison. 
though he knew that, if the intelligence proved false, 

it might cost him his life. 

14. The change of government produced by the 
removal of Andros, left New Hampshire in an un¬ 
settled state. Mason had died in 1685, leaving his 
two sons heirs to his claims. The people earnestly - 
petitioned to be again united with Massachusetts, Mason * 
but their wishes were frustrated by Samuel Allen, 

who had purchased of the heirs of Mason, their title buys Ms 
to New Hampshire. Allen received a commission t,tle - 
as governor of the colony, and assumed the govern¬ 
ment in 1692. 

15. When the intelligence was confirmed, that 
William and Mary were seated on the tin-one, Rhode 
Island and Connecticut resumed their charters; but» m<i 
K ing William resolutely refused to restore to Massa- 8U me their 
chusetts her former system of government. Andros, charters - 
Randolph, and others, were ordered to England for 

trial. 


CHAPTER VIII. 


N. York—Its Governors—Leisler—Quakers in Massachusetts. 


1. After the surrender of the Dutch, Colonel 
Nichols entered upon the administration of the 
government of New York, which he conducted with Lovelace, 
great prudence, integrity, and moderation. The 
people, however, continued without civil rights, all 
authority being vested in the royal governor and 


13. What was done in Boston?—14. What took place in New 
Hampshire?—15. What happened in the other New England 
provinces ? Who were sent to England ? 

Chapter VIII.—1. How did Colonel Nichols govern in New 
York. 





114 


ENGLISH REVOLUTION AFFECTS NEW YORK. 


P'T. IT. 

P’D. I. 
on. vnr. 


1673. 

Dutch 
take New 
York. 


1071 . 

N. York 
restored. 


167 5. 

Andros 

repulsed 

at 

Saybrook. 


1682. 

Dongan. 

1683. 

First 

general 

assembly. 


1688. 

Leisler. 


council. Nichols returned to England, and was suc¬ 
ceeded by Lord Lovelace. 

2. In 1673, England and Holland were again in¬ 
volved in war, and Holland sent over a small fleet 
to regain her American possessions. This force ar¬ 
rived at New York, and demanded a surrender, 
which was made without resistance. The Dutch 
took immediate possession of the fort and city, and 
soon after of the whole province. 

3. The next year, 1674, the war terminated, and 
New York was restored to the English. The Duke 
of York, to prevent controversy about his title to 
the territory, took out a new patent, and the same 
year appointed Sir Edmund Andros, governor. 

4. Andros claimed jurisdiction over that part of 
Connecticut west of the river, it having been includ¬ 
ed in the grant to the Duke of York. To seize it, 
he arrived off the fort, at Saybrook, with an armed 
force. The governor and council, being apprised of 
his design, sent a few troops under Captain Bull, 
who conducted himself with such spirit, that Andros, 
jocosely declaring that his “ horns should be tipped 
with gold,” made no further attempt. 

5. In 1682, Andros was removed from the govern¬ 
ment of New York. The succeeding year was a 
happy era in the history of this colony. The excel¬ 
lent Colonel Dongan arrived as governor, and the 
desires of the people, for a popular government, 
were gratified. The first general assembly icas 
convoked , consisting of a council and eighteen rep¬ 
resentatives. Governor Dongan surpassed all his 
predecessors in attention to affairs with the Indians, 
by whom he was highly esteemed. 

6. The news from Europe, that the inhabitants of 
England had resolved to dethrone James, and offer 
the crown to William and Mary, raised-the hopes of 
the disaffected. Among these, was Jacob Leisler, 

2 . What happened in 1678? — 3 . What took place in 1674? — 4 . 
Give an account of Andros’s attempt to take Connecticut.—5. What 
happened in 16S2 ? What the next year ?—6. What happened in 
New York when news came of the expulsion of King James. 



RELIGIOUS FEELING PERVERTED. 


115 


an active militia captain, and a favorite of the people, pt. ir. 
He was not, however, a man of talents, but received p’d.IY 
the guiding impulses of his conduct from the supe- ou - vm - 
rior energies of his son-in-law, Jacob Milborne. 

V. By his counsel, Leisler, at the head of a few 
men, declared for William and Mary, and took pos- T ., 
session ot the tort of JNew York. His party increas- sumesto 
ed to more than five hundred. The governor left Ki ® C g en¬ 
tile province, and Leisler assumed to administer the ham’s 
government. Milborne went to Albany, and made agent * 
himself master of the place. The regular authorities 
were against these lawless proceedings. 

8. King William now commissioned Henry 
Sloughter, as governor of New York. Never 

was a governor more needed, and never was one Sloughter 
more destitute of every qualification for the office. N. OV York. 
lie refused to treat with Leisler; but put him, and 
several of his-adherents to prison. Finally, that un¬ 
fortunate man, together with his son-in-law, perished 
upon the gallows. Their execution was disapproved Leisler ex- 
by the people; and their property, which was con¬ 
fiscated, was afterwards restored to their descendants. 

9. Motives derived from pure religion, are the 
best, and most effective, of all which influence hu¬ 
man conduct. But when the religious feeling of men Relj<H 
becomes perverted, all history shows, that it then feeling, 
produces the very worst effects. Under the influence 

of this feeling, in its right operation, our Puritan 
forefathers resisted oppression in England, suffered 
hardship, and braved death, to enjoy their religion 
unmolested. 

10. But they were not free from the common 
error of their age, which was, that all in the same bc ^ 10 
community, must, on religious subjects, think very perverted, 
much alike. The Puritans believed their way was* 

6. Who was Jacob Leisler?— 7. Give an account of his and 
Milborne’s operations.—8. Who was Henry Sloughter? IIovv did 
lie proceed in regard to Leisler?—9. What may be said of motives 
derived from true religion ? When the religious feeling of bodies 
of men become perverted, how is it then ? What did our Puritan 
forefathers, under the impulse of right religious feeling?— 10 . 

What was the common error of their age ? 





116 


THE QUAKERS IN THE BAY-STATE. 


P’T. II. 


P’D. I. 

OH. IX. 


The 

Friends or 
Quakers. 


1600 . 

4 executed 
in Mass. 


2S 

released. 


Religious 
devotion 
a natural* 
principle. 


certainly right, and they were utterly unwilling, that 
any should be among them, who should teach any 
thing different. This produced uncharitableness to¬ 
wards others, and the bad effects of the religious 
sentiment perverted. 

11. The denomination of Friends or Quakers, had 
arisen in England. They had heard that the Puritans 
exercised a persecuting spirit, as in the cases of Mrs. 
Hutchinson and Roger Williams. They also thought 
the Puritan religion consisted too much in outward 
form, and too little in inward sanctity. The Quakers 
believed, that they were called by a voice from a 
divine inward monitor, to go to New England, par¬ 
ticularly to Boston, and there warn the people of 
their errors. 

12. The Puritans, when they came, imprisoned 
them, and sent them. away. The Quakers came 
again, and boldly denounced that, which the Puri¬ 
tans held dearer than life. Laws were made to ban¬ 
ish them, prohibiting return, on pain of death. The 
Quakers came back, and four were actually hanged. 
The Puritans then became convinced of their error ; 
opened their prison doors, and released twenty-eight 
persons. 


CHAPTER IX. 

Jesuit Missionaries of France—Their Discoveries. 

1. From the devotion of the Puritans, and the 
Quakers, we turn to that of the Jesuit Missionaries 
of France; and in all, we perceive “ the operation 
of that common law of our nature, which binds the 
heart of man to the Author of his being.” The 
Jesuit missionaries desired to extend the benefits of 
Christian redemption to the heathen ; yet they un- 

10 . Were the Puritans free from it?— 11 . What induced the 
Quakers to come to Massachusetts ?— 12. llow were they treated ? 

Chapter IX.—1. When we see that different sects are willing 
to suffer death, in the service of God, what do we perceive ? ° 







FRENCH ATTEMPTS TO COLONIZE NEW YORK. 


117 


fortunately united worldly policy with religious on- pt. ii. 
llmsiasm ; and sought, not only to win souls to Christ, pax i. 
but subjects to the king of France and the papal cn - lx - 
dominion. 


2. 1 he Catholics, already in Canada, seconded 
their efforts ; and in 1640, Montreal was founded, to 
give the missionaries a starting point, nearer the 
scene of their operations. Within thirteen years, 
the wilderness of the Hurons was visited by sixty 
missionaries, mostly Jesuits. Making the Huron set¬ 
tlements of St. Louis and St. Ignatius, their central 
station, they carried the gospel to the surrounding 
tribes; and thus visited and became the first Euro¬ 
pean explorers of the southern portion of Upper 
Canada, of which they took possession for the French 
kin s'. 


103-1 

to 

1619 . 

60 mis¬ 
sionaries. 


3. One of these missionaries, Isaac Jogues, un¬ 
daunted by the terrors of the Mohawk name, went 1046. 
among these savages, and was imprisoned. He 
escaped, but afterwards attempted a permanent mis-k- by i»’<i. 
sion. Arriving at the Mohawk castle, at Johnstown, 1 JiT.ovvn y 
he was accused of blighting the corn of the Indians, 

by spells of sorcery. Being condemned, he received ° m " v ’ 
his death blow with composure. Ilis head was hung 
on the palisades of the fort, and his body thrown 
into the placid stream. 

4. Circumstances changed. The missionaries were 
received among each tribe of the Five N ations. Rude 
chapels were constructed, where the natives chanted 

the services of the Romish church. But when the French 
missionaries sought to bring their lives under the attirn , pts 
influence of Christian principles as regards war and nize n.y. 
the treatment of prisoners, the fierceness of their 
character prevailed. They returned to their former 
customs, gave up their religion, and expelled the 


1 . What two principles of conduct did the Jesuits unite?— 2 . 
When was Montreal founded? For what object? Learn from 
the Map of this period, in connection with the book, the central 
station of the missionaries. What part of the country did the 
missionaries take possession of for the French king?— 3 . Give an 
account of Father Jogues.—4. Of the further attempts to convert 
the Indians of Now York. 






118 


JAMES MARQUETTE. 


P’T. II._ 
P’D. I. 

C1I. IX. 

na 5 . 

Allouez at 
Lake 
Superior. 


Indian 

council. 


St Esprit 
founded. 


The 
great 
river 
heard of. 


10 OS. 

St. Mary's 
founded. 


1009 . 

G reen 
Bay. 


missionaries. Thus ended the attempts of the Trench 
to colonize New York. 

5. Father Allouez, bent on a voyage of dis¬ 
covery, early in September, passed Mackinaw , into 
Lake Superior. Sailing along the high banks and 
pictured rocks of its southern shore, lie rested, be¬ 
yond the bay of Keweena, on that of Chegoimegon . 
Here was the great village of the Chippewas. 

6. A grand council often or twelve tribes was, at 
the moment, assembled, to prevent the young braves 
of the Chippewas and Sioux, from taking up the 
tomahawk against each other. In this assembly 
came forward the missionary, and stood, and com¬ 
manded, in the name of his heavenly and of his 
earthly master, that there should be peace. 

7. The Indians listened with reverence. They 
had never before seen a white man. Soon they built 
a chapel; and there they devoutly chanted their 
vesper and matin hymns; and the mission of St. 
Esprit was founded. The scattered Hurons and Ot- 
tawas here collected around the missionary; and he 
preached to the Pottawotamies, the Sacs and Foxes, 
the Illinois, and the Sioux. 

8. From each of these tribes, he gained descrip¬ 
tions of their country, their lakes and rivers, of 
which he made reports to his government. He 
especially dwelt on what he had heard of the great 
river “Mesipi.” He urged the sending of small col¬ 
onies of French emigrants, to make permanent set¬ 
tlements in the west. 

9. A small company, headed by two missionaries, 
Claude Dablon, and James Marquette, founded 
the first French settlement within the limits of the 
United States. It is at St. Mary's , on the fills be¬ 
tween the Lakes Superior and Huron. Allouez 
founded a mission at Green Bag. 

5. Give an account of Father Allouez’s route to the village of 
the Chippewas, and show it on the Map. —G. What did Father 
Allouez at this village? — 7. How was it with the Indians? What 
was the mission called?—8. What information was gained, and 
reported?— 9. What account can you give of St. Mary’s ? Where 
did Allouez found a mission ? 



A MEMORABLE VOYAGE. 


119 


10. Marquette selected a young Illinois as his pt.it. 
companion, and learned from him the language of pm. i. 
his nation. The Ilurons heard with astonishment, CH - IX * 
that he had formed the bold design of exploring the Mar 
great river of the west;—notwithstanding their as- queue's 
sertions, that its monsters devoured men and canoes, bok,ne8S * 
its warriors never spared the stranger, and its climate 

was rife with death. 

11. Marquette walked from Green Bay,—follow¬ 
ing the Fox river, and crossed the Portage from its 
head waters to those of the Wisconsin / when, with 

no companion but the missionary Joliet, he embark- Follows* 
ed upon its bosom, and pursued its course, unknow- Wis t ( lo nsin 
ing whither it would lead. Solitary they floated to the 
along, till, in seven days, they entered, with inex- Mlss * 
pressible joy, the broad Mississippi. They con¬ 
tinued to float with its lonely current, until, near 
the mouth of the Moingona, they perceived marks 
of population. 

12. Disembarking, they found, at fourteen miles 
from the river, a village of the natives. Old men 
met them with the calumet,—told them they were 
expected, and bade them enter their dwellings in Indian 
peace. The missionaries declared, by the council- courtesy, 
tire, the claims of the Christian religion, and the 
right of the king of France, to their territory. The 
Indians feasted them, and sent them away with the 

gift of a peace-pipe, embellished with the various 
colored heads and necks of bright and beautiful 
birds. 

13. Sailing on their solitary way, the discoverers 
heard afar, a rush of waters from the west; and soon 

the vast Missouri came down with its clay-colored DlS( ^ en) 
and fiercer current to hasten on the pure waters of Missouri 
the more sluggish Mississippi. They sa w, and passed 
the mouth of the Ohio / nor stopped till they had 
sailed beyond that of the Arkansas. There they 

10. What was saicl by the Indians to deter Marquette from 
executing his design?—11. Give an account of his route, and 
trace it on the Map.—12. What happened at an Indian village? 

13. Describe, and trace Marquette’s route, to its farthest extent. 




120 


LA SALLE. 


P’T. IL 
P’D. I. 

CH. IX. 


S«H. 

Returns 
to Green 
Bay. 


Marquette 
dies near 
Lake 
Michigan. 


1«?9. 

La Salle. 


Builds the 
first sail¬ 
ing vessel 
on Lake 
Erie. 

Founds 

Macki¬ 

naw. 


found savages, who spoke a new tongue. They 
were armed with guns; a proof that they had traf¬ 
ficked with the Spaniards, or with the English, in 
Virginia. They showed hostile dispositions, but 
respected the peace-pipe, the “white flag of the 
desert.” 

14. Marquette now retraced his course to the Illi¬ 
nois,—entered and ascended that river, and beheld • 
the beautiful fertility of its summer prairies, abound¬ 
ing in game. lie visited Chicago , and in September 
was again at Green Bay. 

15. The next year, on the banks of the little stream 
now called by his name, Marquette, retired from the 
company with which he was journeying—to pray, 
by a rude altar of stones, beneath the silent shade. 
There, half an hour afterwards, his dead body was 
found. He was buried on the shore of the lake ; 
and the Indian fancies that his spirit still controls 
its storms. 

16. As Joliet, the companion of Marquette, was 
returning from the west, to carry the tidings of their 
discovery, he met at Fi'ontenac, now Kingston, the 
governor of the place, the energetic and highly gifted 
La. Salle, —whose genius kindling, at the descrip¬ 
tion of the missionary, he went to France, and was 
commissioned to complete the survey of the great 
river. 

17. He returned to FronteiTac, built a wooden 
canoe, of ten tons, and carrying a part of his com¬ 
pany to the mouth of Tonnewanta Creek, he there 
built the first sailing vessel which ever navigated 
Lake Erie. On his way across the lakes, he marked 
Detroit as a suitable place for a colony, gave name 
to Lake St. Clair, planted a trading-house at Mack¬ 
inaw, and finally cast anchor at Green Bay. 

18. Here, he collected a rich cargo of furs, and 


13. What inhabitants did lie find?— 14. Describe, and trace 
his return.—15. Give an account of the death of Marquette. 
10. Who was La Salle? How did he become interested, and 
what did he do?—17. Trace, and describe his route to Green 
Bay.—18. What steps did he here take? 









la salle’s discoveries. 


121 


sent back his brig to carry them to Niagara. Then, ft. il 
in bark canoes, lie moved his party south, to the p’D. i. 
head of lake Michigan. There he constructed the CHi IX- 
Fort of .the Miamis. His brig was unfortunately 
lost; but, with a small company, he steered reso¬ 
lutely west, accompanied by the Jesuit Hennepin. 

19. They reached, through many discouragements, 
by disaster, treachery, and climate, the great Illi- 
nois; and following its waters four days’ journey be- Hennepin 
low Lake Peoria, La Salle there built a fort, which, 
in the bitterness of his spirit, he named Cr&ve-coeur. a a b 
Here he sent out a party under Hennepin, to ex¬ 
plore the sources of the Mississippi, and himself set 
forth on foot to return to Frontenac. 

.20. Hennepin followed the Illinois to its junction 
with the parent stream; then ascended that river 
above the falls to which he gave the name of St. 1680 . 
Anthony. He afterwards reported, though falsely, ex - 
that he had discovered the sources of the Mississippi, st aSiS- 

La Salle returned to his fort on the Illinois, built nys Falls - 
a small vessel, and the next year, he sailed down the 
Mississippi , till he reached its mouth. To the coun¬ 
try he gave the name of Louisiana , in honor of his 
sovereign, Louis XIV. 

21. Returning to France, the government sent 
him to colonize the country which he had visited; 
but his fleet took a wrong direction, and he was car¬ 
ried, with his party, to Texas , where he made the 
settlement of St. Louis. Attempting to go to Lou- l« saiia 
isiana on foot, a discontented soldier of his party, killo(l - 
gave him his death-shot. Texas was regarded as an 
appendage to Louisiana. 


19 . Where did lie go from thence? Whom did he send out to 
explore?—20. What was done by. Hennepin? What next by La 
Salle?— 21 . What happened on his last return to America? 

6 






122 


THE GREAT PATENT OF THE SOUTH. 


CHAPTER X. 


North and South Carolina—The Great Patent—Mr. Locke’s 
Constitution. 

ft. ii. 1. After Charles II. was restored, the people 

PT)> L about him, took advantage of his improvident good 
oir - x - nature, and want of conscientious scruples. They 
thus gained large tracts of American territory—and, 
Patent of ne ^ er ^ ie who gave, nor they who received, consid- 
Caroiina. ered, whether or not it was his to give. In 1663, the 
16(53. king gave Carolina, which more justly belonged to 
Spain, to Lord Clarendon the historian, Lord Ashley 
Cooper, earl of Shaftsbury, General Monk, afterwards 
duke of Albemarle, Lord Craven, the two Berkeleys, 
Sir John Colleton, and Sir George Carteret. 

2. These noblemen next aspired to the glory of 
founding a sovereignty, which should not only yield 
them money, but the fame of legislators; and in leeY, 
Charles granted them the whole of the country, 

extended * 2 3 4 ^ rom mout h of the river St. Johns to 36° 33' 

1665. north latitude; and from the Atlantic to the Pacific 
ocean. To frame a government for the future em¬ 
pire, they secured the services of the well-known 
philosopher, John Locke. In the mean time the 
younger Berkeley, who was governor of Virginia, 
was to extend his rule over the whole territory. 

3. But settlers were wanted ; and to procure these, 
Settle- Yai ’i° us inducements were held out by the company, 
mentat Two settlements had already been formed within 

m orient he their precincts. On e of these, near Albemarle Sound, 
nucleus was begun, at an early day, by enterprising planters 
0 ' ' from Virginia; and enjoying entire liberty, it had 

been augmented from that and other colonies, when- 


Ciiapter X.— 1. What traits of Charles II. are here mentioned? 
What advantage was taken of them? What grant did lie make 
in 1663? To whom?—2. What grant did he make in 1667 ? Show 
its extent on the Map ? Who was to frame a constitution for this 
large country ? Who-to be governor? —3. What settlement was 
formed in the northern part of the tract? Of what did it prove to 
be the nucleus ? 






CAROLINA YET UNDIVIDED. 


123 


ever religious or political oppression had scattered pt. ii. 
their people. Among them were a large portion of p’d. i. 
Quakers. This settlement had so increased, as to CH - x - 
form, for convenience, a simple democratic govern- 1663. 

1 ® Forms a 


ment. 


democ¬ 

racy. 


[Settlers 
at Cape 
Fear 
united 


4. The other colony was near the mouth of Cape 
Fear, or Clarendon river; and had been originally 
made by a little band of adventurers from New 
England. They, as well as the former colony, from 
which they were divided by impassable swamps and 
dangerous navigation, had purchased their land of to cbaries- f 
the natives; they had occupied it and they claimed, !jj n t>«- 
as a law of nature, the right of self-government. gm ' 

5. In the mean time, a number of planters from 
Barbadoes purchased lands of the sachems, and set¬ 
tled on Cape Fear river, near the territory of the 
New Englanders. The two parties united. In 1667, 
they were in danger of famine, and Massachusetts 
sent them relief. They requested of the proprietors 
a confirmation of the purchase they had made of the 
Indians, and of the power which they had assumed jsir j. 
to govern themselves. As a state must have inhab- "^“5^ 
itants, their request was partially granted ; and one leading 
of their number, Sir John Yeamans, was appoint- Barbadoes 
ed their governor. The settlement, in 1666, con- party] 
tained eight hundred persons. 

6. Thus, the germs of liberty had, in the Caro- 
linas, begun to vegetate strongly. And when the 
great aristocratical constitution, making three or¬ 
ders of nobility, was sent over, in 1670, the ground 
was already preoccupied. These dwellers in scat¬ 
tered log-cabins in the woods, could not be noble¬ 
men, and would not be serfs. Eventually, the in¬ 
terest of the proprietors prevailed over their pride. 

The inhabitants took their own way in regard to 
government, and in 1693, the constitution of Locke 
was formally abrogated. 


1693 . 

The con¬ 
stitution 
of Locke 
abro¬ 
gated. 


4. Describe the settlement which proved to be the nucleus of 
South Carolina.—5. What union of inhabitants took place? Who 
was their first governor ? What was their number in 1666?—G. 
How was it in respect to Mr. Locke’s constitution ? 




124 


KING WILLIAM’S WAR. 


FT. II. 
FD. I. 

CH. XX. 


187 ®. 

Gov, 

Sayle. 


!©§©. 

Charles¬ 

ton 

founded. 


f©90. 

French 

protes- 

tants. 


[In 1729 
was made 
the 

division of 
N. and S. 
Car. as 
now 

existing.] 


King Wil¬ 
liam’s 
war. 


7. William Sayle, the first proprietary governor 
of Carolina, brought over a colony, with which he 
founded old Charlestown. Dying in 1671, his colony 
was annexed to that of Governor Yeamans, which 
had migrated south. In 1680, the city was removed 
to the point of land between the two rivers, which 
received the names of Ashley and Cooper. The 
foundation of the present capital of the south was 
laid, and the name of the king perpetuated in that 
of Charleston. 

8 . During the year 1690, King William sent out 
a large body of French Protestants, who had been 
compelled to leave their country by the arbitrary 
measures of Louis XIY. To a part of these, lands 
were allotted in Virginia, on James river. Others 
settled in Carolina, on the banks of the Santee, and 
in Charleston. They introduced the culture of the 
vine, and were among the most useful settlers of the 
province. 

The Cape Fear colony under Governor Yeamans 
having removed south, the unfruitful country which 
they first occupied mostly reverted to the natives. 


CHAPTER XI. 

A French and Indian War. 

1. In consequence of the English Revolution, a 
war ensued between England and France, which 
affected the American colonies of both; and is 
known in our annals, as “King William’s war.” 

2. The fisheries on the Atlantic coast were re¬ 
garded as of prime importance; and, on this account, 
Acadia was highly valued. To protect it, the two 
French Jesuits, Vincent and Bigot, collected a vil- 


7 . Describe the founding 0 f Charleston.—8. Whom did King 
William send over in 1690 ? Where did they settle ? 

^Chapter XI. — 1. What war occurred in consequence of the 
English Revolution ?— 2 . Why was Acadia valued? 






MIDNIGHT MURDERS. 


125 


lage of the savage Abenakies, on the Penobscot; ft. ii. 
and the Baron de St. Castine, a bigoted French fd. i. 
nobleman, established there a trading tort. In 1696, cu - xu 
the fort built at Pemciquid, was taken by Castine ; 
and thus the French claimed, as Acadia, all Maine Baron 
east of the Kennebec; and they artfully obtained Ca8Une * 
great ascendency over the natives. 

3. The tribe of Pennicook, in New Hampshire, 
had lost several of their number, by the treachery 
of the whites, who had taken and sold them into 
slavery. At Dover, in that State, the venerable 
Major Waldron, a magistrate, and a trader among 

the Indians, hospitably admitted two squaws to sleep Penn?* 
by his fire. At dead of night, they let in a war cook3 
party from without. They placed Major Wald yoi^do ver. 
upon a long table, and then mocked him with a jeer- in ^ u 2 ^ n 
ing call, to““judge Indians.” Those indebted to SEJl'wf 
him for goods, drew gashes on his breast, saying, 

“ here I cross out my account.” Twenty-three were 
killed, twenty-nine made prisoners, and the town 
burnt. 

4. Governor Frontenac, at Quebec, planned to 
send, through the snow, three parties. The first 
arrived at Schenectady, the night of the 18th of 
February, and, separating into small parties, they 
invested every house at the same moment. The 
people slept until their doors were broken open, and a cite- 
themselves dragged from their beds, Their dwell- NE Ey A ' 
ings were set on fire, and sixty of the inhabitants 1 ^* k * 60 * 
butchered. Twenty-seven were carried captive, and 

most of the small number which escaped, lost their 
limbs in attempting to flee naked, through a deep 
snow, to Albany. 

5. The second party of French and of Indians, 
leagued for murder, were sent against the pleasant 


2. What was done by Frenchmen to keep it from the English ? 
Wlmt fort was taken by Castine? How far did the French claim 
in Maine?—3. What provocation did the Pennicooks receive? 
What shocking cruelty did they exercise ?—5. What three parties 
were sent out ? By whom? Trace, and describe the route of the 
first party. Describe the massacre of Schenectady. 




126 


KING WILLIAM’S CHARTER. 


p’T. ii. settlement at Salmon Falls, on the Piscataqua. At 
P'D. l break of day—a day which, for fifty of their num- 
CH - XI - ber, had no morrow, the peaceful inhabitants were 
March is WR ked to experience the horrors of Indian warfare, 
salmon' aided and directed by French ingenuity. The third 
50 ^ party from Quebec, in like manner, destroyed the 
settlement at Casco Bay, in Maine. 

6. Fear and terror were on every side. The sev¬ 
eral governors of the provinces, convened at New 
1601. York. General Winthrop, with a body of troops, 
Congress and Sir William Phipps, with a large fleet, were 
atN ‘ 1 * sent against the French. A part of the fleet was 
wrecked in returning, and both expeditions failed. 

1. Great expenses were, by these means, incurred 
The Massachusetts, and the general court authorized, 
“credR f or f j ie f r st time , the emission of paper money, or 
fcystcm ‘ notes of credit / making them, in all ^payments, a 
legal tender. 

8. The Revolution in England produced a dis¬ 
agreeable change in the affairs of Massachusetts. 
King William, refusing to restore its former gov- 

1692. ernment, granted a new charter , which extended its 
charter of but restricted its privileges. Massachusetts 

° Mass° now embraced, besides her former territory and the 
adjacent islands,—Plymouth, Maine, and Nova Sco¬ 
tia ; extending north to the river St. Lawrence, and 
west to the South Sea, excepting New Hampshire 
and New York. 

9. Almost the only privilege which the new char¬ 
ter allowed the people, was that of choosing their 
representatives. The king reserved to himself the 
right of appointing the governor, lieutenant-gov¬ 
ernor, and secretary; and of repealing all laws 


5. Trace and describe the route of the second party. Of the 
third.—6. What measures were taken in the congress of gover¬ 
nors? What expeditions were undertaken?—7. What means did 
Massachusetts take to procure money ?—8. How did the English 
Revolution affect Massachusetts? What course did King William 
take ? How did the new charter affect Massachusetts in regard to 
territory? What did that province now embrace ? —9. How did 
the new charter affect the liberties of the people? What power 
had now the king of England ? 






THE UNION NOMINALLY AT AN END. 


127 


within three years after their passage. As Plymouth, 
the oldest, and Massachusetts, the principal member 
of the New England confederacy, were now placed 
under a royal governor, the union was nominally at 
an end. But it was already firmly cemented in the 
hearts and habits of the people. 


9. Why coaid not the confederacy remain as it had been? In 
what respects had the union become already cemented ? 


EXERCISES ON THE TREE CHRONOGRAPHER. 

(For Period I., Part II.) 

What event marks the beginning of this period ? What is 
its date? Point it out on the chronographer. Show the 
places, in time, of the following events : The Navigation Acts 
were passed in 1651. Bacon’s Rebellion,” in 1676. The 
founding of New York, in 1614—Albany, in 1615. New York 
surrendered to the English, in 1664. William Penn’s cele¬ 
brated treaty with the Indians, in 1682. New Jersey first set¬ 
tled, in 1664. Connecticut, including New Haven, obtains a 
liberal charter in 1662—Rhode Island, in 1651. Elliot com¬ 
pleted his translation of the Bible in 1657. King Philip was 
killed and his war terminated in 1676. Sir Edmund Andros 
was made governor of New England in 1686. The charter of 
Connecticut was hid in the charter-oak, 1687. The first Gen¬ 
eral Assembly of New York met in 1683. The great patent of 
Carolina was granted in 1663. and the grant extended in 1667.^ 
Charleston was founded in 1680. Schenectady was destroyed* 
in 1690. At what epoch does this period terminate? What 
is its date ? What is its place on the chronographer ? 


FT. 11^ 
FD. I. 

CH. XL 

Union in 
heart. 





Childs Sc. 












































































































Landing of Sir William Phipps, with the New Charter of Massachusetts. 


PERIOD II. 


FROM 

THE NEW CHARTER OF MASSA- ) n vS j WHICH NOMINALLY FITTS AN END 
CHUSETTS, f | TO THE CONFEDERACY, 

TO 

THE FIRST SETTLEMENT [ 1733. -j OF GEORGIA BY OGLETHORPE. 

CHAPTER I. 

Sir William Phipps—Cotton Mather—Salem Witchcraft— 

Schools—Yale College. 

1. The new charter was received at Boston, May pt. ii. 

' V __ 

14th, 1692. It was brought over by Sir William fd. ii. 
Phipps, who brought also his commission, as royal cu - l - 
governor. He was nominated by the influence of 
his pastor, Cotton Mather, who received him with 
great joy. Phipps was a native of Pemaquid, in 
Maine. He was apprenticed to a trade; but be¬ 
ing active and enterprising, he went to England; 
and, at length, acquired riches and a title, by re¬ 
covering, with a diving-bell, the treasures of a Span¬ 
ish wreck. 


New 
charter. 
Sir Win. 
Phipps. 


Chapter I.—1. Where was the new charter received? By 
whom brought over ? By whose influence was he nominated for 
governor ? 


6 * 


129 

































130 


THE DAYS OF SUPERSTITION. 


P'T. ii. 2. The delusion, with respect to witchcraft, was 
p d. n. now at its height. The first settlers brought it with 
CH - *■ them from the mother country. Laws, making 
Delusion w if' c ^ icra ^ i a capital crime, existed in England, and 
respecting were early enacted in Massachusetts. In Spring- 
CTaft* 1^45, some individuals were accused and 

tried, but acquitted. Persons at Boston, Charles¬ 
town, Dorchester, and Cambridge, were tried, and 
some actually executed for the supposed offence. 
But it was at Salem, where this delusion produced 
its most fatal effects. 

3. At first it was old women only, who were sus¬ 
pected of having leagued with the devil, to inflict 

Convic- upon the persons who complained, the various tor- 
Insum- nients, which they asserted, that they felt. The 
dent magistrates of the people’s choice, had, with Brad- 

grounds. ° . 11 . ’ ,, • , ,, 

street, their governor, previous to the arrival ot 
Phipps, discountenanced these persecutions; but 
' the new authorities, under the influence of Cotton 
Mather, pursued a course which placed the accused 
in situations, where “they had need to be magicians, 
not to be convicted of magic.” 

4. The unhappy persons were confronted w r ith 
those who accused them, and asked, “ Why do you 

And by afflict these children?” If they denied the fact, 
incompe- they were commanded to look upon the children, 
nesses, who would instantly fall into fits, and afterwards 
declare that they were thus troubled by the persons 
cited!* apprehended. On evidence no better than this, 
were twenty persons executed. 

5. The general court, on assembling, took ground 

October, against these proceedings, and abolished the special 
general court, by which these persons had been condemned. 
aSnst court was organized by Phipps, and presided 

tbe'speciai over by Stoughton, the lieutenant-governor. The 
com-t. public were addressed on the subject, through the 

2. What delusion existed ? Give some account of this delusion. 
3. Who were first accused? IIow was it with the people’s magis¬ 
trates, in respect to prosecutions for witchcraft? By whom were 
they upheld ? —4. How did the prosecutions proceed ? How many 
persons suffered death ?—5. By what court had these persons been 
condemned ? 







EDUCATION ATTENDED TO. 


131 


press, by the independent Calef, of Boston ; and the 
eyes of men were at length opened. Those who 
had been imprisoned were set free; and the memory 
of the transaction soon became, what it still continues 
to be, a source of national sorrow and humiliation. 

6. Not one of the colonies enjoyed a repose so 
uninterrupted as Connecticut; and therefore none 
had, in this respect, such advantages for showing 
the bent of the Puritan mind, in regard to the im¬ 
provement of the human race, by the right training 
of the young. 

7. As early as 1646, the general court took the 
matter in hand. “ To the end,” say they, “ that 
learning be not buried in the graves of our fore¬ 
fathers, the Lord assisting our endeavors, it is or¬ 
dered, that all the townships with fifty householders 
shall keep a school, and pay for the same in such 
way as they see fit. And further, that if any town 
has one hundred householders, they shall keep and 
maintain a grammar school, where young men can 
be fitted for a university.” 

8 . New Haven had also provided by law for com¬ 
mon schools; and in 1654, Mr. Davenport proposed 
the institution of a college, and the town gave lands 
for the object. Governor Hopkins, of Connecti¬ 
cut, who for several years was, alternately with 
Haynes, the chief magistrate of that colony, dying 
in London, bequeathed, for such an institution, four 
or five hundred pounds. The school was located at 
Saybrook. 

9. The clergy of Connecticut, feeling the need of 
a college, nearer than at Cambridge, to furnish learn¬ 
ed men as ministers, ten of their number obtained 
from the general assembly a charter of incorpora¬ 
tion, together with an annual grant of £120. Thus 


5 . How av;is shown the power of the press to do good ?— 6 . How 
was it with Connecticut in respect to education? — 7 . What did 
the general court order in 1646 ?—8. What did Mr. Davenport 
propose in 1654 ? 'Vyhat can you say of Governor Hopkins ? Where 
was the school first seated ?—9. What was obtained for it ? By 
whom ? 


FT. II. 
FD. II. 

OH. I. 


“ The 
land of 
steady- 
habits.” 


1640 . 

Gen. Ct. 
of Conn. 


50 

families. 


100 

families. 


1654 . 

Yale 

College. 


1701 . 

Charter 

and 

endow¬ 

ments. 





132 


A MANOEUVRE. 


P’T. 11^ 
PD. II. 

CH. I. 


1717 . 

College 
removed 
to New 
Haven. 


Gov. 

Fletcher’s 

attempt. 


1693. 

Oct. 26. 
Foiled by 
Captain 
Wads¬ 
worth. 


constituted as trustees, they held their first meeting 
at Saybrook,—chose officers, and made laws for the 
infant university. 

10. The location was inconvenient, and more 
money being subscribed, to fix the college at New 
Haven than at rival places,’ it was removed thither, 
and received at the same time, accessions of books 
for its library already begun, and in its funds. The 
most liberal of the donors was ElihuYale, a native 
of New Haven, who had made a fortune in India. 
His name is preserved, in grateful remembrance, by 
that of the college. 

11. Colonel Fletcher, governor of New York, 
was empowered to take command of the militia of 
Connecticut. The colony, alarmed, immediately 
dispatched General Winthrop to England, as an 
agent, to remonstrate with the king and council. 
Colonel Fletcher, however, went to Hartford, in 
1693; and, in his majesty’s name, demanded the 
surrender of the militia to his command. 

12. Captain William Wadsworth, the man by 
whom the charter was hid, paraded his company; 
but as an attendant of Fletcher began to read his 
commission, the captain gave command to “ drum 
and when Fletcher called out “silence!” the captain 
raised his voice higher in a second order, “ drum, 
drum, I say.” At length Fletcher gave up in de¬ 
spair; perhaps fearing, if he persisted, that Wads¬ 
worth would, in good earnest, fulfil his threat, and 
“ make daylight shine through him.” 


9. Where did the ten trustees hold their first meeting ? What 
did they do?—10. Why was the college removed? Why placed 
at New Haven? From whom receive its name?—11. How was 
Connecticut now alarmed ? What measures were taken by Fletch¬ 
er?— 12. What by Captain Wadsworth? What was the result? 




queen anne’s avar. 


133 


CHAPTER II. 

European Politics—Peace of Ryswick, which closes King Wil¬ 
liam’s War—Queen Anne’s War soon begins. 

1 . King William’s war had been feebly pursued, ft. ii. 
Settlements on Oyster river were, however, destroy- fd. ii. 
ed by the French and Indians, and the fort at Pema- cu - IL 
quid, which Sir William Phipps had rebuilt by the 
special direction of the sovereigns, had been taken. 

In 1697, peace Avas made at Ryswick , in Germany, jf e fJ 
by which it Avas stipulated that all places captured Ryswick. 
during the Avar should be restored. Thus had the 
barbarous appeal to arms been to no other purpose 
but that of multiplying human Avoes. But the par¬ 
ties profited little by the lesson. In May, 1702, the 
contest began, which is knoAvn in American history, 
as “ Queen Anne’s war.” 

2. The eastern Indians noAv deA^astated Maine 
from Casco to Wells. Deerfield, in Massachusetts, ^ 

Avas surprised at midnight, February, 1704, by a deer- * 
party of French and Indians, under Heurtel de field 
Rouville. The sentinel of the fort being asleep, by French 
and the snoAV of such a depth as to allow them to In 5'Jans 
pass over the palisades, they silently entered, and k. 47 . 
scalped and murdered, or secured as prisoners, the pr ‘ m 
wretched inhabitants. Only a small number escaped 

by flight. Forty-seven were killed, and one hun¬ 
dred and twenty carried captive to Canada. 

3. Early in the assault, the house of the Rev. 

John Williams, the minister of the place, Avas at¬ 
tacked by about twenty Indians, avIio, after the The Wii- 
murder of two of his children, secured as prisoners, family, 
himself, his Avife, and his remaining children. Mrs. 
Williams, on the second day, faltered in the march, 

Chapter II. —1. What settlements had been destroyed ? AVhat 
fort taken ? AVhat was done in 1697 ? What was stipulated ? AVhat 
object had been answered by the war? AVas war soon made again ? 

What war?— 2 . AVhat can you say of the eastern Indians? De¬ 
scribe the assault upon Deerfield.—3. What happened to Mr. 

Williams and his family ? 






134 


PEACE OF UTRECHT. 


P’T. ii. and, according to the Indian custom, was cruelly 
pd. n. put to death. 

ch. n. 4 . Roused by these inhumanities, the veteran 
warrior, Benjamin Church, mounted on horseback 
and rode seventy miles to offer his services to Dud¬ 
ley, n< 3 w governor of Massachusetts, in behalf of 
*mUan* distressed fellow-citizens. He was sent with five 
set- hundred soldiers to the eastern coast of New Eng- 
destroyed, land, to attack the enemy in their own settlements; 
and, ascending the Penobscot and St. Croix rivers, 
he destroyed several of their towns, and took a con¬ 
siderable number of prisoners. 

5. In 1105, Vaudreuil, now governor of Canada, 
1T05» proposed to Governor Dudley, a treaty of neutrality. 
Prisoners Arrangements were accordingly made for an ex¬ 
changed. change of prisoners; and thus a large proportion 

of those taken at Deerfield, were finally released. 
Among the number were Mr. Williams, and some 
of his children. One young daughter remained, 
married, and raised a family in the tribe which 
IT 10. adopted her... In 1710, Port Royal was taken from 
take g i?>rt the French, and its name, in honor of the queen, 
Royal, was changed to Annapolis. 

6 . Queen Anne’s war was closed by the treaty of 
PeatT^of ^Jtrecht, by which Acadia was ceded to the English. 
Utrecht. Fbr more than ten years, this war had exposed the 

frontiers to continued attacks from a savage foe. 
Agriculture was necessarily neglected, a heavy pub- 
PaTaUnes debt incurred, and a state of general depression 

(* Tnhabi- ensued. 

thePaiati- 7. Some Palatines, of Germany, having been re- 
baakof ^ uce( ^ to g rea t indigence, by the wars in that coun- 
tbe Rhine; try, went to England to solicit charity of Queen 
•Spire)' ^ ime - This princess having obtained for them 
settle in grants of land in America, about six or seven thou- 
province. sand arrived, during the year 1710, and planted 


4. Who went against the Indians?—5. What was done in 1705? 
Wliat place was taken in 1710?—6. When was Queen Anne’s war 
closed ? What were some of its bad effects?—7. What persons 
were sent over? By whom? At what time? To what place? 
From what place did they come? (See margin.) 




THE LAST OF THE JESUIT MISSIONARIES. 


135 


themselves in the provinces of New York, Penn- pt. ii. 
sylvania, Virginia, and Carolina. In 1714 , Queen pd. h. 
Anne dying, George I. ascended the throne of cn - “• 
England. B7I1. 

8. After the treaty of Utrecht, by which France Geolge 1 
ceded to England the whole of Acadia, the general 
court of Massachusetts extended its jurisdiction to Mass, 
the utmost hounds of the province of Maine; and V, 7 * * * ll i e r s . in 
enterprising fishermen and traders, not only revived 

the desolated villages, but on the eastern bank of 
the Kennebec erected new forts, and planted new 
settlements around them. 

9. Father Rasles, a Jesuit missionary of France, 

had for many years ministered, in a rude chapel at Father 
Norridgewock, on the Kennebec, among his savage R ^® s ’ 
converts of the Abenakies. The Indians under his 1717 
charge began hostilities against the English, by £^4 
burning Brunswick. The authorities of Massachu¬ 
setts had ascertained, by getting possession of the 
papers of Father Rasies, that both he and the gov¬ 
ernor of Canada were in the counsel of the savages, 
and were the instigators of their depredations. AKasiesand 
party from New England, in August, 1724, destroy- 
ed Norridgewock, and put to death the aged Jesuit. 

He was the last of that devoted order, who, in the 
wilds of America, had labored to gain, at the same 
time, a spiritual kingdom for a heavenly Master, and 
a temporal one for an earthly sovereign. 

10. The Indians now found, that, though instigat- 

ed by the French, they were not supported by them; & 
and their sachems, at St. John’s, concluded a peace Indian 
with the colonists; which, as French missions were Peace, 
now" at an end, proved durable. English trading- 
houses flourished, and the eastern boundary of New 
England remained undisputed. 


7 . Who succeeded Queen Anne ?—8. What was the condition 

and prospects of Maine?—9. Give an account of Father Rasies. 

Where did the Indians, acting under his directions, begin their 

warfare? How did the colonists proceed?—10. What made the 

Indians willing to conclude a peace? What followed this peace? 



136 


THE JEE.SEYS UNITED. 


CHAPTER III. 

Fletcher—Piracy—The Jerseys united, and joined with New 
Yprk. 

ft. ii. 1. Governor Sloughter, of Hew York, dying 
fd. ii. in 1691, Colonel Fletcher received the commis- 
cn. in. s i on 0 f governor. Fletcher was a good soldier, and 
having fortunately secured the friendship of Major 
Colonel* Schuyler, he was, by his advice, enabled to con- 
Fietcher. duct the Indian affairs of the colony, to the accept- 
ance of the people. . .Episcopalian ministers were, 
introdu- ^7 the influence of the governor, settled in several 
ces Epis- parishes, and a religious order Avas thus introduced, 
copacy. w j^ c j^ ^his day, forms so respectable a portion of 
the population of the State. 

169§. 2 * 1^93, the Earl of Bellamont, succeeded 

Bella- GoA r ernor Fletcher. During the late wars, the seas 
mont ' were infested Avith English pirates. Bellamont Avas 
particularly instructed u to put a stop to the groAvth 
of piracy.” As no appropriation of money had been 
Sends oat ma de ^7 government, a private adventure against the 
to stop pirates Avas agreed on, and one Willi am Kidd, un- 
EMd^wibo dertook the expedition, and sailed from Hew York, 
turns He soon turned pirate himself. After some time, he 
pirate, ^urnt his ship, and returned to the colonies. There 
is a vague tradition still existing, that he brought 
large quantities of money, Avhich he caused to be 
1699. concealed in the earth. He was apprehended at 
Boston, sent to England for his trial, and there con¬ 
demned and executed. 

The jfr* 3 ’ disagreements arose in West Jersey, that 
seys uni- the proprietors surrendered the right of government 
jofnedto t0 crown. Queen Anne united it Avith the east 
n.y. province; and Hew Jersey, as the Avhole Avas now 

Chapter III.— 1. Whom did Fletcher succeed ? At what time ? 
What enabled him to conduct well the Indian affairs? What was 
done by his influence in respect to religion?—2. Who succeeded 
him ? How did he happen to employ Kidd ? Give an account of 
William Kidd.—3. What happened in West Jersey? What was 
the whole now called ? 







CHANGE OF GOVERNORS IN NEW YORK. 


137 


called, was to be ruled jointly with New York, by a p v r. ii. 
royal governor, having a separate council and as- pd. ii. 
sembly of representatives. The queen appointed, as 0H - Iv - 
governor of the two provinces, the worthless Lord 1698. 
Cornbury. In 1708, she removed him and appoint- corXiry. 
ed Lord Lovelace. 1^08. 

4. After a short administration, Lovelace was sue- Lovelace - 
ceeded by Sir Robert Hunter, and he, in 1719, ***JJ.* 
by Peter Schuyler, who so often acted as the 
mediator between the whites and Indians. Com- 1710. 
missioners were, at this time, appointed to draw the Scu y ler - 
line of partition between the provinces of New York, 

New Jersey, and Connecticut. 

5. In 1720, Mr. Burnet succeeded Schuyler. He ^ 

instituted measures to stop the trade between New Burnet* 
York and Canada; and by this means displeased the 
merchants. A trading-house was built at Oswego , 17 22 . 
which v'as, in 1727, converted into a fortress. Burnet Fortified, 
was superseded in the government by Colonel 
Montgomery. gomery. 

6. On his death, the command devolved on Rip 

Van Dam, an eminent merchant. During his ad- an am ' 
ministration, the French erected a fort at Grown 
Point , which commanded Lake Champlain, and 
which was within the acknowledged limits of New i^27. 
York. . . George I. died in 1727, and was succeeded George il 
by his son, George II. 


CHAPTER IY. 

Pennsylvania—Penn’s second visit—Maryland. 

1. After William Penn’s arrival in England, he 
became ope of the most influential persons in the 


3. How was it to be governed ? Whom did Queen Anne make 
governor? What did she do in 1708 ?—4. Who were the succes¬ 
sors of Lovelace ?—5. IIow did Governor Burnet incur the dis¬ 
pleasure of the merchants ? What did they do ?—6. Who was 
Burnet’s successor? What did he permit? What happened in 
England in 1727 ? 

Chapter IV.—1. IIow was it with Penn after his return to 
England ? 





138 


THE TRIALS OF A GOOD MAN. 


P'T. ii. kingdom. The influence, which he possessed with 
P’D. II. King James, was never used for selfish purposes; 
cu - 1V- but mainly to obtain benefits for distressed Quakers, 
influential an( ^ ^ aws in favor of general toleration, 
at court. 2. When James became an exile in France, Penn 
was suspected, by his successor, of holding with 
n^jrfved a treasonable correspondence; and, upon vague 
5 * the charges like this, he was a number of times impris- 
menTof onec ^- I* 1 1692, the government of Pennsylvania 
Pa- was taken from him; and Fletcher, of New York, 
appointed by the crown, to be its governor. 

3. After strict scrutiny, the conduct of Penn was 
found to be irreproachable; and in 1694, he was re¬ 
stored to the favor of the king, and reinstated in 
his government: but not immediately returning to 
Pennsylvania, lie appointed the worthy Thomas 
Lloyd, his deputy governor. 

4. In 1699, Penn visited his colony. Finding 
I®®®* great complaint and disaffection respecting the 
ond visit, government, he granted, in 1701, anew and liberal 

charter. To the assembly, it gave the right of 
originating bills; to the governor the right of re- 
jecting laws passed by the assembly,—of appointing 
1 »01. his own council,—and of exercising the whole exe- 
new cutive power. This charter was accepted by the 
privileges, assembly; although it did not satisfy the discontents 
of the people. 

5. The Territories, afterwards called Delaware, 
1703 PejcPted the charter altogether; and in 1703, they 
The Ter- were allowed to form a separate assembly; Penn 
a Separate appointing the same governor over both prov- 
province. inces. Having settled a government, which has 

given him the glory of being one of the greatest of 
lawgivers, Penn went to England, no more to visit 
his beloved province. The executive authority was 


1. Was William Penn a selfish man?—2. After the English 
Revolution, by which James was made an exile, what happened 
to Penn ? What became, at this time, of Pennsylvania ?—3. Was 
Penn found guilty? What happened in 1694?—4. What in 1699 ? 
What in 1701? What powers were given by the charter?—5. 
What is said of the Territories? What did Penn then do ? 






NOKTII CAROLINA INCLINES TO INDEPENDENCE. 


130 


administered by deputy governors, appointed by pt. ii. 
himself. pd. il 

6 . In the year 1716, the government of Mary- cu - v - 
land, which since the accession of William and 
Mary, had been held by the crown, was restored tOLoni Baf- 
Lord Baltimore, the proprietor. It continued in his re ^ ! “ t ^® d 
hands, and those of his successors, until the Ameri¬ 
can Revolution. 


CHAPTER V. 

The Huguenots — War with the Spaniards — Tuscaroras and 
Yamassces. 

1. The English settlers in Carolina, treated with 
harshness and intolerance the French Huguenots. French in 
They, on their part, bore this ill usage with meek- treated, 
ness and forbearance; so that after a few years, they 

were admitted to the privileges of citizens.. . John 
Archdale, one of the proprietors, was sent, in 1695, 
as governor of North and South Carolina, with 
power to redress alleged grievances. Having re¬ 
stored order, he left the country the next year. 

2 . About this time a vessel from Madagascar, 
touching at Carolina, the captain presented Governor 
Archdale with a bag of seed rice, giving him, at the 
same time, instructions as to the manner of its cul- tmiuced 
ture. The seed was divided among several planters. /Sica. 
From this accident arose the cultivation of this staple 
commodity of Carolina. 

3. The proprietary governor, invested with arbi¬ 
trary powers, resided in the southern province, and 
governed the northern by his deputy. But the Much lib- 
deputy governor, though his powers were ample, n.c. 
could never execute them, beyond the limits of the 
people’s will. 

6. What happened in 1716 ? 

Chapter V. — I. Who were ill treated ? By whom ? How was 
their ill usage borne? What was done by the proprietors?—2. 

How was the culture of rice introduced ?—3. Where did the gov¬ 
ernor of the Carolinas reside ? How did his deputy succeed in 
governing North Carolina? 





140 


SOUTHERN INDIANS HOSTILE. 


P’T II. 


PD. II. 

CH. V. 

1702 . 

The first 
paper cur¬ 
rency of 
S. C. 


1706 . 

Spanish 

invasion 

repelled. 


1712. 

War with 
the Tus¬ 
caroras. 


TUSCA¬ 
RORAS. 
k. 300. 

p. 100. 


1115. 

War with 
the Ya- 
massees in 
S. C. 


4 . On the breaking out of Queen Anne’s war, an 
attempt was made by Governor Moore, of South 
Carolina, against the Spanish province of St. Augus¬ 
tine. The expedition was unsuccessful, and so heavy 
was the expense, that, to pay the debt incurred, the 
assembly, for the first time resorted to the expedient 
of a paper currency. 

5 . The Spaniards, aided by the French, and com¬ 
manded by Le Feboure, in a fleet of flve ships, next 
invaded Charleston. Their attack was met with 
such spirit, that they retired with loss. 

6 . In 1712, the Tuscaroras , and other Indians of 
North Carolina, formed a horrible plot for exterm¬ 
inating the entire white population. They entered, 
by surprise, the houses of the poor Palatines of 
Germany, who had recently settled on the Roanoke, 
and murdered many families. The remaining in¬ 
habitants, collecting into a camp, kept guard night 
and day, until aid could be received from South 
Carolina. 

7. That colony sent to their relief, six hundred 
militia, under Captain Barnwell. He penetrated 
the wilderness, attacked the Indians, killed three 
hundred, and took one hundred prisoners. Those 
who survived, fled to the chief town of the Tusca¬ 
roras ; but here Barnwell’s troops surrounded them. 
After great losses, they sued for peace. The Tus¬ 
caroras soon after left their country, and united with 
the Iroquois; making the sixth nation of that con¬ 
federacy. 

8 . In 1715, the Yamassees , instigated a combi¬ 
nation of all the Indians from Florida to Cape Fear 
against South Carolina. The warriors of the Creeks, 
Appalachians, Cherokees, and other tribes engaged, 
exceeded six thousand. The southern Indians fell 


4. What account can you give of the expedition against St. 
Augustine? What was done to defray the expense ?—5. Give an 
account of the Spanish invasion.—6. What happened now to the 
northern province of Carolina?—7. Did the southern province 
make exertions ? What did Cant. Barnwell ? What became of the 
Tuscaroras?—8. What formidaDle combination was formed ? Who 
were the instigators ? What was their force ? 




THE INDIANS CHASTISED. 


141 


suddenly on the traders settled among them, and, pt. ii. 
in a few hours, ninety persons were massacred, pm. ii. 
Some of the inhabitants fled precipitately to Charles- CH - v - 
ton, and gave the alarm. 

9. Formidable parties were also penetrating the 
northern frontier, and approaching Charleston. 

These were repulsed by the militia, but their route SALT _ 
was marked by devastation. Governor Craven, catch - 
at the head of twelve hundred men, marched to- i2ms 
wards the southern frontier, and overtook the strong- defeated, 
est body of the enemy, at a place called Saltcatchers, 
where a bloody battle was fought, the Indians were 
totally defeated, and driven from their territory. TheYa- 
They were received by the Spaniards, and settled 

in Florida. 1ST early four hundred of the Carolinians Florida 
were slain in this war. 

10 . The legislature, in the distressed condition of 
the colony, applied to the company for aid and pro¬ 
tection, which was denied. For temporary relief, 
they next made large emissions of paper money. Ev}]sof 
Directions were given, by the proprietors, to the proprieta- 
governor, to reduce the quantity in circulation. The ernment. 
assembly then resolved to appropriate the lands, 

from which the Indians had been driven; but the 
proprietors refused to sanction this necessary pro¬ 
ceeding. They also encouraged their officers in op- 
pressive measures. 

11. The people were determined no longer to 
submit to such tyranny. The governor, Johnson, 

was informed, that if he would rule under the king, 1719. 
he could retain his office, but not otherwise. John- a ^g r °g™i t 
son refused, and endeavored to suppress the spirit and 
of revolt; but it had diffused itself beyond his con- governor, 
trol; and, at last, the people elected Moore, gover¬ 
nor of the province. 

8. What was their first outbreak ?—9. How did they proceed ? 

Where were they defeated ? By whom? How many Carolinians 
were destroyed by these Indians?— 10 . What was done in the 
distress of the colony? How did the company of proprietors treat 
the people ?—11. What were the people now resolved on ? What 
did they let Gov. Johnson know? What reply receive? Whom 
did they elect? 




142 


REVOLUTION IN CAROLINA. 


pt. ii. 12. The colonists stated their situation by agents 
P’D. il" in England, when it was decided, that the propri- 
ch. vi. etors had forfeited their charter ; and that both the 
Carolinas should be taken under the royal protection, 
crown Nicholson, was appointed governor; and, early 
appoints the following year, he arrived at Charleston, where 
^son? 1 ’ he was received with every demonstration of joy. 

13. Peace was made between Great Britain and 
I adn?f >od ®P a ^ n * Treaties were held with the Cherokees and 
istration. Creeks, in which boundaries were settled. Governor 

Nicholson encouraged literary institutions. 

14. The revolution was completed, by an agree¬ 
ment between the crown and seven of the propri¬ 
etors ; whereby, for a valuable consideration, they 
surrendered their right and interest, not only in the 

Carolina government of these provinces, but also in the soil, 
separated. North and South Carolina were, at the same time, 
erected into separate governments.* 

* Although the southern boundary of North Carolina was now (1729) 
made to include the locality of the Cape Fear colony, yet those settlers 
* having previously migrated south, and become an integral part of South 

Carolina, they cannot properly be regarded as ever having belonged to North 
Carolina. 


CHAPTER YI. 

Extension of the French Empire—New France. 

1. Pensacola was settled by three hundred Span- 
1600. iards from Vera Cruz. Scarcely were they estab- 
"a lished, when a fleet, under Le Moine d’Iberville, 

c ’ a Canadian Frenchman, who had been distinguished 
as a discoverer and a warrior, appeared along their 
coast, carrying several hundred persons, mostly from 
Canada. 

2. The company at flrst erected their huts on Shiji 
Island , near the entrance of lake JBorgne. After 

12. What decision was made in England? Who was sent as 
governor?— 13. How did lie administer the government?— 14. 
How was this revolution in Carolina completed ? 

Chapter VI. —1. When was Pensacola settled ? What fleet soon 
appeared?—2. Where did the company first stop? 




THE TWO BROTHERS/ 


143 


three weeks, d’Iberville proceeded with forty men, ft. ii. 
entered the mouth of the Mississippi, and sailed up p’d. ii. 
the stream, probably to Red River. On his return, CH - VI - 
he passed through the bay, which bears his name, Feb g 
and the lakes which he called Maurepas , and Pont- D’nier- 
chartrain, to the bay of St. Louis. On the small entlrs^the 
bay of Biloxi he erected a fort, and around it his Miss, 
few emigrants were planted. 

3. Leaving them under the command of* his bro¬ 
ther, Bienville, he went to France. The climate 
proved fatal to numbers, and in 1702, the chief for- 

tress was transferred to the western bank of the Mo- founded, 
bile, where was made the first European settlement 
in Alabama. 

4. In 1716, Bienville went up the Mississippi, and 
built Fort Rosalie , on the site of Natchez ,—the 
oldest European settlement of the grand valley, founded, 
south of the Illinois. False ideas of the wealth of 
Louisiana had been spread in France, for purposes 

of land sjieculation ; and in 1718, three ships came 
over, bearing: eight hundred emigrants, who founded 17 * 8 . 
a city, and in honor of the regent of France, named Orleans 
it New Orleans. By this occupancy, as well as by founde(i - 
discovery, France laid claim to Louisiana. 

5. The French built a fort at Niagara. A colony 
of one hundred was led to Detroit , as early as 1701, 
by De La Mo'ite Cadillac, and another in 1712, 
by Anthony Crozat, who had obtained from Louis 
XIV. a patent for the exclusive trade of Louisiana. 

Since the discoveries of the Jesuits, the French had 
been in possession of the various western routes from ^ew 
the St. Lawrence to the Mississippi. Chicago , Fin- France. 
cennes , and Kaskaskia , were, at the close of this 

this period, growing settlements. 

2. Where did d’Iberville then go? Describe, and trace on the 
Map, his route and return. Where were his emigrants planted? 

3. With whom did. he leave the command? To what place was 
the settlement transferred?— 4. What was done in 1716 ? To what 
cause was the settlement of New Orleans owing? On what did 
France found her great claims?—5. What other places were 
founded by the French soon after ? 





TIIE SEEDS OF THE REVOLUTION. 


144 


CHAPTER VII. 

Controversy in Massachusetts, respecting a fixed salary for the 
royal governor. 

ft. ii. 1. The free institutions of the colonies, again 
P’D. ii.” alarmed the English government. Massachusetts 
cn. vir. was ever t] le least submissive to the royal will. A 
controversy between that colony and the parent 
Mass, a* state now began, which led to the war of the Revo- 
troubie- lution. The main subject was a fixed salary for the 
subject, royal governor , which the English sovereign direct¬ 
ed that officer to require; but which, this colony, 
for a series of years, resolutely refused to pay. 

2. Massachusetts, to defray the expenses of the 
war, had made such large emissions of paper money, 

rassments that gold and silver were banished from the province. 
The paper depreciated, and the usual commercial 
evils ensued. The attention of the colony being 
Public directed to remedy these evils, a public bank icas 
bant instituted; in which the faith of the government 
was pledged for the value of the notes; and the 
profits accruing from the bank, were to be applied 
for its support. Fifty thousand pounds, in bills of 
credit, were issued. 

3. The bank, however, failed of its desired effect. 
Governor Shute now succeeded Governor Dud- 

17^)6 ley; and by his recommendation, another emission 
Gov. * of bills of credit was made, to the amount of one 
makesbad hundred thousand pounds. The consequence of this 
worse, was, rather to heighten, than allay the existing diffi¬ 
culties ; as it was found, that the greater the quanti¬ 
ty of this factitious substitute for money, the less was 
its value. 


Chapter VII.—1. Which of the colonies was most prone to 
dispute the royal will? What did the English government in¬ 
struct their governors to require? How did the colony resist this 
demand?—2. Give an account of the institution of a public bank. 
3. What was the effect of emitting so much paper money ? 






GOVERNOR BURNET TROUBLED. 


145 


4. In 1728, Governor Burnet, who had been pt. ii. 
removed from the magistracy .of New York, was fd. ii. 
appointed to that of Massachusetts and New Hamp- CH - vu - 
shire. He was instructed by his sovereign to insist 

on a fixed salary. The general court resisted, and Burnet 
postponed a decisive answer. They voted Governor made £° v * 
Burnet the unusual sum of one thousand seven hun-Mass!'ami 
dred pounds; three hundred for his travelling ex- N - IL 
penses, and fourteen hundred for his salary. He 
accepted the appropriation for his expenses, but re¬ 
jected that for his salary. 

5. The people of Boston took a lively interest in 
the dispute; and the governor, believjng that the 
general court were thus unduly influenced, removed Removes 
tliem to Salem. Continuing firm to their purpose, fJo^Bo?- 
he kept the court in session several months beyond ton 
the usual time, and refused to sign a warrant on the ° a em * 
treasurer for the amount due to the members. 

6 . In April, 1729, after a recess of about three 
months, the general court again convened at Salem, 
but proving refractory on the subject of the salary, 
the governor adjourned them, and they met at 
Cambridge in August. Unable to make any im- 1729 . 
pression, Burnet felt so severely the difficulties of Burnet 
his position, that he sickened with a fever, and died los ' 
on the 17th of September. 

7. His successor, Governor Belcher, who ar¬ 
rived at Boston in August, 1730, renewed the con¬ 
troversy ; but the court after two or three sessions, 
succeeded with him (and by the consent of the 
crown), in a policy which they had vainly attempt¬ 
ed with Burnet, that of paying him a liberal sum 
for present use, without binding themselves for the 
future. 

8 . In 1719, more than one hundred families emi¬ 
grated from the north of Ireland, and settled in the 


4. Who was made governor of Massachusetts in 1728 ? What 
was done by the governor, and the court, in reference to a fixed 
salary ?—5. What removal did the governor make ?— G. What was 
done respecting the salary in 1729? What effect had these trou¬ 
bles on the governor?— 7 . IIow was the controversy settled ? 




146 


VERMONT. 


F T. II. 
P’D. II. 

cn. VII. 

1 7 19. 

London¬ 

derry- 

settled. 


Dec. 17. 
Aurora 
Borealis. 


1723 . 

First set¬ 
tlement in 
Vermont 


Plan 
of a new 
colony. 


Ogle¬ 

thorpe. 


town of Londonderry, in New Hampshire. They 
introduced the foot spinning-wheel, the manufacture 
of linen, and the culture of potatoes. 

9. A phenomenon, singular at the time, and not 
yet satisfactorily explained, alarmed the people of 
New England in 1719. This Was the Aurora Bore¬ 
alis , first noticed in the country, on the night of the 
17th of December. Its appearance, according to 
the writers of the day, was more calculated to ex¬ 
cite terror than later appearances of the same kind. 

10 . In 1723, a fort was built on the Connecticut 
river, in the present town of Brattleborough, under 
the direction of Lieutenant-governor Dummer, of 
Massachusetts, and hence it was called Fort Dummer. 
Around this fort was commenced the first settle¬ 
ment in Vermont. 

11. About this period a new colony was projected 
in England, to settle between the Savannah and 
Altamaha rivers. This tract was within the limits 
of the Carolina grant, but unoccupied by Euro¬ 
pean settlers. The patriotic deemed it important, 
that this region should be planted by a British col¬ 
ony, otherwise it might be seized by the Spaniards 
from Florida, or the French from the Mississippi. 
At the same time, a spirit of philanthropy was 
abroad in England, to notice the distresses of the 
poor, especially those shut up in prisons, and to 
provide for their relief. 

12. Actuated by these generous motives, a number 
of gentlemen in England, of whom James Ogle¬ 
thorpe was the most zealous, formed a project to 
settle this tract, by such of the suffering poor, as 
might be willing to seek, in the new world, the means 
of subsistence. 

13. To this company, the territory between the 

8. What emigrants settled in New Hampshire? What did they 
introduce?—9. What can you say of the Aurora Borealis of that 
day?— 10. When and where was the first settlement made in 
Vermont?—11. What new colony was projected in England? 
Why did the patriotic in England favor the project? What be¬ 
nevolent spirit was abroad ?—12. Who was to be the leader of the 
enterprise ? 







GEORGIA. 


147 


Savannah and Altamaha, now, in honor of the king, 
denominated Georgia, was granted ; and, with its 
settlement, was completed that of the thirteen 
veteran colonies, which fought the Avar of the Revo¬ 
lution ; and whose thirteen emblematic stripes, still 
decorate the banner of American Independence; 
Avhile the stars (adding one for every new State), 
have well nigh trebled their original number. 

o o 


13. What may be said of the colony which Oglethorpe and his 
company settled ? What can you say of the flag or banner of the 
Republic of America ? 


EXERCISES ON THE TREE CIIRONOGRAPIIER 
(For Period II., Part II.) 

What event marks the beginning of this period ? What is 
its date? Point it out on the chronographer. Also the fol¬ 
lowing dates : Queen Anne’s war began in 1702. Massachu¬ 
setts extended its jurisdiction over Maine in 1714. New York 
and New Jersey were ruled by one governor in 1698. Penn 
granted a new charter to Pennsylvania in 1701. The cultiva¬ 
tion of rice was begun in Carolina, in 1695 Paper money was 
first made in South Carolina, in 1702. In 1729, North and 
South Carolina were erected into separate governments. Mo¬ 
bile was founded by the French in 1702, Natchez in 1706, and 
New Orleans in 1718. Vermont was first settled in 1723. 
What event terminates this period ? What is its date ? Point 
out its place on the chronographer. 


FT. II. 

P’D. II. 
cn. vii. 


1732 . 

Georgia 

granted 

























































































































Oglethorpe’s Council with the Indian Chiefs. 


PERIOD III. 

FROM 

THE FIRST SETTLEMENT OF j- 1733 | GEORGIA BY OGLETHORPE, 

TO 

THE PEACE OF PARIS, WHICH [1763.-J CLOSES THE FRENCH WAR. 

CHAPTER I. 

Georgia and Carolina engaged in war with the Spaniards of Flor¬ 
ida—The Slave Trade—War of the French with the Chickasaws. 

1. Oglethorpe prepared for the settlement of 

Georgia, by the assistance of a corporation, consisting ft. ii. 
of twenty-one persons, who were called “ Trustees ’fixer 
for settling and establishing the Colony of Georgia.” cu -*• 
He embarked in November, 1732, with one hundred 1732. 
and sixteen emigrants for America. . 

t ° n -i -it trustees. 

2. Large sums oi money had been subscribed, 
which were applied to the purchase of clothing, food, 
arms, agricultural utensils, and also for the transpor- Supplies, 
tation of such iitdigent persons as should be willing famished 
to cross the Atlantic, and begin a new settlement. 

3. The company arrived at Yamacraw Bluff, after- 

Chaptek I.— 1. Whose assistance had Oglethorpe ? At what 
time did he embark ? With how many ?—3. For what purposes 
was money raised ? 


149 







150 


FIRST SETTLEMENTS IN GEORGIA. 


ft. ii. wards Savannah , on the first of February, 1733. 
fF hi. Here Oglethorpe built a fort. His next care was 
CH - T - to have a good understanding with his neighbors, 
the powerful chiefs of the Creeks, Cherokees, Choc- 
Ogie- ' taws, and Chickasaws. Oglethorpe invited them to 
arrives meet him in a general council at Savannah. By means 
Treaty an interpreter, he made them the most friendly 
with the professions, which they reciprocated; and these 
Chiefs, amicable dispositions passed into a solemn treaty. 

4. Georgia was soon increased by five or six hun¬ 
dred emigrants; but most were idle, and many vi¬ 
cious. In order to procure a more efficient popula¬ 
tion, eleven townships of 20,000 acres each, were 

50 acres ou t on the Savannah, Ogeechee, and Altamaha 
to each rivers, and divided into lots of fifty acres each. One 
settler. th ese W as £ 0 b e given to every actual settler. 

5. This arrangement proved so attractive, that a 
Scotch large number of emigrants soon arrived. Highland- 

and ers from Scotland, build the town of Inverness, after- 
ermans. war d s X)arie U ^ 011 the Altamaha; and Germans, a 
town which they called Fbenezer , on the Savannah. 

6. The charter granted to the trustees of Georgia, 
vested in them powers of legislation for twenty-one 

1 Civil years ; and they now proceeded to establish regula- 
govern- tions for the government of the province, in which 
men ' the interests of humanity were regarded, more than 
those of trade. 

7. In 1736, Oglethorpe erected three forts : one on 
the Savannah, at Augusta / another called Freder- 

o?. builds ica, in the vicinity of the Scotch settlement on the 
3 forts, island of St. Simons ; and a third, named Fort 
William , on Cumberland island. The Spaniards 
remonstrated, and insisted on the evacuation of the 


3. Where and when did the company arrive? What was first 
done? What was Oglethorpe’s next' care? What powerful 
nations sent their chiefs to the council ? W'hat was done at the 
council ?—4. How was the settlement increased ? What was done 
to procure a more efficient population?—5. What effect had this 
arrangement? What town was built by Scotch Highlanders? 
What by Germans?—G. What was done in relation to govern¬ 
ment?—7. What three forts did Oglethorpe next build? What 
did the Spaniards ? 






1 


OGLETHORPE. 


151 


country, as far as the thirty-third degree of north pt. ii. 
latitude. " fEThT 

8. Oglethorpe about this time returned to Eng- ctI - l - 
land. He was appointed commander-in-chief of the 
British forces in Carolina and Georgia, and sent back 
with a regiment of six hundred men. 

9. England having declared war against Spain, 
Oglethorpe twice invaded Florida. His second ex- 0g . is un - 
pedition proved wholly unsuccessful, and produced successful, 
the unfortunate results of an increase of the public 
debt, and a temporary distrust between the people 

and their general. The same year, Charleston, in 0harles 
South Carolina, was destroyed by fire. To relieve ton 
the sufferers, the British parliament generously voted burned - 
£ 20 , 000 . 


10. In May, 1742, a fleet was sent from Havana, 
from which debarked a Spanish army at St. Simons. 
Oglethorpe had collected troops and posted himself jun<r' 
at Frederica. He was not in sufficient force openly 

to attack the enemy; but was himself attacked by by the 
a party of Spaniards. His troops, particularly the s P amards - 
Highlanders, under Captain McIntosh, fought bloody 
bravely—repulsed, and slew two hundred of the marsii. 
enemy at “the Bloody Marsh.” Sp. 1 . 20 a. 

11. Oglethorpe next attempted to surprise the 
invaders, by marching to attack their camp in the 
night. A traitor, who discharged his gun, and then 
ran into the Sjianish lines, defeated his plan. But 
Oglethorpe made the Spaniards believe, by a strat¬ 
agem, that the soldier was sent to them by him, to 
advise them to remain. Some ships from South Car- a stratn- 
olina appearing in sight, the Spaniards thought they 
were going to fall into a trap; and they embarked in 
such haste that their artillery, provisions, and mili- 8p r a e n t jJe <l3 
tary stores, fell into the hands of the Georgians. 

12. Georgia, in its early settlement was distin- 


geui 

makes 

the 


8. What appointment had Oglethorpe?— 9. What two expedi¬ 
tions did he undertake? What bad results occurred? What 
misfortune happened to Charleston ? What generous act is re¬ 
corded here? it). Give an account of the Spanish invasion. 
Who repulsed the Spaniards?—11. By what stratagem were they 
induced to retire ? 






152 


THE OLD FRENCH WAR. 


PT. II. 
P’D. III. 

cu. XI. 

Character 
of Ogle¬ 
thorpe. 


White- 
field and 
the two 
Wesleys. 


Trustees 

of 

Georgia. 


1732 . 

The 

Natchez 

destroyed. 

The 
Chicka- 
saws 
destroy a 
French 
army. 


guished by the peculiar humanity in which it was 
founded. Oglethorpe, “ sought not himself, but oth¬ 
ers and for ten years, he gave his disinterested ser¬ 
vices, without claiming so much as a cottage or afarm. 

13. The eloquent Wiiitefield, with the two 
Wesleys, the three founders of the sect of Metho¬ 
dists, sympathized with Oglethorpe in his benevo¬ 
lence ; and each spent some time in America, assist¬ 
ing him in his enterprise. Wiiitefield founded near 
Savannah, a house for orphans. ... In 1*752, the trus¬ 
tees, wearied with a troublesome and profitless charge, 
resigned their office, and Georgia became a royal 
province. 

14. Louisiana, after having been for fourteen years, 
under a company of avaricious speculators formed 
at Paris, reverted to the French monarch; and 
Bienville was appointed governor. He found the 
Chickasaws very troublesome, as they favored the 
English, rather than the French. The Natchez, 
under their influence, had committed murders, for 
which the whites had wholly destroyed them. Bien¬ 
ville ascended the Tombecbee to attack the Chicka¬ 
saw^. He was to have been aided by a French army 
from the Illinois, but the Chickasaws had waylaid and 
destroyed them. When Bienville arrived he found 
the Indians more than a match for his force; and 
he immediately retired dovm the stream. 


CHAPTER II. 

Old French War—Capture of Louisburg—French and English 
claims to the Basin of the Mississippi. 

1. In 1*744, war v 7 as again proclaimed between 
England and France. Louisburg , the capital of the 

12. What was the conduct of Oglethorpe?—13. What eminent - 
ministers of the gospel were with him ? What change was made 
in 1752?—14. Under whom had Louisiana been? To whom did 
it revert ? Whom did he appoint ? Give an account of the attack 
upon the Chickasaws, and its result. 

Chapter II.—1. In what year was the “ Old French War ?” 










PEACE OF AIX LA CHAPELLE. 


153 


island of Cape Breton, had been fortified with great ft. ii. 
care and expense, and was called, from its strength, p D> m . 
the Dunkirk of America; while, from its position, it 0H - n - 
commanded the navigation of the St. Lawrence, and 
the fisheries of the adjoining seas. 

2. Governor Shirley, of Massachusetts, now 
meditated an attack on this fortress. He laid open his 
designs to the general court of the colony, under an 
oath of secrecy. The plan being thought too great, 
too hazardous, and too expensive, it was apparently 
abandoned; but an honest member, who performed A secrefc 
the family devotions at his lodgings, inadvertently betrayed, 
discovered the secret, by praying for the divine 
blessing on the attempt. 

3. The people approving the project, with which 
they became thus accidently acquainted, were clamo¬ 
rous in its support. It was revived by the court, and 
after a long deliberation, the vote in its favor was 
carried by a single voice. * Troops were immediately 
raised by Connecticut, Rhode Island, and New 
Hampshire, to aid those of Massachusetts. The com- C oin C - 1 * * * S 
maud of these forces was given to Colonel Wil- 

liam Pepperell, a merchant of Maine, who sailed Peppcreii. 
on the 25th of March, and arrived at Casco on the 
4th of April. 

4. A British naval force, under Admiral Warren, 
having been applied to, joined the armament; and louts- 
the whole arrived at Chapeau Rouge Bay, on the 

30th of April. By a series of the most unprece- 
dented good luck, and by almost incredible exer- a great 
tions, the fortress teas taken , and with it the whole feat 
island of Cape Breton. 

5. Peace was proclaimed in 1748, and a treaty j*^ t *^{* 
signed at Aix la Chapelle , by commissioners from A ' ix ]a 
England, France, and Spain, the basis of which was Chapelle. 


1. What can you say of Louisburg ?—2. AVhat plan was formed 
by Governor Shirley ? What did he in reference to it ? How did 

the general court receive it ? How did it come to the knowledge 

of the people ?— 3. What did they think of it ? What was finally 

done by the court? From what States was an army raised ? Who 
commanded ?— 4. What naval force joined them ? What was the 

result of the combined effort? 






154 : 


CONFLICTING CLAIMS. 


FT. II. 


P D. III. 

CH. II. 


Did not 
settle dif¬ 
ferences. 


Extent of 
New 
Fran ee, 
as stated 
by French 
geog¬ 
raphers. 


British 
claim the 
same 
territory. 


1 ? 50 . 

Ohio* 

Company 

formed. 


Hostile 
measures 
of the 
French. 


the mutual restoration of all places taken during the 
war: and Louisburg, to the grief and mortification 
of the colonies, reverted to the French. Its capture, 
had, however, done credit to their military prowess ; 
as it had been, by far, the most brilliant exploit of 
the entire war. 

6. The blood and treasure of the many, had again 
been spent without result, and peace was concluded 
without a proper settlement of differences. This was 
especially the case in regard to the American claims 
of the contracting powers. 

7. The French laid claim to all the lands watered 
by streams flowing into the St. Lawrence and the 
Lakes ; and all watered by the Mississippi, the Mo¬ 
bile, and their branches; and, in the west, and on 
the north, they were erecting fortresses, with an in¬ 
tent to unite and command the whole of this vast 
territory. 

8. The British, on the other hand, asserted a right 
to the entire country, as may be seen by their early 
patents, to which they gave an extension from the 
Atlantic to the Pacific. These conflicting claims, 
it was clearly foreseen, must soon lead to another 
war. 

9. A number of gentlemen, mostly in Virginia, of 
whom Lawrence Washington was one, procured 
in 1750, an act of the British parliament, constituting 
them “ the Ohio Company,” and granting them six 
hundred thousand acres of land, on, or near, the 
Ohio river. They caused the tract to be surveyed, 
and opened a trade Avith the Indians in the vicinity. 

10. This becoming known to the French, the gov¬ 
ernor of Canada complained to the authorities of 
New York and Pennsylvania, threatening to seize 


5. On what basis was peace made at Aix la Chapelle ?— G. Were 
subjects of difference properly settled? —7. What part of America 
was claimed by France? What were they doing to unite and 
command this territory?—8. What was claimed by the British? 
Was there any prospect of a peaceable settlement of these differ¬ 
ences ?—9. Who were the Ohio Company? What grant had they? 
What did they do in reference to it?— 10. What course did the 
French take ? 






THE CHILD WASHINGTON. 


155 


their traders, if they did not quit the territory. Sev- ft. n. 
eral of their number were accordingly taken, and fd. ill 
carried to the French fort at Presque Isle. cn - nr - 

11 . Dinwiddie, the governor of Virginia, alarmed 

at these movements on the part of the French, had n — 
sent a trader among them as a spy, who returning, widdie 
increased his fears, by vague accounts of the French alarmed - 
posts near Lake Erie, without gratifying his curios¬ 
ity as to the number or object of their forces. 

12 . Dinwiddie determined, although the season 
was advanced, to send immediately a trusty person, 
to require the French commandant to quit the ter¬ 
ritory ; and also to bring such an account of his 
strength and position, that if he refused peaceably to 3^52 
retreat, some'feasible method of ejectment by force He selects 
might be adopted. A young man of twenty-two, in ^ a n h j or 
an officer of the militia, was chosen. His figure was a difficult 
commanding, his air inspired respect and confidence. dut> ' 
His name was GEORGE WASHINGTON. 


CHAPTER III. 

George Washington—His birth, parentage, and education—His 
conduct in places of trust, private, and public. 

1. Lawrence Washington, the grandfather of 
George, and Augustine Washington his father, had 
continued the family residence in Westmoreland John, 
county, Virginia, where his great grandfather John, L 2^[£ e ’ 
already mentioned, had fixed his seat; and there he tinerand 
who is now regarded as the father of his country, %°^n- 
w r as born on the 22d of February, 1732. I 11 1734, 

his father removed to Stafford county, opposite to 1 
Fredericksburg on the Rappahannock; little think- 


11. Who was governor of Virginia? What report was brought 
to him?— 12 . What plan did he adopt ? Who was chosen? 

Chapter III.—1. What was the name of George Washington’s 
father? 11 is grandfather? Ilis great-grandfather? When and 
where was he bom ? 








156 


THE BOY-TO BOYS AN EXAMPLE. 


FT. II. 

P’D. III. 
cii. nr. 


1743 . 

Lawrence 

obtains 

Mt. 

Yernon. 


His early 
moral 
character. 


His 

activity. 


Limited 
advan¬ 
tages 
over¬ 
balanced 
by self¬ 
exertion. 


iug that his playful hoy, then but two years old, was 
marked by Providence for a career so elevated. 

2 . In 1743, Augustine Washington died, and left 
to each of his sons valuable landed estates. To Law¬ 
rence liis eldest, he bequeathed the beautiful tract on 
the bank of the Potomac; and to George, the lands 
and mansion where he died. George was the oldest 
offspring of a second marriage ; and his excellent 
mother, Mary Washington was, by his father’s will, 
his sole guardian. It was under her maternal guid¬ 
ance, and in the common school, that Washington 
developed those physical, intellectual, and moral ele¬ 
ments, which formed his greatness. 

3 . When in school he was pains-taking, and exact 
in the performance of his exercises ; and he was, at 
the same time, so true in his words, so righteous in 
his actions, and so just in his judgments, that his 
school-mates were wont to bring their differences be¬ 
fore him for decision. Superior also in bodily health 
and vigor, he excelled in athletic sports, and adven¬ 
turous exploits. He loved the military ; and tradi¬ 
tion reports, that the first battles in which he com¬ 
manded, were the mimic engagements which he 
taught to his school-fellows. 

4. He learned to read and write well; and he tho¬ 
roughly mastered arithmetic. This was all which 
the school helped him to acquire. Of himself he prac¬ 
tised composition; and he happily formed a style 
suited to the lofty tone of his moral sentiments, and 
the directness and energy of his character. The 
higher mathematics, he learned with pleasure and 
mental profit, his object being to prepare himself for 
the occupation of surveyor. He set carefully down in 
his books, his diagrams, his observations on man- 


1. How old was he when his father removed to Stafford county ? 

2. What occurred on the death of his father? How old was 
George? Who was his guardian? What were his advantages? 

3. What was his character as a school-boy?—4. What did he 
learn in school? What important exercise did he practise by 
himself? Did he early fix upon something which he could follow, 
to obtain an honorable support ? What did he learn, in order to 
prepare himself for his chosen occupation ? 


I 




GOOD CONDUCT GAINS CONFIDENCE. 


157 


ners, and his rules of behavior. Nothing was too ft.il 
laborious, or too tedious for his determined mind. p’d. iii. 

5. To survey the great estates of Lord Fairfax, CH m - 
then residing in Virginia, he first began his career 

of active life. Though a boy of just sixteen, he was a survey- 
intrusted with what would have been an arduous and 
and difficult duty to a sound and able man. Among tains, 
the forest wilds of the Alleghanies. the young sur¬ 
veyor frequently ranged alone; but on the summits 
he rejoiced in the beauty of the earth and sky ; and 
in the valleys he examined well, all rare and curious 
things. 

6. He had often no bed to lodge in, and no roof 
to shelter him. With his own hands he dressed the 
game, which his musket had procured. Sometimes, 
however, he shared the wigwam, and the unpalata¬ 
ble fare of the native. But these hardships were 
an important preparation for the severe services he 
had afterwards to encounter. His employment also 
was lucrative; and he discharged its duties in a and 
manner, that made men regard him as a youth of ex- honor ‘ 
traordinary promise. 

7. He was only nineteen , when he was made ad- 1751 . 
jutant-general of the Virginia militia , with the rank Made a<i- 
of major. About this time he accompanied to the w / t h ta titie 
West Indies, his brother Lawrence, now declining of Major, 
with a pulmonary disease. His voyage was advan¬ 
tageous to himself, from his great observation and 
industry ; but his brother’s disease remained, and he Mount 
died during the next year. By his will he left George Vernon 
his executor; and gave him the Mount Vernon es- estate - 
tate. 

8. Maj. Washington was next placed over one of 
the four divisions into which Dinwiddie had portion- 


4. What did he do, that he might retain, and be the wiser for 
what he had learned? Did he not find such labor too tedious? 
5. Was he trusted with important business when young? By 
whom? What business was it? Where did he practise his pro¬ 
fession ? Through what scenes did it lead him ?—6. What hard¬ 
ships did he encounter? Were these on the whole to his advan¬ 
tage? In what way?—7. What promotion had he at the age of 
nineteen ? What happened in reference to his brother ? 






158 


PERILOUS JOURNEY. 


ft. ii. ed the militia of “ the Dominion,” the style then 
P’D. mT given to Virginia. It was at this period, that he 
ch. m. was chosen by the governor, as his envoy to the 
Resets French. The seat of government for Virginia was 
out to Williamsburg. Thither Washington repaired, and 
°wSder- e was f urn ished with a letter from Dinwiddie, to St. 
ness. Pierre, the French commandant,, requiring him with 
threats, to withdraw from the territory belonging to 
the French sovereign. 

9. Washington departed on the 31st of October to 
traverse more than five hundred miles, much of the 
way, a pathless, as well as a wintry desert. His route 

Nov. 14. lay through Fredericksburg, Alexandria, and Win- 
“ Chester, to Will’s creek, since Cumberland. Here, 
taking leave of every vestige of civilization, and 
having procured Mr. Gist, agent of the Ohio com¬ 
pany, as interpreter and guide, his party of eight 
plunged into the recesses of the wilderness. 

10. They passed through snow and storms, over 
mountains, and then down among thickets, into 

From flooded valleys. Coming upon the Youghiogeny 
Cumber- they followed it to the Monongahela, and that to its 
the Fork, junction with the Alleghany. “The Fork,” as the 
site of Pittsburg ^vas called, was then a desert; but 
Washington noticed, and afterwards reported it, as 
a suitable place for a fort. 

11. From the Fork, he went down the river 
twenty miles, to Logstown, where he was to deliver 

At°Logs- friendly greetings from Dinwiddie, to the great chief 
town he of the southern Hurons, Tanachabison, or the Half- 
Saif-idng. king ; whose friendship was courted both by French 
and English. The chief asserted that the land in 
question belonged neither to the English nor the 


8. What was Virginia called at that time? Into how many 
divisions was it portioned in regard to the military? What was 
Washington’s public position, when Dinwiddie selected him as 
envoy? What his first step after accepting the appointment? 
What was the purport of the governor’s letter?—9. What time in 
the year did Washington set out? To go how far? Trace and 
describe the first part of his route.—10.'' Describe his journey to 
the “Fork.”—11. Describe his progress and adventures, tili he 
reached the French camp. 






THE FRENCH WAR BEGINS. 


159 


French; but the Great Spirit had given it to the ft. ii . 
Indians, and allowed them to make it their residence, p d. iii. 
After a friendly council, Tanacharison and three of CH< 1U - 
his principal men, accompanied Washington a hun¬ 
dred miles, to the encampment at French Creek. 

12 . Here St. Pierre, who had been but a few days 

in command of the post, received him with the cour- Higre 
teous bearing and hospitable attentions of the French tion at 
gentleman. But to Dinwiddie’s request, that he F JJ® ch 
would leave the territory which belonged to the Brit- camp, 
ish, he replied, that it did not become him to discuss 
treaties; such questions should rather be addressed to 
the governor-general of Canada, the Marquis du 
Quesne ; he acted under his orders, and those he 
should be careful to obey. 

13. The return of Washington in the dead of win¬ 
ter, was full of startling and perilous adventure. Once 
a treacherous guide aimed his musket at him, but it 
missed fire ; and once, on the Alleghany river, he and The 
his guide, having made in a day, with one poor ofVash- 
hatchet, a miserable raft, they, at sunset, trusted in = ton ’ 3 
themselves upon it, to cross the swollen river, amidst 
large masses of floating ice, which came down upon 
them, and threw them from their raft into ten feet 

of water. But they saved themselves by swimming 
to an island. 

14. Major Washington arrived at Williamsburg, 

on the 16th of January, having been absent only Returns 
eleven weeks. The energy and prudence, with which 1754 
he had met and overcome dangers, and the ability Absent* 
which he had manifested in the discharge of his 11 wecks - 
trust, sunk deep into the minds of his countrymen. 

Ilis written reports were published with applause, 
not only through the colonies, but in England. 

15. Troops were now raised in Virginia; and 
Washington was made lieutenant-colonel, and in- 


12. How was he received by St. Pierre? What reply was given 
to the governor’s letter?—13. What adventures did Washington 
meet with on his return ?—14. IIow long was he absent? What 
qualities had he manifested, which made a deep impression? 
What was thought of his written reports? 




160 


A PRELUDE TO UNION. 


ft. ii. trusted with the command. In April, 1754, he 
P’D. iii. marched into the disputed territory, and encamped 
CH - IV - at the Great Meadows. He there learned that the 
1754. French had dispossessed the Virginians of a fort, 
agj n e sent which, in consequence of his recommendation, they 
with a were erecting at the Fork, and which the French 
French finished, and named Fort du Quesne. 
buil dif° rt He was a ^ s0 informed that a detachment of 

Quesne. French troops, had been sent against him, and were 
encamped but a few miles west of the Great Mead¬ 
ows. Surrounding their encampment, he surprised, 
^defeats arid defeated them. The commander De Jumonville 
io Sed was killed, with ten of his party. On his return to 
22 prison- the Great Meadows, he erected a small stockade, 
ers - called fort Necessity. 

17. With less than four hundred men, Washington 
marched to dislodge the enemy from Fort du Quesne; 
French but after proceeding thirteen miles he learned that 
reinforced they had been reinforced from Canada, when he re¬ 
tired. Unable to continue his retreat, from a failure 
of expected munitions, he intrenched his little army 
within Fort Necessity. A party of fifteen hundred 
French, soon followed and assaulted the intrench- 
^Tuiy a* ments - After a brave resistance, Washington sur¬ 
rendered the fort; receiving for himself and the gar¬ 
rison the honors of war. 


CHAPTER IV. 

Congress at Albany —Convention of Governors in Virginia— 
Braddock. 

Attempt 1. The British government , in prospect of tear, 
to unite. p r0 p 0Sec i to their A.merican colonies , to form a 

15. Under what circumstances did he march into the same 
country again ? Where encamp ? What did he hear ?—1G. Give 
an account of a French party, headed by De Jumonville. What 
did Washington build at Great Meadows?—17. What did he set 
out to do ? Why did he desist, and turn back ? Why did he stop 
at Fort Necessity ? What happened at the fort ? 

Chapter IV.—1. What proposal was made by the British gov¬ 
ernment ? 








FOUR EXPEDITIONS. 


161 


Union. Delegates from each of the New England pt.il 
provinces, New York, Pennsylvania, and Maryland, rMTnT 
accordingly met at Albany. After deliberating, ca. iv. ' 
they accepted a plan of confederation, which was 
drawn up by Benjamin Franklin, on the 4 th of i Y 31 . 
July, 1754. This was just twenty-two years before 
that great statesman signed the Declaration of Inde¬ 
pendence. 

2 . But the plan was disliked in England, because 

it gave too much power to the people; and in r] suit8 
America, because it gave too much power to the neither 
king. Thus was shown how widely different, even I)arty> 
at that period, were the views of the British and the 
Americans. It was this difference of opinion, which 
finally led to the American Revolution. 

3. General Braddock was dispatched from Eng¬ 
land with 1500 men. On his arrival in America, he Braddock 
requested a convention of the colonial governors to assem- 
assemble in Virginia, to concert with him a plan ofgovernors. 
military operations. Four expeditions were here 
resolved upon, the first, against Nova Scotia, the 
second, against Fort du Quesne, the third, against 
Crown Point, and the fourth, against Niagara. 

4. The expedition against Nova Scotia was com¬ 
manded by generals MoNCKTOxand Winslow. The 
fleet which conveyed the troops, sailed from Boston. 

The army distinguished themselves by bravery and 
good conduct, and with the loss of only three men, 
put the British in full possession of Nova Scotia. 

5 . General Braddock commanded the expedi- g 73,5. 
tion against Fort du Quesne. On his arrival, he en- J »neio. 
gaged Washington, now a colonel, to become his aid. dock’s 
By his advice, Braddock, in marching his army across ^j'nYheir 

- march. 

1. What was done in consequence? What plan did the dele¬ 
gates accept?—2. How was it received in England? How in 
America? What did this show ? What did it lead to?—3. How 
many men were now sent over? Under whom? What did he re¬ 
quest? What expeditions did this convention agree on?—4. 

Give an account of that against Nova Scotia.—5. Who com¬ 
manded the second expedition? In what capacity did Washing¬ 
ton accompany him ? What measures did he take by Washing¬ 
ton’s advice ? 



162 


BRADDOCK 8 EASII CONDUCT. 


PT. II. 


P'D. III. 

CH. IV. 


Braddock 
contemns 
and dis¬ 
regards 
advice. 


July 9. 
Fine ap¬ 
pearance 
of Brad- 
dock’s 
army. 


They fall 
into an 
Indian 
ambus¬ 
cade. 


the wilderness, left his heavy baggage behind, under 
the care of Colonel Dunbar, with an escort of six 
hundred men; and at the head of twelve hundred 
select troops the general proceeded by more rapid 
marches, towards Fort du Quesne. 

6. Braddock was not deficient in courage, or mil¬ 
itary skill; but he was wholly ignorant of the mode 
of conducting warfare in American woods; and he 
held the opinions of the colonial officers in con¬ 
tempt. Washington had, however, ventured to 
suggest the expediency of employing the Indians, 
—who, under the Halt-king had offered their servi¬ 
ces, as scouting, and advanced parties. Braddock 
not only disdained the advice, but offended the 
Indians by the rudeness of his manner. Thus he 
rashly pushed on, without knowing the dangers 
near. 

7. It was noon, on the 9th of July, when from the 
height above the right bank of the Monongahela, 
Washington looked back upon the ascending army, 
which, ten miles from Fort du Quesne, had just 
crossed the stream for the second time. Every thing 
looked more bright and beautiful than aught he had 
witnessed before. The companies, in their crimison 
uniform, with burnished arms and floating banners, 
were marching gayly to cheerful music, as they en¬ 
tered the forest. 

8. Suddenly there burst upon them the Indian war- 
whoop, and a deadly fire, from opposite quarters, and 
from unseen foes. Many fell. Panic-stricken, their 
ranks broke, and they would have fled, but Braddock 
rallied them ; and, a bigot to the rules of European 
warfare, he constantly sought to preserve a regular 
order of battle. Thus he kept his men, like sheep 
penned in a fold, fair marks for a foe, beyond their 
reach, and, in the only spot, where the Indians, far 
inferior in numbers, could have destroyed them. 

6. What can you say of Braddock ? What wholesome advice 
had he, which lie despised?—7. How did Braddock’s army ap¬ 
pear to Washington, on the morning of July 9th?—8. How was 
the scene reversed? What was Braddock’s conduct? 








PROVIDENTIAL PRESERVATION. 


163 


They lay on each side of the way, concealed in two pt. ii. 
ravines/ FanT 

9. The Indians, singling out the officers, shot down CH - IV - 
every one on horseback—Washington alone excepted. 

He, as the sole remaining aid of the general, rode by 
turns over every part of the field, to carry his orders. WaMlino . 
The Indians afterwards asserted, that they had spe- ton's"" 
ciallv noticed his bearing, and conspicuous figure, and pl’/erva- 1 
repeatedly shot at him ; but at length they became tion - 
convinced that he was protected by an Invisible 
Power, and that no bullet could harm him. After the 
battle was over, four balls were found lodged in his 
coat, and two horses had been killed under him; 
but the appointed guardian of his country, escaped 
without a wound. 

10. Braddock, who had been undismayed amidst 
continued showers of bullets, at length received a 
mortal wound. Upon his fall, the regular troops dock's 
fled in confusion. Washington formed, and covered 

their retreat with the provincials, whom Braddock, k.'eoi. 
in his contempt, had kept in the rear. The defeat 
was total; sixty-four officers out of eighty-five, and 
nearly half the privates, were killed or wounded. 

11. The army made no halt till it met the division 
under Dunbar, forty miles in the rear. There Brad¬ 
dock died. The whole army continued to retreat till ^"mand! 
it reached Fort Cumberland, one hundred and twenty 
miles from the place of action. Colonel Dunbar, with¬ 
drew the regulars to Philadelphia, leaving the whole 
frontier of Virginia open to the depredations of the 
French and Indians. 


8. Where were the Indians concealed?—9. What is very 
remarkable concerning Washington during this battle?—10. 
What was the fate of Braddock ? What was the condition of the 
army? What the loss?—11. Describe the retreat of the army. 



164: 


DIESKAU’S REVERSE. 


CHAPTER Y. 

Remainder of the Campaign of 1755 —Campaign of 1756. 

P’T. ii. 1. The troops destined forthe expedition against 
rD ni. Crown Point, amounted to more than four thou- 
cir - v - sand. They arrived at Albany the last of June, under 
„ the command of General William Johnson, and 
Johnson* General Lyman. Here they were joined by a body 
L^'nan Mohawks, under their sachem, Hendrick. 

2 . Lyman advanced with the main body of the 
Erect Ft. army, and erected Fort Edward , on the Hudson, 
Edward. f or t j ie secnr jty of the batteaux, provisions, and ar¬ 
tillery; which were forwarded from Albany, by 
Johnson. Towards the last of August, Johnson re¬ 
moved his force, and encamped at the south end of 
Lake George. Here he was engaged in preparing 
to cross the lakes. 

3. In the mean time, the Baron Dieskau led 
s end of a g a i nst this force, an army from Montreal. He 
george enc0Ull tered the Americans near their camp, and 

was at first successful; but the fortune of the day 
Fr. under changed. His army was defeated and fled; and 
Dieskau himself, pale, and bleeding with mortal wounds, was 
defeated. f oun( ^ gj^ing against a tree in the woods. 

4. Johnson, in representing this affair to the Brit- 
jobnsons ish, made no mention of General Lyman; but ob- 
tanSTiis t a i ne d for himself £5,000, and a baronetcy. The pub- 
character! lie impression was, that the reward belonged, at least, 

equally to Lyman. 

re 5. The poor dispirited remains of Dieskau’s army 
mains halted at French mountain, where they were, the 
French next ^ a }% cut off by a detachment from Fort Ed- 
destroyed. ward. Their dead bodies were thrown into a small 

Chapter V.—1. What was the third expedition of the cam¬ 
paign ? How many troops ? r Where were they on the last of 
June? Under whose command? Who joined them? — 2 . In 
what direction did the two divisions of the army move? — 3 . 
Who commanded the French army? Give an account of his 
operations. —4. Who gained money and a title, but lost character? 
5. What became of the remains of the French army? 






WASHINGTON DEFENDS THE FRONTIERS. 


165 


lake, since called “ tfye Bloody Pond.” May the time ft. ii. 
soon come, when the pure waters of* our mother fd. iii. 
earth, shall no longer be dyed by the blood of her cu - V1 * 
children, barbarously shed by each other’s hands! 

6 . The success at Lake George revived the spirits 
of the colonists. Sir William Johnson, however, did 

not follow up his success, by proceeding to reduce c . w 
Crown Point; but he erected at the scene of his ex- Johnson 
ploit, on the southern shore of Lake George, a fort, campaiem 
which he called, William Henry. Leaving six hun¬ 
dred men, to garrison the forts, the remainder of the 
troops returned to their respective colonies. 

7. The enterprise against Niagara was undertaken 
by Governor Shirley in person. He did not arrive 

at Oswego until the 21st of August, and he there 17*55. 
waited for supplies, until the season was too far ad- shfriey 
vanced for crossing Lake Ontario. Leaving seven losest . he 
hundred men, under Colonel Mercer, to garrison 
the fort, he returned to Albany; and so ended the 
fourth expedition. 

8 . By the destruction of Braddock’s army, the 
frontiers of Pennsylvania and Virginia, were left to 17,56. 
the mercy of the savages. Washington, at the head Indians 
of his regiment, did his utmost to defend them ; and va. and 
he strenuously urged that offensive measures should P£L 
be again adopted, and especially against Fort du 
Quesne, which he knew was the place of gathering 

for the Indians. 


CHAPTER VI. 

Campaigns of 1757 and 1758. 

1. Thus in the campaign of 1756, little was done. 
That of 1757 is only memorable in our annals, for 
the dreadful massacre at Fort William Henry. 

6. Did Sir William Johnson follow up his success? What dis¬ 
position was made of the army?— 7. What happened in regard to 
the fourth expedition?—8. What, after these failures, was the 
condition of the frontier States? 

Chapter VI.— 1. For what is the campaign of 1757 memorable* 







166 


MASSACRE AT FORT WILLIAM HENRY. 


ft. ii. Montcalm, who succeeded Dieskau, had early con- 
FD IIL centrated his forces, amounting to 9000 regulars, 
°“- VI - Canadians, and Indians, on the shores of the Cham- 
1757. plain, at Ticonderoga. Passing up Lake George, 
1 S££ 1 he laid siege to Fort William Henry, which was 
Ft. wm. commanded by Colonel Monroe, a British officer. 
Henry. q. enerat \y EBB was a t the time lying at Fort Ed¬ 
ward, with the main British army, four or five thou¬ 
sand strong. 

2 . Monroe, being vigorously pressed, wdiile he de¬ 
fended himself with spirit, earnestly entreated Gen¬ 
eral Webb for aid. But he entreated in vain, and 

Aug. 2 . necessity compelled him, on the 2d of August, to sur- 
^capitu- ren ^ er - By the articles of capitulation, Montcalm en- 
lates. gaged that the English should be allowed to leave 
the fort with the honors of war; and, in order to 
protect them from the Indians, that an escort should 
be provided to conduct them to Fort Edward. 

3 . But the Indians, who served for plunder, at- 
Ang. 8 . tacked the British in the camp ; and the French com- 

Tbejy mander either could not, or would not, protect them. 
ft. wm. They rushed forth, and were pursued. They threw 
henry. a p their money and clothes to the Indians. Not sat¬ 
isfied, the savages pursued them, naked and flying, 
with tomahawk and scalping-knife. A few reached 
the camp of Webb, and some were found bleeding 
in the woods. But of these, many in their agony, 
had lost their reason. 

4. The manner in which the war had been con¬ 
ducted, dissatisfied the people both of England and 
America; and brought forward as prime minister, 

The eider the greatest statesman of the British annals, William 
W m. put. Pitt, afterwards Earl of Chatham. So powerful was 
his eloquence and so austere his patriotism, that he 


1. Give an account of Montcalm, and his army. What was the 
condition of the British forces, and who were commanders? —2. 
What was the situation and conduct of Monroe ? What of Webb ? 
What was stipulated by Montcalm? —3. Did he keep his engage¬ 
ment? Mention some of the circumstances of the massacre.—4. 
What was the state of the public mind in regard to the war? 
What statesman was brought forward? What was his character ? 





PITT ANT) WOLFE. 


controlled at length the energies of the government, 
and the spirit of the people. 

5. In a circular letter, which lie addressed to the 
governors of the provinces, he promised them, that 
an effectual force should be sent against the French, 
and he exhorted them to use their utmost exertions 
to raise men in their respective colonies. Animat¬ 
ed by this call, the colonists renewed their efforts, 
and increased their army to twenty thousand. A 
large force w r as also sent from England; so that 
there was now on foot, an army far greater than had 
ever before existed in America. These troops, amount¬ 
ing in all to 50,000 men, were in readiness for action 
early in the spring. Three expeditions were resolved 
on, against Louisburg, Crown Point, and Fort du 
Quesne. 

6 . A regular siege, the best conducted of any 
which had ever been laid in America, placed, on the 
26th of July, the fortress of Louisburg again in the 
hands of the British. It was by gallant conduct, 
during this siege, that James Wolfe began his career 
of military renown. With Louisburg, the whole isl¬ 
and of Cape Breton, and that of St. John’s, fell under 
the power of the British. 

7. General Abercrombie, at the head of sixteen 
thousand men, proceeded against Ticonderoga and 
Crown Point. He crossed Lake George, and de¬ 
barking at its northern extremity, he attempted with 
unskilful guides, to pass the three miles of dense 
woods, which lay between his army and Ticonderoga. 
As he approached that fort, a detachment of the 
French fell upon him, and an engagement ensued, 
in which the assailants lost three hundred men, and 
among others the amiable Lord Howe. 

8 . Abercrombie, learning that reinforcements were 


5. What circular did he send to America? What was done in 
consequence ? What was the number of the army ? What expe¬ 
ditions were resolved on?—6. How did the attack on Louisburg 
succeed? What can you say of Janies Wolfe?—7. Describe the 
movements of General Abercrombie. What was the fate of Lord 
Howe ? 


107 


p'T. ir. 


P'D. III. 

CII. VI. 


1758. 

Pitt calls 
on the 
colonies. 


An army 
of 50,000 
in 

America. 


July 26. 
Louisburg 
surren¬ 
ders. 


(6000 

prisoners 

sent 

across the 
Atlantic.) 


July 6. 
Aber¬ 
crombie 
proceeds 
against 
Ticon¬ 
deroga. 

LAKE 
G'RGE. 
Br. L. k. 
800. 






168 


FRONTENAC AND DU QUESNE TAKEN. 


FT. II. 


P'D. III. 
cjr. yi. 

ticon- 

DERO- 
GA. 
Br. loss 
2000. 


Aus:. 27. 
Colonel 
Brad- 
street, 
takes Ft. 
Fronte- 
nac. 


General 
Forbes 
makes a 
new road 
by Eays- 
toivn. 


Ft. du 
Quesne 
named Ft. 
Pitt. 


daily expected by the French, without waiting for 
his artillery, made a brave but imprudent assault 
upon the fort, and was repulsed with the heavy loss 
of nearly two thousand killed and wounded. He then 
retired to his former quarters, on the south side of 
Lake George. 

9. Here he consented, at the solicitation of Colo¬ 
nel Bradsteeet, to detach him with 3000 men 
against Fort Frontenac. With these troops, who 
were mostly provincials, he marched to Oswego, 
embarked on Lake Ontario, and landed on the 25th 
of August, within a mile of the fort; and in two 
days forced the important fortress of Frontenac, to 
surrender. As this fort, afterwards named Kings¬ 
ton, contained the military stores which were in¬ 
tended for the Indians, and for the supply of the 
southwestern troops, its destruction contributed to 
the success of the expedition against Fort du Quesne. 

10. To General Forbes, with eight thousand 
men, was assigned the capture of Fort du Quesne. 
He committed a great error. Against the expostu¬ 
lations and entreaties of Washington, he made anew 
road by Raystown, instead of taking that already 
made by Cumberland. The consequence of this was, 
that it was so late before the army arrived near du 
Quesne, that the men suffered incredible hardships. 
The fort was, however, reached, and found deserted. 
General Forbes died, on his return, in consequence 
of fatigue and exposure. The fort was repaired, and 
named Fort Pitt. The neighboring Indians were 
now glad to make peace. 


8. What was the result of Abercrombie’s operations ?—9. What 
detachment was sent out? Trace and describe Bradstreet’s route. 
What.did he effect?—10. What army had General Forbes ? What 
was his destination ? What error did he commit? What was the 
consequence? What can you say respecting the fort? What re¬ 
specting General Forbes ? What of the Indians ? 






The Campaign of 1759. 

1. The successes of the preceding campaign em¬ 
boldened Mr. Pitt to form for this, the great design 
of dispossessing the French of their American terri¬ 
tory. The campaign of 1759, had for its object, 
nothing less than the entire reduction of Canada. 
The army was divided into three parts. The first 
division, under Wolfe, was to make a direct attempt 
upon Quebec. The second under Amherst, was 
ordered to take Ticonderoga and Crown Point, and 
then proceed northerly; and the third, under Pri¬ 
deaux, consisting of Provincials and Indians, was 
to reduce Niagara, then to go down the St. Law¬ 
rence, and, with the second detachment, conquer 
Montreal; then join, and aid Wolfe, at Quebec. 

2 . Prideaux besieged Niagara on the 6th of July. 
He was killed by the bursting of a shell, and the 
command devolved upon Sir William Johnson, who 
took the fort with six hundred prisoners. All com¬ 
munication between the northern and southern pos¬ 
sessions of the French was thus barred, and the quiet 
behavior of the Indians secured. 

3. Pitt had discerned the extraordinary qualities 
of Wolfe, while he was yet obscure ; and to him he 
now confided the command against Quebec. His sub¬ 
ordinate officers were carefully chosen. He was pro¬ 
vided with a choice army of 8000 men, and a heavy 
train of artillery. 

4. His army debarked, late in June, upon the isl¬ 
and of Orleans. Here Wolfe reconnoitered the posi¬ 
tion of his enemy, and saw the difficulties which sur- 


Chapter VII.— I. What bohl design had Mr. Pitt formed? 
How was the army divided, and what was each division expected 
to do ?—2. What was the fate of General Prideaux ? Who effected 
Prideaux’s part of the great plan?—3. What preparations did Pitt 
make to insure Wolfe’s success?—4. Where did Wolfe’s army 
debark ? 


P’T. II. 


P’D. III. 

CH. VII. 


175». 

Pitt’s plan 
embraces 
three 
objects. 


July 6. 
Niagara 
taken. 


Pitt 

sustains 

Wolfe. 

Provides 
him a 
choice 
army. 

June. 
He lands 
on the 
Isle 

of Orleans. 





170 


wolfe’s position and efforts. 


F T. II. 
PD. III. 

CH. TIL 

1759. 


Difficul¬ 
ties of his 
position. 


July 9. 


MONT- 
MORE N- 
CJ. 

Br. loss k. 
and \v. 
400. 


French at 
Montreal 
stop his 
succors. 


rounded him. Quebec rose before him, upon the north 
side of the St. Lawrence. Its upper town and strong 
fortifications were situated on a rock, whose bold 
and steep front continued far westward, parallel with 
the river, and presented a wall, which it seemed 
impossible to scale. 

5. From the northwest came down the river St. 
Charles—entering the St. Lawrence just below the 
town, its banks, high and uneven, and cut by deep 
ravines. Armed vessels were borne upon its waters, 
and floating batteries obstructed its entrance. A few 
miles below, the Montmorenci leaped down its cat¬ 
aract into the St. Lawrence. Strongly posted along 
the sloping bank of that majestic river, and between 
its two tributaries, the French army, commanded by 
Montcalm, displayed its formidable lines. 

6. Wolfe took possession of Point Levi, erected 
and opened heavy batteries, which swept the lower 
town ; but the fortifications of Quebec remained un¬ 
injured. 

7. The English general next landed his army be¬ 
low the Montmorenci; but Montcalm would not 
leave his intrenchments. Wolfe then crossed that 
stream, and attacked him in his camp. But he was 
obliged to retire with the loss of four hundred of his 
men. He then recrossed the Montmorenci. 

8. Here he was informed that the expected succors 
were likely to fail. Amherst had found Ticonde- 
roga and Crown Point vacated, and was preparing 
to attack the French forces, on the Isle an Noix. 
Prideaux having lost his life, his plans had been car¬ 
ried out by Sir William Johnson. But the enemy 
were in full force at Montreal; and from neither di¬ 
vision of the British army, could the commander at 
Quebec, now hope for any assistance. 

9. Wolfe was severely tried. His mind was un- 


4. Wliat was the appearance of Quebec from this place?—5. 
Where was the French army posted ?—6. From what place did 
Wolfe open batteries upon Quebec? With what effect?—7. Where 
did Wolfe attack Montcalm? What was he forced to do?—8. 
What intelligence did he now obtain? 






THE HEIGHTS OF ABRAHAM. 


171 


broken, but his bodily health, for a time, failed, ft. ii. 
When, however, he was again able to mingle with pm. hi. 
the army, every eye was raised to him with affection CH - VIL 
and hope ; and he formed yet another and a bolder 

10. Pursuant to this, Wolfe broke up his camp at sept. 
Montmorenei, and returned to Orleans. Then em- , IIe re ; 
barking with Ins army, he sailed up the river several Orleans, 
miles higher than his intended point of debarkation. 

By this movement he deceived his enemy, and gained 
the advantage of the current and tide, to float his 
boats silently down to the foot of the rock, which he 
intended to scale. 

11. Wolfe was the first man who leaped on shore. 

The rapidity of the stream was hurrying along their J, 1 ® 
boats, and some had already gone beyond the nar- ot h ^ bra ' 
row landing-place. The shore was so shelving, that sepsis, 
it was almost impossible to ascend; and it was lined 

with French sentinels. 

12. Escaping these dangers at the water’s edge, 
they proceeded to scale the precipice. The first 
party who reached the heights, secured a small bat¬ 
tery, which crowned them ; and thus the remainder IT ^ S 
of the army ascended in safety; and there, on this abw. 
lofty plain, which commands one of* the most mag- F £ ^JJ d 
nificent prospects which nature has formed,—the Br. k. and 
British army, drawn up in a highly advantageous w * 
position, were, in the morning, discovered by the 
French. 

13. Montcalm, learning with surprise and deep 
regret, the advantage gained by his opponent, left 
his strong position, crossed the St. Charles, and in¬ 
trepidly led on the attack. Being on the left of the order of 
French, he was opposed to Wolfe, who was on the battle - 
right of the British. In the heat of the engagement, 

both commanders were mortally wounded. 


9. How did it affect him ?—10. What were his first movements 
in reference to his new plan?—11. Who was first on shore? 
What difficulties were there met?—12. What others occurred in 
scaling the heights ?—13. What were the arrangements of Mont¬ 
calm ? Describe the condition of Wolfe. 





172 


ENGLAND CONQUERS CANADA. 


ft. n. 

FD. III. 

C1I. VII. 


Death of 
Wolfe. 


Death of 
Mont¬ 
calm. 


1 759. 

Sept. 18. 
Quebec 
surren¬ 
ders. 


1760 . 

French 
attempt to 
regain 
Quebec. 


Second 
battle of 
I/'TS 
OF 
AB'31. 
L. of each 
side 1000. 


14. The wound, with which Wolfe fell, was the 
third, which he had received in the battle. He was 
removed from the field; but he watched it with 
intense anxiety, as faint with the loss of blood, he 
reclined his languid head upon the supporting arm 
of an officer. A cry was heard, “ they fly, they fly! ” 
“ Who fly ?” he exclaimed. “ The enemy,” was the 
reply. “ Then,” said he, “ I die content,” and ex¬ 
pired. Not less heroic was the death of Montcalm. 
He rejoiced when told that his wound was mortal; 
“ For,” said he, “ I shall not live to see the surrender 
of Quebec! ” 

15. After the battle, the affairs of the English 
were conducted with great discretion by General 
Townshend ; whereas, the French, appear to have 
yielded at once to their panic. The capitulation of 
Quebec was signed September 18th, 1759, five days 
after the battle. 

16. General Townshend returning to England, 
General Murray was left in command with a gar¬ 
rison of 5000 men. The French army retired to 
Montreal; and M. de Levi, who had succeeded 
Montcalm, being, in the course of the winter, rein¬ 
forced by Canadians and Indians, returned the fol¬ 
lowing spring, with a force of 6000 to Quebec. 
General Murray left the fortress, and the Heights of 
Abraham became the scene of another battle more 
bloody, though not equally important in its conse¬ 
quences with the first. 

17. The armies on each side sustained the loss of 
1000 men. The battle was not decisive, but the 
advantage was on the side of the French, who main¬ 
tained their ground, while the English retired within 
the fortress. Here they were closely invested until 
they received reinforcements, when M. de Levi, aban- 


14. How was it with Wolfe, when he was told of the flight of 
his enemy ? How was it at the same time with Montcalm ?—15. 
Did the French give up Quebec immediately after the battle? 
1G. What was the position of the contending armies during the 
winter? What was done in the spring?—17. What was the loss 
in the second battle of the Heights of Abraham? What military 
operations followed it ? 






CHEROKEE WAR. 


173 


cloning all thoughts of obtaining possession of Que- FT - TL 
bee, returned to Montreal, where Vaudreuil, the P’d. hi. 
governor, assembled all the force of Canada. 

18. In the mean time, General Amherst had made 
arrangements for assembling before this place all 
the British forces, from Lake Ontario, Lake Cham¬ 
plain, and Quebec. Here they fortunately arrived 
within two days of each other, and immediately in¬ 
vested the place. Vaudreuil found the force too sept. 8. 
strong to be resisted; and on the 8th of September, 
he surrendered Montreal, Detroit, Mackinaw, and tiers, 
all the French possessions in Canada. 


CHAPTER VIII. 


Wars with the Indians. 

1. The French had stirred up the Cherokees to 

war, Colonel Montgomery, at the head of an 1760. 
army, went to their country to chastise them. He 
was at-first successful; but the Indians afterwards 
attacked him in a thicket near Etclioc, and so cut up etciioc 
his army, that he was obliged to return. The next Cherok 
year, an army under Colonel Grant, fought and defeated!" 
conquered the Cherokees on the same spot. He 
pursued them to Etchoc, burned their huts and laid £nmt 
waste their country. The Indians, thus put in fear, their 
ceased their midnight fires and murders, and made towns ” 
peace. 

2. Interesting events, closely connected with the 
cession of the French territory, were already in 
progress among the savages of the northwest. The EnffUsh 
missionaries, and traders of that nation, had wisely !«ss popu- 
won the hearts of the Indians. Said one of their ar t he 1 
orators, “ when the French arrived, they came and 
kissed us. They called us their children, and we French. 

18. How and when did the capture of Montreal take place? 

What other posts were surrendered ? 

Chapter VIII.—1. Give an account of the war with the Cher¬ 
okees. 






174: 


pontiac’s war. 


ft. II. 


I”D. in. 

CH. VIII. 


1762. 

Pontiac 
contrives 
a daring 
scheme. 


1763. 

-July T. 

Nine of 
the Brit¬ 
ish posts 
captured. 


Pontiac’s 
stratagem 
fails at 
Detroit. 


found them fathers.” When the more haughty, and 
less attentive English, were preparing to take pos¬ 
session of the western ports, Pontiac, the highly 
gifted chief of the Ottaivas , who sought, like Philip, 
to regain the primitive independence of his race, 
made use of the attachment of the red men to 
the French, to unite them in a general conspiracy 
against their conquerors. 

3 . Pontiac thought that, as the English had ex¬ 
pelled the French, if the Indians could expel them 
before they were fully established, they would again 
be lords of the forest. The plan of Pontiac was not 
inferior in boldness to that formed by Pitt for the 
final conquest of Canada. It was no less than a si¬ 
multaneous attack upon all the British posts near the 
lakes. Pontiac, by his inventive genius, his elo¬ 
quence, and his energy, had acquired such power 
over the northwestern tribes, that all was arranged 
without discovery. On the Ith of July, 1763, nine 
of the British forts icere actually surprised and 
captured by the Indians. 

4. Maumee and Mackinaw were among the places 
which were thus taken, and the garrisons surprised 
and slaughtered. Detroit was attempted, but the 
stratagem of Pontiac was there betrayed by a com¬ 
passionate squaw. For some time, however, he held 
the place in siege. But his allies grew weary of the 
war, and peace was concluded. 

5. During this period, pious Moravians having 
been expelled from Germany, came over to America, 
with the design of devoting themselves to the con¬ 
version of the native Indians. Their principal seat 
was in Pennsylvania; and their most important vil¬ 
lages were Bethlehem and Nazareth. Their mis- 


2. What difference did the Indians find between the manners 
of the French and the English ? Who was Pontiac?—3. What 
were his views? What his plan of operation? How far did he 
succeed ?— 4. What two places are mentioned, which were taken 
by surprise? Where was Pontiac’s plan revealed, by the compas¬ 
sion of a woman ?— 5. What was the object of the Moravians, in 
coming to this country ? Where was their principal seat? Their 
villages ? 




PEACE OF PARTS. 


175 


sionaries, male and female, went forth to the west¬ 
ern part of Connecticut, to central New York, and 
through Pennsylvania to Ohio. They lived among 
the savages, calling them their brethren and sisters. 
Thus they won their confidence, and several hun- 
dreds of them, manifested the transforming power 
of the gospel, by the change of their barbarous dis¬ 
positions and practices, for such as were pious, kind, 
and gentle. 

G. George III. succeeded to the throne of Eng- 
land soon after the capture of Quebec; and Mr. Pitt, 
resigning in October, ] 761, the Earl of Bute was 
the following year made prime minister. The first 
object of the new administration was to restore 
peace. Scarcely was this accomplished, when Lord 
Bute resigned his place, which was given to Mr. 
George Grenville. 

7. The definitive treaty was signed at Paris, in 
February, 1763, by which England obtained from 
France all her possessions in America, east of the 
Mississippi, excepting the island of New Orleans; 
the navigation of that river being left open to both 
nations. From Spain she obtained Florida, in ex¬ 
change for Havana, which had been captured during 
the war. France , at the same time, gave to Spain 
the territory of Louisiana. In 1800, Spain recon¬ 
veyed it to France. 


5. Where did their missionaries go ? IIow did they treat the 
natives? How was it with those Indians who received the gos¬ 
pel ? — 6 . Who became king of England? What can you say of 
Mr. Pitt ? Who succeeded him ? Who next was prime minister? 
7. When was the treaty of peace signed? What did England 
obtain from France? What from Spain? Which party received 
Louisiana ? 


EXERCISES ON THE TREE CIIRONOGRAPIIER. 


(For Period III., Part II ) 

What event marks the beginning of this period? W 
Point it out on the ehronographer. Also the places of the 
Georgia was invaded by the Spaniards in 1742. The Oh 
formed in 175ft. Governor Dinwiddie sent George Waslii 
bassv to the French commandant in 1758. Braddo'ck was 
The’massacre at Fort William Henry, 1757. In 175S. 
Krontenac, and Fort Du Quesne, were taken from the t 
Wolfe took Quebec in 1759. Canada surrendered in 1760. 
at which this period terminates. 


hat is its date? 
following dates: 
io Company was 
ngton on an em- 
defcated in 1755. 
Louisburg, Fort 
reneh. General 
Show the epoch 


P T. II. 

P’D. III. 
on. vm. 

1746 . 

The 

Moravians 
among 
the most 
faithful of 
mission¬ 
aries. 


October, 

1 . 7 * 61 . 

Pitt 

resigns. 

Lord 

Bute. 


17«:i. 

Peace of 
Parts. 


1 soo. 







176 


OFFICERS IN THE FRENCH WAR. 


OFFICERS IN THE FRENCH WAR. 


On account of the liability of young persons to become con¬ 
fused in the history of wars, concerning the side to which 
officers mentioned belong, we shall, in the principal wars, viz., 
the French, the Revolutionary, and the War of 1812, give 
separate lists of the most distinguished officers of each bel¬ 
ligerent. 


FRENCH WAR FROM 1754 TO 1763.* 


American Officers. British Officers. 


French Officers. 


George Washing¬ 
ton, 

Winslow, 

Sir William John¬ 
son,! 

Lyman, 

Shirley, 

Mercer, 

Bradstreet, 

Forbes. 


Beaddock, 

Monckton, 

Dunbar, 

Monroe, 

WOLFE, 

Abercrombie, 

Lord Howe, 

Amiierst, 

Prideaux, 

Townshend, 

Murray. 


Marquis du 
Quesne, 

St. Pierre, 

De Jumonville, 

Dieskau, 

Montcalm, 

De Levi, 
Vaudreuil. 


* The British and Americans were in this war united, and both against 
the French. 

t Sir William Johnson was born in Ireland, hut came to America in 
early life. 





























■ 





















































Note.—Places marked thus* represent Moravian Missionary Stations. 













































































PART III. 

FROM 1763 TO 1789. 



Death of General Wolfe 


PERIOD I. 


FROM 


THK PEACH | 1 7 Ull j- OF PARIS, 


TO 


THE DECLARATION 


; 177 G 


. j- OF INDEPENDENCE. 


CHAPTER I. 

Causes of the Revolutionary War. 

1. We come now to trace the causes by which P’t. iii. 
England lost her colonies, and America gained her fd. i. 
independence. We should always remember that cu - x * 
there is a Great* First Cause, —even God our Cre- The Great 
at<5r and Ruler. We should observe with thankful- First 
ness, by what steps He led our forefathers,—and Cause ’ 
how He made them a way across the deep, and gave 
them a place wherein to plant a great nation. In 

Chapter 1 . — 1 . In tracing - the causes of things, what should 
we always remember? Wliat should we observe with thank¬ 
fulness ? 

179 

























180 


CAUSES OF THE REVOLUTION. 


ft. m. His providence, the time was approaching, when the 
P’D. i. bonds were to be severed which bound this country 
CH ' l * 3 * ' to the parent land. 

2 . But the First Cause uses, as His agents, the 
opinions and wills of men, which guide their con- 

Second duct. The men in Great Britain, who took at this 
causes, time the lead in the government, had haughty and 
wrong ideas of the power which England had a 
right to exercise over her distant colonies. They 
forgot that the American people were children of 
the same forefathers with themselves, and heirs of 
the same political rights. They held the Americans 
foolish- in comparative contempt, as those whose labors and 
one S side mone y must, if they demanded, be given to them, 
without, or against, their owner’s consent. 

3. Had the rulers in England undertaken to op¬ 
press the people there in the same manner, they 
would have rebelled; much more the Americans,— 
who, as we have seen, had grown up in their new set¬ 
tlements, with a deep sense of the rights of the peo- 

On the pie. Toil and danger had made them strong and 
manivde-hrave. When they saw, that the rulers in Great 
termina- Britain had determined on making them submit to 
10n ' their unrighteous will, they became alarmed. They 
resolved, that they would first endeavor, by peti¬ 
tions, to bring them to a better mind; but if after 
that, they persisted in their oppressions, they would 
refuse to submit; and if force was employed against 
them, repel it by force;—trusting, that a righteous 
God would aid their cause. 

4. During the French war, the English Avanted 
the services of the Americans; and, besides, those 
were then in power, Avho opposed the high govern- 


1. What in reference to the Great First Cause, can we say of 
the separation of our country from England ?—2. What does'the 

First Cause use as his agents, or as second causes? What opin¬ 
ions were held by the leading men in Great Britain ? What did 
they forget? What did they hold concerning the Americans? 

3. Of what had the Americans a deep sense ? What had made 

them strong and brave ? When did they become alarmed? What 

did they resolve ? —4. Why did the British oppress the Americans 
less, during the French war ? 





DEBATES IN PARLIAMENT. 


181 


ment party. But the war was no sooner at an end, ft. iii. 
than this party again took the lead, with Lord fd l 
Grenville at its head. c«. Y 

5. In 1764, Lord Grenville gave notice to the Lord 

American agents in London, that it was his inten- Grenvil,c - 
tion to draw a revenue from the colonies ; and that ****** 
he should, in the ensuing session of parliament, pro- r< tb? eB 
pose a duty on stamps. compact. 

6 . The colonial agents in London, informed their 
respective colonies of the intended system of taxa¬ 
tion. Massachusetts instructed her agents, to deny 

the right of parliament to impose taxes upon those MassV a., 
who were not represented in the house of commons. andN.Y.’ 
The house of burgesses, in Virginia, appointed a compound / 1 
mittee, who prepared an able address to the king 
and parliament. The assembly of New York also 
sent petitions, which, in a spirit more bold and de¬ 
cided than those from any other colony, asserted 
their own rights, and the limitations of British 
power. 

7. Associations were formed in all the colonies to 
encourage home manufactures, and prohibit, as much 
as possible, the use of British goods. The tendency 

of this judicious measure, was to make the colonists British 
less dependent, and, by operating injuriously on the trade ' 
British merchants, to make them a party against the 
ministry. 

8 . Notwithstanding the opposition, which, in truth, 

was not unexpected, Lord Grenville introduced into 17 ^ 5 . 
the British parliament his plan for taxing Amer- stamp Act 
ica , to commence with duties on stamps. In the opposed ' 
house of commons, the project, though ably sup¬ 
ported, met with ardent and animated opposition. 

9. “ Children, planted by your care! ” exclaimed 
Colonel Barre, in answer to one who spoke against 

4. What happened as soon as it was ended ?—5. What notice 
was given by Lord Grenville ?—6. What was done by Massachu¬ 
setts, on being informed of the intention of Lord Grenville? 

What by Virginia ? What by New York ?— 7. What were formed ? 

What was the tendency of the measure?—8. How, in the first 
place, was Lord Grenville’s project received ?—9. Repeat a part 
of Col. Barre’s speech. 




182 


MEASURES OF OFFENCE. 


P’T. hi. the Americans. “No! Your oppressions planted 
FD i them in America! They fled from your tyranny to 
cn. i. an uncultivated land, where they were exposed to 
Colonel all the hardships to which human nature is liable, 
defence^of 10. “They nourished by your indulgence! No! 
theAmer- They grew by your neglect! When you began to 
lcan8 ‘ care about them, that care was exercised in sending 
Recounts persons to rule over them, whose character and con- 
services h as cause d the blood of these sons of liberty to 

amiVuffoT- recoil within them. They protected by your arms! 
ings - They have nobly taken up arms in your defence! 
The people of America are loyal—but a people 
iealous of their liberties, and they will vindicate 
them.” 

11 . Neither the eloquence of Colonel Barre and 
others, nor the remonstrances of the colonists, could 

1765 P revent the passage of the stamp act. Of three 
March 22. hundred, who voted in the house of commons, only 
S Act P fifty were against it; in the house of lords, there w T as 
passed, not a single dissenting voice; and the royal assent 
was readily obtained. 

12 . By this act, no written instrument could be 
ah law legal, unless the paper was stamped on which it was 
must'be drawn; and this stamped paper was to be purchased 
stamped, by the Americans, at an exorbitant price, of the 

agents of the British government. 

13. Provision was made for the recovery of pen- 
of a fttes for the breach of this act, as of all others re- 

admiraity. lating to trade and revenue, in any admiralty, or 
king’s marine court, throughout the colonies / and 
these courts proceeded in trials, without the inter- 
jury l sSs- vention of a jury. This act, suspending trial by jury, 
pended, and making the colonists liable to be called to trial, 
for real or supposed offences, to distant provinces, 
was highly displeasing to the Americans. 

10. Relate the succeeding part.—11. Did the Stamp Act pass? 
At what time? With what majority?—12. What was this 
stamped paper to be used for? Of whom was it to be bought by 
the Americans? At what kind of price?—13. If the law was 
violated, before what courts were offenders to be tried ? How 
did these courts proceed in trials? Why were these laws offen¬ 
sive to the people ? 




THE UNION BEGINS. 


183 


14. Anticipating opposition to these measures, par- pt. iii 
liarnent passed laws for sending troops to America, pd.T 
and obliging the inhabitants of those colonies to 
which they should be sent, to furnish them with 
quarters, and all necessary supplies. 

15. Great was the grief and indignation caused in 
America by the news of the stamp act. The Vir¬ 
ginia legislature,—the house of burgesses, was in 
session. The eloquent Patrick Henry introduced 
the five celebrated resolutions, which constituted the 
first public opposition to the odious act. The last of 
these declared in express terms that they were not 
bound to obey any law imposing taxes, unless made 
by their representatives. 


CII. II. 

Act for 
quartering 
troops. 


Patrick 

Henry's 

resolu¬ 

tions. 


CHAPTER II. 

First General Congress at New York—called the Continental 
Congress.—Repeal of the Stamp Act. 

1 . Before the proceedings in Virginia had be- 
come known in Massachusetts, the general court of 1 
that colony had assembled, and adopted measures to 
produce a combined opposition to the oppressive 
measures of parliament. Letters were addressed to 
assemblies of the other colonies, proposing that a 
congress, composed of deputies from each, should 
meet to consult on their common interest. Dele- De]eg8tc8 
gates were accordingly elected from Massachusetts, from nine 
Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, coloniLS ' 
Pennsylvania, Delaware, Maryland, and South Car¬ 
olina. 

2 . On the first Tuesday in October, the delegates oct 7 . 
met at New York. They drew up a “ Bill of Rights,” 

in which they asserted that the colonists were en- congress 

14. What other act offensive to them was passed?— 15. What 
legislature was in session when news of the Stamp Act arrived ? 

What was the first public opposition to the Stamp Act ? 

Chapter II.—1. What was proposed in the legislature of Mas¬ 
sachusetts ? What letters sent ? What colonies elected delegates? 

2. When and where did the first continental congress meet? 





184 


OPPOSITION TO THE STAMP ACT. 


p’T. in. titled to all the rights and privileges of natural-born 
P’D. i. subjects of Great Britain; especially that of an ex- 
CH -“• elusive right to tax themselves,—and to the privi- 
lege of trial by jury; and that the late acts of parlia- 
Petition ment had a manifest tendency to subvert these rights 
kinland anc ^ ^^ er ^ es * The congress then prepared petitions 
pafifa" to the king, and to both houses of parliament, 
rnent ^s c | a y approached on which the stamp act 

was to take effect, the popular feeling against it 
Odious increased. This law was so framed, that the evil 
features intended as a penalty for disobedience, was no less 
stamp^act. than the suspension of the whole machinery of the 
social order, and the creation of a state of anarchy. 
Neither trade nor navigation could proceed; no 
contract could be legally made; no process against 
an offender could be instituted; no apprentice could 
be indented; no student could receive a diploma, 
nor even could the estates of the dead be legally 
settled,—until the stamp duty was paid. 

4. Measures were taken to make the situation of 
all concerned in its collection, so unpleasant, that no 
impossi- one might be found hardy enough to engage as an 
bie for any officer. At Boston, the populace broke the win- 
diSrfbute dows and destroyed the furniture of Andrew Oli- 
stamps. y ER5 ti ie proposed distributor of stamps, who then 
formally pledged himself to have no concern in the 
execution of the obnoxious statute. In New Haven, 
Mr. Ingersoll was obliged to declare the same 
resolution, not to become a distributor. Similar 
scenes occurred in other places. Governor Hutch¬ 
inson, of Boston, suffered heavy losses by the vio- 
Nov 1 lence of the mob. 

a method 5. The first of November, the day on which the 
vent P their act was to ta ke effect, was ushered in by the tolling 
use. of bells, as for a funeral procession, and signs of 


2. What account can you give of the “ Bill of Rights ?” What 
petitions did the congress prepare ?—3. What evils did the Brit¬ 
ish intend to bring upon the country, if the people refused to buy 
the stamped paper ?—4. What measures were taken to prevent 
the law from going into operation ?—5. How was the day observed 
on which it was to take effect ? 









NEW TAXES. 


185 


mourning and sorrow appeared in all the colonies, pt. hi. 
The proceedings of the courts of justice were sus- p’d. i. 
pended, in order that no stamps might be used; CH IL 
and those engaged in disputes, were earnestly and 
effectually exhorted, by the leading men, to termi¬ 
nate them by reference. 

0. The authorities in England were at a loss how 
to proceed; for they saw that measures must be 
taken, either to repeal the obnoxious statute, or 
oblige the Americans to submit to it, by force of jammiy.* 
arms. In January, 1766, the petitions of congress, 
were laid before the house of commons. After their deciara- 
examination, a resolution was introduced by Gen- tlon> 
eral Conway, now prime minister, declaring that 
parliament “ had full power to bind the colonies, 
and people of America, in all cases whatsoever,” 
which, after an animated debate, was adopted. 

7. The next day, the new ministry bent on a re- j 
peal of the stamp act, examined Dr. Franklin before Feb. io* 
the house of commons. He gave it as his opinion, Fn J^iin 
that the acts of parliament for taxing America, had examined, 
alienated the affections of the people from the mother 
country, and that they would never submit to the 
stamp duty, unless compelled. 

8. The resolution to repeal that act, was opposed 

by Lord Grenville and his adherents, who were Repeal 
answered by Mr. Pitt, now Lord Chatham. That a( ^°^ d 
great statesman maintained, that taxation was no Pitt, 
part of the governing or legislative power, which 
parliament had a right to exert over the colonies; 
and concluded with a motion, “ that the Stamp Act 
be repealed, totally, absolutely, and immediately.” 

9. The bill for its repeal, at length passed the 
commons, and was sent to the house of lords, where commons! 
it met with much opposition. . But the cause of 


5. What was done in respect to courts and disputes?—6. What 
did the British authorities now perceive'? What resolution was 
adopted ?— 7 . Who was examined before the house of commons ? 
What opinion did he give ?—8. Who opposed the repeal of the 
Stamp Act? Who advocated it? What motion did he make? 
9. Was the repeal opposed in the house of lords ? 







186 


THE RIGHT TO OPPRESS ASSERTED. 


P’T. hi. the colonies was ably advocated by Lord Cam- 
p’d. i. den. “ Taxation and representation,” he said, “ are 
oh. in. inseparable.—it is an eternal law of nature; for what- 
ever a man ’ s own > is absolutely his own; no man 
Lord * has a right to take it from him without his consent. 
Camden. y\r} 10ever attempts to do it, attempts an injury; 
March is. whoever does it, commits a robbery.” The bill for 
Passes the repeal at length passed the house of lords,—but 
ll< k>rds? f with it, was another, in which the declaration was 
repeated, that “ parliament had a right to bind the 
colonies in all cases whatsoever.” 


CHAPTER III. 

Second Attempt to Tax America.—Opposition. 

1766. i # Although the repeal of the Stamp Act gave 
iov to the colonists, yet, while a principle was at the 

Colonies 1 ’ J jL . .i * 7 i-i l j? i • • , 

jealous same time asserted, upon which any future ministry, 
watchful t ^ ie sanction of parliamentary authority, might 

oppress them, they continued a jealous watch over 
the British government. 

2. General Conway recommended to the colonies 
March 31. to make compensation to those who had suffered in 
paysfor attempting to enforce the Stamp Act. This referred 
the riot, particularly to the Boston affair. The assembly of 
do ns 1 'the Massachusetts at first refused to make any compen- 
rioters. sa tion to the sulferers; but they finally consented, 
though in a manner highly displeasing to the British 
government; for the same act which made the ap¬ 
propriation for the damage, gave a pardon to those 
July, by whom it was done. 

power. another change took place in the Brit- 


9. Who advocated it ? On what principle ? What was finally 
done in the house of lords? 

Chapter III.— 1. How did the news from England alfect the 
colonies?—2. What did General Conway recommend? What 
was done in Massachusetts?—3. What change occurred in the 
British ministry ? 





THE UNION OPPOSED BY THE BRITISH. 


187 


ish ministry; and a cabinet was formed under the pt. iii. 
direction of Mr. Pitt, now Earl of Chatham. The pd. i. 
proceedings of the Americans had given great of- CI1- IH - 
fence to the British; and they Were condemned by 
many, who had heretofore espoused their cause. 

4. In May, 1767, Charles Townshend, then chan¬ 
cellor of the exchequer, influenced by Lord Gren- 17<87. 
ville, brought into parliament a second plan for tax- fin¬ 
ing America, by imposing duties on all tea, glass, r ose »ew 
paper, and painters’ colors, which should be im- taxefi ' 
ported into the colonies. This bill passed both 
houses of parliament without much opposition. An¬ 
other was passed, appointing the officers of the navy, 

as custom-house officers, to enforce the acts of trade 
and navigation. 

5. These acts revived the feelings which the Stamp 
Act had produced. In Massachusetts, the assembly 1 
sent a petition to the king. They also addressed 
circulars to the other colonial assemblies, entreating 
their co-operation, in obtaining the redress of their 
common grievances. 

6. The British ministry viewed this measure as an 
attempt to convene another congress; and they had 
always dreaded the effects of voluntary colonial union, The royal 
independent of the crown. Governor Bernard re- governor 
quired the assembly to rescind the vote by which the "'the' 69 
circulars were sent to the other colonies. The assem- assembly, 
bly refused to rescind, and the governor dissolved it. 

But, instead of intimidating, this measure did but ex¬ 
asperate the people. 

7. In June, the.custom-house officers seized a sloop 
belonging to John Hancock, a merchant of emi- 
nence, and a patriot much beloved by the people of Seizure <.‘f 
Boston. They assembled in crowds, insulted and H sioop!^ 4 * * * * 9 


4. What new plan was proposed for taxing America? What 

was clone in parliament in reference to it? What other act 

passed?—5. What measures were taken in Massachusetts ?—6. 

What was the view of the British concerning the Union ? What 

did Governor Bernard require? What ground was taken by the 
assembly? What was the consequence?--7. Where, and on what 

occasion, were the custom-house officers insulted and beaten? 



188 


MEASURES MUTUALLY HOSTILE. 


ft. iii. beat the officers, and compelled them to leave the 
~~fd.iT" town. 

ch. hi. s. The assembly of Massachusetts had not con¬ 
vened since its dissolution by Governor Bernard. A 
1768. re p 0rfc was circulated that troops were ordered to 
march into Boston. A town-meeting was called, and 
the governor was earnestly entreated to convoke the 
governor assembly. His reply was, “ that he could not call 
tJcaifan miotlier assembly this year, without further com- 
nssembiy. mands from the king.” A. convention of the people 
was then proposed, and accordingly held , on the 22 d 
a cSnven- °f September. The members again petitioned the 
tion. governor, that an assembly might be convened; but 
he refused—calling them rebels.—They transmitted 
to the king a respectful account of their proceedings, 
and dissolved, after a session of five days. 

9. Orders were sent to General Gage, the com¬ 
mander-in-chief of the British troops in the colonies, 
to station a force in Boston , to overawe the citizens , 
and protect the custom-house officers in the discharge 

^Sept 2 a 0 f their duty. Two regiments were accordingly 
ment? 1 " ordered from Halifax, and escorted by seven armed 
vessels; they arrived at Boston on the 28th of Sep- 
Boston. tember, and took a station which commanded the 
town. The troops then marched into Boston. The 
select-men refusing to provide them with quarters, 
the governor commanded the state-house to be 
opened for their reception. Though outward vio¬ 
lence was restrained by this measure, yet hostile 
dispositions were increased. 

10. The proceedings in Massachusetts were de- 
dared by the British parliament to be “illegal, 

ing atti- unconstitutional, and derogatory to the rights of the 
^rea 0 / crown and to parliament.” Both houses, in a joint 
Britain, address to the king, recommended vigorous meas¬ 
ures, and besought him to direct the governor of 

8. What did a town-meeting in Boston request of the governor ? 
What was his reply? What was then proposed and done?—9. 
What orders were given to General Gage? What forces were 
brought to Boston, and where placed?—10. What news was 
recei ved from England ? 




189 


“ affray” in boston. 

Massachusetts Bay, to make strict inquiries as to all p v r. in, 
treasons committed in that province since the year pm. i. 
1767, in order that the persons most active in com- cn - Jn - 
mitting them, might be sent to England for trial. 

11. The house of burgesses in Virginia met a few 

days after this address was received in the colonies. Met wjth 
They passed resolutions, in which they boldly denied spirit in 
the right of the king to remove an offender out of Vlrginia ' 
the colony for trial. When the intelligence of these 
proceedings reached the governor, he suddenly dis¬ 
solved the assembly. The members assembled at a The bur- 
private house; elected their speaker, Peyton 11an- gesses 
dolph, moderator, and proceeded to pass some de- them* 
cided resolutions, against importing British goods, 

These were introduced by Colonel Washington, by mm- 
who had been a member of the house since his 
resignation. The example was extensively followed. 

12. The assembly of Massachusetts was convened. 

They refused to proceed with business while the 1770. 
state-house was surrounded by an armed force. The Assembly 
governor would not remove it, but adjourned them of Mass/ 
to Cambridge. Considering the establishment of a a mcam e - d 
standing army in time of peace, as an invasion of their bridge- 
natural rights, they refused to make any of the ap¬ 
propriations of money which the governor proposed ; 

and he again prorogued them. In August, Governor 
Bernard was recalled, and the government left in the 
hands of Lieutenant-governor Hutchinson. 

13. Some of the inhabitants of Boston insulted 

the military, while under arms; and an affray took Man . h 5 
place, in which four persons were killed. The bells Affray’ 
were instantly rung; the people rushed from the 
country to the aid of the citizens; and the soldiers troops, 
were obliged to retire to Castle William, in order 
to avoid the fury of the enraged multitude. The 

11. What was done by the legislature of Virginia ? Had Wash¬ 
ington been in any public capacity since his resignation? What 
was now done by him?—12. Were the British able, by their 
armed force, to frighten the assembly of Massachusetts, to make 
laws to please them ? Why did they refuse to make appropria¬ 
tions of monev ? What change occurred respecting governors? 

13. Give some account of the affray with the military. 







190 


THE BOSTON TEA PARTY. 


pt hi. soldiers were tried, and their just cause was nobly 
P’D. i. plead by the leading patriots— John Adams and 
cu - IV - Josiaii Quincy. However wrong were their mas¬ 
ters, the soldiers were not in this case to blame; 
and they were acquitted. 

1771 14. In England Lord North was appointed to 

January! the ministry. He introduced a bill into parliament, 
North passed on the 12th of April, removing the 

tempo- duties which had been laid in 1767, excepting those 
r,zes * on tea. But they still claimed the right of taxing 
the colonies. In Rhode Island the people rose and 
June.* destroyed the Gaspee , an armed British schooner, 
GaiSpee had been stationed in that colony for the pur- 

destroyed. pose of enforcing the acts of trade. 


CHAPTER IV. 

Seizure of Tea.—Boston Port Bill.—Arrival of British Troops. 

1. The non-importation agreements which had 
been made and rigidly observed, in respect to the 
May. * article of tea, now began to affect the commercial 
interest of Great Britain. Parliament passed an act, 
in iamf allowing the East India Company to export to 
reSI tel Hns America its teas, free of all duties in England ; thus 
enabling them to reduce its price in the colonies. 
Tea was accordingly shipped from England in large 
quantities. Resolutions were extensively adopted 
that the tea should not be received on shore, but 
sent back to England. 

Boston 2. In Boston, several men disguised as Indians, 
party.” went on board the ships during the night, and threw 
their cargoes into the water. Three hundred and 

14. What now occurred in England? Did the Americans re¬ 
fuse to obey the British, to save the money to be paid in these 
taxes, or to maintain their rights? What vessel was destroyed ? 

Chapter IV. —1. What agreements had been made in regard to 
tea? Were they observed? What did they affect? What act 
did parliament pass? What was accordingly sent from England ? 
What resolutions adopted?—2. What daring exploit was per¬ 
formed at Boston ? 








BOSTON PORT BILL. 


191 


forty-two chests of tea were thus broken open, and ft. hi. 
their contents thrown overboard. fd. l 

3. The parliament of England, in order to punish CH * IV * 
the inhabitants of Boston, and oblige them to re- . 
store the value of the tea, passed a bill in March, The ’ 
1774, “interdicting all commercial intercourse with P ^ 3 * S * * ^ T 
the port of Bosto)i, and prohibiting the landing and 
shipping of any goods to that place,” until these 

ends should be accomplished. 

4. General Gage was made governor of Massa¬ 
chusetts, in the place of Hutchinson, who had been 
removed from his office in consequence of unpopu- Exposure 
larity occasioned by the exposure of letters, which of jn 1I so u “ 8 h ' 
had been written by him, during the years 1767 Otters, 
and 1768, to the leading men of Great Britain, and 
which had tended greatly to increase the prejudice 

of parliament against the colonies. 

5. On the arrival of the port bill in Boston, a 
meeting of the inhabitants was held, who declared 

that the “impolicy, injustice, and inhumanity of the Boston’ 
act exceeded their powers of expression!” The as- i* ortbi11 
sembly convened at this place, but was removed by excite- 
the governor to Salem. It was here resolved that a Inent 
congress , composed of delegates from all the colo¬ 
nies , ought to be elected\ to take their affiiirs into the 
most serious consideration. They nominated live A peneral 
eminent men, as their representatives to such a con- congress, 
gress, and directed the speaker of the house to in¬ 
form the other colonies of their resolution. 

6. The governor sent an officer to dissolve the 
assembly, in the king’s name, but as the members Assembly 
would not permit him to enter the hall, he read the t be°ro>5 
order aloud on the staircase; but it was not obeyed authority, 
until the members had finished their most important 
business. 

7. Governor Gage had believed that the advanta- 


3. What was done by the British to retaliate?—4. What change 

was made in Massachusetts ?—5. What was done o:i the arrival of 

the port bill? What important resolution was passed at Salem; 

and what consequent measures taken ?—6. In Avhat manner did 

the assembly treat the royal authority ? 





192 


SALEM TRUE TO BOSTON. 


PT. III. 
P’D. I. 

CII. V. 


1774 . 

Noble 
conduct of 
the people 
of Salem. 


The Bos¬ 
tonians 
aided by 
the whole 
country. 


The Vir¬ 
ginians 
keep a 
fast. 


ges arising to the trade of Salem, from shutting up 
the port of Boston, would render its inhabitants 
more favorable to the royal government; but the 
people of that town declared, “ that nature, in form¬ 
ing their harbor, had prevented their becoming ri¬ 
vals in trade; and that even if it were otherwise, 
they should regard themselves lost to every idea of 
justice, and all feelings of humanity, could they 
indulge one thought of raising their fortunes upon 
the ruins of their countrymen.” 

8. The cause of the people of Boston was espoused 
by all the colonies, and their wants were supplied by 
contributions. The people of Marblehead gener¬ 
ously offered them the use of their harbor, their 
wharves and warehouses. 

9. When, in May, 1774, the house of burgesses 
in Virginia, received the news of the Boston port 
bill, they proclaimed a fast. Lord Dunmore, the 
governor, at once prorogued them. They, how¬ 
ever, formed an association, and voted to recom¬ 
mend to the colonies a ge?ieral congress. The first 
of June, the day on which the port bill was to take 
effect, was devoutly observed, in Virginia, as a day 
of fasting, humiliation, and prayer, to implore that 
God would avert the evils which threatened them, 
and “ give them one heart and one mind , firmly to 
oppose, by all just and proper means, every injury to 
the American rights.” 


CHAPTER V, 

1 7 74 » Congress at Philadelphia. 

Sept 4. 

F vntntai * # September, 1774, the proposed 

congress, congress convened at Philadelphia. In this body, 

7. What generous part did the inhabitants of Salem take ?—8. 
What those of Marblehead ?—9. What was done by the Virgin¬ 
ians respecting the troubles in Boston? What petition did they 
offer to the Almighty ? 

Chapter V.—1. When and where did the continental congress 
convene ? 







FIRST CONGRESS-AT PHILADELPHIA. 


193 


the most august and important which had ever as- ft. iii. 
sembled upon the American shores , all the colonies, p D . L 
except Georgia, were represented; and all parties, CH - v - 
struck with its array of splendid talents and stern 12co] 
patriotism, looked forward to results with deep in- niesrep- 
terest and great expectation. resented. 

2. Their first measure was to choose, by a unani¬ 
mous vote, Peyton Randolph, Esq., of Virginia, as^ . , . 
president, they decided that eacli colony should president, 
have one vote. They chose a committee of two 

from each province, to draw up a “ Bill of Rights.” 

They approved of the conduct of Massachusetts, and 
exhorted all to perseverance in the cause of freedom. ApP ho Ve 
They addressed a letter to General Gage, entreating conduct of 
him to desist from military operations; lest a differ¬ 
ence, altogether irreconcilable, should arise between 
the colonies and the parent state. 

3. By a non-importation compact they agreed , and 
associated for themselves and their constituents, 

“ under the sacred ties of virtue, honor, and love of 
liberty,” not to import , or use a?iy British goods f a ^^ n * 
after the first of December , 1774. They resolved non-im- 
to encourage agriculture, arts, and manufactures po ac a ^ on 
in America. Committees were to be appointed in 
every place, to see that this agreement was observed. 

4. Finally they determined to continue the con¬ 
gressional union , until the repeal by parliament , of ^ontinu? 
oppressive duties —of the laws restricting their rights co fJ® ial 
of trial by jury, and of the acts against the people of union. 
Massachusetts. 

5. In the several addresses which were drawn up 
by their committees and accepted, congress fully met 

the high expectations which were entertained of ch J r ^J e r 
that body of men, of w T hom Lord Chatham declared, <>f this 
“ that thougli he had studied and admired the free congress - 
states of antiquity, the master spirits of the world, 


1. How many colonies were represented?— 2 . What was their 
first measure? What did they decide? Whom choose? What 
approve? What exhort? What entreat?—3. What was agreed 
in the non-importation compact-?—4. They determined to con¬ 
tinue the union till the repeal of what acts ? 

9 






194 


WISDOM, TALENT, AND CONFIDENCE. 

P'T. hi. yet, for solidity of reasoning, force of sagacity, and 
p’D. i. wisdom of conclusion, no body of men could stand 

cn. V. m PREFERENCE TO THIS CONGRESS. 5 ’ 

6. The petition to the king entreated him, in lan- 
1174. g ua g e the most respectful and affectionate, to re- 

They store their violated rights. Their grievances, they 
make an said, were the more intolerable, as they were born 
appeaUo heirs of freedom, and had enjoyed it under the aus- 
the kin?. pi ces G f his royal ancestors. “ The apprehension, 55 
say they, u of being degraded into a state of servi¬ 
tude, from the pre-eminent rank of English freemen, 
while our minds retain the strongest love of liberty, 
and clearly foresee the miseries preparing for us and 
our posterity, excites emotions in our breasts which 
we cannot describe. 55 

7. They express a hope, that the royal indigna¬ 
tion will fall upon those designing and dangerous 

petition men, who, by their misrepresentations of his Ameri- 
dnmghted can subjects, had, at length, compelled them, by the 
Dickon- force of accumulated injuries, too severe to be longer 
son.) borne, thus to disturb his majesty’s repose; a con¬ 
duct extorted from those “ who would much more 
willingly bleed in his service. 55 

8. Not less moving was the appeal to their fel- 
1774 . low-subjects of England. “Can any reason, 55 they 

ask, “ be given, why English subjects, who live three 
A able 0 ”' thousand miles from the royal palace, should enjoy 
appeal, less liberty than those who are three hundred miles 
from it ?” 

9. In the memorial to their constituents, they pre- 
Memoriai sented an account of the oppressive measures of par- 
constitu- liament, since 1763. They applaud the spirit which 

ents. they had shown in defence of their rights, and en¬ 
courage them to persevere, and be prepared for 
all contingencies;—hinting that those might occur, 
which would put their constancy severely to the test. 


5. What was Lord Chatham’s opinion of this congress?—6. 
Give some account of their petition to the king.—7. With what 
language did this petition close?-—8. What question did they put 
to their fellow-subjects in England ?—1). What was their memo¬ 
rial to their constituents ? 




the crisis approaches. 


195 


10. The congress rose on the 6th of October. Al¬ 
though their powers were merely advisory , yet their 
decisions received the approbation of the colonial 
assemblies, and carried with them the force of laws. 


CHAPTER VI. 

War approaches.—Massachusetts.—British Parliament. 

1. There were, however, a few persons who fa¬ 
vored the cause of Great Britain. They were called 
tories , and were regarded as traitors by the great 
body of the people; who, in opposition to tories, 
were called whigs. These party names were derived 
from England. 

2. The magazines of gunpowder and other mili¬ 
tary stores at Charlestown and Cambridge, were 
seized by order of Gen. Gage. . . . An assembly was 
called in Massachusetts; but its sittings were coun¬ 
termanded by the governor. The representatives 
then met at Salem, resolved themselves into “ a pro¬ 
vincial congress,” adjourned to Concord, and chose 
John Hancock their president. 

3. They then resolved, that, for the defence of the 
province, a number of the inhabitants should be en¬ 
listed, to stand ready to march at a minute’s warn¬ 
ing. In November, they sent persons to New Hamp¬ 
shire, Rhode Island, and Connecticut, to request 
their co-operation, in order to raise an army of 
20,000 men, to act in any emergency. 

4. The British parliament convened. The king, in 
his speech, informed the members, that a most dar¬ 
ing resistance to the laws still prevailed in Massa¬ 
chusetts, which was encouraged by unlawful combi¬ 
nations in the other colonies; and finally, he ex- 

10. When did Congress rise? What were their powers? What 
weight had their decisions? 

Chapter VI. —1. What description of persons favored the cause 
of Great Britain ?—2. What was done by the assembly of Massa¬ 
chusetts ?—3. What did they resolve ? To what States send ? 


PT. iil 
P’D. I. 

CH. VI. 

Congress 
rise. 
Oct. (5. 
Their pro¬ 
ceedings 
approved. 


Whigs 
and tories. 


Military 

stores 

seized. 

1774 . 

October. 

The 

assembly 
of Mass. 


Minnto 

men. 


Nov. 20. 
The king 
and par¬ 
liament 
inflexible. 





19G 


TRUTH SPOKEN IN VAIN. 


ft. lit pressed his firm determination to withstand any 
P’D. i. attempt to weaken or impair the royal authority; 
on. vr. anc [ j n these sentiments the two houses expressed, in 
their answer, a decided concurrence. 

5. When the British ministry brought the Amer¬ 
ican papers before parliament, Lord Chatham rose. 
“ The way,” he said, “ must be immediately opened 

d for reconciliation. It will soon be too late. They say, 
Chatham you have no right to tax them, without their con- 
America fsen t. They say truly. Representation and taxa¬ 
tion must go together—they are inseparable. This 
wise people speak out. They do not hold the lan¬ 
guage of slaves. They do not ask you to repeal 
your laws, as a favor; they claim it as a right. 
They tell you, they will not submit to them; and I 
tell you, the acts must be repealed, and you must 
go through the work; you must declare you have no 
right to tax—then they may trust you.” 

6. But his plan for conciliatory measures, was 
Measures negatived by a large majority. Petitions from the 
proposed merc | ian ts of London, and other commercial places, 
Chatham in favor of America, were referred, not to the regular 
lejecte . coram ftt e e, £ 0 0 ne, called by the friends of the 

colonies, “the committee of oblivion.” Dr. Frank- 
Coionies lin, and the other colonial agents were refused a 
hearing h ear i n g before parliament, on the plea that they 
were appointed by an illegal assembly; and thus 
was put to silence , the voice of three millions of peo¬ 
ple, yet in the attitude of humble suppliants. 

7. Both houses of parliament concurred, by a 
large majority, in an address to the king, in which 

Blindness they declare, “that the Americans had long wished 
rulers. to become independent, and only waited for ability 
and opportunity, to accomplish their design. To 
prevent this,” they said, “ and to crush the monster 


4. What was the tone of the king’s speech ? What of parlia¬ 
ment’s reply?— 5. Give some account of Lord Chatham’s speech. 
G. Did his speech produce any effect? What petitions wore 
offered? How treated? W T ho was refused a hearing? What 
may be said of all this ?— 7 . What address was made by parlia¬ 
ment ? 










THE WAR BEGINS. 


197 


in its birth, was the duty of every Englishman ; and pt. iii. 
that this must be done, at any price, and at every pm. i. 
hazard.” CH - vir - 

8. On the 10th of February, a bill was passed, by 
which the colonies of Massachusetts, Connecticut, 

New Hampshire, and Rhode Island, were restricted Feb. 10 .* 
in their trade to Great Britain and its West India 
possessions, and were also prohibited from fishing on attempt to 
the banks of Newfoundland. The same restrictions Colonies. 0 
were soon after extended to all the colonies, except¬ 
ing New York and North Carolina. It was expected 
that these prohibitions would prove particularly dis¬ 
tressing to the inhabitants of New England, as an 
idea prevailed, that they depended on the fisheries 
for their subsistence, and must, if deprived of them, 
be starved into obedience. 


CHAPTER VII. 

Battle of Lexington. 

1. A second li provincial congress* having as- c (* < j-® a ’ 1 
sembled in Massachusetts, ordered military stores to c i e gi S - a 
be collected, and encouraged the militia and minute- latlire ) 
men to improve themselves in the use of arms. 

2. General Gage, having learned that a number 

of field-pieces were collected at Salem, dispatched Feb. 26 * 
a party of soldiers to take possession of them in the^e^pt 
name of the king. The people of Salem assembled stores al y 
in great numbers, and, by pulling up a drawbridge, Salem - 
prevented their entering, the town, and thus defeated 
their object. 

3 . A large quantity of ammunition and stores was April is. 
also deposited at Concord , about twenty miles from 8 s 0 e ° n f t e o n 
Boston. These General Gage resolved to seize or Concord. 


8. What acts did they pass? What was expected from these 
acts ? 

Chapter VII.—1. What did the legislature of Massachusetts 
order to be collected ?—2. Where and for what did Gen. Gage 
send out a party of soldiers ? Did they succeed ? 





198 


BLOOD IS SUED AT LEXINGTON. 


ft. hi. destroy; and, with that view, he sent a detachment 
p-D. i. of 800 men, under the command of Colonel Smith 
eu. vxi. anc [ Major Pitcairn. 

4. When the British troops arrived at Lexington , 
^* within five miles of Concord, the militia of the place 

were drawn up. The advanced body of the regu¬ 
lars approached within musket-shot, when Major 
April is. Pitcairn, riding forward, exclaimed, “ Disperse, you 
ington rebels!—throw down your arms and disperse.”. Not 
Ain. l. s. being obeyed, he discharged his pistol, and ordered 
his men to fire. They fired, and killed eight men. 
The militia dispersed, but the firing continued. The 
detachment then proceeded to Concord, and de¬ 
stroyed or took possession of a part of the stores. 

5. They then began their retreat. The colonists 
pressed upon them on all sides. They went to Lex¬ 
ington, where they met Lord Percy, with a rein¬ 
forcement of 900 men. They, however, continued 
their retreat; but from every place of concealment 

The —a stone fence, a cluster of bushes, or a barn—the 
Bi- 3 * * 6 1^273 concealed provincials poured upon them a destruc- 
Am. l. 83. tive fire. At sunset, the regulars, almost overcome 
with fatigue, passed Charlestown Neck, and found, 
on Bunker’s Hill, a resting place for the night; and 
the next morning, under the protection of a man-of- 
war, they entered Boston. 

6. Blood had now flowed, and no language can 
dternent* portray the feelings which the event excited. Cou- 

’ riers were dispatched in every direction, who gave, 
Special as they rode at full speed, their news, to be taken 
spreaTthe U P and carried in like manner to other places; and 
news, thus, in an increasing circle, it spread like electric 
fluid throughout the land!"* The messenger, if he 
arrived on Sunday, at once entered tlie church, and 
proclaimed to the breathless assembly—war has be- 


3. To what other place did he send a detachment? For what 

purpose?—4. How did the battle of Lexington commence? Did 
the British take the stores?—5. Describe their retreat. What 

numbers were killed of each side? (See the margin.)—6. Describe 

the state of the public mind, and the manner of spreading the 
news. 







THE SPIRIT-STIRRING TIME. 


199 


gun ! Everywhere the cry was repeated, “ War has pt. iii. 
begun!” and the universal response was, “To arms, WtTi. 
then—liberty or death !” on. vn. 

1. The legislatures of the several colonies con¬ 
vened, appointed officers, and gave orders to raise 
troops. Everywhere fathers were leaving their chil¬ 
dren, and mothers sending their sons to the field ; 
and an army of 20,000 men was soon collected in HotS. 
the neighborhood of Boston. . . General Gage was . besie ? ed 
now so closely besieged in Boston, that although the ” 1 on ’ 
British had the command of the sea, his provisions 
became scarce. 

8 . To gain possession of Ticonderoga and Crown piansfnr 
Point, individuals in Connecticut borrowed of 
legislature of that colony eighteen hundred dollars, and 3 
They then proceeded to Bennington, to secure the pJJJJ 1 
co-operation of “ the Green Mountain Boys.” 

9. This was an appellation given to the hardy free¬ 
men who had settled in that vicinity by the author¬ 
ity of New Hampshire, and who had manifested Mountain 
their resolution in defence of their lands from the B °ys. 
sheriffs of New York ; that State claiming over them 

a jurisdiction, which they would notallow. At the 
head of this determined band, were Colonels Ethan Alien and 
Allen, and Seth Warner. They gladly engaged 
in the enterprise. Troops were soon raised,, and the 
command was entrusted to Allen. 

10 . In the mean time, Benedict Arnold, with the Benedict 
intrepid boldness of his character, had, in Boston, Arnold * 
formed and matured the same design, and was on ricox- 
the march to execute it, when he was surprised to 

find that he had been anticipated. Becoming second Br. l. 
in command to Allen, they marched together from 44 °^®^ 
Castleton at the head of three hundred men, and prisoners. 


7. What was done in the several States ? What was the situa¬ 
tion of Gen. Gage?—8. What enterprise was set 011 foot in Con¬ 
necticut? What steps taken?—9. Who were the Green Mountain 
Boys? Where had. they settled? Under what State? What 
other State claimed jurisdiction over them? Would they allow 
it? Whom did they defend their lands against? Who was the 
commander of the force sent against Ticonderoga?—10. What 
other person had formed the same design ? 






200 


NORTHERN FORTS TAKEN. 


ft. hi. reached Ticonderoga on the 10th of May. They 
~pt>. i. surprised and captured that fortress, and took peace- 
on - TIL able possession of Crown Point. 

11. Arnold having manned and armed a small 
Amoid* schooner found in South Bay, captured a sloop-of- 
d« o 6S of war tying at St. Johns. The pass of Skeensborough, 
& 'war. 0 " now Whitehall, was seized at the same time, by a 

detachment of volunteers from Connecticut. One 
hundred pieces of cannon, and other munitions of 
war, were obtained in this fortunate expedition. 

12 . The continental congress again assembled at 
Philadelphia on the 10 th of May , and John Han- 

cSress C0CK vvas chosen President. Bills of credit to the 
issue amount of three millions of dollars were issued for 
money, defraying the expenses of the war; and the faith 
of the “ Twelve United Colonies” pledged for their 
redemption. 

13. Lord Dunmore, the governor of Virginia, 
showed his distrust of the people by seizing and con¬ 
veying to an armed vessel in James’ River, some 
powder belonging to the colony. Patrick Henry 
attempting to retake it, Lord Dunmore paid him its 
value in money. He then proclaimed Henry and 
his party rebels. Letters of Lord Dunmore to Eng- 

Lord land, were intercepted. The people became so in- 
SiTother censed, that Dunmore, fearing for his safety, fled to 
g °retire° rS a man -o£war named the Fowey, lying at Yorktown. 
The governors of North and South Carolina, also 
abandoned their provinces. In N. Carolina, the 
people of Mecklenburgh county, having on the 20th 
of May, assembled at Charlotte, passed resolutions, 
embodying the bold declaration of indepen¬ 
dence —the first made in America. 


10. Did they capture the forts? At what time? —11. What 
other feat was performed by Arnold? —12. When and where 
did congress next assemble? What bills of credit issue? —13. 
What was the affair in Virginia respecting the powder? IIow 
did Lord Dunmore dispose of himself? How was it with other 
royal governors ? 








BOSTON IN A CRITICAL POSITION. 


201 


CHAPTER YIH. 

Battle of Bunker Hill.—Washington. 

1 . In May the British army in Boston received a ft. iii. 

powerful reinforcement from England, under Gen- fd. l 
erals Howe, Clinton, and Burgoyne. General cn - vm - 
Gage now proclaimed martial law throughout Mas- 1775. 
sachusetts. He however offered pardon to all rebels Howe 5 ' 
who would return to their allegiance, except Sam- Clinton, 
uel Adams and John Hancock. He agreed to Burgoyne. 
permit the people of Boston to depart; but after a Jnne 12 
portion had gone, he changed his policy and kept Gage’s 
the remainder. " * ,r ^ a n ma - 

2 . Learning that the British threatened to pene¬ 
trate into the country, congress recommended to 
the council of war to take such measures as would 
put them on the defensive, and for this purpose, a 
detachment of one thousand men, under Colonel Nio . htof 
Prescott, was ordered, on the night of the 16th of Jnneie. 
June, to throw up a breastwork on Bunker’s Hill, A cans 1 ' 
near Charlestown. By some mistake, the troops g° r ^ a 
entrenched themselves on Breed’s Hill, nearer to Hill. 
Boston. They labored with such silence and activ¬ 
ity, that by return of light they had nearly com¬ 
pleted a strong redoubt, without being observed. 

3. At dawn, however, the British, discovering the 
advance of the Americans, commenced a severe can¬ 
nonade from the ships in the river; but this not in¬ 
terrupting them, General Gage sent a body of three 
thousand men, under Generals Ilowe and Pigot. 

They left Boston in boats, and landed under the cross from 
protection of the shipping in Charlestown, at the ex- Boston ' 


Chapter VIII.—1. What arrival was there in Boston? What 
did Gen. Gage now proclaim? What agree to do? How violate 
his promise?— ‘Z. What did congress recommend? What was 
accordingly ordered? What was done in regard to entrench¬ 
ments?— 3. What measures were taken by the British to dislodge 
the Americans ? 


0 * 




202 


T11 e comm ande r-in-c hief. 


pt. hi. 

P D. I. 

CH. VIII. 


t775. 

Br. burn 
Charles¬ 
town. 


BUN¬ 
KER 
HILL. 
Br. loss 
1054. 
Am. loss 
453. 


June 15. 
Washing¬ 
ton 

elected 

comman¬ 

der-in- 

chief. 


Washing¬ 

ton’s 

modesty. 


Ilis disin¬ 
terested¬ 
ness. 


treme point of the peninsula, then advanced against 
the Americans. 

4 . They set fire to Charlestown, and amidst the 
glare of its flames glittering upon their burnished 
arms, advanced to the attack. The Americans 
await their approach in silence, until they are within 
ten rods of the redoubt—then, taking a steady aim, 
and having advantage of the ground, they pour 
upon the British a deadly fire. They are thrown 
into confusion, and many of their officers fall. They 
are thus twfice repulsed. Clinton now arrives;—his 
men again rally,—advance toward the fortifications, 
and attack the redoubt on three sides at once. 

5 . The ammunition of the colonists failed. Cour¬ 
age ivas no longer of any avail, and Colonel Pres¬ 
cott, who commanded, ordered a retreat. The 
Americans were obliged to pass Charlestown Neck, 
where they were exposed to a galling fire from the 
ships in the harbor. Here fell General Joseph 
Warren, whose death was a severe blow to his 
mourning country. 

6 . On the fifteenth of June, congress elected, by 
a unanimous vote, George Washington, who was 
present, and w T ho had, from their first meeting at 
Philadelphia, been a delegate from Virginia,—to the 
high office of general and commander-in-chief of the 
army of the United Colonies. When his appoint¬ 
ment was signified to him by the president of con¬ 
gress, he was deeply penetrated with a mingled sense 
of the high honor which he had received, and the 
responsibility of the station to which he w r as raised. 

7. He declined all compensation for his services; 
for as money could not buy him from his endeared 
home, and as he served his country for justice and 
the love he bore to her cause, he would not allow his 


4. Give some further description of the battle of Bunker’s Ilill. 
5. Give some account of the retreat of the Americans. What 
general was killed? Learn from the side note the number of 
killed and wounded on each side.—6. What important office was 
now created ? How was it tilled?—7. How was it respecting com¬ 
pensation for his services ? 







CONDITION OF THE ARMY. 


203 


motives to be misconstrued. He stated that he ft. iii. 
should keep an exact account of his expenses; and pd. i. 
those, congress, he doubted not, would discharge. IX - 

8. Soon after his election, Washington set out for 

the camp at Cambridge. He found the British He joins 
army.strongly posted on Bunker’s and Breed’s hill, 
and Boston Neck. The American, consisting of bridge. 

14,000 men, were entrenched on the heights around 
Boston, forming a line which extended from Rox- 
bury on the right, to the river Mystic on the left, a 
distance of twelve miles. 

9. Washington perceived, that although the peo¬ 
ple were ardent in the cause of liberty, and ready to 
engage in the most desperate enterprises, yet there 
was a total want of discipline and military subordi¬ 
nation among the troops. The army was scantily 
supplied with arms and ammunition, and their op¬ 
erations retarded, by a want of skilful engineers. 

He set himself, with astonishing energy and judg- His great 
ment, to the labor of bringing order out of cou- exertl0BS * 
fusion. 

10. During this session of congress, the first 
line of posts for the communication of intelligence 
through the United States, was established. Ben- Dr. 
jamin Franklin was appointed, by a unanimous 
vote, postmaster-general, with power to appoint as post- 
many deputies as he might deem proper and neces- 
sary, for the conveyance of the mail from Falmouth, 

in Maine , to Savannah, in Georgia. 


CHAPTER IX. 

Invasion of Canada.—Death of Montgomery. 

1. While the British army was closely blockaded 
in Boston, congress conceived the design of sending 

8 . Where did Washington join the army? What was its 
number?—9. What was the condition of the army?—10. What 
was the beginning of our present post-office system? Who was 
the first postmaster-general? Between what places was the mail 
to be conveyed ? 







204 


INVASION OF CANADA. 


PT. III. 
P’D. I. 

CH. IX. 

1775 . 

Ameri¬ 

cans 

send two 
parties 
against 
Canada. 


Nov. 3. 
8t. Johns 
taken. 


Nov. 9. 
Arnold 
before 
Quebec. 


Bad posi¬ 
tion of 
Mont¬ 
gomery. 


a force into Canada; as the movements of Sir Guy 
Carleton, the governor of that province, seemed to 
threaten an invasion of the northern frontier. Two 
expeditions were accordingly organized and dis¬ 
patched, one by the way of Champlain, under Gen¬ 
erals Schuyler and Montgomery, the other by the 
way of the river Kennebec, under the command of 
Arnold. 

2. Gen. Schuyler, though he rendered faithful 
service, did not on account of his health go to Can¬ 
ada. Montgomery showed himself an able officer. 
On the 3d of November he took St. Johns , and 
proceeding to Montreal, Sir Guy Carleton aban¬ 
doned the place. About this time Col! Ethan Allen, 
who was an officer in the army, was, in a rash ad¬ 
venture, made prisoner. He was loaded with irons 
and sent to England. 

3. Arnold, with 1000 men, had, with incredible 
perseverance penetrated the wilderness of Maine. 
He arrived at Point Levi on the 9tli of November. 
On the 13th he crossed and occupied the heights of 
Abraham, but his army was reduced to 700 men, and 
Carleton was now in Quebec with 1500. He retired 
to Point aux Trembles, to await the other division of 
the army. 

4. Montgomery’s arrival was on the first of De¬ 
cember. He found himself in a situation far more 
critical and embarrassing than that of Wolfe, sixteen 
years before. His army was wasted, so that the 
united force was less than a thousand; and these 
were enfeebled by fatigue, amidst the rigors of a 
Canadian winter, which had already set in with un¬ 
common severity. 

5. He attempted to batter the walls of Quebec. 
He made piles of ice on which to mount his cannon; 
but the strong walls remained uninjured. With the 


Chapter IX. — 1. Who was governor of Canada? What two 
expeditions were set on foot?—2. How did the western division 
under Montgomery proceed?—3. How did the eastern under 
Arnold?—4. What time did Montgomery join Arnold? What 
was his situation?—5. What attempts did he make? 





FALL OF MONTGOMERY. 


205 


advice of all his officers, he took then the desperate ft. hi. 
resolution of storming the city. As the day dawned, P ' D . i. 
and in a snow-storm, the army in four divisions, Cl1 - 1X - 
made the attempt. Two were to make feigned 
movements, in order to divide the attention of the 
troops in the city; while Montgomery and Arnold, 
at the head of the other two, made real attacks in Dec 
opposite points, intending to meet. Arnold hn^QtiEBEC 
forced his way. Montgomery was cheering on his A 4 oo.° SS 
men, when he received his death-shot. Arnold was / 

wounded and retired. The enterprise failed, with 
the loss of 400 men killed or made prisoners. 

6 . The treatment of Carleton to his prisoners, did 
honor to his humanity. Arnold, wounded as he 
was, retired with the remainder of his army, to the 
distance of three miles below Quebec; where, though . ,, 

interior in numbers to the garrison, they kept the blockades 
place in a state of blockade, and in the course of the Quebec * 
winter, reduced it to distress for want of provisions. 

V. Orders were given to the British naval com¬ 
manders to lay waste and destroy all such sea-ports 1775 
as had taken part against Great Britain. I 11 conse- Oct. is.’ 
quence, Falmouth , now Portland , was burned by F ^umed! h 
the orders of Captain Mowatt of the British navy. 

This so exasperated the people, that they put forth 
new efforts. They collected military stores; they Efforts of 
purchased powder in all foreign ports where it was peSi 
practicable, and in many colonies, commenced its P eo P le - 
manufacture. They also began more seriously to 
turn their attention to their armed vessels. 

8 . Congress resolved to fit out thirteen ships, and Dec 
raise two battalions of marines. They framed arti- Congress 
cles of war for the government of the little navy, ships, 
and established regular courts of admiralty, for the 
adjudication of prizes. The American privateers 


5. What desperate assault? At what time? What are some 
of the circumstances? What the final result?—6. Where was 
Arnold during the winter?—7. What orders were given to the 
British naval commanders? What place was burnt? What effect 
had this on the people ?—8. How did Congress now make a be¬ 
ginning with regard to a public navy ? 






206 


THE OLIVE BRANCH REJECTED. 


P T. III. 
P D. I. 

CH. IX. 

1775. 


Dec. 7. 
Lord 

D u n more 
defeated 
at Nor¬ 
folk. 


1776. 

Jan. 1. 
Burns 
Norfolk 
and aban¬ 
dons 
“ the do¬ 
minion.” 


1775. 

Mr. Penn 
carries 
over the 
“ Olive 
Branch.” 


swarmed forth. Alert and bold, they visited every 
sea, and annoyed the British commerce, even in the 
very waters of their own island. 

9. In Virginia, Lord Dunmore, still on board the 
king’s ship, issued a proclamation declaring martial 
law, and promising freedom to such slaves, as would 
leave their masters and join his party. Several hun¬ 
dred negroes and royalists obeyed the call, when, 
leaving his ships, he occupied a strong position near 
Norfolk. The assembly sent 800 militia to oppose 
his movements. On the 7th of December they were 
attacked by the royalists and negroes, but they re¬ 
pelled the assailants, and gained a decisive victory; 
after which they occupied the town of Norfolk. 

10. Lord Dunmore, with his remaining forces, 
again repaired to the ships, where, in consequence 
of the many royalists who joined him, he became 
reduced to great distress for want of provisions. In 
this situation he sent a flag to Norfolk, demanding 
a supply. The commander of the provincials refus¬ 
ing to comply, he set tire to the town and destroyed 
it. This availed him little. Assailed at once by 
tempest, famine, and disease, he with his followers, 
sought refuge in the West Indies. 

11. The last hope of the colonies for reconcilia¬ 
tion, rested in a petition of congress to the king, 
which had been emphatically styled “The Olive 
Branch.” It was sent over by Mr. Penn, a descend¬ 
ant of the proprietor of Pennsylvania, and a former 
governor of that colony. The king, instead of respond¬ 
ing to its affectionate language, accused the Ameri¬ 
cans, in his speech, of rebellion, and declared that 
they took up arms to establish an independent empire. 

12. He recommended that vigorous measures 
should be taken to subdue them, and such also as 


8 . How was it with the American privateers ? —9. What were 
Lord Dunmore’s movements in Virginia? How was he opposed ? 

10. What was his last act in the dominion? Did it avail him? 

11. What was the last petition of congress to the king called? 
By whom was it sent? How was it received?— 12. What did the 
king recommend? 




FOREIGN MERCENARIES. 


207 


were likely to weaken them by division . Large ma¬ 
jorities in both houses answered the king’s speech, 
by the same accusations against the colonies, and 
the same determination to reduce them to obedience, 
by measures of coercion and distress. Thus, with a 
folly, which English patriots now deplore, was the 
“ Olive Branch” contemptuously rejected; and thus 
the last hope of honorable peace was crushed. 

13. An act was soon passed, prohibiting all trade 
and commerce with the colonies; and authorizing 
the capture and condemnation of all American ves¬ 
sels with their cargoes,—and all others found trad 
ing in any port or place in the colonies, as if the 
same were the vessels and effects of open enemies; 
and the vessels and property thus taken were vested 
in their captors; and the farther barbarous item 
was added, that the crews viere to be treated , not as 
prisoners , but as slaves. 

14 f About the same time, England made treaties 
with the landgrave of Hesse Cassel, and other Ger¬ 
man princes, hiring of them 17,000 men to be em¬ 
ployed against the Americans • and it was deter¬ 
mined to send over, in addition to these, 25,000 
English troops. By the hiring of foreign mercena¬ 
ries, and the rejection of this last petition, Great 
Britain filled up the measure of her wrongs to Amer¬ 
ica, and sealed her final separation from her colonies. 


FT. III. 
PD. i. 

OH. IX. 


The king 
and the 
parlia¬ 
ment 
hostile. 


American 
prisoners 
to be 
treated as 
slaves. 


England 
hires mer¬ 
cenaries. 


The last 
wrongs. 


12. How did parliament reply? What is now thought of the 
conduct of these rulers by wise men and patriots of their own 
nation ?—13. What severe law was passed ?—14. What number 
of men did England hire of the German princes? Do you think 
the slaveholders in the United States would for money set their 
negroes to kill people, that neither they or their nation had any 
quarrel with ? 




208 


WASHINGTON ENTERS BOSTON. 


CHAPTER X. 

Washington enters Boston.—Disasters in Canada. 

P’T. hi. 1. Although Britain was preparing so formidable 
p’d. i. a force, yet the American army, was not only re- 
cn - x - duced in numbers, but at the close of the year 1775, 
was almost destitute of necessary supplies. The 
The army terms of enlistment of all the troops had expired in 
and^n ^ ecem ^ er j an d although measures had been taken 
appointed, for recruiting the army, yet on the last day of De¬ 
cember, there were but 9,650 men enlisted for the 
ensuing year. 

2. Gen. Washington, finding how slowly the army 
was recruited, proposed to congress to try the influ¬ 
ence of a bounty; but his proposal was not acceded 

A given. ty to, until late in January, and it was not until the 
middle of February that the regular army amounted 
to 14,000. In addition to these, the commander-in- 
caifed out (being vested by congress with the power to 

call out the militia), made a requisition on the au¬ 
thorities of Massachusetts, for 6000 men. 

3. Washington had continued the blockade of 
Boston during the winter of 1775-6, and at last re- 

1776. solved to bring the enemy to action, or drive them 
March 4. from the town. On the night of the 4th of March, 
°ter es * a detachment silently reached Dorchester Heights, 
fortified. an d there constructed, in a single night, a redoubt 
March 17 menaced the British shipping with destruc- 

The tion. On the morning of the 17th, the whole Brit- 
evacuate ish force, with such of the royalists as chose to follow 
Boston, their fortunes, set sail for Halifax. As the rear of 
British ^ ie British troops were embarking, Washington en- 
have 3 tered the town in triumph. 

for t^e 4. The plans of the British cabinet embraced, for 
campaign, the campaign of 1776, the recovery of Canada, the 

Chapter X.— 1. What was the condition of the American army 
at the close of ’75?—2. What did Washington recommend? 
What was done?—3. What took place at Boston in March, ’76? 
4. Wliat did the British mean to do in the course of the year? 









UNFORTUNATE RETREAT. 


209 


reduction of the southern colonies, and the posses- ft. iii. 
sion of New York. This last service was entrusted pm. i. 
to Adimral Howe, and his brother General Howe ; CH - x - 
the latter of whom succeeded General Gage in the 
command of the British troops. 

5. Arnold had continued the siege of Quebec, and Arnold 
had greatly annoyed the garrison; but his army before 
had suffered extremely from the inclemency of the Quebec ' 
season, and from the breaking out of the small pox. Is bftdly 
Notwithstanding the garrison of Montreal had been situated, 
sent to reinforce him, he had scarcely, 1000 effective 
men. 

6. General Tiiomas now arrived and superseded 
Arnold. Pie made several attempts to reduce Que¬ 
bec, but the sudden appearance of the British fleet A TiLa?-’ 
obliged him to flee with such precipitation, that he trous 
left his baggage and military stores. Many of the May's.’ 
sick also fell into the hands of Carleton, by .whom 

they were treated with honorable humanity. 

7. One after another, the posts which had been 
conquered by the Americans, fell into the hands of , June : 
the British, and before the close of June, they had cans 
recovered all Canada. The Americans lost in this can&£ 0 
unfortunate retreat about 1000 men, who were mostly 
taken prisoners. 

8. The British fleet, destined to the reduction of sir Peter 
the southern colonies, sailed, under Sir Peter p jyker 
Parker, to attack Charleston, where they arrived to attack 
early in June. The marines were commanded by cl )JjJ e8 ‘ 
General Clinton. 

9. An intercepted official letter had given the 
alarm to the Carolinians. On Sullivan’s Island, at Sullivan’s 
the entrance of Charleston harbor, they had con- formed, 
structed a fort of the palmetto-tree, which resembles 

the cork. This fort was garrisoned by about 400 
men, commanded by Colonel Moultrie. On the repuisod. 


5. How was Arnold situated in the spring ?—G. Who was his 
successor? What was he forced to do?—7. Mention some of the 
circumstances of the unfortunate close of the invasion of Canada. 
—8. What fleet went to attack Charleston?—9. How was Charles¬ 
ton defended ? 






210 


INDEPENDENCE PROPOSED. 


P’ T. III. 

P’D. L 
ch. x. 


177G. 


FT. 

MO U Tj~ 
TRIE. 
Br. L. 200 


(British 
sail for N 
York.) 


Washing¬ 

ton’s 

headquar¬ 
ters at 
N. York. 


June 7. 
Indepen¬ 
dence 
proposed 


morning of the 28th of June, the British ships opened 
their several broadsides upon it, but their balls were 
received by the palmetto wood, and buried as in 
earth. Moultrie defended the fortification with such 
spirit, that it has ever since been called by his name. 

10. Once during the day, after a thundering dis¬ 
charge from the British cannon, the flag of the fort 
was no longer seen to wave; and the Americans, 
who watched the battle from the opposite shore, 
were, every moment, expecting to see the British 
troops mount the parapets in triumph. But none 
appeared; and, in a few moments, the striped ban¬ 
ner of America was once more unfurled to their 
view. The staff had been carried away by a shot, 
and the flag had fallen upon the outside of the fort. 
A sergeant, by the name of Jasper, had jumped over 
the wall, and, amidst a shower of bullets, had recov¬ 
ered and fastened it in its place. At evening, the 

. British, completely foiled, drew off their ships, with 
the loss of two hundred men. 

11. Washington had early apprehended that the 
enemy would endeavor to get possession of New 
York. He had, therefore, detached General Lee, 
from Cambridge, to put Long Island and New York 
in a posture of defence. Soon after the evacuation 
of Boston, the commander-in-chief followed, and, 
with the greater part of his army, fixed his head¬ 
quarters in the city of New York. 

12. On the 7th of June, Richard Henry Lee, of 
Virginia, made a motion in congress, for declaring 
the colonies free and independent. While the 
proposition was pending, individuals, public presses, 
and legislatures, sent from every quarter of the 
country to Philadelphia, a voice approving such a 
measure. 

13. On the 14th of June, the legislature of Con¬ 
necticut passed resolutions, instructing their dele- 


10. Mention Sergeant Jasper’s exploit. What was the British 
loss? —11. What did Washington apprehend? What arrange¬ 
ments make?— 12. What proposal was made in Congress ? 



THE FOURTH OF JULY. 


211 


gates in congress, to propose to that body to declare 
the American colonies free and independent States, 
absolved from all allegiance to the king of Great 
Britain. The reasons, they state to be—the taking 
away their just rights—the contemptuous refusal to 
listen to their “humble, decent, and dutiful peti¬ 
tions”—the endeavor to reduce them to abject sub¬ 
mission, by wa> and bloodshed, subjecting their per¬ 
sons to slavery, and hiring foreign mercenaries to 
destroy them;—so that no alternative was left, but 
either to submit to what must end in the extreme 
of wretchedness, or, appealing to God, to declare a 
total separation. 

14. The sentiments which Connecticut had thus 
embodied, pervaded the whole country. Congress, 
therefore, on the 4th of July, 1776, declared to the 
world, that “these United Colonies are, and of rigl^t 
ought to be, Free and Independent States.” 


13 . How had the Connecticut legislature expressed the senti¬ 
ments of the nation ?— 14 . What was done on the 4th of July ? 


EXERCISES ON THE TREE CHRONOGRAPHER. 

(For Period I., Part III.) 

What event marks the beginning of this period ? What is 
its date ? Point to it on the chronographer. Also the follow¬ 
ing dates: The Stamp Act, passed in 1765. The first Conti¬ 
nental Congress assembled in 1774. The battle of Lexington, 
fought April 18, 1775, and the battle of Bunker Hill, June 17. 
Congress assembled at Philadelphia, May lO.^and Washington 
appointed commander-in-chief, June 15, 1775. The British 
evacuated Boston, March 17, 1776. When does this period 
terminate? What event marks its termination? Point out 
its place on the chronographer. 


FT, m. 
P’D. I. 

Oit. X. 

June 14. 
The feel- 
in" of all 
expressed 
by Con¬ 
necticut. 


July 4. 

Indepen¬ 

dence. 






212 


WAR OF THE REVOLUTION. 


OFFICERS IN THE REVOLUTIONARY WAR. 


American Officers. 


Citizens of the United 
States. 

WASHINGTON, 

Allen, 

Warner, 

Arnold, 

Prescott, 

WArren, 

Putnam, 

Schuyler, 

Montgomery, 

Thomas, 

Moultrie, 

Hale, 

Sullivan, 

Stirling, 

Mifflin, 

Wooster, 

Herkimer, 

Gansevoort, 

St. Clair, 

Gates, 

Morgan, 

Stark, 

Lincoln, 

Greene, 

James Clinton, 
Boyd, 

Pickens, 

Ashe, 

Buford, 

Huger, 

Sumpter, 

Marion, 

W T AYNK, 

Lee, 

Hayne, 

Ledyard, 

Hamilton. 


Not citizens of the U. 
S. at the opening of 
the war. 

French. 

LA FAYETTE, 

D’Estaing, 

Rochambeau, 

He Grasse, 

Viomesnil. 


English. 

Lee. 


Polanders. 

Kosciusko, 

Pulaski. 


Prussian. 

Steuben. 


German . 

He Kalb. 


Irish. 

Conway. 


Scotch. 

Paul Jones. 


British Officers. 

Gage, 

Pitcairn, 

Smith, 

Lord Percy, 
Lord Dunmore, 
Gen. Howe 
(Sir William), 
Gen. Clinton 
(Sir Henry), 
Bukgoyne, 
Pigot, 

I Carleton 
(Sir Guy), 
Lord IIowe 
(Admiral),* 
De Heister 
(German), 
Tryon, 

Frazer, 

St. Leger, 

Baum, 

Cornwallis, 

Donop, 

Campbell, 

Prevost, 

Tarleton, 

Arnold, 

Lord Kawdon, 
Andre, 

Leslie, 

Balfour, 

Stuart, 

Arbuthnot, 

Philips. 

* Adm’l Lord Howe 
(Earl Richard) and 
General Sir William 
Howe, were brothers 
to each other, and also 
to that Lord Howe 
who was killed in the 
French war near Ti- 
conderoga. 



















































MAP N 
1776 


White Plain: 
Oct. 29. 


AmerJ Left ^ 
J Wing % 


) British Camp 
J Oct. 21./ 

r UUQ fl , 

New “Oftf ' 
Rochelle yV*'' 


Charles 


ffi9«oataB»SmnST< 

-f KWU3sm//.JJ/rZ' 


S /E. Chester 


Fcrt Lee 


s l Wset I 
£ /Chester' 


7 * Mf/r '‘ft 

Bloonjrag^u/ 


Dorchester 


Gawanus 




;ton 


Jamaica 


Port Johnson % , 


JAMES’ j 
ISLAND I 


(Crown Point ■*& ’£> 


Fort Ticonderoga 4 t 


Encampment 1776& 1777 .*Morristown j l SL 

( / el" ) Newark^ fft 

/ f Baskenridge/ Springfield 

f o '-^'^Eliza^eth Tjf 

( Pluckemin S c 

d, _ Quibble T 

a ■ 

r ^ ^ NewV> ^ 

\ % ' Brunswick* ^ 

[ -p .... t 

>v Middlebush* '■ £ .•o®V= 7 Sfca! i 

a,\ lPennington ) ^ T .o -51 _r /&] 

m. • 4™“” '§ 

* ^Slaideiihead ^ djl!;; 

\Vvf renton V* r eehoJd or Monnioutliflljf. 

•Allentown fl 

•Borden T. 

•Burlington 


EastonJ 


Plains 


Heller f 


While® ✓ 
Marsh 


Fort 
Ed ward 


Bristol 


German 
— •Town 


A AAA ^ 

Valiev Forge 
Encampment 
177*. 

Fort Mi/fj 

Chester^ 25 


Saratoga 


jlmius 

heights 


an cocu. 


,v il/jjnnington 
















































Washington taking command. 


PERIOD II. 

FROM 

THE DECLARATION 177G -[ OF INDEPENDENCE, 

TO 

THE COMMENCEMENT OF [ 1789 . | THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT. 

CHAPTER I. 

Lord Howe attempts pacification.—American disaster at Lone 

Island. 

1. Considered as a step in the great march of pt. iii. 

human society, no one can be fixed upon of more pm. n. 
importance, than the solemn promulgation of the cu - r - 
writing, which contained the grievances of America, Jn] G 
and declared her independence. It embodied the B776. 
universal wrongs of the oppressed; sent forth a warn- Theivc- 
ing voice to the oppressor; and declared the coin-impomllt 
mon rights of all mankind. worm 

2. The signing of this declaration, by the mem¬ 
bers of the American Congress, who were the lead- with 
ing men of the nation, was doing that, which, if tPe'rn'a 
Great Britain should prevail, would subject every clecisi,,n - 

Chapter I.— I. Why may the Declaration of Independence be 
properly regarded as an era in the history of mankind? 

215 































216 


GREAT DISPARITY OF FORCE. 


P’T. iii. signer to the penalty of death. As these patriots 
P’D. iL~ had thus exposed themselves for the sake of their 
oh. i. country, all now regarded the grand decision as un¬ 
alterably made. 

3. The British troops from Halifax, under the 
juTyVto command of General Howe, too*k possession of Stat- 
Jofyis. en Island on the 2d of July; and those from Eng- 

great force land, commanded by Admiral Howe, joined them at 
at staten that island on the 12th. These, with other English, 
s an ' and several Hessian regiments, would make up an 
army of 35,000 of the best troops of Europe. 

4. Lord Howe, who was a man of kind disposi¬ 
tion, hoped that the Americans would be so much 
afraid of this great force, that they would submit, 

Lord without his employing it against them. He took 
attempts vai ’i° us measures to appeal to the people, against the 
peaceable decision of Congress, but without success. Perceiv- 
dieX^oomg Washington’s great influence, he wrote him a 
late, letter, directing it to Mr. Washington. The Gen¬ 
eral sent it back unopened; for, he said, that he 
was not addressed in his public capacity, and as an 
individual, he would hold no intercourse with the 
enemies of his country. 

5. General and Admiral Howe now determined to 
attack New York. From this point they might, they 

Grand ^°P ec ^ proceed with their grand scheme, which was 
plan of the to divide N ew England from the south. Carleton, 
British. 13 ? 000 men, was to make a descent from Can¬ 
ada, by the way of Lake Champlain, and form a 
junction with Howe, who was to ascend the Hudson. 

6. Thirteen thousand of the militia were ordered 
w t a *J’s g ’to join the army of Washington, which thus increas- 

army. ed, amounted to 27,000 ; but a fourth of these were 
invalids, and another fourth were poorly provided 


2. Why did the people of the United States consider the sign¬ 
ing of the declaration as their final decision ?—3. How large a 
British army was in or near the United States?—4. What hopes 
had Lord Howe? What measures did he take ? What occurred 
between him and Washington?—5. What appears to have been 
the grand scheme of the English? What city did they wish to 
make their headquarters ?—6. What was the number and condi¬ 
tion of Washington’s army. 




DTS A STR< )f S EATfLE. 


217 


with arms. From these ancl other causes, the force ft. hi. 
tit for duty did not exceed 10,000; and of this pd. ii. 
number the greater part was without order or disci- cn -*• 
pline. 

7. These inconveniences proceeded, in part, from 
want of money, which prevented Congress from pay¬ 
ing regular troops, and providing for their equip- 
merits; and partly from parsimonious habits, con- its inferi- 
tracted during peace, which withheld them from in- ori *y t0 
curling, with promptitude, the expenses necessary British, 
to a state of war; while their jealousy of standing 
armies inspired the hope, that they could, each year, 
organize for the occasion, an army sufficient to resist 

the enemy. 

8. On the 22d of August, the English landed 
without opposition on Long Island, between the 
villages of New Utrecht and Gravesend. They ex-land on l. 
tended themselves to Flatlands, distant four miles Islan(L 
from the Americans, and separated from them by a 
range of wood-covered hills, called the heights of 
Gowanus—running from east to west. 

9. Washington had made the best disposition of 
his forces in his power, to guard the city of New 
York. The main army was on the island of New 
York, with detachments sent out to the most ex¬ 
posed points. Of these the largest was on Long The two 
Island, extending from Wallabout Bay westward, “opposeT 
and under command of Generals Putnam, Sullivan, 

and Stirling. They were opposed to the vastly su¬ 
perior force of the British, under the experienced 
Generals Clinton, Percy, Cornwallis, and Grant, and 
the Hessian commander, De Heister. 

10. Over the wooded heights of Gowanus, there 
were but three roads. With such a force opposed 
to them, how could the American generals neglect 
to guard these passes, and watch them closely ? Yet 
one of these roads, the most easterly, or Jamaica 


7. From what did this unhappy state of things proceed ?—8. 
Where did the English army land? How were they arranged ? 
9. What disposition of his troops was made by Washington ? 


10 




218 


NEW YORK RELINQUISHED. 


P’t. hi. road, was left so carelessly guarded, that while a 
P’D. il part of the British army was taking up the atten- 
CH - L tion of the Americans with a great noise and show 
Aug 27 of attack, another portion, stealing a night-march, 
brook- passed the heights through that road, and thus 
AmJkJss placed the Americans between two fires. They 
2000 . could not then win the battle, though they fought 
r. . 4oo. b rave ]y^ p rove <i the most bloody, and the most 
disastrous defeat of the whole war. 

11. In the height of the engagement, General 
Washington crossed to Brooklyn from New York. 

Washing u <3 saw with anguish that his best troops were 
anguish, slaughtered or taken prisoners. Had his object 
been his own glory, he would probably have drawn 
all his men from the encampment; and also called 
over all the forces from New York, to take part in 
<knce P an’d ^ le conflict i but victory having declared in favor of 
seif-pos- the English, his judgment decided, that the courage 
session. w hi c h ^ inspired them, and the superiority of 

their discipline, destroyed all just hope of recover¬ 
ing the battle. And, with true heroism, he pre¬ 
served himself and his army for a happier future. 

12. On the night of the 28th, Washington, having 
Aug. 29. consulted his officers, cautiously withdrew the re- 
1Ie re : mainder of his troops from Brooklyn to New York : 
troops, to winch place the detachment from Governor’s 

Island also retired. Finding, however, a disposi¬ 
tion in the British to attack the city, and knowing 
that it would be impossible to defend it, he removed 
his forces to the heights of Harlaem. 

10. What carelessness were some of the American officers 
guilty of? What disaster was the consequence ? What was the 
loss on both sides in the battle of Brooklyn?* At what time, 
year, month, and day did the Americans meet this dreadful re¬ 
verse? Show the position of the armies by the Map.— 11 . What 
was Washington’s conduct?— 12. What changes in the position 
of his aripy did lie now make ? 


* N. B.—The questions sometimes refer to the side notes. 





THE PROSPECT DARKENS. 


219 


CHAPTER II. 

Disasters following the defeat on Long Island. 

1. About this time, Captain Hale, a highly in- pt.hi. 
teresting young officer from Connecticut, learning P , D IL 
that Washington wished to ascertain the state of the cu - n - 
British army on Long Island, volunteered for the 
dangerous service of a spy. He entered the British 
army in disguise, and obtained the desired informa- Captain' 
tion ; but being apprehended on his attempt to re- Hale ‘ 
turn, he was carried before Sir William Howe, now 

in New York. By his orders Hale was executed 
the next morning; exclaiming, “ I lament that I 
have but one life to lay down for my country!” 

2. On the 15th of September, the British army 
took possession of the city of New York. Gen. Sept 15 
Howe again attempted to negotiate; but he could British 
not promise the Americans independence, and they en yoi^ v 
would listen to no other terms, although the pros¬ 
pects of the country were most alarming. Until the 
check at Brooklyn, the Americans had flattered Alneri - 
themselves, that Heaven would constantly favor their dispirited 
arms. They now almost despaired of Divine protec- b y defeat 
tection. The militia abandoned their colors by hund- 

reds, and entire regiments deserted and returned Militia* 
to their homes. In the regular army, desertions desert - 
were common. Their engagements were but for a The 
year, or for a few weeks; and the hope of soon re- lararmy 
turning to their families, induced them to avoid in8 j£2[ *" 
dangers. Every thing appeared to threaten a total 
dissolution of the army. 

3. Washington strove earnestly, with exhortations, 
persuasions, and promises, to arrest this spirit of dis- 


Chapter II. — 1. Who was Captain Hale? On what service 
was lie sent? Where? What was his fate?—2. When did the 
British enter New York? Would the Americans submit after 
their defeat at Brooklyn? What effect, however, had it on their 
minds ? What on the army ? 





220 


WASHINGTON AT WHITE PLAINS. 


PT. III. 
P’D. II. 

CH. II. 


nyo. 


Congress 
offer a 
bounty 
in money 
and land. 


Washing¬ 

ton 

adopts the 
Fabian 
policy. 


Oct. 28. 
WHITE 
PLAINS. 


W. stands 
his 

ground. 

30th. 
W. with¬ 
draws. 


FT. 

WASH¬ 
INGTON 
Ain. loss 
2000. 


organization. If he did not succeed according to 
his desires, he obtained more than his hopes. To 
Congress he addressed an energetic picture of the 
deplorable state of the forces, and assured them that 
he must despair of success, unless furnished with an 
army that should stand by him until the conclusion 
of the struggle. To effect this, a bounty of twenty 
dollars was offered at the time of engagement, and 
portions of unoccupied lands were promised to the 
officers and soldiers. 

4. But although Washington hoped ultimately to 
reap the benefit of these arrangements, yet time 
must intervene; and his present prospect, was that 
of a handful of dispirited and ill-found troops, to 
contend against a large and victorious army. In 
this situation he adopted the policy to harass and 
wear out his enemy, without risking any general 
engagement. By this policy, Fabius Maximus had, 
two thousand years before, preserved Italy, when 
invaded by Hannibal. Washington has, therefore, 
been called “the American Fabius.” 

5. A skirmish occurred on the 16th of September, 
between a British and American detachment, in 
which the Americans had the advantage. The Brit¬ 
ish sought to get possession of the two roads leading 
east, from which direction Washington received his 
supplies. To keep one of these roads open, Wash¬ 
ington removed his camp to White Plains. Here 
the British attacked him, but though there was 
bloodshed on both sides, the enemy failed of their 
object. Washington remained, till on the night of 
the 30th, when he withdrew to North Castle. Leav¬ 
ing here 7500 men under Gen. Lee, he crossed the 
Hudson, and took post near Fort Lee. * 

6. On the 16th of November, occurred the disas¬ 
trous loss of Fort Washington, with the 2000 Amer- 


3. What was the conduct of the commander? What did lie 
represent to Congress ? What did they do ?—4. What policy did 
Washington adopt?—5. What occurred on the lGtli of Sept.? 
What on the 28th of Oct.? What on the 30th ?—(». What forts 
were taken by the British ? What number of American prisoners ? 






Washington's retreat through n. jersey. 


221 


ican troops, which composed its garrison. The gar- pt. in. 
risoti of Fort Lee on the opposite bank of the Hud- ftThT 
son, under the guidance of Gen. Greene, evacuated CH - u - 
the fort and joined Washington, who, with the main Ft Le 
army, had removed to Newark in New Jersey. evacuated. 

V. Washington retreated across New Jersey, and 
was leisurely followed by a British army under 
Lord Cornwallis. They entered Newark the day D J. s e a t ® t c r ” t ns 
on which Washington left it; and pursued him as through 
he passed on through New Brunswick, Princeton, jerseys, 
and Trenton. Here, at the Delaware, the British 
expected to seize their prey; but with a diligence 
and energy far exceeding theirs, the Americans had 
just crossed over,—the last boats with the baggage, 
being still on the river when the enemy appeared 
on the opposite bank. 

8. Cornwallis had no boats in which to cross the 
river. lie arranged his army along the eastern 
bank, from Mount Holly to Trenton, and waited for inefficien- 
the Delaware to freeze. The British commanders 

had an armv of at least six-fold numerical strength 
to that of Washington ; and nothing but their own 
inertness, and his great and skilful exertions, hin¬ 
dered their overtaking him. This seems one of 
those cases, in which we can see clearly an inter- 
posin g Prov i d enee. 

9. Feeble as was the American army, when Wash- lyyg, 
ington commenced his retreat, it had hourly dimin- pec. , 
ished. His troops were unfed amidst fatigue; un- wasii- 
shod, while their bleeding feet were forced rapidly 8 
over the sharp projections of frozen ground; and 

they endured the keen December air, almost with- b 
out clothes or tents. Washington, with the firm- truly the 
ness of the commander, united the tenderness of the “J f a J|] ar 
father;—he visited the sick,—paid every attention country.” 


G. Where was Washington? Who joined him?— 7 . Give an 
account of Washington’s memorable retreat through New Jersey. 
Show the scene of operations on the Map.—8. What arrangements 
did Lord Cornwallis make? What was the difference in the 
strength of the armies? What in the energy and diligence of the 
commanders ?—9. What was the condition of the American army ? 
What the course of Washington? 





222 


AN EMERGENCY. 


ft. hi. in his power to the wants of the array,—praised 
pd. ii. their constancy,—represented their sufferings to 
ch. hi. Congress,—and encouraged their despairing minds 
by holding out the prospects of a better future. 
1776 . The distress of the Americans was increased 

by the desertion of many of the supposed friends of 
The time ■timh’ cause. Howe, taking advantage of what he 
that” 6 considered their vanquished and hopeless condition, 
men's offered free pardon to all who should now declare 
souls.” for the royal authority. Of the extremes of society, 
the very rich and the very poor, numbers sued for 
the royal clemency; but few of the middle classes 
deserted their country in its hour of peril. 


CHAPTER III. 

American successes at Trenton and Princeton. 

1. Washington, in this emergency, called in 
the distant detachments of the army; and 1500 
militia, under Gen. Mifflin, joined him. He had or- 

Gen Lee dered Gen. Lee to go north, for certain important 
insubordi-objects; but Lee thought that better uses might be 
nate ‘ made of the army under his command ; and disobey- 
Made mg his orders, he had lingered among the mountains 
prisoner. G f y e w Jersey. Here a party of British cavalry 
surprised and took him prisoner. Gen. Sullivan 
conducted his forces to Washington’s camp. 

2. With these reinforcements, the American army 
amounted to about 7000 effective men. A few days, 
however, would close the year; and the period of 

^ enlistment, for a considerable portion of the soldiers, 
a critical would expire with it. The cause of America de- 
moment manded, that important use should be made of the 
impio\e(. g j 10r j. S p. lce w hich intervened. At this critical mo- 

10 . How were the distresses of the army increased? 

Chapter III. —1. What measure did Gen. Washington take to 
increase the exhausted army ? What did Lee ? What became of 
his forces?— 2. What was now the number and condition of the 
American army ? 









WASHINGTON RKCROSSES THE DELAWARE. 


223 


ment, Washington, perceiving the inactivity of his 
enemy, struck a capital blow for his country. 

3. He determined to recross the Delaware, and 
attack the British posts at Trenton and Burlington. 
The main body of the army, commanded by Wash¬ 
ington in person, effected the passage, though with 
suffering and danger; for the night was intensely 
cold, and the river filled with floating ice. The 
troops marched in two divisions, but both arrived at 
Trenton at the same moment. The Hessians, under 
Colonel Rahl, were surprised, and their comman¬ 
der slain. Prisoners, to the number of 1,000, were 
taken by the Americans, who immediately recrossed 
the Delaware. Two days after the action, Wash¬ 
ington crossed his whole army over the Delaware, 
and took quarters at Trenton. 

4. Howe was thunderstruck at this astonishing 
reverse. Cornwallis, leaving a part of his troops at 
Princeton, immediately jiroceeded towards Trenton, 
with the intention of giving battle to the Americans, 
and arrived, with his vanguard, on the first of Jan¬ 
uary. 

5. Washington knew the inferiority of his force, 
and was sensible, too, that flight would be almost as 
fatal to the republicans as defeat. About midnight, 
leaving his fires burning briskly, that his army 
should not be missed, he silently decamped, and 
gained, by a circuitous route, the rear of the enemy. 
At sunrise, the van of the American forces met, un¬ 
expectedly, two British regiments, which were on 
the march to join Cornwallis. A conflict ensued: 
the Americans gave way:—all was at stake. Wash¬ 
ington himself, at this decisive moment, led on the 
main body. The enemy were routed, and fled. 
Washington pressed forward towards Princeton, 
where one regiment of the enemy yet remained. A 
part of these saved themselves by flight; the re- 

2. What did Washington perceive, and the cause of the country 
demand?—3. Give an account of the affair at Trenton?—4. What 
movement was made by the British ?—5. What second bold 
stroke was struck by Washington ? 


FT. III. 
FD. II. 

CH. III. 


1776. 


Dec. 26 
and 27. 
TREN¬ 
TON. 
Am. L. 12. 
2 frozen. 
Br. L. 
1000. 


1777 . 


Jan. 1. 
British in 
motion. 


Jan. 3. 
PRINCE 
TON 
Br. L. k. 
100, p. 300. 
Am. L. 70. 







224 


“ GREAT NEWS FROM THE JERSEYS !” 

P’T. iii. mainder were made prisoners. Thus had he again 
p- D . ii. accomplished his object. 

ch. iv. 6. Thrilling were the emotions, with which these 
successes were hailed by a disheartened nation. 
Gmit^joy. Even to this day, when an unexpected and joyful 
event is to be related, the speaker, who perchance 
knows not the origin of the proverb, exclaims, 
“ Great news from the Jerseys!!” 

7. On hearing the cannonade from Princeton, 
Cornwallis, apprehensive for the safety of his New 

Jan 6 Brunswick stores, immediately put his army in mo- 
Wash- tion tor that place. Washington, on his approach, 
retireslo retired to Morristown. When somewhat refreshed, 
Monis- he again took the field; and having gained posses- 
mvn ‘ sion of Newark, Woodbridge, Elizabethtown, and 
indeed of all the enemy’s posts in New Jersey, ex¬ 
cept New Brunswick and Amboy, he retired to 
secure winter-quarters at Morristown. 

8. Washington’s military glory now rose to its 
meridian. Indeed, nothing in the history of war 

Washing- shows a leader in a more advantageous point of light, 
t0 mefit eat than the last events of this campaign did the com¬ 
manding general.—Hannibal made war for revenge; 
Caesar and Napoleon for ambition ; Washington for 
justice,—for the rights of his country and of mankind. 


CHAPTER IV. 

Difficulties and exertions of Congress—Campaign of 1777— Arrival 
of La Fayette. 

Hj „ h 1. Congress in the mean time were surrounded 
character with difficulties which would have utterly discour- 
CongressT aged men of weaker heads, or fainter hearts. They 
were without any power, except the power to rec- 


6. What effect had these successes on the nation ?-—7. What 
movements were next made by the two armies?—8. What was 
now Washington’s reputation? 

Chapter IV.—1. What was the situation of Congress? 













EXPEDIENTS TO RAISE MONEY. 


225 


ommend. They had an exhausted army to recruit, ft. iii. 
and this, not merely without money, but almost' p *d. ii. 
without credit; for the bills which they had for- CH - lv - 
merly issued, had almost entirely lost credit. TheiMiif- 

2. To raise money, they authorized a loan,—they cu les ‘ 
created a lottery,—and Jhey sent three commission¬ 
ers to France, to borrow of that government. These Franklin, 
commissioners, Benjamin Franklin, Silas Deane, 

and Arthur Lee, were also, if possible, to prevail 
upon the French government to acknowledge the 
American independence. 

3. On the 25th of April, 2,000 men, under Gov¬ 
ernor Try on,* major of the royalists, or tories, 
having passed the Sound, landed between Fairfield t777, 
and Norwalk. The next day, proceeding to Dan- A jf il ^ 
bury, they compelled the garrison, under Colonel burns 
Huntington, to retire; and not only destroyed the Danbury - 
stores, but burned the town. 

4. Meantime, 800 militia had collected to annoy 
them, on their return ; of whom 500, under Arnold, 

took post at Ridgefield, to attack their front, while A ril 27 
200, under General Wooster, fell upon their rear, judge - 
Both parties were repulsed. Wooster was slain; Br f m 
and Arnold retired to Saugatuck, about three miles AinL100> 
east of Norwalk. The enemy having spent the 
night at Ridgefield, set fire to it, still retreating, al¬ 
though continually harassed by Arnold’s party, now 
increased to 1,000. At Campo, between Norwalk 
and Fairfield, they took refuge on board their ships. 

5. The British had collected at Sag Harbor, on 
Long Island, large magazines of forage and grain, Sag * 

. . . Colonel Meigs left Guilford, on the 23d of May, B T r T L b k. r '6, 
with 170 men, destroyed the stores, burned a dozen i»r. 90. 
brigs and sloops, and returned without loss. 

6. Congress had, with great judgment, selected 
Dr. Franklin as one of the mission to France. A 

* Late royal governor of New York. 

2. What (lid they do to raise money? Whom send to France? 

For what objects ?—3. Give an account of Gov. Tryon’s expedi¬ 
tion.—4. Give an account of the retreat of the British, and show 
it on the Map.—5. Give an account of Col. Meigs’ exploit. 

10* 





226 


LA FAYETTE. 


FT. III. 
P’D. II. 

CH. IV. 

1777. 

Dr. 

Franklin 
at the 
court of 
France. 


La Fay¬ 
ette, and 
others 
offer their 
service. 


Magna¬ 
nimity of 
La Fay¬ 
ette. 


Move¬ 
ments of 
the two 
armies. 
June. 


July 10. 
Col. 

Barton's 

exploit. 


profound knowledge of human nature, had given to 
this philosopher a manner possessing a peculiar 
charm, attractive to all, however different their 
taste or pursuits. He exerted these powers so suc¬ 
cessfully, that he excited great interest at the court 
of France for the Americap cause. 

7. Several gentlemen of rank and fortune came 
forward and offered their services. The most dis¬ 
tinguished of these was the Marquis de la Fayette, 
a young nobleman, who, although he had every 
thing to attach him to his own country, yet took 
the resolution to risk his life and fortune, for the 
cause of American liberty and human rights. 

8. After the disastrous battle of Long Island, he 
was told of the despairing state of the country, then 
so poor that it could not provide him a conveyance. 
“ Then,” said La Fayette, “ this is a moment when 
I can render most essential service.” He provided 
a vessel for himself. His arrival caused heartfelt joy. 
Washington received him as a son; and Congress 
made him a major-general. 

9. Washington removed the main army from 
Morristown, to a strong position on the heights of 
Middlebrook. Gen. Howe crossed the Hudson, and 
appearing before Washington’s camp, vainly endeav¬ 
ored to draw him out. Affecting to retreat in haste, 
Washington pursued, when Howe turned upon him; 
but the American general regained his camp,—a 
skirmish only having ensued, where Howe intended 
a battle.* 

10. The British had taken Rhode Island in De¬ 
cember. On the 10th of July, the British comman¬ 
der, General Prescott, was made prisoner by a 

* This incident was personally related to Mrs. W., by Gen. La Fayette. 
Mrs. W.’s histories of the American Revolution have an added value, from 
the fact that Gen. La Fayette himself inspected and gave his sanction to 
that contained in her larger history, of which this is an abridgment. 


3. What kind of man was Dr. Franklin? What effect did lie 
produce?— 7. Who made offers of service?—8. What trait of 
magnanimity can yon relate of La Fayette ? How was he received 
in the United States?—9. Give some account of the two armies. 
— 10 . Give an account of the capture of Gen. Prescott. 






BURGOYNE SENT WITH AN ARMY. 


227 


daring party of forty country militia, under Col. ft. iii. 
Barton. General Prescott was surprised at night, P - D . n 
and taken from his bed. ou. v. 


CHAPTER Y. 

Burgoyne’s Invasion. 

1. The grand British plan for the campaign was 

to send an army to Canada, which should invade byThecrand 
the way of Lake Champlain; while a force from ^ n at to 
New York should go up the Hudson to act in con- tempted, 
cert. It was supposed that the north-eastern States 
might thus be divided from the southern. 

2. General Burgoyne was sent from England 
with an army, and arrived at Quebec in May. Bur- * 
goyne’s army consisted of 7,173 British and German Burgoyne 
troops, besides several thousands of Canadians and sentover - 
Indians. His plan of operation was, that Colonel 

St. Leger should proceed with a detachment by 
the St. Lawrence, Oswego , and Fort Stanicix , to 
Albany. Burgoyne, proceeding by Champlain and 
the Hudson, was to meet St. Leger at Albany, and 
both to join General Clinton from New York. June20 
Burgoyne moved forward with his army, and made Burgoyne 
his first encampment on the western shore of Lake river 
Champlain, at the river Boquet. Boquet. 

3. St. Leger had united with Sir John Johnson, 
and having nearly 2,000 troops, including savages, 
they invested Fort Stanwix, commanded by Col. 
Gansevoort. General Herkimer, having col- Au? f> 
lected the militia, marched to the relief of Ganse- otiis- 
voort. He fell into an Indian ambuscade on the 6th ^m^K 
of August, and was defeated and slain. St. Leger 4o‘o. 
pressed upon the fort. 

Chapter V.—1. What was now the grand scheme of the Brit¬ 
ish ?—2. Who was sent over to effect it ? What forces had Bur¬ 
goyne ? What was his plan of operation ?—3. Describe the route 
of'St. Leger. When, and by whom, was the battle of Oriskany 
fought ? What was the American loss ? 






228 


EISASTROUS R KTEE AT. 


PT. III. 

P’D. II. 
ch. y. 

An?. 22. 
St. Leger 
returns. 
June 30. 
Bursroyne 
at Crown 
Point. 

(* Col. 
Trumbull 
discov¬ 
ered it,and 
warned 
St. Clair, 
who did 
not heed 
the warn¬ 
ing) 


July 5. 
Ameri¬ 
cans evac¬ 
uate 

Ticonde- 

roga. 


B777. 

July 7. 
HUB - 
BARD- 
TON. 
Am. L. k., 
w., and 
pr. 1000. 
Br. L. k. 
130. 


July 12. 
St. Clair 
reaches 
Ft. 

Edward. 


4. General Schuyler, who commanded the north¬ 
ern forces, dispatched Arnold to its relief. On 
hearing of his approach, the Indians, having previ¬ 
ously become dissatisfied, mutinied and compelled 
St. Leger to return to Montreal. . . Burgoyne ad¬ 
vanced to Crown Point, from whence he proceed¬ 
ed to invest Ticonderoga, which was garrisoned by 
3,000 men under Gen. St. Clair. Up to this period, 
a circumstance respecting this fort seems strangely 
to have been overlooked.* It is commanded by an 
eminence near, called Mount Defiance. The troops 
of Burgoyne got possession of this height on the 
5th of July, and St. Clair, finding the post no longer 
tenable, evacuated it on the same night. 

5. The garrison, separated into two divisions, 
were to proceed through Hubbardton to Skeenes- 
borough. The first, under St. Clair, left the fort in 
the night, two hours earlier than the second, under 
Colonel Francis. The stores and baggage, placed 
on board 200 batteaux, and convoyed by five armed 
galleys, were to meet the army at Skeenesborough. 

6. General Frazer, with 850 of the British, pur¬ 
sued and attacked the division at Hubbardton, whose 
rear was commanded by Colonel Warner. The 
Americans made a brave resistance; but the British, 
in the heat of the action, receiving a reinforcement, 
they were forced to give way. They fled in every 
direction, spreading through the country the terror 
of the British arms. Many of the wounded perished 
in the woods. 

7. A part of the stores and armed galleys, which 
had been sent up the lake, fell into the hands of the 
British. St. Clair, on hearing of these disasters, 
struck into the woods on his left. lie was joined 
by the remnant of the vanquished division, conduct¬ 
ed by Colonel Warner. After a distressing march, 


4. By what means was St. Leger forced to return ? By what 
means did Burgoyne get possession of Ticonderoga?—5. What 
arrangements were made for the retreat of St. Clair’s army ? —G. 
Give an account of the disaster at Hubbardton.—7. What became 
of St. Clair’s division ? 







THE GREEN MOUNTAIN BOYS. 


229 


he reached the camp of General Schuyler, at Fort pt. iii. 
Edward. Warner, with a detachment, remained in p i>. u7 
Manchester. Burgoyne took possession of Skeenes- CH - v - 
borough. Scliuyler, with the American army, re- A fg n 13 * 
tired from Fort Edward to Saratoga, and from Schuyler 
thence to the islands at the mouth of the Mohawk, 

8 . General Schuyler had obstructed the roads, 
by breaking the bridges, and, in the only passable 
defiles, by cutting immense trees on both sides of 

the way, to fall cross and lengthwise. . . . General Gates 
Gates was appointed to supersede General Schuyler™ a ®. su-* 
in the command. Lincoln, Arnold, and Morgan, persedes 
were sent north, which encouraged volunteers to k ' c uy cr ' 
join the army. The celebrated patriot of Poland, 
Kosciusko, was also in the army, as its chief 
engineer. 

9. Burgoyne, having with much labor and time, j u j y so. 
opened a way for his army, arrived at Fort Edward B r 3^" e 
on the 30th of July; but he was in want of supplies. Ft 
Learning that there was a large depot of provisions Edward - 
at Bennington, he sent 500 men, under Lieut. Col. 

Baum, a German officer, to seize them. General Col Banm 
Stark, with a body of Vermont and New Hamp- »tBen- 
shire militia, was on his march to join General mng ° n * 
Schuyler. He met the British force, four miles 

from Bennington. Baum was killed, and his party 1777 . 
defeated. The militia had dispersed, to seek for An<r. 6. 
plunder, when a British reinforcement of 500 men ning- 
arrived. The Green Mountain Boys, under Colonel „ 

VV arner, ajopeared at the same time, and the British 
were again defeated, and compelled to retreat. 

10 . Cruel murders, committed by the Indians of 
Burgoyne’s army, particularly that of Miss Jane July 27 . 
McCrea, which was perpetrated near Fort Edward, ot 
shocked and excited the people against the British, McCrea, 


7. Of Col. Warner’s? Where was now Burgoyne ? Where was 
Gen. Schuyler?—8. What popular officers now joined the army? 
—9. What detachment did Burgoyne send out? Where was 
Gen. Stark ? Give an account of the battle of Bennington.—10. 
Where was the murder of Miss McCrea ? What effect did it pro¬ 
duce on the public mind ? 





230 


burgoyne’s surrender. 


pt. iii. ivho had thus let loose the cruel savages upon the 
P D. ii. land; and there was now a general rising and rush 
CH - v - to the camp of Gates. The army thus reinforced— 
1777. encouraged by the victory of Bennington, and now 
dates’ amoun ting to 5,000—Gates left the encampment at 
encamps the islands, and advancing to Stillwater, occupied 
“‘togT Behmus heights. 

11 . On the 12th, Burgoyne crossed the Hudson, 
and on the 14th, encamped at Saratoga, about three 
miles distant from the American army. An obsti- 

st/zt' nate anc ^ bloody battle occurred at Stillwater on the 
water. 19th. Both sides claimed the victory; but the ad- 
A 350 L ’ vanta g e was clearly on the side of the Americans. 
Br. l. boo. Skirmishes, frequent and animated, occurred be¬ 
tween this and the 7th of October, when a general 
battle was fought at Saratoga. 

12 . The Americans made the attack. The battle 
was fierce and desperate. The British gave way in 
fifty minutes. That short time decided great events. 
The loss was severe in killed and wounded, on both 

Oct. 7. sides. The British lost Gen. Frazer. Arnold had 
toga, greatly distinguished himself in the battle, and was 
^5 702 severe ty wounded. . . Burgoyne made efforts to re- 
’ treat; but he was hemmed in by a foe, whose army, 
constantly increasing, now amounted to four times 
his own wasting numbers. He capitulated on the 
17th of October. 

13. The number surrendered, amounted to 5,762 ; 
Oct. 17. those lost in the previous battles and by deser- 

ti° n i made up their whole loss to about 9,000 
men. There also fell into the hands of the Ameri¬ 
cans, 35 brass field-pieces, and 5,000 muskets. It 
was stipulated that the British were to have free 
passage across the Atlantic; but they were not 
to serve again in North America, during the war. 


10. What advance movement was made by Gates?— 11. What 
by Burgoyne? Where did the armies meet and contend ? Which 
had the advantage? When and where was a great and decisive 
battle fought?— 12. "Why could not Burgoyne retreat? What did 
he do on the 17th of Oct. ?—13. How many men were surren¬ 
dered ? How many pieces of artillery ? 








BATTLE OF BRANDYWINE. 


231 


On hearing of the defeat of Burgoyne, the British pt. iii. 
garrison at Ticonderoga returned to Canada, and pd n. 
not a foe remained in the northern section of the c “- VL 
Union. Sir Henry Clinton had sailed up the Hud- 1777. 
son; but as Burgoyne had failed, he returned to 
Hew York; having first barbarously burned JEso- conderoga 
pus, now Kingston. r cSi° 


CHAPTER VI. 

Battle of Brandywine.—British in Philadelphia.—Germantown. 

1. Admiral and Gen. Howe, intent on the cap¬ 
ture of Philadelphia, left Sandy Hook on the 23d of 
July. They were long at sea. At length they were i^d's at 
heard of, sailing up the Chesapeake. They disem- Eikton. 
barked their troops, amounting to 18,000, at the Ancr 96 
head of the bay. Washington crossed the Delaware wash.' 
and marched to oppose them. Approaching the ™ a ™*' e e t 3 
enemy, he encamped on the rising grounds which ex- Mm. 
tend from Chad’s Ford; and there the shallow 
stream of the Brandywine , being between the 
armies, he awaited an attack from the British com¬ 
mander. 

2. Early in the morning, the hostile army com¬ 
menced the assault. Washington had made, and 
partly executed a plan, by which he would probably 
have won the day; but in the heat of the action, his 
judgment was misled by false intelligence—and he 

lost the battle. Gen. Greene here distinguished ■ 
himself; as did the brave Polander, Pulaski. Gen. Am. l 
La Fayette, endeavoring to bring back the flying, ^^sbo. 
to face again the enemy, received a wound in the 
leg. When in his old age, the country for whom 
he here shed his blood, conveyed him home an hon¬ 
ored guest, returning from her shores, the new war- 

13. What did Sir Henry Clinton ? 

Chapter VI.— 1. Trace on the Map and describe the course of 
Admiral Howe’s fleet. What course did Washington take ?—2. 

Give an account of the battle of Brandywine. Mention the loss 
on both sides. What officers distinguished themselves? 








232 


BRITISH ENTER PHILADELPHIA. 


P’T. hi. ship which carried him to France, was named from 
fdhl~ this battle, the Brandywine. 

oh. vi. 3 . Congress, finding themselves insecure in Phila¬ 
delphia, adjourned to Lancaster, to which place the 
1777 . publie archives and magazines were first removed 
Sept. 26. subsequently to York. A detachment of the Brit- 
The Brit- i§h army, under Cornwallis, entered Philadelphia, 

1 PMk? r while the main body, under Howe, took post at 
Germantown. The American army encamped at 
Skippack creek. Washington knowing that Howe 
was weakened by detachments, left his camp at 
seven in the evening of October 3d, and on the fol- 
^er l° w i n g morning, partially succeeded in giving the 
man- British a surprise. They at first retreated in disor- 
Ani^L’ d er * Several companies having thrown themselves 
k. 200 , into a stone house, annoyed the Americans. A 
pr. too! thick fog came on, and unable to distinguish friend 
from foe, confusion arose in the American ranks, 
and they lost the battle. 

4. Congress had made it death to any citizen to fur¬ 
nish the enemy with food: and such was the spirit of 
Howe in the people, and the vigilance of the commander, that 
danger of Howe now found his army in danger of starvation. 

° To prevent this, he must open the navigation of the 
Delaware, which had been obstructed by sunken 
ranges of frames, and by forts on Mud Island, Red 
Bank, and other places. Howe removed his army 
to Philadelphia; and to open the navigation he sent 
ft. Col. Donop with a detachment of Hessians. They 
off. attacked Fort Mercer , on Red Bank, and were re- 
Hessians pulsed with heavy loss. At length, however, the 
lost 500 . p>ritish gen {. a g a i ns t it such a force, that the Ameri- 
The navi- cans evacuated it. The British fleet then passed up 
openedbythe Delaware to Philadelphia. Much of the Amer- 
the Brit- ican shipping in the river was burnt; and the 
ish. remainder fell into the hands of the enemy. 

2. What vessel was named after this battle ?—3. What move¬ 
ment did Congress make? When did the British troops enter 
Philadelphia? Where were Generals Howe and Washington? 
Describe the battle of Germantown.—4. What was the condition 
of the British army? What was now Howe’s object? What 
measures did lie take ? Did he succeed ? 








THE SUFFERERS OF VALLEY FORGE. 


233 


5. Washington now retired to winter-quarters at ft. iii. 
Valley Forge. The huts for the camp were not p’d.TtT 
completed, when the magazines were found to con- cu - YI - 
tain scarcely a single day’s provision. As to cloth- 
ing—they were destitute, almost to nakedness. dTJii* 
Barefooted, on the frozen ground—their feet cut by Washing- 
ice—they left their tracks in blood. A few only winter- 
had a blanket at night. Straw could not be ob- 
tamed, and the soldiers, who, during the day, were 5 & Forge! 7 
benumbed with cold, and enfeebled by hunger, had 

at night no other bed than the damp ground. Dis- tiSsVfthe 
eases attacked them; and the hospitals were replen- arm y- 
ished, as rapidly as the dead were carried out. 

6. This melancholy state of the army was owing 
to the condition of the finances. Congress had car¬ 
ried on the war thus far, by making a great quan¬ 
tity of paper money. That is, they had issued notes 
in the name of the government, promising to pay 
the holders such and such sums. If the government 
had possessed gold and silver enough actually to 
pay these notes, whenever they were presented, 

then they would have been good money, like the money* 
bills of good banks. But they had no specie; and the be ™|j ,PS 
country became overrun with this paper. People be¬ 
gan to think it doubtful whether it ever would be 
redeemed; and then they did not wish to take it. 

Its market-value had depreciated to one-quarter: $ below 
that is, for an article valued at one dollar, there must par * 
be paid of this money, four dollars. 

V. But the people, who had such articles to sell, 
as the army needed, would not sell them, and take 
for pay this paper money at par. Congress, on the Con£?resfJ 
other hand, would not allow their agents to part with have no 
it below par, and the country was so poor, they had 0 ier ' 

5. Where did Washington- make winter-quarters ? As to the 

condition of the army, had they food ? Had they clothing? Had 
they shoes ? What was their lodging at night ? What the state 
of their health?—G. How had Congress thus far carried on the 
war? Give some account of the “continental money,” as their 
bills were termed. Why did people become unwilling to take it? 

How much had it now depreciated ?— 7. Why could not the gov¬ 
ernment agents procure things needful for the army ? 




234 


THE CALMNESS OF A RIGHTEOUS MIND. 


ft. in. nothing else to give. The consequence was, that they 
P’D. ii. could not now provide either food or clothing for 
ch. vi. the army. The j)ay of the officers was not sufficient 
to provide them the necessaries of life. Those who 
1777 . p iac ^ fortunes were spending, or had already spent 
The army^ 111 ' Those who had not, were in a state of actual 
suffers, suffering. Many resigned;—not merely the worth¬ 
less,—but often the bravest and the best. 

8. Amidst the grief and care to which the com- 
S1 cabai ful mander was thus subjected, a cabal was stirred up, 
Washing to Prejudice the minds of the people against him; 

ton! ° and thus to get his office for Gen. Gates. The most 
active agent of the plot, was Gen. Conway. Even 
Congress so far gave way as to appoint this man 
inspector-general. Washington, in the calmness of 
A p,® x o a f m 'his righteous mind, turned not aside from his public 
inagna- duties, to notice his private enemies. But the peo- 
mimty. took his part; and the more for this magnanim¬ 
ity. The army were so indignant, that at length, 
all who had been engaged in the plot, whatever had 
been their former services, were now afraid of their 
resentment, and kept out of the way. Gen. Con¬ 
way’s office was given to the Baron Steuben, a 
Prussian officer. 

9. Laws were passed which meliorated the condi- 
officers tion of the army. The officers were allowed lialf- 
provkied pay for seven years after the close of the war. . . 

or ' The Americans were successful in the depredations 
which their swift-sailing privateers made upon the 
British commerce. With these they boldly scoured 
Success of every sea, even those about the British islands, 
"vateers" Since 1776, they had already captured 500 of the 
British vessels. . . Early in the season, Sir Henry 
Clinton arrived in Philadelphia, to supersede Sir 
William Howe. 

10. The news of the capture of Burgoyne caused a 


7. How was it with the officers?—8. How was the commander 
now treated? How did this vile treatment affect Washington, 
the people, and the army?—9. What law was passed?_ What 
success had the American privateers? By whom was* Howe 
superseded ? 






FRANCK ACKNOWLEDGES AMERICA. 


235 


deep sensation in Europe. The English people, were 
astonished and afflicted. The French acknowl¬ 
edged the Independence of the United States. 
A treaty of alliance was made on the 6th of Febru¬ 
ary, by which it was stipulated that France and the 
United States should make common cause; and 
that neither party should make either peace or truce 
with England without the consent of the other; and 
neither party lay down their arms, till the independ¬ 
ence of the United States was secured. The Amer¬ 
ican commissioners, Franklin, Deane, and Lee, were 
received at the court of France as the representa¬ 
tives of a sister nation. M. Gerard was appointed 
minister to the United States. Dr. Franklin, still 
in France, was the following September, made min¬ 
ister plenipotentiary. 

11. The British now sent over three men, Carlisle, 
Eden, and Johnstone, under pretence of treating for 
peace; but, in reality, to plot secretly against the 
government established in the United States; and 
to draw off influential individuals, by direct bribery, 
and the promises of wealth and titles for the future. 
Johnstone offered to Gen. Reed, if he would aid 
the royal cause, ten thousand pounds sterling, and 
any office in the colonies within the king’s gift. “I 
am not,” said the patriot, “ worth purchasing; but, 
such as I am, the king of England is not rich enough 
to buy me.” 

12. In some instances, Johnstone had the indiscre¬ 
tion to write. The offended patriots brought for¬ 
ward his letters, which contained the evidence of 
his base intrigues, and Congress indignantly forbade 
all farther communication. 


10. How did the English receive the news of Burgoyne’s cap¬ 
ture ? What important result did the news produce in France? 
What arrangements were now made by France and the United 
States?—11. What plan did the British government now resort 
to ? How did Gen. Reed reply to the offer of Johnstone?—12. 
How did Congress treat those emissaries ? 


FT III. 

P D. II. 
on. vi. 

1778. 

Treaty 

with 

France. 


May. 

A French 
minister 
arrives 
with tho 
treaty. 


A plan 
unworthy 
a great 
nation. 





236 


FT. III. 
P’D. II. 

Oil. VII. 


177 ®. 

June 28. 
MON- 
MO UTII. 
Br. L. 700. 
Ain. L. 
not so 
much. 


D’Estaing 
and Sul¬ 
livan sent 
to E. I. 


Admiral 

Howe 

outwits 

d’Estaing. 


d’kSTAING AND SULLIVAN. 


CHAPTER VII. 

Battle of Monmouth.—Seat of war transferred to the South. 

1. The British army on the 18th of June, evacu¬ 
ated Philadelphia, and, inarching through New Jer¬ 
sey, now directed their course to New York. Wash¬ 
ington left Valley Forge, and adding to his army the 
New Jersey militia, hung on the rear of the enemy, 
and brought them to action at Monmouth or Free¬ 
hold. The advantage was on the side of the Amer¬ 
icans. In the beginning of the battle, Gen. Lee was 
guilty of an inadvertence, which endangered the 
whole army. Washington rebuked him sternly; 
for which, Lee afterwards wrote him insulting let¬ 
ters. A court martial censured Lee, and suspended 
him from his command. 

2. The French now fitted out a fleet, which, under 
the Count d’Estaing, left Toulon on the 18th of 
April, and arrived in America in June. Washing¬ 
ton, in order to derive the utmost advantage from 
the presence of the French fleet, directed an expe¬ 
dition against the British forces at Newport, in 
Rhode Island. He detached a force of 10,000 
troops under the command of Gen. Sullivan. By 
concert with Sullivan, d’Estaing arrived olf New¬ 
port, on the 25th of July. 

3. On the 9th of August, Sullivan landed on the 
north end of Rhode Island. On the 10th, the fleet 
of Lord Howe appeared in sight, and d’Estaing left 
Sullivan to give chase to the British admiral. The 
crafty Howe led him on, and both fleets were soon 
out of sight. When he returned he was in so shat¬ 
tered a condition, that he left Sullivan, in spite of his 
remonstrances, to his fate. He narrowly, by good 

Chapter VII. —1. What did the British army on the 18th of 
June? Give an account of the battle of Monmouth.—2. What 
was now done by the French ? What plan was conceived by 
Washington ?—3. What was done by Gen. Sullivan ? What caused 
the failure of the expedition ? 





GEORGIA IN BRITISH POSSESSION. 


OQ7 
2/0 4 


generalship, escaped falling with his whole array into p t. iii. 
the hands of the British. An engagement occurred p'dAiT 
between the hostile armies, at Quaker Hill. These CH - vn - 
affairs caused Washington much trouble, as they 1778. 
irritated the Americans against the French. . . In 
June occurred the massacre at Wyoming , a well- hill. 
known delightful valley on the banks of the Susque- Am.'L 
hannah. The perpetrators were a body of tories 211 - 
and Indians, led bj^ Col. John Butler, a tory, and Massacre 
Brandt, a half-blooded Indian. of ^ Vv * 

4 . In their military operations, the enemy now 
placed their principal hope of success, in conquering Dec. 27. 
the Southern States. Sir Henry Clinton sent to 
Georgia 2,500 men, commanded by Col. Campbell. Am L - 
Savannah being unprepared for defence, he defeated I)r . 450, 
the Americans, and then took possession of the city. Anl'i-v me 
That part of the American army which escaped, re¬ 
treated into South Carolina. . . Washington took 
winter-quarters at Middlebrook, in New Jersey. 

5 . The capital of Georgia being already in posses- 
sion of the British, they soon overran the adjacent 
country. Gen. Prevost, commander of the troops Georgia 
at St. Augustine, pursuant to the orders of Clinton, overruu - 
left Florida, and, after having in his way taken Sun- 
bury, the only fort which held out for Congress, he 
arrived at Savannah, where he took the command. 

The whole of Georgia was now under the authority 
of the royalists. 

6 . There were tories at the South, though not so 
many as the British had been led to believe. To m . 

v t I orics en- 

encourage them, they moved up the river to Au- conrased 
gusta. They sent out many persons to persuade tonse - 
them to take up arms immediately, promising them 
revenge on their opposers, and great rewards. The 

3. What was the loss in the battle near Quaker Hill? Of what 
party were Butler and Brandt the leaders ? Of what massacre 
were they the perpetrators?— 4 . What did the enemy now regard 
as their principal plan of operations ? What force was sent from 
New York? To what place? What was the American loss at 
Savannah ? Where did the remainder of the army go?— 5 . Give 
au account of the British movements in Georgia. —G. Were there 
tories in the South ? 



238 


THE SOUTH, THE SEAT OF WAR. 


PT. III. 
P'D. II. 

CH. VII. 

1779 . 

Col. Pick¬ 
ens de¬ 
feats the 
tories near 
Augusta. 

Lincoln at 
the South. 


March 3. 
BRIAR 
CREEK. 
Am. L. 
1,600. 


Prevost 
carries the 
war into 
S. C. 

May 11. 
At 

Charles¬ 

ton. 


British in 
Ya. burn 
several 
towns. 


royalists rose, put themselves under the command of 
Col. Boyd, and moving towards the British army, 
pillaged, burnt, and murdered on their way. A 
Carolinian force, under Col. Pickens, met them, 
and after severe fighting, totally defeated them. 

7 . Gen. Lincoln now took command of the south¬ 
ern forces at Charleston. Intending to recover the 
upper part of Georgia, he detached Gen. Ashe, with 
2,000 men, of the Carolina militia, to take post at a 
strong position, on Briar creek. Here he was com¬ 
pletely surprised by Gen. Prevost. The militia fled, 
without firing a shot; but many ot them were 
drowned in the river, and swallowed up in the 
marshes. 

8. Again the British were masters of all Georgia. 
Gen. Prevost now proceeded to organize a colonial 
government. . . He defeated the Americans under 
Gen. Moultrie, and compelled them to evacuate 
Black Swamp and Purysburg, in which they had 
placed garrisons. 1 On the 11th of May he appeared 
before Charleston; but Gov. Rutledge, and Gen. 
Lincoln, successfully defended the city. 

9. In May, Sir H. Clinton sent out from Hew 
York a fleet, with a corps of 2,000 men, under Gen. 
Matthews, to ravage and subdue Virginia. Ports¬ 
mouth, Norfolk, Suffolk, and Gosport, were barbar¬ 
ously burned. Failing in the grand object of pro¬ 
ducing a revolt, Clinton recalled his troops to New 
York. . . The British again planned to cut off in 
part the eastern states from the others, by getting 
the entire command of the waters of the Hudson. 
Gen. Clinton succeeded in taking the important 
forts at Stony and Verplanck’s Points. The British, 
however, were not more than six weeks in possession, 
before they were surprised at Stony Point by a de- 


C. What happened to a party in arms ?— 7. Who received the 
command of the sotuhern forces at Charleston? What detach¬ 
ment did he send out? What was its fate? What was the 
American loss?—8. What were now the British operations in 
Georgia and Carolina? What happened at Charleston? —9. De¬ 
scribe the descent made by Gen. Matthews upon Virginia. 






SCENES OF DESTRUCTION. 


239 


taclmient of the American army, ably commanded 
by Gen. Wayne. His assault of Stony Point, was 
one of the most brilliant successes of the war. 
Washington removed the artillery and munitions, 
dismantled and abandoned the fort. 

10. The Connecticut privateers cut off the sup¬ 
plies of the British at New York. Clinton sent a 
detachment under Try on to New Haven, which de¬ 
stroyed all the shipping in that port. Tryon then 
burned Fairfield , Norwalk , and Greenwich. 

11. To chastise the Indians, Gen. Sullivan, with 
3,000 troops, proceeded up the Susquehannah. At 
Wyoming he was joined by a reinforcement of 1,600 
men, under the command of James Clinton, of New 
York. The Indians and royalists, under their fero¬ 
cious leaders, Johnson, Butler, and Brandt, had ad¬ 
vanced to Newtown, and there thrown up an en¬ 
trenchment. Sullivan attacked and defeated them, 
and laid waste their country. 


p v r. iii. 

P’D. II. 

Oil. Tilt. 

17T9. 

-Tilly 15. 
STONY 
POINT. 
Br. L. 600. 
Am. L. 
100 . 

Tryon in 
Conn, 
burns 
several 
towns. 


Ans. 29. 
Sullivan 
defeats the 
tories and 
Indians. 


CHAPTER VIII. 

Campaigns of 1779 and 1780.—The British conquer the South. 

1. By previous concert, the French fleet, and the 
army of Lincoln were to co-operate against the Brit¬ 
ish force, under Prevost, now at Savannah. A Oct a 
bombardment was commenced by the allies. Fifty- U nate tu " 
three pieces of cannon, and nine mortars, sent an 
incessant shower of balls and shells, and the city was savannah, 
on fire in many places. The burning roofs fell upon 
the women, the children, and the unarmed multi¬ 
tude ; and everywhere were seen the crippled, the 
wounded, and the dying. But the fort remained 


9. What happened on the shores of the Hudson?—10. What 
provocation had Conn, given to the British? What was done in 
retaliation ?—11. How were the Indians chastised ? 

Chapter VIII.—1. What now were the French engaged in? 
What course was taken by d’Estaing ? What did the allies agree 
to attempt ? Give an account of the bombardment of Savannah. 







240 


BAT) MONEY MAKES BAD MEN. 


P’T. hi. uninjured. It was then resolved to assault the town. 
fix hTT he flower of the combined armies were led to a 
on. vin. bloody and unsuccessful attack, by the two com- 
manders, d’Estaing and Lincoln. Count Pulaski 
savant ^ ere r ^ ie allies, totally defeated, raised the siege. 

nail 2. On the coast of Great Britain, Paul Jones, a 
F Am l°‘ nat i ve of Scotland, but commanding a small fleet in 
4oo. * the service of the United States, attacked Capt. 

Pearson, the commander of an English fleet in con- 
jones 1 voy of merchant ships. This fierce battle occurred 
™ei» n - in the night; with the horrible circumstances of 
victory, magazines of powder blowing up, — vessels taking 
fire, and sinking,—and the most shocking carnage. 
In some of the vessels, more than three-quarters of 
the officers and men were killed. Jones finally pre¬ 
vailed. 

3. At the close of this year, a dollar in specie could 
scarcely be obtained for forty in continental bills. 
But, the paper was fluctuating in its value. Hence 
a set of men arose, who preferred speculating on 
immoraii- this currency, to honest industry; and often in the 
ty caused changes which occurred, the worthless amassed sud- 
b ‘tuatins C ' den wealth, while many deserving persons of moder- 
currency. a te fortunes, sunk at once to poverty. The honest 
Fn h n i individual of private life, will be surprised to learn 
counter- another reason of the depreciation of American pa- 
monev P er * England, on this occasion, turned counterfeiter. 
Her ministers sent over, and her generals distributed 
whole chests of spurious bills, so perfectly imitated, 
as scarcely to be distinguished from the true. 

Sirii. 4. Washington took winter-quarters at Morris- 
wuwooo t°wn. • . Sir Henry Clinton, with 7,000 men, sailed in 
men at December from New York, and soon after his land- 
the south. i n g^ me naced Charleston. Gen. Lincoln removed 
Li and ln tether with his army; and in conjunction with Gov. 
Rutledge. Rutledge, tried every measure to put the city in a 

1. Give an account of the assault.— 2 . Who was Paul Jones? 
Give some account of his sea-fight.—3. What was now the con¬ 
dition of the country in regard to the currency ? What effect had 
it on the morals of the people? What had England done to aid 
in depreciating the currency? — 4. Where was Washington? 
Where did Sir Henry Clinton go? 









CHARLESTON TAKEN. 


241 


posture of defence. But they had great difficulties ft. iii. 
to encounter. The militia had been disbanded; they fd. iiT 
were dispirited, and were afraid to enter Charleston CH - vm - 
on account of the small-pox, which was there pre- Their 

voi liner discour- 

v ail mg .. agements. 

5. Clinton commenced the siege on the 1st of 
April. On the 14th, a detachment of the American lVSO. 
army, under Gen. Huger, was defeated at Monk’s 
Corner. Thus the only retreat of the army of Liu- 

coin, was cut off. On the 7 th of May, Fort Moul- 
trie was given up. Gen. Lincoln then surrendered Lincoln’s 
his army; which consisted of seven general officers, 
ten continental regiments, and three battalions. 

Four hundred pieces of artillery, and four frigates 
fell into the hands of the enemy. 

6. After taking possession of the capital, Clinton’s 
next object was to make himself master of the whole 
State. A corps of Carolinians, under Col. Buford, 
were in arms. Col. Tarleton, noted for rapid move- masters 
ment and unrelenting cruelty, was sent against him ofS -°- 
at the head of a body of cavalry. He came up with 

him at Waxhaw, defeated him, and barbarously slew 
his men, after they had laid down their arms, and 
while they were crying for quarter. 

Many Carolinians flocked to the royal standard. 

Clinton wrote to England, that “South Carolina 
was English again.” He published a full pardon to 
all who should immediately return to their duty. 

But they must take up arms in support of the royal 
cause. . . Gen. Clinton distributed his army into the ciinton’ 
most important garrisons, and leaving Lord Corn- ret ^ r, £ t0 
wallis in the command of the southern department, 
he returned to New York. 

7. The winter had been so severe, that all the 
1 waters about New York were frozen,. . Springfield, 

4. What was the condition of Charleston in regard to defence 
asrainst invasion? — 5. What advantages were gained by the 
British previous to the 8th of May ? What was surrendered ?—6. 

What was Clinton’s next object? Who were in arms? Give an 
account of Tarleton. Of the engagement. What was at this time 
the position of affairs in South Carolina?—7. Was the winter of 
1779-80 severe ? What place was burned ? 

11 




242 


PROSPECTS BRIGHTEN. 


P’T. iii. in New Jersey, had been burned by the Hessian 
p’D. ir. army. 

oh. yin. Congress now decided, that in future, the con- 
tinental bills should pass, not at the value indicated 
Congress by the note, but at such a rate as people were will- 
the n £ 8 * i0 re t0 a ^ ow - • • • I 11 Carolina and Georgia, the Brit- 
Viatton Offish treated all those who adhered to the republic, 
their hills. g rea t severity. Against their agreement, they 
Southern were about to compel them to tight in their armies, 
patriots. They then said, “ If we must fight, it shall be for 
America and our friends,—not for England and 
strangers.” 

9. The women of Carolina refused their presence 
at every scene of gayety. Like the daughters of 

I of r the m captive Zion, they would not amuse their conquer- 
women of ors. But, at every hazard, they honored, with their 
Carolina, attention, the brave defenders of their country. 
Sisters encouraged their brothers,—the mother her 
son, and the wife her husband; and their parting 
advice was, “ prefer prisons to infamy, and death to 
servitude.” 

10. In every part of the nation that fire of patri- 
o“ °tLm rekindled, which burned so brightly in the 

ism. beginning of the revolution. The militia and the 
men of capital, came forward with alacrity. The 
T of the fe women, with Martha Washington at their head, 
comman- formed an industrious society, to make clothing for 
<tr ' the soldiers. All seemed ready to contribute, in 
such ways as they could, to the common cause. 

La Fay- 11. At this period, La Fayette, who, by leave of 
e . tte Congress had visited France, returned with the 
cheering intelligence that a considerable body oi 
July io. French troops had embarked for America. The 
tqifadron 1 ^ eet soon arrived, bearing 6,000 soldiers, under the 
arrives, command of tl\e Count de Rochambeau. To pre- 


8. What did Congress decide respecting the currency ? How 

were the men of the South treated? What did they'say?—9. 

What was the conduct of the women of the South ?—10. How did 
the same spirit manifest itself throughout the nation?—11. At 
what time did the French squadron arrive? What number of 

troops came over? Who commanded the French troops? 







DEFEAT AT CAMDEN. 


2.43 


vent contention, La Fayette had arranged that Gen. p«r. hi. 
Washington should be the commander-in-chief of pm. it. 
all the forces, both French and Americen, whether CH - vm - 
on land or at sea. 

12. The insolence of the British troops had aroused 

the people of North and South Carolina. Among Pai . tisan 
the partisan officers, who headed the resolute par- 
ties which were formed, none rendered such dis- an men ' 
tinguished services as Cols. Sumpter and Marion. 

Their men were such as were contented to serve 
their country, half-clothed, halt-fed, and half-anned, 
rather than submit to lose the rights of freemen. 
Frequent skirmishes with the British, at length, 
furnished muskets and cartridges; and Col. Sump- snmpter 
ter, whose numbers now amounted to 600 men, as- de ^* t ®J he 
saulted the strong post of Rocky Mount, where he iiaxg- 
was repulsed; he then attacked and destroyed a rock. 
British regiment at Hanging Rock. 

13. A few regular troops, under the command of 

the Baron de Kalb, had been sent from Maryland Baron de 
for the defence of Carolina. At Deep River they enters N. 
were ioined, on the 25th of July, bv Gen. Gates,. 0 witl * a , 
who had been appointed to the command of the is joined 
southern army. He advanced towards South Caro- by Gat08 ’ 
lina with a force, now amounting to about 4,000 men. 
Multitudes flocked to join Gates, among whom were He is 
whole companies which had been levied for the ser- joined by 

. . many. 

vice ot the king. 

14. Lord Rawdon, who had command of the 
British forces of Carolina, had concentrated them at ^oam- 
Camden, where he was joined by Cornwallis, 

The hostile armies each making an attempt to sur- 2 jooo.‘ 
prise the other, met in the darkness of night. Wait- Br - L - 324 - 


11. Who commanded the whole allied army?—12. What dis¬ 
tinguished partisan officers appeared at the South ? What kind 
of men composed their parties? Who was successful at Hanging 
Kock ?—13. Who was sent from Maryland ? Who joined him ? 
How large was the southern army? How was the army further 
enlarged ?—14. Where and under whom were the British forces? 
Describe tbe meeting of the armies—the arrangements of the 
generals. Describe the battle of Camden. When did it occur? 
What was the loss? 






244 


ARNOLD. 


F T. III. 
P’D. II. 

CH. IX. 

1780. 


Death of 
de Kalb. 


Aug. 18. 
Tarleton 
defeats 
Sumpter 
at Fishing 
Creek. 


General 

Marion. 


Arnold 

becomes 

extrav¬ 

agant 


Extrava¬ 

gance 

breeds 

dishon¬ 

esty. 


ing, by mutual consent, for the dawn, they drew up 
their men for the tight. The American militia fled, 
and the regulars could not sustain the unequal strife. 
Gen. Gregory was killed in this disastrous and 
bloody battle; the Baron de Kalb was mortally 
wounded. All the artillery, baggage, and stores, 
fell into the hands of the enemy. 

15. After this disastrous defeat, Gen. Gates re¬ 
treated to North Carolina, leaving the British tri¬ 
umphant in the South. Col. Sumpter, on learning 
the defeat of Gates, retired with 300 men to North 
Carolina. Tarleton, with his legion, surprised him 
on the banks of Fishing Creek. Sumpter, with a 
few of his men, escaped; but most of them were 
taken by Tarleton and put to the sword. Marion, 
who about this time was promoted to the rank of 
brigadier-general, still kept the field. 


CHAPTER IX. 

Arnold’s Treason. 

1. Arnold did not fully recover from the wrnunds 
he received in the battle of Saratoga. Not being 
able to take the field, he w r as, by his own request, 
made commandant of Philadelphia. Here he in¬ 
dulged in high play and extravagance of living; by 
which he expended more than his income. When 
he found that this was the case, had he possessed the 
good sense and moral courage to retrench his ex¬ 
penses, and give up the vicious habit of gaming, 
much disgrace and suffering might have been spared. 

2. But instead of this, he kept on in these expen¬ 
sive courses; and set himself to devise expedients, 
to get the required money. In presenting his ac- 

15. What did General Gates ? What officer yet made head in 
South Carolina? "What misfortune did he meet? Who yet kept 
the lield ? 

Chapter IX.—1. Give an account of Arnold ? When he found 
his expenses exceeded his income, what ought he to have done? 











EXTRAVAGANCE LEADS TO DISHONESTY. 


245 


counts to the government, he made dishonest charges; pt. iii. 
and when they were challenged, he attempted to pd. ii. 
carry them through by bluster and bravado. In the CH - IX - 
end these accounts were disallowed; he was tried 
for his disrespectful language and behavior to those 1 **** 
in authority ; and by the sentence of a court martial, 
reprimanded by Washington. 

3. Revenge was now added to avarice; and Ar- Revens?e 
nold addressed a letter to Col. Robinson, at New and tf ea- 

ork, opening, by this means, a negotiation with 
Sir Henry Clinton, in which he sold himself to the The price 
British, to do their bidding, for the sum of ten 
thousand pounds, and a commission in the British country’s 
army. bloo(1, 

4. Instigated by Clinton, he sought and obtained Hpob _ 
of Washington the command of the fortress at West tains the 
Point. His first measure was to scatter the army, 

so that it might be easily cut off by the British. Point - 
Major Andre, the young and interesting aid-de- Ma - or 
camp of Gen. Clinton, had been by him intrusted to Andre, 
plan with Arnold, how the stronghold of West Point 
and the American army might be put into the power 
of the British. 

5. To concert their last measures, Andre met Ar¬ 
nold a little below Stony Point. They spent the 
whole night in conference; and when the day dawned, have a 
their arrangements were not all concluded. Andre interview, 
was kept in close concealment through the day, and 

at night he prepared to return. By the entreaties 
of Arnold, he was prevailed upon to exchange his 
uniform for a common dress. 

6 . It became necessary for him to proceed towards 
New York by land. lie took a horse from Arnold, 


2. Into what measures did Ids extravagance lead him? How 
were his dishonest accounts received? What was done by a 
court martial ?—3. What did Arnold’s fierce passions next lead 
him to? For what did he sell himself?—4. What command did 
he obtain ? Why did he scatter the army ? Whom did Sir Henry 
Clinton authorize to plan with Arnold the delivery of the army? 
—5. Relate the circumstances of the interview?—What is the 
heading at the top of the page ? (Suppose the teacher gives this to 
the class as the motto or subject of their next composition.) 





246 


ANDRE IMPRISONED. 


P’T. III. 
P’D. II. 

CH. IX. 


1780. 


Andre is 
taken 
by three 
soldiers. 


and a passport, under the name of John Anderson. 
Having safely passed the American guard, and 
reached Tarrytown, near the British posts, three 
soldiers of the militia crossed his way, and he passed 
on. One of them thought the traveller had some¬ 
thing peculiar in his appearance, and called him 
hack. Andre inquired, “ Where are you from ?” 
“From below” (intending to be understood from 
New York), replied the soldiers. “ So am I,” said 
the self-betrayed Andre. The soldiers arrested him. 



7. Andre plead earnestly to be released, and oft 
WiiS; f erecl lai » e suras of money; but the humble patri- 
anrt Van’ ots spurned the bribe, and were deaf to the entreaty. 
Wert. qq ie i r liames were John Paulding, David Williams, 


5. Relate the circumstances of Andre’s seizure.—7. What did 
Andre? What were the names of the three who seized him ? 


































































CORNWALLIS IN THE CARO LIN AS. 


247 


and Isaac Van Wert. They searched his person, ft. iil 
and found papers in his boots, in the handwriting VdAT 
of Arnold, which disclosed the treason. They im- on - lx - 
mediately conducted Andre to Col. Jameson, the 
officer who commanded the advanced guard, at Sa-They take 
lem, near Peekskill. The officer could not be per- t Jj*“ ^ 
suaded that his general was a traitor, and he per-estAmer"- 
mitted Andre to write to him. Arnold seized a ican fort 
boat and escaped on board the Vulture, a British 
ship, which had brought Andre up the river, 

8. Washington summoned a court-martial, of 
which Greene and La Fayette were members. 

Andre appeared before his judges with a nolje 
frankness. He disguised no fact, and resorted to no 
subterfuge. His judges, according to the usages of 0ct 2 
war, were compelled to sentence him to death as a Execution 
spy. He was accordingly led from his prison to the of Andre ’ 
gallows. 

9. After the battle of Camden, Lord Cornwallis 
marched into North Carolina. He had sent before 
him Col. Ferguson with a body of troops. They 
had committed such shocking outrages, that the 
people, highly exasperated, had collected in great 
numbers, under several commanders, the principal ot 
whom were Campbell and Shelby. They attacked 0c t. 7 . 
Ferguson on a woody eminence, called King’s Moun- 
tain. He was killed, and his party totally defeated, tain. 

10. This was a severe blow to Cornwallis, aud Br ‘ L - 300 * 
rendered his situation in North Carolina precarious. 

Cols. Sumpter and Marion were on the alert, and 
his troops were in continual danger of being sur¬ 
prised by these active leaders. He therefore retired 
to South Carolina, and stationed his army at Winns- to s. o. 
borough. 

11. Tarleton was sent in pursuit of Sumpter. He 


7. What further happened to Andre and Arnold?—8. What 
course did Washington pursue ? What was the fate of Andr6 ? 
—9. Describe the operations of the British. Who had committed 
outrages? Who were the leaders of the people? Describe the 
afiair at King’s Mountain.—10. Why did Cornwallis now retire 
to South Carolina ? 





248 


FINANCIAL EMBARRASSMENT.-ROBERT MORRIS. 


ft. hi. attacked him at Blackstocks, but was compelled to 
p-n. n . retreat. Sumpter being dangerously wounded, his 
gh. x. forces were disbanded. Gen. Gates was now super- 
1780 . seded by Gen. Greene. This officer found the 
bITck- arm y Charlottetown. 

stocks. 12. Gen. Leslie, with 1,500 men, having joined 
gSZ Cornwallis at Winnsborough, his hopes of reducing 
super- 8 North Carolina and Virginia, were renewed. . . . 
Greene 7 Arnold, whom the British had made a brigadier- 
n()] general, had been sent to the Chesapeake. He 
make? landed 1,600 men in Virginia, and commenced, what 
rt f ^® nt now seemed his favorite employment, the devasta- 
Virginia. tiQn of his country. 


CHAPTER X. 

Robert Morris.—Revolt of the Pennsylvania line.—Cornwallis at 
the South. 

1. It is scarcely possible to conceive a situation 
more trying than that of the American Congress. 

Perpiexi- They were striving, not for conquest, but for exist- 
ties of ence; their powerful foe was in full strength, in the 
Congress. j ieart 0 f their country;—they had great military 
operations to carry on, but were almost without an 
army, and wholly without money, as their bills of 
credit had ceased to be of any value. 

2. But instead of sinking in despair, they re- 
They lay a doubled their exertions. They directed their agents 
d to e raise X a ^ roa< ^ to borrow, if possible, from France, Spain, 

money, and Holland. They resorted to taxation, and they 
Morris determined on introducing thorough reform, and 
founds the strict economy. They accordingly appointed as 
national treasurer, the excellent Robert Morris, of Phila- 
bank. delphia. By a national bank, to which he obtained 

11. Give an account of the affair at Blackstocks. By whom was 
Gates superseded ? Where did Greene find the army ?—12. What 
can you relate of Arnold ? 

Chapter X. —1. What difficulties had Congress to encounter? 
—2. What course did they take ? Whom did they make treas¬ 
urer ? 









REVOLT OF THE PENNSYLVANIA LINE. 


249 


the approbation of Congress, lie contrived to draw pt. hi 
out the money of wealthy individuals; and by bor- FD< IL 
rowing, in the name of the government from this CH - x 
bank, and pledging freely his private credit, he once 
more put the government in funds. Franklin had 
obtained from Louis XVI. a gift of six millions of obtains 
livres; and his guarantee to the States-General of Tom 7 
Holland,—which, on this security, lent to Congress F ™ ce 
the sum of ten millions of livres. Holland. 

3. Before these measures had imparted vigor to 
the fainting republic, an event occurred which 
threatened its subversion. The Pennsylvania line, 
amounting to near 1,500 men, were suffering the Pevoit i.f 
extremity of want. A violent tumult broke out on 

the night of the 1st of January. The soldiers de¬ 
clared that they would march, with arms in their 
hands, to the hall of Congress, and demand justice. 

It was in vain that their officers attempted to ap¬ 
pease them. Their most popular leader, La Fay¬ 
ette, was constrained to quit the camp. Gen. Wayne 
presented himself boldly among them, with a pistol Jan. 
in his hand, but they menaced his life, and pointed 
their bayonets, as if to execute their threats. 

4. Sir Henry Clinton, informed of this revolt, sent 
three American loyalists, to make the insurgents the( A r> acific 
most tempting offers. But the commissioners of advised 
Congress offered them, at the same time, the earliest b ^ n TtJJ h * 
possible payment of arrears, an immediate supply ofan^adop- 
necessary clothing, and an oblivion of the past, congress) 
The mutineers accepted these proposals; and Con¬ 
gress, in due time, fulfilled the conditions. The ^ssaries 
Pennsylvanians then delivered up the emissaries of hanged. 
Clinton, who were immediately hanged. . . . The 
troops of Xew Jersey next erected the standard of s ^®Twps 
revolt. Washington marched against them with so revolt 
powerful a force, that he compelled them to submit; punished. 


2. What measures did Morris adopt? What had Franklin ob¬ 
tained ?—3. Give an account of the mutiny of Jan., 1781. What 
was done to overawe, and what to appease the mutineers?—4. 
What did Sir H. Clinton ? How was the difficulty settled? What 
was done to Clinton’s emissaries ? 

11 * 





250 


THE COW PENS. 


p’T. hi. and, chastising tlieir leaders with severity, the army 
pm. ii. was no longer disturbed by sedition. 
cu - x - 5. Gen. Greene separated the southern army, 
which consisted of 2,000 men, into two parts; and 
Greene at the head of one division he encamped at the con- 
separates fluence of Hicks’ creek with the Pedee; while Col. 
el-n army." Morgan at the head of the other, moved, by his di¬ 
rection, into the western part of the State. 

6. Cornwallis detached Tarleton, who finding Mor- 
3 cow- gan’s division at a place called the Cowpens, attacked 
pens, with his usual impetuosity. After one of the severest 
B Am! l°' and best-fought engagements of the whole war, the 
k. 12 ,w.60. British were entirely defeated, with heavy loss. 

V. Cornwallis pursued the victorious party. Each 
m w n arm y ma de exertions to reach the fords of the Ca- 
pursued tawba, before the other. Morgan succeeded, hav- 
hyCorn- j n g crossed the river two hours only, when the Brit¬ 
ish appeared on the opposite bank. Night came 
on, a heavy rain fell, and Cornwallis was obliged to 
wait three days before the subsiding waters allowed 
him to pass. Greene here joined Morgan, having 
Another left Gen. Huger in command. Another race was 
r the Ca- n begun, from the Catawba to the Yadkin. Again 
tawba to the British commander arrived just as the Ameri- 
Yadkin. cans had crossed, and again Providence interfered in 
their behalf—the waters rose so that their enemy 
could not follow them. 

8. Gen. Greene marched to Guilford, where he 
Feb. 9 . was joined by the forces under Gen. Huger. Corn- 
di vis ions wallis proceeded to the Dan ; intending, by reaching 

unite, these fords before the Americans, to prevent their 
communication with Virginia. In this, also, he was 
disappointed. 

9. Greene’s army had been augmented to 4,400. 
He now advanced upon his enemy, and took post at 


4. What happened in regard to the troops of New Jersey ?—5. 
How did Gen. Greene proceed in regard to the southern forces? 
—G. Relate the affair of the Cowpens, mentioning the loss.—7. 
Give an account of the race between the two armies.—8. Where 
was General Greene joined by the forces under Huger? Give a 
further account of the movements of Cornwallis. 






iiobkirk’s iiill. 


251 


Guilford Court House, about eight miles from the ft. iii. 
British general. The armies met on the 15th of~FD. n. 
March. The American regulars fought for an hour CH - XI - 
and a half with great bravery, and in some instances 
forced the British to give way. They were, how-Marc® is. 
ever, at length, compelled to retreat, but it was only 
step by step, and without breaking their ranks, c. h. 
Cornwallis after a few days’ repose, marched towards 
Wilmington; and from thence into Virginia, to Br. l. 
co-operate with Arnold, in subduing that State. P more! y 
Greene proceeded towards Camden, in South Car¬ 
olina. 


CHAPTER XI. 

Campaign of 1781. —Battle of Eutaw Springs.—Cornwallis taken. 

1. Lord Rawdon, whom Cornwallis had left to 
command in Carolina, fixed his head-quarters at 
Ccnnden. Gen. Greene advanced to Hobkirk’s Hill, 
within a mile of Camden, where he intrenched his 
army. Here the Americans carelessly suffered them- HQB 
selves to be surprised in the night by Lord Rawdon. kirics 
By good generalship, Greene, however, came near L /j ^^ y 
defeating the British; but the advantage in the en- soo on 
counter, was at last with the enemy. Greene re- each Slde ‘ 
tired five miles, and encamped. 

2. Rawdon now found his army weakened; and 
the inhabitants in every direction were rising against 

him. On the 10th of May he evacuated Camden, Mayio. 
and retreated towards Charleston. In two months, p " awdon 
most of the upper forts of the British, were either Camden, 
abandoned or taken by the Americans. Marion, 
Sumpter, and Lee, took three of the forts, and 800 
prisoners. 

3. Lord Rawdon now established his camp at 

9. Give an account of the battle of Guilford Court House. 

Where did Cornwallis then go? Where did Greene? 

Chapter XI.—1. How were the armies in South Carolina now 
situated ? Give an account of the battle of Hobkirk’s Hill.—2. 

What was Rawdon’s situation after the battle ? 









252 


EUTAW SPRINGS. 


P’T. hi. Orangeburg. Greene pursued him, but finding his 
rT) IL ~ position covered by the windings of the Edisto, he 
CH XI - bent his march on the 16th, to the heights which 
border the Santee. The season proved uncommonly 
Holtmueshot and sickly, and the contending armies, by tacit 
sus- consent, suspended their operations. ... A tragic 
pended. gcene occmTe d about this time at Charleston, which 
Execution greatly irritated the Carolinians. Col. Isaac Hayne 
of col. W as executed, without even the form of a trial, by 
yne ' order of Lord Rawdon and Col. Balfour. 

4. Gen. Greene crossed the Congaree, and de¬ 
scended along its right bank, intending to attack 
Col. Stuart, who had succeeded Lord Rawdon 
in command. This officer fell back upon' Eutaw 
Springs, and thither Gen. Greene pursued him. 
sept. 8. The armies engaged on the 8th. The battle of 
EU sp W Eutaw Springs, is memorable as being one of the 
Br. l. most bloody, and valiantly contested fields of the war; 
Am°°L. and also for being the last of any note that occurred 
600> at the South. Greene’s army in the first encounter, 
routed the British, but they found in their flight a 
house, and other sheltering objects, where they 
made a stand and rallied. Greene withdrew bearing 
to his camp 500 prisoners. He with his officers re¬ 
ceived the thanks of Congress. The British no 
longer dared to keep the open country, but retired 
gain the to Charleston. The whole of South Carolina and 
country. Q eor gi a? except their capitals, was thus recovered. 
La Fay- La Layette, at the head of 1,200 light infan- 
ette sent try, was now dispatched by Washington towards 
to Va. yj r gj n j a . w hile * French fleet from Rhode Island, 
was sent out to cut off the retreat of Arnold from 
March 16 . the Chesapeake. But Clinton sent Admiral Arbuth- 
Fr&Eng. not, who fought the French off Cape Henry, and 
fleets, obliged them to return. Clinton sent Gen. Philips, 


3. Where did each army now move, and where rest for a sea¬ 
son ? What measure of the British incensed the Carolinians ? —4. 
Give an account of the movements of the armies. Give an account 
of the battle which now occurred. Why was the battle of Eutaw 
Springs memorable? What was now the condition of the British 
in South Carolina? 











SKCRESY AIDS GREAT SCHEMES. 


253 


with 2,000 men, to assist Arnold. La Fayette ar- pt. iii. 
rived in time to save Richmond ; hut he witnessed Yd. ii. 
from that place, the conflagration of Manchester, on cu - XI - 
the opposite bank of the James. Manches- 

6. Cornwallis went to Petersburg, and was there burned, 
met by Arnold. He then moved the whole army 

into the interior of Virginia, hoping to overrun and 
subjugate the State. He harrassed the country by Arnold 
sending out his light troops, especially those under timte ‘ 
Tarleton. They on one occasion, came near taking 
prisoner Mr. Jefferson, then governor of the State. 

But he secreted himself and escaped. 

7. Cornwallis was suddenly recalled to the sea- 
coast, by an order from Sir Henry Clinton. Fearing sir h. 
that the Americans and French meditated an attack Pecans 
on New York, he had directed Cornwallis to em- Co ™- 
bark 3,000 of his troops for that city. He marched 

with his army to Portsmouth, where he received Remands 
counter orders. Clinton having had a reinforce- hls order - 
ment, he believed he could dispense with further Ang 23 
aid; but he ordered Cornwallis to remain upon the Cornwai- 
coast. This general then marched to Yorktown ’York” 
which he proceeded to fortify. town * 

8. Washington had learned that a French fleet 
with a large force under the Count de Grasse was 

to arrive in the Chesapeake. He concerted his Wagh 
measures with Count Rochambeau, the French com- ington’s 
mander in the United States. The allied force was g ™ ld v ™* 
concentrated in the neighborhood of New York. 

Sir Henry Clinton believed they meant to attack 
him there. He was surprised to learn that Wash- Allied 
ington had directed their march south, through New go a: tJtake 
Jersey; but supposed it a feint to draw his army Corn- 
from their defences; but the allied forces had gone 


5-6. What was clone in and near Virginia?— 7. Why was 
Cornwallis recalled to the sea-coast ? Where did he fortify?—8. 
What fleet did Washington expect ? With whom did Washington 
take counsel? Where were the allied forces concentrated ? What 
did Clinton suppose ? What in the mean time did Washington do ? 
—What is the heading at the top of the page ? (This would bo a 
good subject for a composition.') 





254 


BUTCHERY AT FORT GRISWOLD. 


p’T. in. to take Cornwallis, and had so got the start of Clin- 
P’D. ii. ton, that he could not now hinder them, 
cu. xi. 9 . The Count de Grasse, with twenty-five sail of 
the line, entered the mouth of the Chesapeake, only 
De^£L*e°ne hour before Washington arrived at the Head 
enters 0 f Elk, and immediately performed the part as- 
an up b the kS signed to him, by blocking up the mouths of the 
a C eake York and James rivers; thus cutting ofi all com- 
apea e ’ munication between the British at Yorktown and 
Hew York. A French squadron from Rhode Island, 
got safely by the British fleet, and brought the artil¬ 
lery necessary for the siege. 

10 . Clinton, vainly hoping to make a diversion in 
favor of Cornwallis, sent the traitor Arnold, lately 

Sept. 6. returned from Virginia, to ravage Connecticut. The 
gms- garrison of Fort Griswold, in Groton, near New 
wold. London, being attacked, made a resolute defence. 
son S au ri *At length they were overpowered. As the British 
b e U red" en tered, an officer inquired, u Who commands this 
fort?” “I did,” said Col. Ledyard, “but you do 
now;” and presented his sword. The monster took 
it and plunged it in his bosom. Scarcely was there 
a father of a family, in the little town of Groton, but 
Arnold was that n ight butchered; and almost its entire pop- 
burns n. ulation became widows and orphans. New London 
London. wag ^ben burned. 

11. By the aid of the French fleet, Washington 
had effected the removal of his army and stores 
from the Head of Elk. The whole force amounted 

Oct. 14 . to 16,000; 7,000 of whom were French. The allies 
Vown. comrnence d their works at Yorktown on the night 
Two ' of the 6th of October. On the 14th, two redoubts 
r taken tS a d vance of the English main works were taken ; 
the one by the Americans under La Fayette and 


9. What fleet arrived? Where? When? What did it per¬ 
form? How were the allies supplied with artillery? —10. What 
diversion did Clinton attempt to make in favor of Cornwallis? 
Relate the capture of Fort Griswold. What was the traitor’s next 
exploit?—11. Mow was Washington enabled to remove his army 
and stores? What was the number of the combined army? 
What was done, and by whom, on the night of the 14th ? 









THE FINISHING STROKE, 


255 


Col. Hamilton, and the other by the French under pt. iii 
the Baron Yiomesnil. ~e”d!jiT 

12. Cornwallis had confidently expected aid from cn - xr - 
Clinton, but becoming discouraged, he made an ef- _ 
fort to escape, by crossing the river in the night, cornwai- 
His army were to embark in three divisions:—a ,is ftt * 
part had already crossed and landed at Gloucester Escape! 0 
Point; a part were upon the river ; the third divis¬ 
ion alone had not embarked. The air and the wa¬ 
ter were calm, and his hopes of escape were high. 

In a moment the sky was overcast and a tempest 
arose. The very elements seemed armed against 
him, as if he were checked by an Invisible Power, 
which watched over the American people. At 
dawn the besiegers opened a destructive fire upon October 
him, and he was glad, wdien the abating tempest al- "york 
lowed, to return to his almost dismantled fortifica- town. 

ti0tlS - „ . , T.MOpr., 

13. Seeing no hope, the general, on the 17th, sent 6° cannon, 
a flag to Washington, and the terms of surrender J^ch, 
were immediately agreed on. A sloop, laden with 2 0 £ r i gateiS 
such persons as Cornwallis selected, was to be al- ports, 
lowed to pass, without search or visit, to New York. 

The "whole remaining British force "was surrendered 
to the allies; the land army, with its munitions, to 
the Americans; the marine, to the French. 

14. This event caused a burst of joy throughout 
America. Nor did the people, or the civil rulers, Rejoicings 
amid the honors, which were showered upon the P^ ic 
American and French commanders, forget to ac- devout 
knowledge their supreme obligation to the Great 
Commander and Ruler of armies and of nations. 

15. Gen. La Fayette, who had sought America in La Fay - 
her adversity, left her as soon as prosperity dawned returns to 
upon her fortunes. He embarked about this time France. 


12. What reflections might Cornwallis naturally make?—13. 
What step did Cornwallis now take? What were the most im¬ 
portant of the terms of surrender? What was surrendered to the 
Americans? What to the French? How did this surrender 
affect the Americans?—14. "What did they remember to ac¬ 
knowledge ? 







256 


VERMONT. 


FT. hi. for France; leaving deep, in the hearts of a grate- 
P’D. ii. ful people, the remembrance of his virtues and his 
CH - XII> services. 


CHAPTER XII. 

Vermont.—Measures of Peace.—Fears and discontents of the 
Army happily quieted. 

1. Vermont was, at this period, an independent 
Situation natiou - I ts territory was first settled by grants from 
Tvr New Hampshire, and afterwards decided, by the 

niont. English government, to belong to New York; and 
had that State given quiet possession of the soil to 
those individuals who had purchased, and cultivated 
farms under New Hampshire, Vermont would now 
have been a part of its territory. But the attempt 
having been made to eject those settlers by force, 
they forcibly resisted. The inhabitants met in con- 
1777. vention, in 1777, and declared the New Hampshire 
iSeifinde- g rants to he an independent State, under the title 
pendent, of “ New Connecticut, alias Vermontthe first ap¬ 
pellation, and the ungraceful “ alias,” being after¬ 
wards dropped. Their affairs were, at first, man¬ 
aged by several of the leading men, called “ a Coun¬ 
cil of Safety.” Their first legislature met at Wind¬ 
sor, in March, 1778. 

2. It was most fortunate for America that the re¬ 
sult of the last campaign had been favorable; for 

tiononhe such was the extreme poverty of the government, 
u. s. that it seems impossible that another could have 
been sustained. The several State governments 
wholly failed of paying their taxes; alleging the 
utter inability of the people to meet further taxation. 

3. The people of England had also felt very se- 

15. Where was now the most generous of the defenders of 
America ? 

Chapter XII. —1. What was Vermont? Under what State had 
the first settlements been made? What State afterwards laid 
claims to the settlements? How did the settlers proceed? By 
whom were their affairs first managed ?— 2. What was the condi¬ 
tion of the United States at the close of the war ? 








PEACE. 


257 


verely their great expenses; and on hearing the dis- ft. iii. 
asters which had attended their arms, they murmured pm. 11 . 
against the government for continuing the war. CH - X,r - 
The house of commons, moved by this expression of ^ 
feeling, as well as by the eloquent speeches of Gen. Fe5< ’ 
Conway, and others, voted, “that they should con- Parlia * 
sider as enemies to his majesty and their country, takes 
all who should advise, or attempt, a further prosecu- 
tion of offensive war on the continent of America.” ori,CACe ' 

4. To be ready for overtures of peace, Congress 
appointed as their agents, four distinguished men, Franklin* 
already in Europe,— Dr. Franklin, John Adams, 

John Jay, and Henry Laurens. Mr. Adams pro- Laurens, 
cured, from the States of Holland, on the 19th of 
April, the recognition of American Independence, h on and 
On the 8th of October, he obtained a treaty of am-recognizes 
ity and commerce; and, not long after, a loan of inc^pen- 
money; to the great relief of his exhausted country. dencc - 

5. On the 20th of January, 1783, 'preliminary 
articles of peace were signed at Versailles. The de- f 
finitive treaty was deferred until the adjustment of 1 
affairs between England and France, and was not sept. ia 
signed until the 3d of September. The terms granted Peace of 
to the Americans by this treaty, in respect to the \ cr " 
extent of territory, and right to the fisheries, were sai cs * 
equal to their most sanguine expectations. It was a 
treaty which made America independent, in fact, as 

well as in name. Great Britain preferred this, to 
her becoming a dependent on France, of which she 
had some fears. 

6. The officers of the army feared, that if they Discon _ 
should disband, themselves and their services would tents 
be forgotten. Some were ambitious; and thought Officers. 0 
that if a monarchy should succeed, they might be- 

3. What was the state of public feeling in England ? What 
resolution passed in parliament ?—4. What men were chosen by 
Congress? For what purpose? What was procured from Hol¬ 
land? By whom?— 5. When were the preliminaries of peace 
signed, and where? What, was deferred? Till what time? 

What can be said of the terms of the treaty as regards the United 
States ? —6. What fears had the officers of the army ? What am¬ 
bitious project had some of them? 


i 






258 


THE MORAL SUBLIME. 


ft. hi. come dukes or earls. A letter was addressed by one 
pt>. ii. of these to Washington, endeavoring, in a smooth 
CH - xn - and artful strain, to persuade him, that a monarchy 
was the most desirable form of government, and 
* himself a suitable man for king. Washington re- 
a rebuke. plied, that “he viewed such ideas with abhorrence, 
and must reprehend them with severity.” 

7. But the discontents of the army remained; and 
Washington repeatedly urged Congress to attend to 
their just claims. While the army were lying at 
Newburg, an anonymous paper, able, but seditious, 
was circulated. The advice that it contained was, 
that the officers should cease to petition Congress, 
but march with arms in their hands, and demand 
justice. Washington had foreseen such a crisis, and 

Newburo- ia< ^ rema ^ ne( ^ with the army. His monitory voice 
address! 5 was heard, as he exhorted the officers not to tarnish 
their fame, pure and bright as it was; but to believe 
and trust, that their country would yet be grateful 
ington'ex- ^ or their devotion and services. To Congress, Wash- 
hfiits the ington wrote ; and in the most forcible language, 
6 hischar- f presented the claims and great merits of those who 
neter. liacl breasted the common danger, and gained for 
all the inestimable prize. 

8. Congress used their utmost exertions to meet 
the exigency. They commuted the half-pay, which 
had been pledged, for a sum equal to five years’ full 
pay. The officers were satisfied, and the army 

a rjj |9 peaceably disbanded. . . . On the 19th of April, just 
War ' eight years from the battle of Lexington, the joyful 
after 1 just certainty of peace was proclaimed from head-quar- 
eight ters to the American army. On the 25th of No- 
years ’ vember, the British troops evacuated New York, 
and a detachment entered it from the army of the 
new republic. 

6. What letter was addressed to Washington? How did it 
affect his mind ?—7. Give a farther account of the discontents of 
the army. What paper was circulated ? W 6 7 liat did it propose? 
How did Washington meet this crisis? To what did he exhort 
the officers ? Mow did he write ?—$. What did Congress ? What 
did then the officers? What happened on the 19th of April? 

What on the 25th of November? 








259 


shays’ rebellion. 

9. On the 4th of December, Washington parted pt. iii. 
from his officers at New York. ... A day was ap- p-jx ii7 
pointed at Annapolis, where Congress were sitting, cu - XIir - 
and in the presence of a large and deeply affected 
audience, he resigned his offices , and commending p,. c 
his country to the protection of God, retired to in ^ ( j** h ‘ e 
Mount Vernon, followed by the benedictions of signs. 
America, and the admiration of the world. 


CHAPTER XIII. 

Depression snbscqucnt to the war.—Shay’s Rebellion.—Constitu¬ 
tion formed. 

1. At the close of the war, debts encumbered the 
General and State governments. Heavy burdens 
were necessarily laid upon the people, who were so es, dis¬ 
poor as to be often nearly destitute of the necessa- ft ™ d n 
ries of*life. The distress of the country at length rections. 
produced insurrections. 

2. In August, nearly 1,500 insurgents assembled 
under arms at Northampton. They took possession 
of the court-house, to prevent the sittings of the 
court, and the issuing of executions. The next „ gh , 8 „ 
month a similar scene occurred at Worcester. The rebellion, 
leader was Daniel Shays. At the head of 300 men 

he marched into Springfield, and barred the court¬ 
house against the supreme court. Gen. Shepard 
at the head of 1,200 men, was sent to Springfield; s S ent a to d 
where the multitude refusing to lay down their arms, s ^jj g * 
he fired upon them, and killed three men. The riot¬ 
ers fell into confusion, and soon dispersed. Four¬ 
teen only were sentenced to death, and these were 
afterwards pardoned. 

3. The articles of confederation, although they 


9. What occurred on the 4th of Dec. ? On the 23d ? 

Chapter XIII. —1. What was the condition of the country? 
What was the consequence of this extreme depression ? —2. Re¬ 
late the circumstances of Shay’s rebellion. How was it quelled ? 
How was the affair finally disposed of? 








260 


THE AMERICAN CONSTITUTION. 


ft. iii. had served, during the pressure of danger, to keep 
pd. ii. the several parts of the nation together, were now 
oh. xin. found, inadequate. Congress had no authority to 
.p. . enforce its ordinances; and now, that the pressure 
the gov- ol public danger was removed, they were contemned 
eminent an( j disregarded.—A convention of delegates, from 
Articles of ^ ve of the middle States, met at Annapolis, in 1786, 
con fed er- who came to the conclusion, that a thorough reform 
1786. the existing government, would alone be effectual 
Delegates for the welfare of the country; and Congress passed 
lne< five° m a resolution, recommending a general convention of 
states, delegates to be liolden at Philadelphia. 

4. In May, 1787, the convention met, and instead 
* of amending the articles of confederation, they pro- 
Constitu- ceeded to form a new constitution. Their debates 
frame i were l° n g a nd arduous. Much honest difference of 
atPhUa. opinion existed; in particular, where the strength of 
the new government came in question. On the one 
hand it was contended, that, if the government was 
difference ma( ^ e to ° weak, a state of anarchy, and consequent 
of o pin- revolution, would ensue ; on the other, that if it were 
lon ' made too strong, America would lose those blessings 
of liberty, which she had bled to obtain; and only 
make an exchange of foreign, for domestic oppres¬ 
sion. Those in favor of holding the States strongly 
united, were called, at this time, Federalists , and 
their opponents, at first, Anti-federalists —afterwards 
Republicans. 

Points in Other P°i nts of dispute arose, which were still 
the'slave more dangerous, because they divided parties by 
aSted geographical lines. The most difficult of these, re- 
and com- garded the representation, in Congress, of the slave- 
promised. jading States. The slaves were at length allowed 


3. Why was the government, as it then existed, found inade¬ 
quate? Where did a convention meet? At what conclusion did 
they arrive? What resolution was passed by Congress?— 4. 
What important assemblage convened in May, 1787? What did 
they proceed to do? In what respect was there an honest differ¬ 
ence of opinion in the minds of the framers of the constitution ? 
What was maintained by each side? Who were called federal¬ 
ists, and who anti-federalists?—5. What other point of dispute 
was there, more difficult than any other ? 






THE LEGISLATIVE POWER. 


2fil 


people.” 

Ira 

objects. 


to be reckoned, in settling the quota of direct taxes pt. iii. 
and representatives, as equal to three-fifths of anl^Tn. - 
equal number of free white inhabitants.* That these cu xm - 
great difficulties were compromised, holds up this 
convention as an example to future times, of the tri-vn,® 
umph of strong patriotism and honest zeal for the northern 
public welfare, over party feeling and sectional wisKfas 
prejudice. it ii^ht- 

b. the supreme authority, in whose name the taxes. 
Constitution is promulgated, is that of “the people 
of the United States;” the objects for which they d ^ s 0 ™" m 
ordain and establish, and bind themselves to obey its “*be 
precepts, are “ to form a more perfect union, establish 
justice, insure domestic tranquillity, promote the 
general welfare, and secure the blessings of liberty 
to themselves and their posterity.” 

7. The legislative power of the Federal Union, is 
vested in a senate and house of representatives, the 
latter is to be chosen for two years, by electors qual¬ 
ified to choose representatives to the State legisla- The peo- 
tures;—each to have been for seven years an inhab- pl ® eI1 r {‘ e p ( [ e ‘ 
itant of the United States, and at least twenty-five i>y tho 
years of age. Representatives are to be appointed 
in each State, according to the number of the inhab¬ 
itants ; though there must never be more than one 
representative to thirty thousand people. Lest the 
Congress should become too numerous, the appor¬ 
tionment is varied, once in ten years; or after the 
taking of each census. 

8. The senate is composed of two members from 
each State, to be chosen by the State legislatures. 

The term of service is six years; but the first senate 
was to be so chosen, that one-third of the members r e e , P b e y the 
had two years to remain in office, another four, and senate, 
another six; so that, thereafter, no more than one- 


lower 

house. 


The 

States 


5. How was it disposed of? What tnay we say of this conven¬ 
tion ?--6. What is the supreme authority in which the Constitu¬ 
tion is promulgated? What are the objects for which it was 
established ?—7. In what is the legislative power vested ? How 
are representatives chosen—and for what time ? By whom ? How 
are they apportioned ?—8. Of how many members is the senate 
composed ? What their term of office? 









262 


THE EXECUTIVE AND JUDICIARY. 


P’T. III. 
P'D. II. 

OH. XIII. 


Presiding 

officers. 


Time. 


The rep¬ 
resenta¬ 
tives have 
the purse. 

The exec¬ 
utive the 
sword. 


The judi¬ 
cial 
power. 


Impeach¬ 

ment. 


1181 . 

The 
North¬ 
west 
erected 
into a 
territory. 


third of the senate should be composed of new mem¬ 
bers. A senator must have been an inhabitant of 
the country nine years, and be not less than thirty 
years of age. 

9. The house of representatives choose their pre¬ 
siding officer, who is called the speaker. The senate 
are presided over by the vice-president of the United 
States. Congress must sit as often as once a year, 
and the ordinary sessions commence on the first 
Monday in December. The president is empowered 
to call extra sessions. 

10. All bills for raising a revenue, must originate 
in the house of representatives. While the execu¬ 
tive bears the public sword, the branch nearest the 
people, carries the purse. . . . The executive power is 
vested in a president and vice-president; each chosen 
for a term of four years; each to be a native born 
citizen, and to have attained the age of thirty-five. 
The president is commander-in-chief of the army 
and navy when in actual service. With the consent 
of two-thirds of the senate, he is vested with the 
power to make treaties, to appoint ambassadors, 
judges of the supreme court, and many other officers. 

11. The judicial power is vested in one supreme 
court, and such other courts as Congress may estab¬ 
lish. The judges retain their offices during good 
behavior. They, as well as the president and vice- 
president, may be impeached by the house of repre¬ 
sentatives, and tried by the senate. 

12. Towards the close of this period, Virginia, 
North Carolina, and Georgia, extended to the Mis¬ 
sissippi. The great tract, north of the Ohio river, 
was formed by Congress into the Northwest Ter¬ 
ritory. 

9. Who chooses the presiding officer of the house of represent¬ 
atives ? What is he called ? Who is the presiding officer of the 
senate? How often must Congress sit?—10. What bills must 
originate in the house of representatives ? Who bears the sword ? 
Who the purse? Where is the executive power vested ? What 
is requisite to make a person eligible? What power has the pres¬ 
ident ? How are treaties made 11. Where is the judicial power 
vested? By whom are impeachments made? Who tries them ? 






EXCLUSION OF SLAVERY FROM N. W. TERRITORY. 


203 


The original charters of Connecticut, Massachu¬ 
setts, and Virginia, gave to these States title to 
hirge portions of its lands; but, Congress had pre¬ 
viously compromised with these States, and ex¬ 
tinguished their claims; except to certain specified 
reservations. Connecticut had a large reservation 
in the northeast part of Ohio; by means of which, 
she obtained the nucleus of her school fund. 

13. The bill for the erection of the Northwest 
Territory , passed Congress in 1787. While it was 
pending, Mr. Jefferson introduced and carried an 
amendment, forever excluding slavery from that ex¬ 
tensive region. A territorial government was here 
first introduced into the American system. The 
general government appoints for the Territory its 
executive and high judicial officers, while the people 
exercise, by an assembly of delegates, the legislative 
power. 


EXERCISES ON THE TREE CHRONOGRAPIIER. 

(For Period II., Part III.) 

What event marks the beginning of this period ? What is 
its date ? Point out its place on the ehronographer. Also 
show the-f>laces of the following events according to their 
dates: The Americans were defeated at the battle of Long 
Island, Aug., 17,76. They defeat the Hessians at Trenton, 
Dec., 1776, amf'the British at Princeton, Jin., 1777. Dr. 
Franklin was sent on a mission to France, and Lafayette 
offered his services to Congress, in 1777. Burgoyne surren¬ 
dered to General Gates, Oct., 1777. France made a treaty 
with the United States, in 1778. The battle at Savannah, and 
the naval victory of Paul Jones, occurred in 1779. Arnold’s 
treason was 1780. Cornwallis’ surrender at Yorktown, Oct., 
1781. The treaty of peace was signed Sept, 3, and Washing¬ 
ton resigned, Dec. 23, 1783. The N. W. Territory was erected, 
1787. 

Note .—These exercises will not he continued through the last part of the 
History, as both teachers and pupils will now fully understand the use of 
the Clironographer without such assistance. Nor can it be equally useful 
on the last part of the History. As the country increases, events crowd; 
and a large ehronographer is required. 


FT. III. 
P’D. II. 

OH. XIII. 

Three 
States re¬ 
linquish 
claims. 

Conn. 

school 

fund. 


Slavery 
prohibited 
in the 
N. W. 


First ter¬ 
ritorial 
govern¬ 
ment 












































































PART IV. 

FROM 1789 T 01841. 





Washington’s Inauguration. 


PERIOD I. 



FROM 

THE FINAL ADOPTION OF [ 1789 ] THE FEDERAL CONSTITUTION, 

TO 

THE PURCHASE [ 1803 .] OF LOUISIANA. 

CHAPTER I. 

Organization of the new Government.—The Funding System.— 

Party lines strongly drawn. 

1. When Washington retired at the close of the pt. iy. 
war, he had fully intended to pass the residue of his Vp. l 
days in domestic retirement. The first summons CH - r * 
which he received to quit his delightful retreat, was 
when the legislature of Virginia chose him first del- conven- 
egate to the convention, which framed the Constitu- afc 
tion. With reluctance he consented to the pleas of oiis. P 

Chapter I.—1. What had been Washington’s intention when 
he left the army ? What was the first time he was induced to vio¬ 
late it? 




12 


265 






























260 


THE GOVERNMENT ORGANIZED. 


P’T. iv. friendship, and the call of public duty. He was 
~pd. i" made president of the convention by a unanimous 
CH - L vote. 

Washing- 2. The Constitution being adopted, the universal 
t( 8ides e " voice of the nation called him forth, to organize the 
government. A special messenger from the president 
Unani- G f Congress, brought him the official intelligence of his 
elected election to the presidency, and in two days he set 
president. oufc f 0l . j^ew York , inhere Congress first convened. 

3. The ceremony of his inauguration was wit- 
nessed with inexpressible joy. He made an address 

* to Congress, in which he olfered his “ fervent suppli- 
Aprii so. cations to the Almighty Being, whose providential 
is inaugu- can supply every human defect, that his bene- 
N. y. diction would consecrate to the liberties and happi¬ 
ness of the people of the United States, a govern¬ 
ment instituted by themselves; and would enable 
every officer to execute with success, the functions 
allotted to his charge.” 

4. Congress made it their first object to establish 
a revenue, sufficient for .the support of government, 

Congress and for the discharge of the debt, contracted during 
'onmer 6 * the Revolutionary War. For this purpose, they laid 
ch and iSe duties 011 fhe importation of merchandise, and on 
tonnage, the tonnage of vessels.—The first appointed under 
the Constitution as the heads of departments, were, 
seCTetVies, Thomas Jefferson, secretary of state, Alexander 
Hamilton' Hamilton, of the treasury, and General Knox, of the 
undKnox. department of war. The small navy was assigned 
to the care of the latter. 

5. During this session, it was proposed to amend 
Constitu- the Constitution. Congress agreed upon twelve new 
amended fll 't ^ c ^ es 5 which were submitted to the respective 
amen e . g ta ^ e legislatures; and being approved by three- 

fourths of these bodies, they became a part of that 
instrument. 

1. Of what body was lie made president? How?—2. By what 
vote was he elected president of the U. S.? Where did Congress 
at this time meet? Did their messenger wait long for Washing¬ 
ton ?—3. Give some account of his inauguration.—4. What did 
Congress make their first object? Who were made heads of de¬ 
partments?—5. What was done respecting the Constitution? 







THE FUNDING SYSTEM. 


267 

6. Mr. Hamilton, early in the second session, ft. iy. 
brought forward his celebrated report, which was fd.iT* 
drawn up with a masterly hand. He showed the c “- l - 
importance of public credit, and proposed assuming, 

or funding, not only the public debt, amounting to h 2‘ 
fifty-four millions of dollars, but also the State debt ton’s 
estimated at twenty-five millions; and of making system! 
permanent provision for the payment of the interest, 
by imposing taxes on certain articles of luxury, and 
on spirits distilled within the United States. 

7. The debates on this report produced an irrita¬ 
tion of feeling, which in the event, shook the founda- 

tion of the government; and they may fairly be said and party 
to be the origin of that violent party spirit, which, ar E. 8 ' 
under the names of Federalists and Republicans, for 
thirty years arrayed one part of the American com¬ 
munity against the other. Mr. Hamilton’s plan was 
finally adopted; and at the same time a law passed 
fixing the seat of government where it now is. The 
debt funded, amounted to a little more than seven¬ 
ty-five millions of dollars; upon a part of which, an 
interest of three per cent, was paid, and on the re¬ 
mainder six per cent. 

8. Rhode Island had refused to send delegates to 
the convention, which formed the Constitution ; and 
neither that State, or North Carolina had accepted 

it at the time of its adoption. North Carolina ac-N.c. and 
ceded to it in November, 1789; Rhode Island in ^Lac- 
May, 1790. . . . An act was passed, accepting the the cor sti- 
cession of the claims of North Carolina, to a district tlUlon - 
west of that State; and a territorial government Tennessco 
was established by Congress, under the title of “ the made a 
Territory of the United States, south of the Ohio.” territory * 

9. Kentucky was separated from Virginia, and 

also erected into an independent government, re- 1^91. 


O. Give an account of Mr. Hamilton’s system of funding the 
public debts?— 7 . What effect did its introduction produce in 
Congress ? Was it adopted ? What other law was passed at the 
same time?—8. What two States at first refused to adopt the Con¬ 
stitution ? When did they agree to it? What territory was taken 
from N. C. ? 











208 


THE MORAVIANS. 


P’T. iv. ceiving its name from its principal river.— A na- 
fdTT tional bank was, during tins session, recommended 
eu. ii. py ]\| r Hamilton, and passed through Congress, al- 
I'S'Ol ^°ugh ft met a violent opposition from the Repub- 
a national bean party. After deliberate investigation, the presi- 
taWished c ^ ent was convinced of its constitutionality and utility, 

1 ‘ and gave it his signature. The bank was established 

at Philadelphia, with a capital of ten millions of 
dollars. 

Feb. is. 10. Vermont was, in 1791, admitted as one of 
Slotted the States of the Union. ... In that year, the first 
t<> the census of the United States was completed. The 
umon ' number of inhabitants was 3,929,000 ; of whom, 
695,000 were slaves. The revenue amounted to 
4,771,000 dollars, the exports to 19,000,000, and the 
Oct. imports to about 20,000,000. . . In October, the sec- 
ond Congress apportioned the number of represent- 
sentatives, atives, according to the census. After much disa- 
i to 88 , 000 . g reerne nt ? they fixed the ratio at one for every thir¬ 
ty-three thousand inhabitants. 


CHAPTER II. 

The Moravians.—The Indians of the Northwest. 

1. That devoted Christian people, the Moravian 
From Brethren , made, during the Revolution and the 
1^00 twenty years preceding, the most earnest and self- 
1^§2. sacrificing efforts to convert the Indians. The prin- 
cipal leader of their faithful band of missionaries was 
Zeisberger; and the principal places where they 
went among the Indians and dwelt with them, call¬ 
ing them brethren, were in Pennsylvania (where, at 


9 . What was done respecting a national hank? — 10 . In what 
year was Vermont admitted into the Union ? What in 1790 was 
the number of inhabitants in the Union? The amount of reve¬ 
nue ? Of exports? Ofimports? What the ratio of apportionment ? 

Chapter II. — 1. What description is given of the Moravian 
Brethren ? What was done by them and when? Who was Zeis¬ 
berger ? 







INDIAN MARTYRS. 


269 


Bethlehem and Nazareth, were their principal seats), p'T. iv. 
in New York, and in Ohio. Previous to the year YtxIY 
1782, they had baptized 720 of the natives. . . . The CH - “• 
most disgraceful massacre which stains the page of _ 
American history, was that of a party of 96 of these 17 ^ 2 . 
peaceful Indian converts. It occurred on the banks 
of the Muskingum , and was the work of a band of converts 
fanatical American marauders, who impiously con- ni ^f th™ d 
sidered themselves, as were the Jews of old, a chosen mus- 
people commissioned to destroy the heathen. gum. 

2. After the treaty with Great Britain, that na¬ 
tion refused to deliver up Detroit and other posts in 
the western country; alleging that the Americans 
had not fulfilled certain stipulations of the treaty. 

These posts became the rallying points of the com¬ 
bined savage tribes, who, under Michikiniqua, the 
chief of the Miamies, called “ the Little Turtle,” 
now ravaged the frontiers of the United States. 

Pacific arrangements were attempted by the presi¬ 
dent, but without effect. On their failure, Gen. 
Harmar was sent from Fort Washington, on the Harmars 
site of Cincinnati, with a force amounting to 1,400 

men. In an engagement near Chilicothe he was cotiie. 
defeated with loss. 

3. Gen. St. Clair, in October of the following 
year, with 1,400 men, marched into the wilderness, 
near to the Miami villages. He and his officers ^ , 

o October 

were asleep, while at dead of night the savage chief- st. ciair's 
tains assembled in council. At dawn, the terrified <,c ^ at 
Americans were roused by the war-whoop. The Miami 
carnage was indescribable. Not more than one- lages. 
quarter of the Americans escaped; and their whole a^l. 
camp and artillery, fell into the hands of the savages. 

4. Kentucky was admitted into the Union in 
1792. . . A mint was established by Congress; and Amint 


1. Where were the principal seats of their colonies ? IIow many 
had they baptized in 1782? Give an account of the massacre of 
the Muskingum.—2. What did the British refuse to do after the 
peace ? What did these forts become? What party was first de¬ 
feated by the Indians? Where?— 3. Give an account of St. Glair’s 
defeat.—4. What was done in 1792? What in 1793 ? 








270 


Washington’s neutrality. 

P’T. iy. the division and value of the money, to be used 
p d. l throughout the country, was regulated by statute, 
cu n - and called Federal money.” . . . Gen. Washington 

1793. was again elected president, and in March, 1793, 
vaineHn-Was inaugurated. John Adams was also re-elected 
troduced. vice-president. 

5. The party spirit which had already agitated 
the whole Union, raged with increased violence. 
The democratic or republican party, were charged 
by the federalists with abetting all the crimes of the 
French revolutionists, who had just beheaded then- 
king; while the federal party were accused by the 
democratic, of being in favor of monarchical princi¬ 
ples, and under the influence of Great Britain. 

6. Information was received of the declaration 
of war by France, against Great Britain and Hol¬ 
land. Washington was an American, and he did 
not choose to involve his country in the contests of 
Europe. He accordingly, with the unanimous ad¬ 
vice of his cabinet, issued a proclamation of neutral- 

ington’s dy. This measure contributed, in a great degree, 
to the prosperity of America; whose proper maxim 
was, and is, “ Friendship with all; entangling alli¬ 
ances with none.” 

AppH 7. M. Genet, who was appointed by the French 
Arrival of republic, arrived in Charleston, S.C. The hatter- 
Genet * ing reception he met with, induced him to take the 
presumptuous measure of attempting to induce the 
American people to embark in the cause of France, 
Congress whatever might be the determination of their gov- 
theexecu- eminent. this turned many against him. Hie 
tlve * conduct of the administration towards M. Genet, 

1794 . was a PP rove d by Congress. France, at the request 
Fauchet of the president, annulled his powers, and he was 
arrives. succee ded by M. Fauchet. 

8. At Pittsburg a meeting of citizens was held, 


Party 

spirit. 


April 22. 
Wash- 


5. "What was the state of parties?—G. With what powers was 
France at war? What course did Washington take? What is 
the proper maxim of America?—7. What was done by the French 
minister? What part did Congress take ? By whom was Genet 
succeeded ? 







INSURRECTION IN PENNSYLVANIA. 


271 


and an opposition to the law of Congress, laying a ft. iv. 
duty on distilled spirits, agreed on. The marshal j 
ot the district, was seized by armed men, and com- CH - im¬ 
pelled to enter into an engagement to refrain from 
executing the duties of his office ; and other public * 
officers were maltreated. The number of the insur- insurrec- 
gents was calculated at seven thousand. Washing- tlon m Pa- 
ton made requisitions on the governors of New 
Jersey, Pennsylvania, Maryland, and Virginia, for October. 
15,000 militia. These, under command of Gov. ^ ov - 
Lee, of Virginia, marched into the revolted district. agtS 
Such salutary terror was inspired, that no farther the e ' r ^ ur * 
opposition was attempted. 

9. A war between the United States and Eng¬ 
land was, at this time, apprehended. The Ameri¬ 
cans were accused of preventing the loyalists from 
regaining possession of their estates, and British Mutual 
subjects from recovering debts made before the p iX‘ 0 f 
war. On their part, they complained of the arro- l ! lc Brit - 
gant pretensions of England, m regard to navigating Ameri- 
the sea; and also, that the military posts of the cans - 
western wilderness were still retained, contrary to 

the treaty; and that the Indians were, by their gar¬ 
risons, incited to make incursions upon their frontier 
settlements,—and sheltered in their forts, as they 
returned from midnight burning and murder. 

10. Congress passed bills laying an embargo for 
thirty days—for erecting fortifications—for raising 
a provisional army, and for organizing the militia. 

To avert, however, if possible, the calamity of an- April, 
other war, Mr. Jay was sent to England, to nego- ^ e r nt J t ay 
tiate with the British government. England. 

11. Gen. St. Clair was succeeded by Gen. Wayne, 
to whom the Indians gave the name of the “ Black- 
Snake.” Many had forsaken their alliance, and the 
Little Turtle believing that the Indians would be 
defeated, would have persuaded them to peace. 

“ We shall not surprise them,” said he; “ for they 

8. Give an account of the whiskey insurrection in Pa.—9. Why 
was a war -with England apprehended? — 10 . What laws were 
passed by Congress ? Who was sent to England ? For what ? 










272 


WAYNe’s war. 


P'T. iv. have now a chief that never sleeps.” But the coun- 
P'D, i. cil overruled his opinion. Wayne attacked and 
0H - "• completely routed the confederacy, near the mouth 

1794. of the river Au Glaize. The British, at the neigh- 
A 12 ' 2 ?‘ borins; fort, who had incited the Indians, now re- 
victory fused to shelter them. By tins means they lost all 
"YJr® influence with them, and the savages made peace. 

glaize. 12. Mr. Jay having negotiated a treaty with 
Great Britain, returned in the spring of 1795. His 
treaty provided that the posts, which the British 
^ i9 had retained, should be given up to the Americans, 
Jav's an d compensation made for illegal captures; and that 
Treaty the American government should hold £600,000, 
with in trust for the subjects of Great Britain to whom 
England. American citizens were indebted. But it did not 
prohibit the right of searching merchant vessels, 
which was claimed by the British. 

13. While the senate was debating with closed 
doors, a member had given an incorrect copy to a 
printer. It was circulated with rapidity, and pro¬ 
duced great irritation. The senate, after much de¬ 
bate, accepted the treaty. The president received 

Passes the addresses from every part of the Union, praying him 
amils’ to withhold his signature; but Washington, believ- 
stened by ing the conditions to be the best which, under ex- 
ington. isting circumstances, could be obtained, signed it 
in defiance of popular clamor. . . . Treaties were 

1795. also made with the western Indians , with Algiers , 
T \vith J an( ^ Spain. By the latter, the Mississippi was 
Spain. mac ^ e th e western boundary, and a right to the nav¬ 
igation of the river and to the use of New Orleans 
as a place of deposit, was secured to the United 

1796. States. ... In 1796, Tennessee was admitted to the 
Union. 

14. The French government tried various means 


11. Give an account of Gen. Wayne’s operations at the West. 
— 12 . When did Jay’s treaty arrive? What were its provisions? 
— 13 . What happened while the treaty was before the senate? 
What was the consequence, and what was done in reference to 
the treaty? What other business was transacted at this time in 
Congress ? 








a father’s counsel. 


273 


to flatter and cajole the Americans into aiding them 
in their European wars; but finding a steady sys¬ 
tem of neutrality maintained, they began depreda¬ 
ting on the American commerce—their cruisers be¬ 
ing encouraged in capturing the vessels of the Uni¬ 
ted States. 

15. As the period for a new election of president 
of the United States approached, Gen. Washing¬ 
ton publicly signified his determination to retire to 
private life. lie received addresses from every part 
ot the country, which, though expressing regret at 
the loss of his services, yet congratulated him on 
the astonishing increase of national wealth and pros¬ 
perity, during the period of his administration over 
a country, which was more indebted to him, than to 
any other human being, not only for its prosperity, 
but for its very existence. 

16. On retiring, Washington published a Fare¬ 
well Address, in which he called on his countrymen 
to cherish an immovable attachment to the national 
union. He recommended the most implicit obedi¬ 
ence to the acts of the established government, and 
reprobated all obstructions to the execution of the 
laws,—all combinations and associations, with the de¬ 
sign to overawe the constituted authorities. Good 
faith and equal justice should be observed towards 
all. Honesty, no less in public, than in private af¬ 
fairs, is the best policy. Religion and morality are 
the pillars of human happiness. These great truths, 
with others, were taught us, as parting precepts, by 
our parental friend, whose fame, for wisdom, 
gathers brightness as time passes on. 


14 . What was the conduct of the French? — 15 . What deter¬ 
mination had Washington made? — 16 . What can you repeat of 
Washington’s Farewell Address? 

12 * 


FT. IV . 
P’D. I. 

OH. II. 

1798 . 

French 

aggres¬ 

sions. 


National 

pros¬ 

perity. 


Wash¬ 

ington's 

farewell 

address. 











27 4 


X. Y. AND Z. MISSION. 


CHAPTER III. 

America resents tlie indignities of France.—Adams s Administra¬ 
tion.—Jefferson’s. 

P’T. iv. i. The party candidates for president, were 
p’D. i. Thomas Jefferson, on the part of the republicans, 
CIL m - and John Adams, on that of the federalists. Mr. 
V7®?. Adams, was elected president, and Me. Jefferson, 
^Adams' vice-president. . . Mr. Adams received intelligence 
president, of an open insult on the part of the French govern- 
J \ ft ice-° n ment, now in the hands of the directory. They had 
president, desired the American minister to quit France, and 
insult determined not to receive another, until the United 
France. States had complied with their demands. 

2. Mr. Adams, to show his desire for peace, not¬ 
withstanding this ill-usage, appointed three envoys- 
extraordinary to the French republic; but they, 

Marshall' ^ nsteac ^ of being openly received, were privately be- 
and Gerry set with intrigues; the object of which was, to 
the x!y. niake them pay money, to bribe the persons in 
and z. power. These shameful proposals were made in let- 
unssion. terg s jg nec } x Y. and Z. . . Nothing seemed now 

to remain, but war. An army was provided for by 
Congress, and Washington appointed to the com- 
Naval^B. mao cl. Capt. Truxton of the American frigate 
Am ; Constellation , fought and captured the French frig- 
and * r * ate IJ Insurgent e. 

3. The French government at length became con- 
1800. v i nCGC ^ although the Americans might choose 
Sept. 3o! to quarrel among themselves, yet they would not 
French su ®* er foreign interference; and they made over- 
Treaty. tures for a renewal of negotiations. Mr. Adams 

promptly met them by appointing three envoys to 


Chapter III.— 1. Who were the candidates of the two parties 
for president? Who was made president? Who vice-president? 
In what year? What government treated our republic with inso¬ 
lence ?—2. Give some account of the X. Y. and Z. mission as it 
was called. What was done in reference to the expected war? 
—3. Of what did the French government become convinced ? 






275 


Washington’s example, a national treasure. 

Paris. They found the government in the hands of ft. iv. 
Napoleon Bonaparte. With him they amicably p’d. i. 
adjusted all disputes. CH - m - 

4. Washington calmly and peacefully expired at 
Mount Vernon, in the sixty-eighth year of his age. 

His history is that of his country, during the period Dec. 14 * 
of his public services. What may be said of many D \v a ash- f 
of the worthies of the Revolution, may be eminently ington. 
said of him; in no instance has he rendered his 
country a more important service, than in leaving 
to her future sons, his great and good example. 

5. Suitable buildings having been erected, the seat 

of government, agreeably to the law passed by Con- Nov. * 
gross in 1790, was transferred from Philadelphia g 0 e ** r ° f _ 
to the city of Washington. A territory, ten miles ment 
square, in which it was to be permanently located, f e n2u» 
had been ceded to the general government, by the Wash- 
States of Virginia and Maryland, and received the 
name of “ the District of Columbia .” . . . Missis- 
sippi, and a part of the northwest territory, called 
Indiana , were this year made territories with sepa¬ 
rate governments. 

6. The time had now arrived for electing a presi¬ 
dent. It was at this period, that the feuds and ani¬ 
mosities of the federal and republican parties were at 
their greatest height. Mr. Adams had lost the peo¬ 
ple’s favor by one of those changes of popular senti¬ 
ment which public men often experience. He had 
sanctioned two acts which were regarded as hostile 
to the Constitution; “ the Alien Law,” which author¬ 
ized the president to order any alien, whom he should sedition 
judge dangerous to the peace and liberty of the 
country, to depart from the United States, on pain 

of imprisonment,—and another, called the “Sedi¬ 
tion Law,” which imposed a heavy tine, and impris¬ 
onment for years, upon such as should “ write, print, 
utter, publish, <fcc., any false, scandalous, and mali- 

3. Who was at the head of the French government, and what 
was done?—4. What interesting event is next related?—5. What 
transfer was now made?—6. What two unpopular laws had been 
passed ? 










276 


PARTY SPIRIT’S WORST DAY. 


ft. iy. cious writing against the government of the United 
P’D x. States, or either house of Congress of the United 
c “- in - States, or the president, &c ” Under the sedition 
1 saa ^ aw ’ seyera ^ persons were actually imprisoned. 

ISO®. ^ gy Constitution, as it then existed, each 
elector voted for two men, without designating 
which was to be president. He who was found to 
have the greatest number of votes, was to be presi¬ 
dent, and the second on the list, vice-president. 
The republican electors, who had a very considera¬ 
ble majority over the federal, gave their votes, to a 
Jefferson maT b for Thomas Jefferson and Aaron Burr ; 
and Burr, intending, without question, that Jefferson should 
be president. They had thus an equal number of 
votes; and the election must, according to the Con¬ 
stitution, be decided by the house of representatives. 

8. The federalists considered that they might yet 
defeat their opponents; and probably believing that 
they should find a grateful friend in Col. Burr, they 
determined, if possible, to raise him to the presi¬ 
dency. On counting the votes in the liouse, Mr. 
Jefferson and Mr. Burr had each an equal number. 
Thirty-five times the voting went round, and the 
hour had nearly come, when if a president had not 
been chosen, the government would have been de- 

Are made stroyed. At length Jefferson had a majority of one 
president State.. . . The constitution was afterwards amended, 
president so that the same danger might never occur again. 
The conduct pursued by both parties in Congress, 
on this occasion, manifests, how little party spirit 
cares for public good. 

9. A second census of the United States was com- 
1SOO, pleted, giving a population of 5,319,762 ; an increase 

eC jn re of one million four hundred thousand, in ten years. 
1801. In the same time, the exports increased from nine- 


Second 

census 


7. How did each elector then vote for president and vice-pres¬ 
ident? How was the vote of the electors given?—8. What did 
the federal party now think and do? What singular position of 
affairs now presented itself? How did it terminate? What does 
this affair show with respect to party spirit?—9. In what year was 
the second census taken ? How many inhabitants ? What increase 
in population in ten years ? 








UNPARALLELED ADVANCE. 


277 


teen to ninety-four millions, and the revenue, from pt. iv. 
4,771,000 to 12,945,000 dollars. This rapid advance fd. l 
in the career of prosperity, thus begun, has con- CH - 1U * 
tinued in a degree unparalleled in the history of 
nations. 

10. In 1802, Ohio was admitted as an indepen- 

dent State, into the Union. Much of the territory ohioad- 
of this State was originally claimed by Virginia and 
Connecticut, and was ceded by them to the United 
States, at different times, after the year 1781. From 
this State, as a part of the N. W. Territory, slavery 
was excluded. 

11. In 1802, the port of New Orleans was closed 
against the United States. Spain having ceded Louisiana 
Louisiana to the French , the Spanish intendant an- Cl “spain 7 
nounced that the citizens of the United States could to France, 
no longer be permitted to deposit their merchan¬ 
dise and effects in the port of New Orleans. The A]ar of 
western States apprehended the ruin of their com- the 01 
merce; and great agitation was excited. The right 

of deposit was subsequently restored; but the alarm 
had shown how important was the possession of the 
waters of the Mississippi to the western States. 

12. Negotiations were therefore set on foot, by 
which the United States purchased of France, for isos. 
the sum of $15,000,000, the whole territory of Lou- ^^hSd 
isiana. This acquisition doubled the extent of the of France, 
republic, adding the vast western section of the 
basin of the Mississippi, and giving the United States 

a western boundary on the Rocky Mountains. 


9 . What of exports and revenue ?— 10 . What account can you 
give of Ohio?—11. On what account were the western States 
alarmed and agitated ? Was the right of deposit restored ? What 
had this alarm shown?— 12 . What negotiations were set on foot? 
What purchase was made ? For what consideration ? What may 
be said of this acquisition ? 





































PERIOD II. 


FROM 

THE rURCIIA8K j- 1§03 -j OF LOUISIANA 
TO 

THE CESSION j- 3 §20. -j OF FLORIDA. 

CHAPTER I. 

War with Tripoli.—Troubles with England and France. 

1. The Barbary Powers were nations of professed pt. iv. 
pirates. They took and made slaves of American p-d. ii. 
citizens, as they did those of other countries; ap- CH - l - 
propriating vessels and their cargoes. If any nation 
would pay them annual tribute, they would not 1 
take that nation’s vessels. This was for several Barbary 
years done by the United States, as it had long ^**2 
been, by European nations. At length, the Ameri- ^ rere _ 
can republic determined to resist, and declared war listed by 
against Tripoli. This war is memorable, as it laid th f c t££. er 
the foundation of the American naval character and 

Chapter I.— 1. What were the Barbary Powers? What did 
they with respect to the citizens and vessels of the European and 
American nations? In what case would they desist from their 
piracy? What did the U. S. do? Why is the Tripolitan war 
memorable ? 


279 















280 


TRIPOLITAN WAR. 


pt. iv. discipline. Commodore Preble, who commanded 
fd.il the American fleet sent in 1803 to the Mediterra- 
cu - l - nean,—was not only an able officer himself, but he 
possessed the talent of moulding others. 

2. The frigate Philadelphia, commanded by Capt. 
Bainbridge, was one of Preble’s squadron, and had 

1804 a< i ven t ul * e d too far into the harbor of Tripoli ; where, 
Decatur’s ignorant of the navigation, she grounded. Lieut. 
exploit Stephen Decatur, retook her from under the guns 
of the Tripolitan battery. Her officers and crew 
had been made captives, and, with other Americans, 
treated with every indignity. Their sufferings went 
to the hearts of their fellow-citizens; and, as an ex¬ 
pedient to oblige the bashaw of Tripoli to release 
them, the government authorized Capt. William 
Eaton to unite with Hamet, an expelled bashaw, 
to assist him to recover his former station. 

3. Eaton was made general of Hamet’s forces, 
f 2. amounting to a few hundred Arabs. He marched 
Eaton from Egypt to JDerne , where the American fleet co- 
Derne. operated with him. He assaulted and took Derne. 

The Tripolitans sent an army, which was defeated 
in two engagements. The bashaw then sued for 
Peace P eace ’ an ^ ^ol. ^ EAR ? the American consul, nego- 
ivith tiated with him a treaty, by which the American 
Tripoli, prisoners were set at liberty, $60,000 ransom being 
paid. Support was withdrawn from Hamet; but he 
recovered his wife and children. 

4. In July, 1804, occurred the death of Gen. Al- 
1804 . exander Hamilton. He died in a duel, fought 
ton 1 killed with Aaron Burr, vice-president of the United 
with Burr Sta 1 i es - Burr was the challenger. Hamilton, not 

having the courage to brave the opinion wdiich 
would call him coward, met his antagonist against 
his sense of right, and without desire or intention to 


1. Who was the commander? What can you say of him?—2 
What daring exploit was performed by Decatur? How came the 
Philadelphia stranded ? Where were the captain and crew? What 
was William Eaton to do in this war ?—3. Give an account of his 
movements. On what terms was peace concluded ?—4. Give an 
account of the death of Hamilton, and its cause. 





FRENCH DECREES AND BRITISH ORDERS. 


281 


injure him. By this lamentable weakness of mind, 
America lost one of her most gifted sons. . . Mr. 
Jefferson received his second presidential election; 
and such was his popularity, that out of 176 votes, 
he received 162. George Clinton of New York, 
was chosen vice-president. 

5. Col. Burr was a dark and subtle man. Neither 
party, any longer, had confidence in him. He 
went to the West, and there set on foot some great 
scheme, which he was carrying on,—when, becom¬ 
ing suspected of treasonable designs against the 
government, he was seized and taken to Richmond 
for trial. It was supposed that he intended to pos¬ 
sess himself of the bank of New Orleans, and that 
he was raising an army, with which he meant either 
to subdue Mexico, or some other of the Spanish 
provinces. Sufficient evidence of his guilt not ap¬ 
pearing on trial, he was acquitted. 

6. Although a neutral policy had been steadily 
maintained, the American nation Avas now made to 
suffer in her commerce, by the measures which Eng¬ 
land took, on the one hand, to humble France, bv 
keeping all neutrals from trading at her ports; and 
the counter-measures assumed, on the other hand, by 
the Emperor Napoleon, to keep all neutrals from 
the ports belonging to Great Britain. 

7. The “ decrees” made by France, and the “ or¬ 
ders in council’? made by Great Britain, for these 
purposes, were unjust, and contrary to the laws of 
nations. .The United States was not in right obliged 
to abstain from trading to the French ports, because 
the sovereign of Great Britain commanded it; nor 
to abstain from trading to Great Britain, because it 
was so ordered by the French emperor. And when 
these two nations proceeded—which on both sides 
iliey did, to take, and condemn as prizes, American 


5. What further account is given of Col. Burr?—6. How did 
America now suffer in her commerce?— 7. What may be said of 
the decrees and orders in council as regards the right of the case? 
What did both nations with regard to the U. S. ? 


FT. I V. 
P’D. II. 

CH. I. 


1805 . 


1807 . 


Burr’s 

treason¬ 

able 

project. 


1800 

to 

1800 . 


Am. com¬ 
merce 
injured. 


Eng. and 
Fr. orders 
and 

decrees. 







282 


MADISON S ADMINISTRATION. 


P'T. IV. 

P’D. II." 

cu. i. 


1 §© 7 . 

An Em¬ 
bargo. 


Pretended 
right of 
search. 


Affair of 
the ‘‘Ches¬ 
apeake.” 


Outrage 
upon the 
Chesa¬ 
peake. 

1809 . 

Madison 

president. 


Von- 

Inter¬ 

course 

substi¬ 

tuted. 


vessels for disobeying their unlawful decrees, they 
both committed acts of war upon our nation. 

8. The American government by its agents at the 
courts of Great Britain and France, remonstrated in 
decided terms. As the shipping of the country was 
thus constantly exposed to seizure, Congress laid 
an embargo , which deprived the nations injuring the 
American commerce, of the advantages of their 
trade. But the measure, in many cases, bore hard 
on the American people, and was exceedingly un¬ 
popular. 

9. There were other causes of complaint against 
the English. In the exercise of what they termed 
the right of search for British native-born subjects, 
their naval officers entered and searched American 
vessels on the high seas; and repeatedly took, not 
only naturalized, but native American citizens. The 
Leopard , a British ship of war, attacked and over¬ 
powered an American frigate, the Chesapeake , but a 
few miles from the coast, and took from her four men. 

10. This outrage, which happened before the em¬ 
bargo was laid, was resented by the whole nation. 
But the English government sent out Mr. Rose, 
who made such explanations as satisfied the federal 
party. ... In 1809, Mr. Madison was inaugurated 
president, and Mr. George Clinton of New York, 
was re-elected vice-president. . . The embargo met 
with the most violent opposition throughout the 
country. The government repealed it, and substi¬ 
tuted a law prohibiting all intercourse with France 
or Great Britain / with a proviso, that should either 
revoke her edicts, this non-intercourse law should 
cease to be enforced, as it regarded that nation. 

11. In April, a treaty was concluded with Mr. 
Erskine, the British minister, which engaged that 


8. What course was taken by the Am. government?— 9. What 
other cause of complaint was against England? What was done 
by a British armed ship?—10. What was the national feeling re¬ 
specting this outrage? Who were made president and vice-pres¬ 
ident of the U. S.l In what year? What law was substituted 
for the embargo ? 




THE TWIN BROTHERS. 


283 


the orders in council, so far as they affected the ft. iv. 
United States, should be withdrawn. The British pd. ii. 
ministry refused their sanction, alleging that their cu - L 
minister, whom they recalled, had exceeded his pow- f 
ers. His successor, Mr. Jackson, insinuated in a 1 Mr. 
correspondence with the Secretary of State, that the Erskine ' 3 
American government knew that Mr. Erskine was meiit 
not authorized to make the arrangement. This accu- 
sation was denied by the American Secretary, but re- ministry, 
peated by Mr. Jackson. The president then declined 
any further diplomatic intercourse with England. 

12. In 1810, France repealed her decrees; and 

the president issued a proclamation on the 2d °f 
November, declaring, that all the restrictions irn- French* 
posed by the non-intercourse law, should cease, in 
relation to France and her dependencies. . . The 
population of the United States, by the third cen- Third 
sus, taken in 1810, was 7,239,903. census. 

13. An encounter took place off Cape Charles, 
between the American frigate President , command- 

ed by Com. Rogers, and the British sloop of war, May ie* 
Little Belt , commanded by Capt. Bingham. The Naval B. 
attack was commenced by the Little Belt, but she President, 
was soon disabled. This was a token that war was Br - Littl « 

.Kelt. 

at hand. Br.L.32. 

14. The appearance of a hostile confederacy, had 
been discovered among the Indians on the western 
frontier. At its head, was the great chief Tecum- hostile* 
seh, and his twin brother, Elskwatawa. Tecum- 

seh, who was the master-spirit, took upon himself 
the department of war and eloquence; while Elsk-Tecumseh 
watawa was to invest himself with the sacred and watawa." 
mysterious character of “ Prophet.” Pretending to 
be favored with direct communications from the 
Great Spirit, he by tricks and austerities, gained be- 

11. What arrangement was made by Mr. Erskine ? What was 
done by the British ministry ? What was Mr. Jackson’s behavior, 
and the consequence ?—12. What was done by France? What 
by the president? What was the population of the U. S. ? Of 
wlmt year?— 13. What encounter took place?— 14. What two 
remarkable characters appeared among the Indians? Give aii ac¬ 
count of Tecumseh. Of Elskwatawa. 







284 


PREPARATIONS FOR WAR. 


P’T. IV. 

P’D. II. 
ch. x. 


1811. 

The Indi¬ 
ans led by 
their su¬ 
perstition. 


Tecum- 

seh’s 

move¬ 

ments. 


Nov. 8. 
TIPPE¬ 
CANOE. 

Am. k. 
and w.180. 
Ind. 270. 


Am. 

losses. 


Prepara¬ 
tions 
for war. 


lief. He then began a species of drill, the object of 
which seems to have been to discipline the Indians 
to obedience and union. He ordered them to kill 
their dogs, and these faithful friends were instantly 
sacrificed. They must not, he said, permit their 
fires to go out; and at once the fire of every wig¬ 
wam was watched as by vestals. 

15. While the Prophet thus manifested, that 
priestcraft in its worst form may inhabit the desert 
as well as the city, Tecumseh was going from one 
Indian confederacy to another, and, by his eloquence, 
inflaming their minds against the whites. 

16. Gov. Harrison, of the Indian territory, was 
directed to march against them with a military 
force. On the 7th of November, he met a number 
of the Prophet’s messengers at Tippecanoe, and a 
suspension of hostilities was agreed upon till the 
next day. Harrison formed his men in order of bat¬ 
tle; and they thus reposed upon their arms. Just 
before day, the faithless savages rushed upon them. 
But the war-whoop was not unexpected. The 
Americans stood, repelled the shock, and repulsed 
the assailants. Tecumseh Avas at a distance, not 
having expected that the whites would be prepared 
to strike the first blow. 

17. The French decrees being annulled, commerce 
had begun with France. Nine hundred American 
vessels , richly laden , had been captured by the 
British since the year 1803. The president recom¬ 
mended to Congress, that the United States should 
be placed in an attitude of defence. Provision was 
accordingly made to increase the regular army to 
35,000 men, and to enlarge the navy. The presi¬ 
dent was authorized to borrow $11,000,000, and the 
duties on imported goods were doubled. 

18. Mr. Madison laid before Congress documents ' 


15. What was made manifest by the Indian prophet? What 
was Tecumseh doing?— 1G. Who was sent against the Indians? 
Describe the battle of Tippecanoe.—17. How many of the Amer¬ 
ican vessels had the British taken? Since what year? What 
measures were taken to prepare for war ? 





WAR.-CONDITION OF THE COUNTRY. 


2S5 


which proved, that in 1809, the British government, P’T iv. 
by its agent, Sir James Craig, governor of Can- pd n. 
ada, had sent John Henry, as an emissary to the CHU - 
United States, to intrigue with the leading members _ 
of the federal party, and lead them, if possible, to 
form the eastern part of the Union into a nation or disclosilre - 
province dependent on Great Britain. Henry pro¬ 
ceeded through Vermont and New Hampshire to 
Boston; but returned without effecting, in any de- mission, 
gree, his purpose. 


CHAPTER II. 

War of 1812.—Condition of the country.—Hull’s surrender. 

1. On the 18th of June, 1812, war with Great 
Britain was formally declared. In 1775, the Amer- June is* 
icans were comparatively a warlike people; they 'glared.' 
had now become enervated by a peace of more than 
thirty years. In 1808, the regular army consisted 

of only 3,000 men; but during that year, the gov¬ 
ernment increased it to 9,000. The act to raise an Mimary 
additional force was passed so short a time previous theu. s. 
to the declaration of war, that not more than one- 
fourth of the number were enlisted at that time; 
and those were, of course raw and undisciplined. 

2. The state of the revenue in 1812, was extremely 

unfavorable to the prosecution of an expensive war. Bad state 
Derived almost solely from duties on merchandise revenue, 
imported, it was abundant in a state of commercial 
prosperity; but in time of war and trouble, the ag¬ 
gressions of foreign powers, while they produced an 
increase of public expenditure, almost destroyed the 
means of defraying it. Then«vy 

3. The condition of the navy was better than that condition 
of the army. The situation of the United States, as 

18. What disclosures were made by the president? 

Chapter II.— 1. At what time was war declared? What was 
the condition of the army ?- 2. What was that of the revenue? 










286 


hull’s invasion. 


FT. IV. 
P’D. II. 

OH. II. 


1 § 12 . 


General 

Dearborn, 

comman¬ 

der-in- 

chief 


Army of 
the north¬ 
west. 


June 80. 
Hull at 
the 

Rapids. 

A trunk 
carelessly 
placed. 


a maritime and commercial nation, had kept it pro¬ 
vided with seamen. The recent contest with Trip¬ 
oli, had given to the officers and men, some experi¬ 
ence in war. But the navy was small. Ten frigates, 
ten sloops, and one hundred and sixty-five gun-boats, 
was all the public naval force, which America could 
oppose to the thousand ships of Great Britain. . . . 
Henry Dearborn, a surviving officer of the Devo¬ 
lution, was appointed major-general and command¬ 
er-in-chief of the American army. 

4. The plan of the campaign was formed at Wash¬ 
ington. It was intended to invade Canada , at De¬ 
troit and Niagara , and that the armies from these 
places should be joined, on the way, by the force 
stationed at Plattsburg, and all proceed to Montreal , 
The army destined for Detroit, was collected at 
Dayton , in Ohio, some time before the declaration 
of war. The forces consisted of three regiments of 
volunteers, commanded by Cols. M’Arthur, Cass, 
and Findlay, and 300 regulars under Col. Miller;— 
the whole under Gen. Hull, who had been, for some 
time, governor of the Michigan Territory. 

5. Gen. Hull, moving slowly through an unculti¬ 
vated region, reached the rapids of the Maumee,— 
and on the first of July sent off his hospital stores, 
his sick, and part of his baggage, in a vessel to go 
by water to Detroit. This vessel, in which was his 
trunk of private papers, containing accounts of the 
army, and plans of movements, was taken by the 
British. Gen. Hull arrived at Detroit on the 5th, 
and on the 12th, invaded Canada. At Sandwich 
he issued a bold and imposing proclamation, invit¬ 
ing the Canadians to join him. The British force, 
which it was expected his army would attack, was 
at Fort Malden . He waited near it for artillery 
from Detroit. A detachment of the army took a 


3. What that of the navy? Who was made commander?—4. 
What was the plan of the campaign? Describe the army of the 
Northwest.—5. Describe Hull’s progress from Dayton to the 
vicinity of Malden. 




MACKINAW TAKEN. 


2ST 


bridge leading to the fort; but lie would not suffer pt. iy. 
them to retain it. FI) IL 

6. As the British had the command of the waters, cu * “• 
the road from Ohio, by which Hull expected a party 
under Capt. Brush, to bring provisions, was in¬ 
fested by warriors, whom their shipping landed on van 
the American side. Hull sent a detachment, under Horne’s 
\ an Horne, to keep open the road. Tecumseh and P Sed e 
his Indians, lay in ambush, and killed thirty of his C nmleh. 
men, when the remainder fled to Detroit. 

7. On the 17th, the important fortress of Macki¬ 
naw was taken, by a party of British and Indians, 

the small garrison being allowed the honors of war. circum- 
The victorious party were now bearing down upon which 3 
Hull. Nor was this all, Gen. Dearborn was drawn gjj™ 
by the British, on pretence of treating for peace, 
into an armistice, in which Hull’s army was not in¬ 
cluded. This set free the whole British army of 
Canada to come against him, as nothing was to be 
feared from any other quarter. 

8. Gen. Hull took counsel of his fears, and against 

the entreaties of his officers, returned to Detroit. Ang. a 
He sent immediately Col. Miller, with 600 men, quag a. 
to escort Capt. Brush. In the woods of Maguaga, Am. l. so. 
he routed, in a severe fight, Tecumseh and his In¬ 
dians ; and then returned to Detroit, having learned 
that Capt. Brush had taken another route. . . . Fifty CTI go A ' 
persons, mostly the garrison of Chicago , were slain Ain - L - 50 - 
by a party of savages, as they were at tempting to 
pass from that place to Detroit. 

9. On the 13th, Brock, the most able of the Aug. 15. 
British generals, arrived at Malden , and took com- proaches" 
mand. On the 14th, he moved the British forces Detroit, 
to Sandwich, and the next day sent a summons to 

Hull to surrender; threatening him that the In- 


6. What happened to the first party sent by II nil to escort Capt. 
Brash?—7. What circumstances alarmed Gen. Hull?—8. What 
retrograde movement did he make? What second party send out? 
What buttle was fought ? What happened on the 15th of August ? 
—9. Who took command of the British army? Describe the 
movements of Brock. 












288 


SURRENDER OF DETROIT. 


P'T. IV. 

PD. II. 
ch. in. 


1812. 


Hull sur¬ 
renders 
his army. 
Am. L. 
pr. 800. 


Aug. 19. 
Naval V. 
Br. L. k. 
65, w. 68. 
Am. L. k. 
7, w. 7. 


dians would be let loose upon Detroit unless he did. 
On the morning of the 16th, Brock crossed to Spring 
Wells , and moved towards Detroit. Gen. Hull 
drew up his men in order of battle; then, while 
they were eager for the fight, ordered them to re¬ 
tire to the fort. The indignation of the army broke 
forth, and all subordination ceased. They crowded 
in, and without any order from the general, stacked 
their arms, some dashing them with violence upon 
the ground. Many of the soldiers wept,—and even 
the women were angry at such apparent cowardice. 

10. Hull perceiving that he had no longer any 
authority, and believing that the Indians were ready 
to fall upon the inhabitants, was anxious to put the 
place under the protection of the British. A white 
flag was hung out upon the walls of the fort. Two 
British officers rode up, and a capitulation was con¬ 
cluded by Hull, with the most unbecoming haste. 
His officers were not consulted, and every thing was 
left at the mercy of the British commander. . . Gen. 
Hull was soon after exchanged, and brought to trial. 
He was sentenced to death, for cowardice and unof¬ 
ficer-like conduct; but pardoned by the president, 
as he had, in his youth, been a brave revolutionary 
officer, and as there were strongly extenuating cir¬ 
cumstances. 


CHAPTER III. 

Naval successes. 

1. Three days after the disgraceful surrender of 
Detroit, occurred off the Grand Bank of Newfound¬ 
land, the capture of the British frigate Guerriere, 
under the command of Capt. D acres, by the Amer¬ 
ican frigate Constitution , commanded by Captain 

9. What was done by Hull ? What was the conduct of the 
army, when bid to retire to the fort?—10. What was then done ? 
What was the manner of the surrender? What sentence was 
passed against Hull ? Was it executed ? 

Chapter III.—1. What important naval victory happened about 
the time of Hull’s surrender ? What was the loss on both sides? 




OHIO AND KENTUCKY VOLUNTEERS. 


Hull. Capt. Dacres had challenged any American p*r. iv. 
vessel of her class, and in various ways, manifested p’D. n. 
his contempt of “the Yankees.” In thirty minutes 0HIH - 
after the first broadside of the Constitution, the jgjtj 
Guerriere had her masts and rigging shot away, and 1 
her hulk so injured, that she was in danger of sink- sept. 7 . 
ing. . . . Capt. Porter, of the United States frigate Naval^V. 
j Essex, captured, near the same place, the British sloop captures 
of war Alert , after an action of only eight minutes. thw Alert 

2. On the 13th of October, the army stationed at 
Lewiston, under Gen. Van Rensselaer, mostly 
composed of New York militia, made an unfortunate 
and unsuccessful attempt to invade Canada. A 
part of the army crossed, and a battle was fought 0ct 18 
at Queenstown. During the battle, Gen. Brock was queens 
killed, by a party headed by Capt. Wool. But A ^L^k. 
Gen. Sheaffe coming up with 1,000 British and 
Indians, while the militia on the American shore pr ' 
refused to cross, the republican troops on the Can¬ 
ada side were obliged to surrender. 

3. Gen. Smyth succeeded Gen. Yan Rensselaer, 

and late in the season, made another abortive at- Last at¬ 
tempt to cross an army into Canada. Capt. King, ^ 
with a party, had prepared the way, by gallantly Niagara, 
storming a battery opposite Black Rock / but the 
army did not follow him, and he was made prisoner. 

4. Ohio and Kentucky, had aroused at the call 
of Hull, for assistance; and an army, on its march 
for Detroit, was in the southern part of Ohio, when 

the news met them, of the surrender of that post. te ers of 
This rather stimulated than repressed their ardor. the we8t - 
Kentucky put on foot 7,000 volunteers, Ohio nearly 
half that number. Congress appointed Gen. Har¬ 
rison to the command of these forces. 

5. The Indians of the northwest had murdered 
twenty-one persons at the mouth of White river; 
and had committed other atrocities. For the de- 

1. What other naval victory occurred ?—2. Describe the affair of 
Queenstown ?—3. What account can you give- of Gen. Smyth’s 
attempt?—4. What troops had been raised in the West? Who 
appointed to command ?—5, What had been done by the Indians? 










290 


NAVAL VICTORIES. 


p’T. iv. fence of the Indiana and Illinois Territories, a large 
P’D n. number of mounted volunteers was collected, by 
ch. m. Gov. Shelby of Kentucky. Under Gen. Hopkins, 
they attempted an expedition against the Kickapoo 
and Peoria towns; but being gentlemen-volunteers, 
Hopkins’ and feeling on an equality with their general, they, 
ssfuTex a ^ er several days’ march, put it to the vote of the 
C pedition^" army, whether or not they would proceed further; 
and a majority of the troops voting against it, they 
turned about, and, to the grief of the general, went 
home. 

6. Gen. Hopkins, at the head of another party,— 
and after him Cols. Russell and Campbell, made 
predatory incursions into the Indian towns. They 
put the savages in fear, and protected the white in¬ 
habitants. . . . Capt. Jones, in the American sloop 

Oct. la of war Wasp, captured, after a bloody engagement, 
Naval V. a British warlike vessel, the Frolic . Two hours 
Naval D a ^ ter battle, a British seventy-four took Capt. 

Jones and his prize. . . . Com. Decatur, in the frig- 
oct. ate United States, defeated and made prize of the 
Br a l^iol British frigate Macedonian, Capt. Carden. . . . The 
Am. l. 12 . fortunate frigate Constitution, commanded by Com. 
Naval V Bainbridge, captured, off the coast of Brazil, the 
Bn l. i6i‘. British frigate Java. Besides these public successes, 
the American privateers took 250 British vessels, 
and 3,000 prisoners. 

7. The warmth of party feeling had not abated, 
state of The enemies of the administration declared, that the 
feeling ill-success of the war was owing to their inefficiency; 

while its friends attributed the failure, to the inter¬ 
ference of the opposite party. Both were right in 
a degree; as the government, unused to war, had 
doubtless failed of making judicious and seasonable 
provisions: but all its difficulties were increased, by 
an ungenerous and almost treasonable opposition. 

8. The most alarming opposition was not, how- 

5. Describe the expedition against them, headed by Gen. Hop¬ 
kins.—6. What officers made successful incursions? What naval 
victory occurred Oct. 18th ? What on the 25th of Oct. ?—7. What 
was the state of party feeling? 









MADISON S SECOND TERM. 


291 


ever, that arising from mere individual clamor, pt. iv. 
The States of Massachusetts and Connecticut had pm. n 
refused their militia to the call of the general gov- CH Iv - 
eminent. They alleged that the State governments 1S1Q 
ought to determine when the exigencies of the nation 
require the services of their militia. They also declared state 
that it was unconstitutional for the president to del- ng ' s 
egate his power to any officer, not of the militia, and 
who was not chosen by the respective States. It was 
probably owing to the disapprobation with which 
the great body of the people viewed these opinions Mr. Madi- 
and measures of the opposition, that the result of 
the election of president was not only favorable to incased. 
Mr. Madison, but showed a diminution of the fed¬ 
eral, and an increase of the republican party. 

9. Congress passed acts—authorizing the con- cJi^css 
struction of four large ships of war for the increase make laws 
of the navy on the lakes,—for increasing the bounty ^thZ 
given to recruits,—and for enlarging the regular war - 
army. The previous law authorizing the employ¬ 
ment of volunteers, as they had been found insubor¬ 
dinate, was repealed. To provide for the revenue, 
they authorized a loan of $16,000,000; and gave in»ii*u- 
power to the president to issue treasury notes to the SaXon 
amount of five millions. Mr. Madison received his and 

_ r* er rv 

second inauguration on the 4th of March, and El- 
bridge Gerry was, at the same time, made vice- 
president. 


CHAPTER IY. 

Campaign of 1813.—Massacre of Frenchtovvn. 

1. Tiie head-quarters of Gen. Harrison, were, at I 5 r S on 
tins time, at Franklinton , in Ohio. Gen. Winches- his army. 

8. What alar miner symptoms of rebellion occurred in New 
England ? What etfect had the proceedings of the opposition on 
the election?—9. What laws did Congress make to carry on the 
war? Who was made president and vice-president? What year? 

Chapter IV.—1. Where was Gen. Harrison with the western 
army? Whom did he detach? 










292 


INDIAN MASSACRE. 


FT IV. 
P’D. II. 

CH. IV. 


1813 . 


Jan. 22. 
Massacre 
of 

FRET CII- 
TO XV N. 
Am. L. 
k. 500, 
pr. 500. 
Hr. L. k. 
24, w. 158. 


May 5. 
FT. 

MEIGS. 


Ans 1. 
FT. STE¬ 
PHEN'- 
SON. ■ 
Br. L. 150. 


Feb. 22. 
Br. take 
0G- 
DENS- 
BURG. 


ter had been detached to proceed in advance of the 
main party. Hearing that a party of the British 
were stationed at Frenchtovm , he attacked and dis¬ 
persed them. But on the morning of the 22d, he 
was surprised and assaulted by the combined force 
of the British and Indians, under the command of 
Col. Proctor. Gen. Winchester was taken ; and, 
being terrilied with Proctor’s threat of an Indian 
massacre, he presumed, though a prisoner, to send 
a command to the troops still lighting, to surrender; 
Proctor having promised them, in that case, protec¬ 
tion. They laid down their arms, and the scenes of 
Fort William Henry were reacted. Proctor aban¬ 
doned them, now unarmed and defenceless, to the 
savages. Five hundred were slain. They were most¬ 
ly volunteers from respectable families in Kentucky. 

2. Gen. Harrison removed his army to Fort 
Meigs. Proctor here besieged him with a com¬ 
bined force of British and Indians. Gen. Clay, 
with 1,100 Kentuckians coming to his assistance, a 
plan was laid to attack the army of Proctor with 
the combined forces of Harrison and Clay. A party 
headed by Col. Dudley, fell into an ambuscade, and 
were slaughtered by Tecumseh and his Indians. But 
Proctor was defeated and obliged to raise the siege. 

3. The Indians, as success failed, began to desert 
their allies. But Tecumseh was faithful. The Five 
Nations now declared war against the Canadas. . . . 
With 500 men, Proctor attacked Fort Stephenson , 
on the Sandusky river. Major Croghan, a youth 
of twenty-one, defended the fort with 160 men ; and 
repulsed Proctor witli the loss of 150. 

4. On the 22d of February, the British attacked 
Ogdensburg with 500 men. The Americans, infe¬ 
rior in numbers, retired and abandoned their artil¬ 
lery and stores to the British. Two schooners, two 


1. Wlmt account can you give of the shocking scenes of 
Frenehtown ?—2. Give a further account of the military opera¬ 
tions near Lake Erie? — 3 . What was now done among the Indi¬ 
ans? Give an account of the affair at Fort Stephenson.— 4 . Of 
the invasion of Ogdensburg. 






GENERAL PIKE. 


293 


gunboats, together with the barracks, were commit- ft. iv. 
ted to the flames. . . . On Lake Ontario, Commo- fd. ii. 
dore Chauncey, had by great exertions made ready cn - 1V - 
a flotilla, to aid in the operations of the coming IN93. 
campaign. . . A A fl p 0 ^ la 

5. The first important service of the flotilla, was on Lake 
that of transporting the army of Gen. Dearborn, 0ntano - 
from Sackett’s Harbor to York, the capital of Up¬ 
per Canada. Gen. Pike, by whose advice the de- Apr ii 27. 
scent was made, defeated Gen. Siieaffe at the 
landing, in a severe contest. In the moment of vie- 90, w. 206, 
tory, this excellent officer, with 100 Americans and P r m 8n £ 
40 English, was killed by the blowing up of a mag- 100 . 
azine. The Americans took possession of the town. 

After three days they recrossed the lake to SackeWs 
Harbor, where they left their wounded. 

G. On the 27th Gen. Dearborn re-embarked his 
army and proceeded to attack Fort George. After M J^ 7 ‘ 
fighting for its defence, the British commander, Col. g ^ ^ k 
St. Vincent, spiked his guns, and abandoned the tandw. 
fort. The Americans took possession of Fort Erie, Am 30P - 63 
that having also been evacuated by the British. 

Col. St. Vincent, had retired, with his army to Bur¬ 
lington Heights, near the head of Lake Ontario. To 
pursue him, Gen. Dearborn detached Gens. Chand¬ 
ler and Winder. Col. St. Vincent, at dead of night, Aff air of 
stole upon them and attacked the camp. In the creek. 
confusion and carnage which ensued, Chandler and 
Winder were both made prisoners. The Americans, 
however, maintained their post, and forced the ene- 
my to retire. . . . Col. Boerstler being sent against a ver 
British force at the Beaver Dams, which proved much 
larger than his own, surrendered his detachment. P r - 57 °- 
7. The American fleet, now formed on Lake Erie, 
was commanded by Com. Perry. It consisted of 

4. Who commanded the American marine on Lake Ontario? 

What had lie done ?—5. What was the first important service of 
the flotilla? Give an account of the battle at the landing. Of the 
subsequent disaster. Of the further movements of the Ameri¬ 
cans.—G. Give an account of the military movements at Fort 
Erie. Of the affair at Stony Creek. What was done at Beaver 
Dams ? What loss in prisoners * 









294 


DEATH OF TECUMSEH. 


P'T. iv. the Niagara and Lawrence, each of twenty-five 
td hT guns, and several smaller vessels, carrying two guns 
CH -. lv - each. The enemy’s fleet, of equal force, was com¬ 
manded by Com. Barclay, a veteran officer. Perry, 
Sep? ip* at twelve o’clock made an attack. The flag-ship be- 
Naval V. came disabled. Perry embarked in an open boat, 
Br E ioit* and amidst a shower of bullets, carried the ensign 
whole command on board another, and once more bore 
fleet, down upon the enemy with the remainder of his 
fleet. At four o’clock, the whole British squadron, 
of six vessels, surrendered. 

8 . This success on Lake Erie, opened a passage to 
the territory which had been surrendered by Hull; 
and Gen. Harrison lost no time in transferring the 
war thither. On the 23d of September, he landed 
his troops near Fort Malden, but Proctor, despite 
the spirited remonstrance of Tecumseh, an abler man 
than himself, and now a general in the British army, 
had evacuated Malden, burnt the fort and store- 

Sept 29 . houses, and retreated before his enemy. The Ameri- 
Detroit cans, on the 29th, went in pursuit, entered, and re- 
rccovered. p OSsesge( J J)etroit. 

9. Proctor had retired to the Moravian vil¬ 
lage, on the Thames, about eighty miles from 
that place. His army of 2,000, was more than half 

Oct 5 Inflhms. Harrison overtook him on the 5th of 
themes Octcher. The British army, although inferior in 
Br. l. numbers, had the advantage of choosing their ground, 
iifd.k.m G e n. Harrison gained much reputation for his ar- 
Am. l. So. rangements, especially as he changed them with 
judgment, as circumstances changed on the field of 
battle. Col. Johnson, with his mounted Kentucki¬ 
ans, was opposed to Tecumseh and his Indians. In 
Tecum- f the heat of the battle the chief fell, bravely fighting. 

6eh - His warriors fled. Proctor, dismayed, meanly de¬ 
serted his army, and fled with two hundred dra¬ 
goons. 

7. Describe the battle on Lake Erie.—8. What good effect im¬ 
mediately followed this victory? What movement was made by 
Proctor? By the Americans?—9. What account can you give of 
the battle of the Thames ? 




NORTHERN ARMY. 


295 


10. The Indian confederacy, in which were still ft. iv. 

3,000 warriors, had lost with Tecumseh their bond p’d. ii. 
of union; and the Ottawas, Chippewas, Miamis, and cu v v - 
Potawatomies, now sent deputies to Gen. Harrison, IN 13 . 
and made treaties of alliance. Indian 

11. In the early part of this year, the bays ^Treaties. 
Chesapeake and Delaware were declared by the 
British government to be in a state of blockade. 

To enforce this edict, fleets were sent over under 
Admirals Warren, Cockbukn, and Beresford. 
Admiral Cockburn made his name odious by his 
disgraceful behavior in the Chesapeake. He took 
possession of several small islands in the bay, and 
from these made descents upon the neighboring Havre de 
shores. Frenchtown , Havre de Grace , Frederick- Grace, Ac. 
town , Hampton , and Georgetown , were successively 
the scenes of a warfare, of which savages would ^uon-* 
have been ashamed; and which did much to hurt dnct . 
the cause of the British, by incensing the Ameri- Marines, 
cans, more and more, against them. 


CHAPTER V. 

Northern army.—Loss of the Chesapeake.—Creek War. 

1. On Lake Ontario, Com. Chauncey, encoun¬ 
tered a fleet of seven sail, bound for Kingston with Q t g 
troops and provisions. Five of the vessels he cap-Naval°V. 
tured. . . . The general plan of the American gov- L - Q ata ' 
ernment, was still to take Montreal. An army was Br. lost 
at Sackett’s Harbor, partly composed of the troops 5 vessele ’ 
from Fort George, of which Gen. Wilkinson took 
the command. This army was embarked to pro¬ 
ceed down the St. Lawrence, and was to be joined 
by the army from Plattsburg, commanded by Gen. 

Wade Hampton. 


10 . Did the death of Tecumseh produce consequences of import¬ 
ance ?—11. What happened in the vicinity of the Chesapeake? 

Chapter V. — 1. What was done by Com. Chauncey? What 
was still the plan of the Americans? What movements were 
made, and by whom? 










296 


“ don’t give up the ship.” 

P’T. iv. 2. A detachment of the army landed under Gen. 
P D. ii. Boyd, and engaged a party of the British at Wil- 
CII ; V - liamsburg , and was defeated. . . . Gen. Hampton, in 
I §13. attempting to move towards Montreal, had found 
some opposition from the British troops ; and he re- 
u a ms- turned to Plattsburg for the winter. He was soon 
Am^L.’ succeeded in command by Gen. Izard. 

_880- 3. Sir George Prevost, no longer fearing an at- 

bi. l. 1S0 -|. ac -| i; on Montreal, sent Gens. St. Vincent and Drum¬ 
mond to recover the forts on the Niagara. Gen. 
Nov. M’Clure, the American commander at Fort George , 

^Newark* h av i n g t°o small a force to maintain his post, with- 
iiiiffiiio,’ drew his troops, but burnt as he retreated, the Brit- 
an “ish village of Newark. The American government 
burned, disowned the act; but the British retaliated, by 
burning the villages of Buffalo and Black Bock. 

4. Naval Affairs. —Another naval victory, the 

Feb 2.3 * n succession, now did honor to the sea-ser- 

NaVai V. vice. Captain Lawrence, in the Hornet , defeated 
Am 1 ! 3 4 ?’ 011 ^ ie ^d February, the British sloop of war 
Peacock , after an action of only fifteen minutes. . . . 
Lawrence was promoted to the command of the 
frigate Chesapeake. She was lying in the harbor of 
Boston, ill-fitted for sea. Her crew were in a state 
June i. of dissatisfaction from not having had their pay. The 
lhanim British, mortified at their naval defeats, had prepared 
and ciies- the frigate Shannon , with a picked crew of officers 
Am. l. and seamen. Capt. Broke, the commander, sent 
k Br' l. 63 a challenge to Lawrence, which he injudiciously ac- 
haif the cepted. The frigates met. In a few minutes every 
number. 0 fft cer ^ an( j about half the men of the Chesapeake, 
were killed or bleeding and disabled. Lawrence, 
mortally wounded and delirious, continually raved, 
“ Don’t give up the ship ! ” The British boarded 
her; and they, not the Americans,lowered her colors. 

5. Another naval disaster followed. The United 


3. What happened at Williamsburg ? What was the loss ? 

What further account can j’ou give of Gen. Wilkinson? What of 
Gen. Hampton?—3. What was now done on the Niagara frontier? 
— 4 . Give an account of Capt. Lawrence’s victory. Of his defeat 
and death. 







JACKSON AMONG THE CREEKS. 


States sloop of war A . rgus , commanded by Lieut, pt. iv. 
Allen, was captured, in St. George’s channel, by ~j> T) n 
tbe British sloop ot war Pelican / Allen, mortally 
wounded, died in England. . . . The Americans were is 13 . 
again successful in an encounter between the brig a,, p 14 - 
Enterprize ,, commanded by Lieut. Burrows, and the Sn! io'. 
British brig Boxer. Burrows was mortally wounded. Br- L 8 - 

0 . Ciieek W ar.—T he Creek Indians had become 
in a degree civilized bv the efforts of the govern¬ 
ment, and those of benevolent individuals. Tecum- 
seh went among them; and by his feeling of the Cr * pks 
wrongs of their race, infused by his eloquence into t>yTe-' P 
their minds, he wrought them to a determination of cnmseh - 
war and vengeance. 

7. Without declaring war, they committed such 
acts of violence, that the white families were put in 

fear, and fled to the forts for shelter. At noon-day, Mi1 « acre 
Fort Mims was suddenly surrounded by the Creek «t 
warriors. They mastered the garrison, set fire to jfj 
the fort, and butchered helpless babes and women, 27r> 
as well as men in arms. Out of three hundred per- 8 t3’ 
sons, but seventeen escaped to tell the tale. 

8 . What, in such a case, could the American gov¬ 
ernment do, but to defend its own population, by 

such means as alone have been found effectual, with Ja a J,j on 
this terrible foe? Gen. Jackson, probably the Fiojd. 
most efficient commander ever engaged in Indian 
warfare, went among them, at the head of 2,500 T bega ‘ 
Tennesseeans. Gen. Floyd, the governor of Geor- au tos- 
gia, headed about 1,000 Georgia militia. They laid eccan- 
waste the Indian villages; they fought with them n acha- 
bloody battles, at Talladega, at Autosse, and at Ec- 
can n ach aca. to ro- 

9. Finally, at the bend of the Tallapoosa, was 

the last fatal field of the Creeks; in which they lost A ^oo. ^ 
600 of their bravest warriors. Then, to save the 54 , w. K 6 

5. Tn what other ease were the Americans unsuccessful ? What 
victory was achieved? — 6 . What was the state of the Creeks? 

How were their minds excited ?—7. Give an account of the mas¬ 
sacre at Fort Mims.--8. Who went against the Creeks? At what 
places were they defeated ?—J). Where was the final battle ? 

13* 














298 


Wellington’s veterans sent over. 


ft. IV. residue of their wasted nation, they sued for peace; 
p d. 1L and a treaty was accordingly made with them. But 
ch. vi. while it remains, with the Indian nations, an allowed 
custom to make war without declaring it, treaties 
1813. w - t j 1 them, are of no permanent value. 


Commis¬ 
sioners to 
treat for 
peace 
meet, at 
Ghent. 


May 24. 
A bold 
congress. 


1814 . 


14,000 of 
Welling¬ 
ton’s 
veteran 
troops 
sent over. 


CHAPTER VI. 

The Niagara Frontier.—Battles of Chippewa and Bridgewater. 

1 . Various proposals to treat for peace having 
been made since the commencement of the war, the 
American government sent Messrs. Adams, Gala- 
tin, and Bayard, in the month of August, to Ghent , 
the place of meeting previously agreed on. They 
were there met by Lord Gambier, Henry Gol- 
bourn, and William Adams, commissioners on the 
part of Great Britain. On that of America, Henry 
Clay, and Jonathan Russell, were afterwards 
added to the delegation. 

2 . Congress met in extra session,—and with the 
firmness of the days of the Revolution, taxed the 
people, regardless of popular clamor, for the neces¬ 
sary expenditures of their government. They also 
authorized a loan. . . . At the regular session, Con¬ 
gress, desirous of an efficient army, gave, by law, 
124 dollars to each recruit. 

3. Campaign of 1814.—Gen. Wilkinson, having 
received orders from the secretary of war, detached 
Gen. Brown, with 2,000 troops, to the Niagara 
frontier, and then retired to Plattsburg. 

4. After the fall of Napoleon, a formidable army 
of 14,000, who had fought under the Duke of Wel¬ 
lington, were embarked at Bordeaux for Canada; 
and, at the same time, a strong naval force, was di- 


9. What then occurred ? Repeat the concluding sentence. 

Chapter VI. — 1. What persons were sent to treat for peace on 
each side ? To what place?— 3. What was done by Congress in 
their extra session ? In the regular session ?— 3. What was done 
by Gen. Wilkinson?— 4. What threatening measures were now 
taken by the British ? 









CHIPPEWA.-BRIDGEWATER. 


299 


rected against the maritime frontier of the United ft. iv. 
States, to blockade and ravage the whole coast from pm. ii. 
Maine to Georgia. 0H - VI - 

5. In June, Gen. Brown marched his army from _ . 

Sackett’s Harbor to Buffalo, expecting to invade 1 
Canada. Here were added to his army Towson’s 
artillery, and a corps of volunteers, commanded by 
Gen. Porter, making, in the whole, about 3,500 
men. On the 2d and 3d of July, they crossed the Gen. 
Niagara, and invested Fort Erie , where the garri- B ™wn 
son, amounting to 100 men, surrendered without Ft Erie, 
resistance. A British army, of the supposed invin- 
cibles, and commanded by Gen. Riall, occupied a 
position at the mouth of the Chippewa. 

6 . The two armies met at the battle of Chippewa, 

in fair and open fight. The republican soldiers, July 5. 
headed by the able officers that had now come for- pew a. 
ward, defeated, with inferior numbers, the veterans B 
who had fought with Wellington. Soon after the m. ' 
battle, Gen. Riall fell back to Fort George, where 
in a few days he was joined by Gen. Drummond, 
when his army amounted to 5,000 men. 

7. Gen. Brown, being encamped at Chippewa, or¬ 
dered Gen. Scott, with a brigade, and Towson’s 
artillery, to make a movement on the Queenstown 
road, to take off the attention of the British from 
his stores on the American side, which, he had heard, 
they threatened. Instead of this, Gen. Riall was 
moving towards the Americans with his whole force. S ®* t r j; s 
Gen. Scott passed the grand cataract, and then be- move- 
came apprised of the enemy’s presence and force. m< boid nd 
Transmitting an account to Gen. Brown, he instantly attack, 
marched on, and fearlessly attacked. 

8 . His detachment maintained the fight for more Br L g7g 
than an hour, against a force seven times their num- 


5 . What movements were made by Gen. Brown ? What addi¬ 
tion was made to his army ? What was the position and strength 
of the British army ?—6. What account can you give of the battle 
of Chippewa? What was now the amount of the force under Gen. 
Riall ?— 7 . Describe the commencement of the remarkable battle 
of Bridgewater.—8. What was dune by Scott’s detachment? 











300 


miller’s bravery. 


ft. iv. ber; and it became dark before the main army of 
PT). ii. the Americans, under Gen. Brown, came up. Gen. 
CIL V1, Ripley then perceiving how fatal to Scott’s brigade 
1814 was a British battery of nine pieces of artillery, said 
Gens.Rip- to Col. Miller, “Will you take yonder battery?” 
Drum- “I’ll try,” said Miller; and at the head of the 21st 
mond regiment, he calmly marched up to the mouth of the 
wounded, biasing cannon, and took them. 



bridg'- 9 * The eminence on which they were planted was 
k ?y of the British position; and Gen. Ripley 
Am. l. o owmg Wlth hls regiment, it was kept,—notwith- 
officers standing the enemy, by the uncertain light of the 
k. ii, waning moon, charged with the bayonet, till they 
were four times repulsed. About midnight they 


8 When were they joined by the main army? What was done 
ky^Eipiey and Miller ?—9. Was Miller’s_ taking the battery im¬ 


portant to the success of the Americans ? 
note what was the loss on both sides. 


Learn from the side- 

























SCENES AT FORT ERIE. 


301 


ceased to contend. The roar of the cataract alone ft. iv. 
was heard, as they retired, and left their position pAutiT 
and artillery to the Americans. Gens. Brown and 0H - vn - 
Scott were both wounded; and the command, after 
the battle, devolved on Gen. Ripley. 

10 . The American army, now reduced to 1,600, 
retired to Fort Frie , and there entrenched them¬ 
selves. The enemy, to the number of 5,000, fol¬ 
lowed and besieged them. Col. Drummond had Aug. 15. 
partially succeeded; and was in the act of denying E ^ r IE 
mercy to the conquered, who were begging foi’Br. l 50a 
quarter, when a barrel of powder beneath him be - Am * u S4, 
came ignited, and he and they were blown together 

into the air. 

11. Gen. Brown, observing that a portion of the 
British army was divided from the rest, ordered a 
sortie from the fort; which was one of the best con .sortie. 
ducted operations of the war. Gen. Porter herewJami p’r. 
distinguished himself as did many others. But the . 1 '°®°- 1 
loss was heavy lor the wasting army ot the Amen- andw. 300 . 
cans; and the country became anxious for the fate 

of those whose valor had shown the foe, that when 
once inured to war, there are no better officers or 
soldiers, than those of the American Republic. Gen. 

Izard had been sent to their relief from Platts- 
burg ; and now with 5,000 troops, he joined Gen. 

Brown. The British, after this, retired to their en¬ 
trenchments behind Chippewa. 


CHAPTER VII. 

Washington taken by the British.—Baltimore threatened. 

1. The British fleet in the Chesapeake was aug- Aug 17> 
mented by the arrival of Admiral Cochrane, who Cochrane. 

9. What happened at midnight?— 10. What was the condition 
of the American army after the battle ? What the strength of the 
British? What was'done by each? What loss occurred ?—11. 

Describe the sortie from Fort Erie. What was the loss ? What 
feeling had the country now respecting this army? What had the 
army shown? Who joined Gen. Brown ? With what force ? 










302 


WASHINGTON TAKEN. 


ft. iv. had been sent out with a large land force, com- 
pvj) n manded by Gen. Ross, in pursuance of the resolu- 
ca. vn. tion which had been taken by the British govern¬ 
ment, “to destroy and lay waste such towns and 
Army districts upon the coast, as might be found assaila- 
under ble.” It was on the 19th, that Gen. Ross landed at 
Loss. Benedict^ with 5,000 infantry, and began his march 
to Washington, distant twenty-seven miles, keeping 
Ansr. 22 . along the right bank of the Pawtuxent. At Pig 
™ Point, was stationed an American flotilla, com- 
flotMa. 8 manded by Com. Barney. He blew up the boats, 
and retired with his men. 

2. The enemy’s approach to Washington was by 
A £la^ the j Bladensburg road. Here he was met by Gen. 
bu-rc Stansbury, with the militia from Baltimore,—by 
Am. l. so. Com. Barney’s marines; and, finally, by the small 
Br. l. 249. arm y under Gen. Winder, to which had been as¬ 
signed the defence of the capital. The British were 
victorious. 

Auo . gg 3. Gen. Ross entered Washington at eight in the 
GemKoss evening. His troops burnt, not only the capitol, 
e 'capUai he which was in an unfinished state, but its extensive 
library, records, and other collections; appertaining 
not to war, but to peace and civilization. The pub¬ 
lic offices and the president’s house, were wantonly 
sacrificed, together with many private dwellings. 
This barbarous usage irritated, as it insulted the 
American nation, and made the war popular with 
all parties. 

4. Admiral Cochrane having received on board 
Sept 11 his fleet the elated conquerors,—the combined land 
The Br.’ and sea forces moved on to the attack of Baltimore. 
Baitfmore. Ascending the Chesapeake, they appeared at the 
mouth of the Patapsco, fourteen miles from that 
city. Gen. Ross, with his army, amounting to about 


Chapter VII. — 1. What barbarous resolution had been taken 
by the British government ? What sea and land forces had been 
sent out,?—2. What opposition did Gen. Ross meet? What was 
the loss in the battle of Bladensburg?—3. When did the British 
enter Washington ? What did they destroy ?—4. Where did they 
next go ? 





prkvost’b proclamation. 


303 


5,000, debarked at North Point , and commenced pt. iv. 
his march towards the city. P ' D ir 

5. Gen. Smith, commanded the defenders. He cu - vn - 

dispatched 2,000 men, under Gen. Stricker, who 1S14 . 
advanced to meet the enemy. A skirmish ensued, g e pt. 12 ! 
in which Gen. Ross was killed. Col. Brooke, hav- Skir,nisl >- 
ing the instructions of Gen. Ross, continued to move ^ „ , 
lor ward. L lie Americans gave way, and Gen. Ross. 

Stricker retired to the heights, where Gen. Smith 

was stationed with the main army. 

6. Col. Brooke could not draw Gen. Smith from 
his entrenchments. Ilis supporting fleet had not 

been able to pass Fort McHenry; and he removed septu? 
his troops in the night, and re-embarked at North TheBr.’ 
Point; to the great joy of the inhabitants of Balti- withdraw - 
more. 

7. The eastern portion of the coast of Maine, was 
taken into quiet possession by the British. The •Jhj 
frigate, John Adams, had been placed in the Penob- Maine, 
scot river, near Hampden, for preservation. On the 
approach of the British, the militia who were there 
stationed as a guard, blew up the frigate and fled. 

8. A British fleet under Com. Hardy appeared Aug. 9. 
before Stonington. The marines landed and attacked 

at different points; but were met by the militia with stoning- 
much spirit. After bombarding the place for three connl 
days, Com. Hardy drew off his fleet. 

9. The British army in Canada was augmented Sp t g 
by another body of those troops, who had served sir g.’ 
under Wellington. With such an army, 14,000 
strong, Sir George Prevost invaded New York at ciiam- 
by the western bank of Lake Champlain. From the plain ' 
village of Champlain, he proclaimed, that his arms msproc- 
would only be directed against the government, and 
those who supported it; while no injury should be the 
done to the peaceful and unoffending inhabitants. people. 


5. What steps were taken to defend Baltimore?—6. Why did 
Col. Brooke withdraw?— 7 . What happened in Maine?—8. What 
in Connecticut?—9. What reinforcement had Sir G. Prevost re¬ 
ceived? What was his force? How did he employ it? What 
proclamation make at Champlain ? 









A GREAT DAY AT PLATTSBURG. 


304 

P’T. iv. 10. The fire of genuine patriotism rekindled in 
P'D. il the breasts of the Americans, when they heard that 
on. vii. an invading enemy had dared to call on the peo¬ 
ple to separate themselves from their government. 
Theyr^e The inhabitants of the northern part of New York, 
to op- an ci the hardy sons of the Green Mountains, without 
invaders, distinction of party, rose in arms, and hastened 
towards the scene of action. 

11 . Sir George Prevost advanced upon Platts¬ 
burg. His way was obstructed by the felling of 

Skirmish t rees > and by a party, who in a skirmish, killed or 
wounded 120 of his men. But there was not a 
force at Plattsburg, which, at that time, could have 
resisted so formidable an army. Gen. Izard’s de¬ 
parture had left Gen. Macomb, his successor, not 
more than 2,000 regulars. Volunteers were, how¬ 
ever, hourly arriving. 

12 . Sir George waited, expecting that his navy 
would get the control of the waters of Lake Cham¬ 
plain. It was commanded by Com. Downie, and 

T forceo V n al was composed of the Con fiance, a frigate of thirty- 
l. Cham- n i ne guns, with several smaller vessels, mounting, 
pain ' in the whole, ninety-five guns, and having 1,000 
men. The American squadron, under Com. Mac- 
donougii, which was anchored in the bay, mounted 
no more than eighty-six guns, and had only 820 
men. It consisted of the Saratoga , of twenty-six 
guns, three small vessels, and ten galleys. 

13. Com. Downie chose his position and made the 
Naval V. attack. The fleets engaged at nine in the morning. 

ciiam- The eager crowds upon the shore, beheld the com- 
BrJifk! bat under circumstances of intense and various 
84, w. iio, interest. The powerful army of Prevost, was formed 
Am.L.k. in order of battle, to follow up the striking of the 
52 , w. 5S. American flag, with an assault, which the Ameri- 


10 . What effect did it produce ? — 11 . What was now done by 
Sir G. Prevost? What resistance was made by the Americans? 
What force had Gen. Macomb ? — 12 . Why did Sir George suspend 
his attack ? What naval force had the British on the lake? What 
had the Americans?— 13 . Describe the naval battle on Lake 
Champlain. 




THE ESSEX CAPTURED. 305 

cans, who beheld the fight, had reason to believe pt. iv. 
must be successful. But it was the British, not the dFo. ir. 
American flag, which was struck. Great was the CH - V1L 
joy ot the inhabitants. Sir George Prevost retreat- 
ed in such haste, that he left a quantity of stores 
and ammunition behind. He was pursued by the 
\ ennont volunteers under Gen. Strong, who cut 
off a straggling party. The whole of the British 
licet remained a prize to the Americans. 

14. Com. Porter, who sailed in the frigate 'Essex, 

had cruised in the Pacific Ocean. He had greatly com. Por- 
annoyed the enemy’s commerce, having captured te| inthe 
twelve armed whale-ships, whose aggregate force 1>acific ' 
amounted to 107 guns, and 302 men. One of these 
prizes was equipped,—named the Essex Junior, 
and given in command to Lieut. Downes. 

15. To meet the Essex, the British Admiralty 

had sent out Com. Hii.lyar, with the Phebe frigate com. mu- 
and the Cherub sloop of war. Com. Porter finding 
that this squadron was greatly his superior in force, ’him. 6 
remained in the harbor of Valparaiso. But at 
length the Pheb^ approached, when by a storm the 
Essex had been partially disabled. Porter, how¬ 
ever, joined battle, and fought the most severe naval 
action of the w hole war. He did not surrender un- captured, 
til all his officers but one were disabled, and nearly A 227 . L 
three-quarters of his crew. 

10 . The sloop of war Frolic, was captured by a Aprn 2t 
British frigate. The American sloop of war Pea- Naval D. 
cock, fought and took the brig Epervier. The Wasp, 
in command of Capt. Blakeley, sailed from Ports-Nava^V. 
mouth, New Hampshire. She fought the brig Rein¬ 
deer, and was conqueror after a desperate battle. 
Continuing her cruise, she next met, fought, and con¬ 
quered the brig Avon. Three British vessels hove 
in sight and the Wasp left her prize. She after- T ' ie Wasp 
wards captured fifteen merchant-vessels. But the at sea. 

14 . Where was Com. Porter? Wlmt had he done ?— 15 . Who 
was sent to meet him ? Wlmt was the consequence? What was 
the American loss?—1(». What naval actions occurred in April 
and May ? Give an account of the Wasp. 









306 


JACKSON AT MOBILE. 


PT. IV. 
P’D II. 

CU. VIII. 

1814. 


Dec. 14. 
Hartford 
conven¬ 
tion. 


Pensacola 
used as 
a hostile 
post 


La Fitte 
and the 
Barrata- 
rians. 


gallant ship was heard of no more; and she prob¬ 
ably went down at sea. 

17. The discontents of the opposition party, pro¬ 
duced a Convention , which met at Hartford. Del¬ 
egates were appointed by the legislatures of three 
States, Massachusetts, Connecticut, and Rhode Isl¬ 
and. This assemblage, and the resolutions which 
they passed, were considered by the people gener¬ 
ally, as tending to separate New England from the 
Union, at least in degree; and the convention was, 
therefore, so unpopular, that of the leading men en¬ 
gaged in it, perhaps no one was ever afterwards 
elected to office. The committee by whom the res¬ 
olutions were to be transmitted to the government, 
met the news of peace on their way to Washington. 
That conservative patriotism which, in monarchical 
governments produces loyalty to the Sovereign, in 
America, becomes fealty to the Union. 


CHAPTER VIII. 

British invasion and defeat at New Orleans. 

1. After the treaty with the Creeks, Gen. Jack- 
son had fixed his head-quarters at Mobile. Here 
he learned that three British ships had entered the 
harbor of Pensacola, and landed about 300 men, un¬ 
der Col. Niciiolls, —together with a large quantity 
of guns and ammunition, to arm the Indians. 

2 . The Barratarians were a band of pirates, so 
called from their island of Barrataria. Col. Nicholls 
attempted to gain La Fitte, the daring chief of the 
band. He gave Nicholls to think that he would aid 


17. On what occasion did a convention meet at Hartford? 
Was this an affair of individuals acting in their private capacity, 
or one in which State governments were implicated? Why was 
it unpopular? Repeat the concluding sentence. 

Chaptjsh VIII. — 1. Where was Gen. Jackson after the peace 
with the Creeks? What did he there learn had happened ?—2. 
Give an account of the Barratarians. 




INVASION AT NEW ORLEANS. 

him, until he had learned from him that the British 
were to make a powerful attempt upon New Orleans. 
La Fitte then went to Claiborne, the governor ot 
Louisiana, and laid open the whole scheme. The 
pirates were promised pardon, if they would now 
come forward in defence of their country. These 
conditions, they gladly accepted; and they rendered 
efficient service. 

3. Gen. Jackson, seeing that the British were 
using a Spanish port, lor hostile acts against the 
United States, went to Pensacola, and forcibly took 
possession of the place. The British destroyed the 
the forts at the entrance of the harbor, and with 
their shipping evacuated the bay. 

4. There Gen. Jackson was informed, that Admi¬ 
ral Cochrane had been reinforced at Bermuda, and 
that thirteen ships of the line, with transports, and 
an army of 10,000, were advancing. Believing New 
Orleans to be their destination, he marched for that 
place, and reached it on the 1st of December. 

5. The inhabitants were already preparing for in¬ 
vasion, particularly Gov. Claiborne and Edward 
Livingston. On Gen. Jackson’s arrival, all agree¬ 
ing to put him at the head of affairs, he spared no 
pains, nor forgot any possible resource to enable the 
Louisanians to meet the coming shock. He had a 
motley mass of persons under his direction; and a 
few days must decide the fate of New Orleans. To 
direct their energies, and to keep them from favor¬ 
ing the enemy, which he had reason to fear some 
were inclined to do, he took the daring responsibil¬ 
ity of proclaiming martial law. 

6 . The enemy passed into Lake Porgne. They 
then mastered a flotilla, which, commanded by Capt. 
Jones, guarded the passes into Lake Pontchartrain. 
Gen. Kean, at the head of 3,000 British troops, 
landed at the head of Lake Borgne, and took post 

3. Wliat course did Jackson take with respect to Pensacola? 
—4. What did he hear, and what do?—5. What course did the 
inhabitants of New Orleans take ? What bold measures did Gen. 
Jackson pursue ?—6. Describe the course of the enemy. 


307 

P T. IV. 
P D. II. 

OH. VIII. 

1814. 


Nov. 7. 
Jackson 
takes Pen¬ 
sacola. 


Dec- 1. 


Gen. 
Jackson 
placed at 
the head. 


Dee. 13. 


Dec. 22. 














308 


THE EIGHTH OF JANUARY. 


P'T. IV. 
P’D. II. 

Oil. VIII. 

1814 . 

Dec. 23. 
Bank of 
the 

MISSIS¬ 
SIPPI. 
Whole 
Ain. L. 
100 . 

Br. L. 
k. 224, w. 
unknown. 


1815 . 

Jan. 1. 


Jan. 8. 
NEW 
ORLE¬ 
ANS. 
Br. L. 
2,600. 
Ain. L. 
k. 7, w. 6. 


on the Mississippi, nine miles below New Orleans. 
The next day, late in the afternoon, Gen. Jackson 
attacked him ; but the British troops stood their 
ground. The Americans retired to a strong posi¬ 
tion, which was fortified with great care and skill, 
and in a novel and effectual manner. Bags of cot¬ 
ton were used in making the breast-work, which 
received balls, like mounds of earth. The river 
was on one side of the army, and a thick wood on 
the other. 

7. Sir Edward Packenham, the commander-in¬ 
chief of the British force, accompanied by Major 
Gen. Gibbs, arrived at the British encampment 
with the main army and a large body of artil¬ 
lery. . . . On the first day of the new year, both 
armies received reinforcements. That of the British 
now amounted to 14,000, while all that Jackson had 
under his command were 6,000,—and a part of 
these undisciplined. 

8 . On the 8th of January, the British made their 
grand assault on the American camp, and were en¬ 
tirely defeated. They attacked three times with 
great spirit, and were three times repulsed by the 
well-directed fire of the American marksmen. Sir 
Edward Packenham was killed, and the two gen¬ 
erals next in command were wounded. The dis¬ 
parity of loss, on this occasion, is utterly astonish¬ 
ing. While that of the enemy was 2,600, that of 
the Americans was but seven killed, and six wound¬ 
ed. Completely disheartened, the British aban¬ 
doned the expedition on the night of the 18th, leav¬ 
ing behind their wounded and artillery. 

6. Wh at occurred on the 23d of Dec. ? What was the loss on 
both sides? What can you say of the position where Gen. Jack- 
son entrenched his army? Of his manner of fortification ?— 7. 
What was the numerical force of each army ?—8. Describe the 
remarkable battle of the Sth of January? What was the loss on 
both sides ? 




PEACE. 


309 


CHAPTER IX. 

Peace with England.—Naval combats.—War with Algiers. 

1. On the 17th of February, 1815, while the p - t. iv. 
Americans were yet rejoicing for the victory at p d. n. 
New Orleans, a special messenger arrived from Eu- CH - IX - 
rope, bringing a treaty of peace, which the com- IN 15. 
missioners had concluded in the month of December, Feb 1L 
at Ghent. This treaty, which was immediately rat- IN 14. 
ified by the president and senate, stipulated that rp 0 *' 0 : r 
all places taken during the war should be restored, efface 
and the boundaries between the American and Brit- at Ghent, 
ish dominions revised. . . . The motives for the im¬ 
pressment of seamen had ceased with the wars in 
Europe; but America had failed to compel Eng¬ 
land to relinquish what, by a perversion of language, 

she calls the u right of search.” 

2. On the 6 th of April, a barbarous massacre was 
committed by the garrison at Dartmoor prison , in dart- 
England, upon the defenceless Americans who were 
there confined. The British government was not, k -63. 
however, implicated in the transaction. 

3. The United States declared war against Al¬ 
giers. The Algerines had violated the treaty of Algiers!' 
1795, and committed depredations upon the com¬ 
merce of the republic. A squadron, under Com. 
Decatuii, captured in the Mediterranean, an Alge- Jane it 
rine frigate; and also a brig, carrying twenty-two sn<119, 
guns. He then sailed for Algiers. The Dey, intim- Treatv 
idated, signed a treaty of peace, which was highly w j t |,‘ 
honorable and advantageous to the Americans. Algiers. 

4. At the close of the war, the regular army of 
the United States was reduced to 10,000 men. For 
the better protection of the country, in case of an- 

Chapter IX.—1. What news arrived on the 17th of February, 

1815 ? At what time was the treaty concluded ? What were some 
of its stipulations?— *Z. What massacre occurred ?—3. What war 
was declared ? What squadron was sent out? What was done 
by Decatur ?—4. What was the number of the army ? 









310 


CO'rn>N FACTORIES. TARIFF. 


P'T. iv. other war, Congress appropriated a large sum for 
P'D. ii. fortifying the sea-coast and inland frontiers, and for 
on. ix. f.} ie i !icre «xse of the navy. . . . An act was passed 
1816. by Congress, to establish a national bank, with a 
a national capital of $35,000,000. . . . In December, Indiana 
bank, was admitted into the Union as a State. 

5. Manufactures. —As early as the year 1790, 
factories for the spinning of cotton, and manufactur¬ 
ing of coarse cotton-cloths, were attempted in the 
State of Rhode Island. They were first on a small 

Progress scale; but as the cloths found a ready market, their 
factories* number and extent gradually increased. The em- 
f ° cloth ° n barrassments, to which commerce was subjected 
previous to the war, had increased the demand for 
American goods; and led the people to reflect upon 
the importance of depending upon themselves, inde¬ 
pendent of the manufactures of foreign nations. 

6. During the war, large capitals were vested in 
manufacturing establishments, from which the capi¬ 
talists realized a handsome profit. But at its close, 

Revulsion the English having made great improvements in 
after war. ] a t) 0r . saV mg machines, and being able to sell their 
goods at a much lower rate than the America nman- 
ufacturers could afford, the country was immedi¬ 
ately filled by importations from England. The 
American manufactures being in their infancy, could 
not stand the shock, and many failed. 

7. New Tariff. —The manufacturers then peti¬ 
tioned government for protection, to enable them to 
withstand the competition; and in consequence of 
this petition, the committee on commerce and man* 

Manufac- ufactures, in 1816, recommended that an additional 
tmesen- duty should be laid on imported goods. A new 
couragod. f ar i^ or arrangement of duties, was accordingly 
formed, by which a small increase of duty was laid 

4. What was clone to put the country in a state of defence? 
What act was passed in April, 1S1 f> ? What State was admitted ? 
—5. Give some account of the progress, before the war, of manu¬ 
facturing cotton cloth.—6. How did the manufacturers succeed 
during the war? How after the war?—7. What did the manu¬ 
facturers then desire the government to do? What was accord¬ 
ingly done ? 




ROADS AND CANALS. 


311 


upon some fabrics, such as coarse cotton goods; ft. iv. 
but from the strength of the opposition, it was not fdTii. 
sufficient to afford the desired protection. cn - x - 

8. Colonization Society.— A Society for colo- , 
nizing free blacks was formed. The society pur-First pro- 
chased land in Africa, where they yearly removed P° sed - 
considerable numbers of the free blacks from Amer¬ 
ica. The colony thus formed is named Liberia . . . . 

On the 4th of March James Monroe was inaugu- 1817 . 
rated president of the United States, and Daniel D. March 4 - 
Tompkins, vice-president. 

9. A treaty was made with the chiefs of the 
Wyandot, Delaware, Shawanese, Seneca, Ottowa, jreaties. 
Chippewa, and Potawatomie Indians. Each of 
these tribes ceded to the United States, all lands to 
which they had any title within the limits of Ohio. 

The Indians were, if they chose, to remain on the 
ceded lands, subject to the laws of the State and 
country. . . . The Territory of Mississippi was this 
year admitted, as a State, into the Union. 


CHAPTER X. 

Internal Improvements.—Seminole War. 

1. The political feuds which had, since the Rev- 18 
olution, occasioned so much animosity, were now Internal 
gradually subsiding. A spirit of improvement was improve- 
also spreading over the country. Facilities for ment8 ‘ 
travelling , and conveying merchandise and produce , De Witt 
were continually increasing. These improvements Clinton, 
were, however, made by the State governments; rpat 
among which, the wealthy State of New York, at SnaSo? 
whose head was the illustrious De Witt Clinton, n - y - 

8. What society was formed? What is th<- African colony 
called? Who were made president and vice-president of the U. 

S. ?— 9. What treaty did the government make ? What Territory 
was admitted as a State? 

Chapter X.— 1. What was at this time the condition of the 
country? By what authority were the improvements in roads, 
eannls, <fec., made? What State and what man took the lead? 









SEMINOLE WAR. 


312 


P’T. iv. took the lead. The great western canal , connecting 
P’n. ii. Lake Erie with the waters of the Hudson; and the 
cir - x - northern canal , bringing to the same river the waters 
of Lake Champlain, were in 1823, fully completed. 

2. Congress, however, by the consent of the leg- 
* islatures of Maryland, Pennsylvania, and Virginia, 

The cum- caused the great Cumberland road to be made; 
b road nd connecting, through the seat of government, the 
° ' eastern with the western States, and passing over 
some of the highest mountains in the Union. Mil¬ 
itary roads were opened from Plattsburg to Sack- 
ett’s Harbor, and from Detroit to the rapids of the 
Maumee. Military posts were established in the 
far West. One of these was at the mouth of the 
Yellow Stone River. 

3. Seminole War. —Outlaws from the Creek na- 
TheSemi- tion, and negroes, who had fled from their masters, 
noie war. p a( j united, with the Seminole Indians of Florida, 

and massacres became so frequent, that the inhabi¬ 
tants were obliged to flee from their homes for se¬ 
curity. They were incited by an Indian prophet, 
and by Arbuthnot and Ambrister, tw T o English em¬ 
issaries. 

1817 4. A detachment of forty soldiers, near the river 

Dec. * Apalachicola , were fired upon by a body of Indians 
s&and lay in ambush, and Lieut. Scott, who com- 
84 men manded, and all the party, except six, were killed. 

1 e< The offenders were demanded, but the chiefs re- 
Generai fused to give them up. Gen. Jackson, with a body * 
^makes* Tennesseeans, was ordered to the spot. He soon 
a short defeated and dispersed them. Persuaded that the 
campaign. gp an i ar( j s furnished the Indians with supplies, and 
were active in fomenting disturbances, he entered 
Florida, took possession of forts St. Marks and Pen¬ 
sacola, and made prisoners of Arbuthnot, Ambris¬ 
ter, and the Indian prophet. 

*Z. What great work was accomplished, and at what time ? 
What road was, however, made by Congress ? What military roads 
were made ? What posts established ?—3. What was the cause of 
the Seminole war? By whom were the Indians incited?—4. Re¬ 
late the catastrophe of Lieut. Scott and his party. Who was sent 
against the Indians? What did he do? 







A JUST AND A HUMANE POLICY. 


313 


5. A court-martial was ordered by Gen. Jackson, pt. iv. 
for the trial of Arbuthnot and Ambrister. They p’d. ii. 
were found guilty of “ exciting and stirring up the 0H - x - 
Creek Indians to war against the United States,” 

and also of supplying them the means to carry on Two bad 
the war. Gen. Jackson caused them both to be ex- men - 
ecuted. 

6. Pensions. —The indigent officers and soldiers 
of the Revolution had already been partially pro¬ 
vided for. A more ample provision was now made, An act of 
by which every officer, who had served nine months justice, 
at any period of the Revolutionary War, and whose 
annual income did not exceed one hundred dollars, 
received a pension of twenty dollars a month; and 
every needy private soldier who had served that 
length of time, received eight. 

7. Indians.—T his year the Chickasaics ceded to 

the government of the United States, all their lands *818. 
west of the Tennessee river, in the States of Ken¬ 
tucky and Tennessee. . . . The condition of those 
tribes living within the Territories of the United „ 
States, now attracted the attention or the govern- made 
ment, and a humane policy dictated its measures. /UJjJ,* 
The sum of 10,000 dollars was annually appropriat¬ 
ed for the purpose of establishing schools among 
them, and to promote in other ways their civiliza¬ 
tion. Missionaries, supported by societies, went 
among the Indians; and success, in many instances, 
crowned their efforts. . . . Alabama Territory was 1819 . 
this year admitted into the union of the States; Alabama, 
and the Territory of Arkansas separated from Mis¬ 
souri Territory. 

8. Female Education. —In December, 1818, De 
Witt Clinton, then governor of New York, recom- Clinton 
mended in his message to the legislature of that n,”,Xat- 

__—- tention 

to female 

5. What did he order? What was done in reference to Ar-education, 
burthnot and Ambrister?—6. What measure of justice did Con¬ 
gress adopt?—7. What tribe ceded their lands to the United 
States ? What was done in respect to the Indian tribes ? What 
State was admitted ? What territory was made ?—8. What State 
patronized female education ? Who recommended it? 

14 









314 


CESSION OF FLORIDA. 


P’T. iv. State, some special attention to the education of fe- 
P’D. ii. males. The legislature passed an act, in the course 
eu. x. 0 f t h e session, which was probably the first act of 
1810. any legislature, making public provision for the ed- 
Thf Wis- ueation of young women. It provides that acade- 
lature mies for their instruction in the higher branches of 
actac- learning, shall be privileged to receive a share of 
cordingiy. the literature fund. 

9. Several of the States, especially among those 
recently admitted, have since made provision for 
the same object. Religious denominations and 
Lar eedi- wea ^y P arents °f daughters, have also favored it; 

flees, and throughout the country, female schools have 
app & c a , tus ’ sprung up. Large and handsoVne edifices are erect- 
furnished. ed; and adequate teachers, libraries, and apparatus, 
are provided for the use of the students. 

_ v 10. On the 23d of February, 1819, a treaty was 
Treaty negotiated at Washington, between John Quincy 
with Adams, secretary of state, and Don Onis, the Span- 
Spain ish minister; by which, Spain ceded to the United 
tiated. States, East and West Florida, and the adjacent 
islands. The United States agreed, on their part, 
to pay to their own citizens, what Spain owed them 

1820. on account of unlawful seizures of their vessels; to 
Ratified. an amoun t not exceeding five millions of dollars. 

1821. The treaty was ratified by the Spanish government 
ST in October, 1820, and possession of the Floridas 
given, given the following year. 


8. What act was passed ?—9. What has since been done in re¬ 
gard to female education ?— 10. What treaty was negotiated ? 
When? What Territory was ceded? What was the American 
government to pay for it? When was the treaty ratified? When 
was possession given ? 





LIST OF PRESIDENTS OF THE UNITED STATES. 


George Washington, of Virginia ; 

(Two terms, 8 years)-his first inauguration, April 30,1789. 

His second, March 4, 1793. 

John Adams, of Massachusetts; 

(One term, four years), March 4, 1797. 
Thomas Jefferson, of Virginia; 

(Two terms), March 4, 1801. 

James Madison, of Virginia; 

(Two terms), March 4, 1809. 

James Monroe, of Virginia; 

(Two terms), March 4, 1817. 

John Quincy Adams, of Massachusetts; 

(One term), March 4, 1825. 

Andrew Jackson, of Tennessee; 

(Two terms), March 4, 1829. 

Martin Van Buren, of New York ; 

(One term), March 4, 1837. 

♦William Henry Harrison, of Ohio; 

(Who dies after one month), March 4, 1841. 
JonN Tyler, of Virginia; 

Vice-president, becomes President, April 4, 1841. 
James K. Polk, of Tennessee; 

(One term), March 4, 1845. 

*Zachary Taylor, of Mississippi; 

(Who dies after 1 year and 4 months), March 4, 1849. 
Millard Fillmore, of New York; 

Vice-president, succeeds, July 9, 1850. 
Franklin Pierce, of New Hampshire; 

(One term), March 4, 1853. 

James Buchanan, of Pennsylvania; 

(One term), March 4, 1857. 

The presidents were all members of the national legislature 
before their election, and had all studied law, except Wash¬ 
ington, Harrison, and Taylor. 


* Died in office. If from this list is copied the names of the presidents, 
to place on the pillars of the American Temple of Time enlarged—to pre¬ 
vent the drawing being crowded the two names marked with a star should 
be left off. 











1(2 Lougi- 107 tnde 102 Wcs( 0 7 from 0 2 Green- 817 Tvieli 




If 



A* ! 


sisf’ppy 



j o\ 

C- 

y 1 < 

A»r : • 


fi> (V 

) t 


































































































































































Osceola’s Attack. 


PERIOD III. 


FROM 

TOE CESSION j- l §20 j OF FLORIDA, 

TO 

THE 0L08E OF j- 1§4§. -j THE MEXICAN WAE. 

CHAPTER I. 

The Missouri Question.—The Tariff.—Gen. Lafayette’s Visit. 

1. A question was now debated in Congress, ft. iv. 
which agitated the whole country. It had reference P'D. iii. 
to a subject, which, at this time, more threatens the CM - I> 
stability of the Union, and consequently the exist- 
ence of this nation, than any other. This is slavery. 

The question arose on a petition presented to Con- The 
gress from the Territory of Missouri, praying for JU^tioa 
authority to form a State government, and to be 
admitted into the Union. A bill was accordingly 
introduced for that purpose, but with an amend¬ 
ment, prohibiting slavery within the new State. In 
this form, it passed the house of representatives, but 
was arrested in the senate. 


Chapter I.—1. What very important question was now debated 
in Congress ? What was done in reference to it? 


317 



































MONROE 6 SECOND TERM. 


318 

PT. IV. 
P D. III. 

ClI. i. 

1821 . 

Missouri 

admitted 

without 

restric¬ 

tion. 

Maine a 
separate 
State. 


Jackson 
governor 
of Florida. 


1822 . 

Allen’s 

Naval V 

His death. 


182 3 . 

Republics 
ofS. A. 

1824 . 

Treaty 
with 
Gt. B. 

concern¬ 
ing the 
slave- 
trade. 


Manufac¬ 
tures 
begin to 
prosper. 


2. After much discussion, a compromise was 
agreed on, and a bill passed for the admission of 
Missouri without any restriction, but with the in¬ 
hibition of slavery throughout the Territories of 
the United States, north of 36° 30' north latitude. 
Maine was also received into the Union. . . . Mr. 
Monroe, by a vote nearly unanimous, entered upon 
his second term of office. Mr. Tompkins was also 
continued in the vice-presidency. . . . By the fourth 
census the number of inhabitants in 1820, was found 
to be 9,625,734, of whom 1,531,436 were slaves. 

3. President Monroe appointed Gen. Jackson gov¬ 
ernor of Florida in March, but it was not until 
August that the reluctant Spanish officers yielded 
up their posts. . . . The Alligator, a United States 
schooner, was sent against pirates in the West Indian 
seas, and recaptured live vessels belonging to Amer¬ 
icans. She also took one piratical schooner; but 
Allen, the brave commander of the Alligator, was 
mortally wounded in the engagement. 

4. By recommendation of the president the inde¬ 
pendence of the South American Republics was 
acknowledged, and ministers were appointed to 
Mexico, Buenos Ayres, Columbia, and Chili. .. .Ar¬ 
ticles were entered into, by the United States and 
Great Britain, authorizing the commissioned officers 
of each nation, to capture and condemn the ships of 
the other, which should be concerned in the slave 
trade. 

5. Notwithstanding the depression which suc¬ 
ceeded the war, the manufacture of cotton had ulti¬ 
mately proved successful. Domestic cottons almost 
supplied the country, and considerable quantities 
were exported to South America. Factories for 
printing calicoes, had been erected in a few places; 
and in some instances the manufacture of lace had 


2 . What compromise was made ? What other State was admit¬ 
ted at the same time? What was the number of inhabitants in 
1820?—3. Who was made governor of Florida? What was done 
in the West Indian seas ?—4. What was done in reference to the 
South American Republics? In regard to the slave-trade? 




THE NATION’S GUEST. 


been attempted. The manufacturers and their pt. iv. 
friends, still wished the government to lay such fd. ill 
a duty on imported cotton goods, as must make CH - r - 
them so high in the market, that they could afford 1821. 
to undersell foreign goods of the kind. After much Aprotec _ 
discussion, a bill for a new tariff passed. It afforded the tariff, 
the desired protection to cotton goods; but the 
question was still agitated in favor of the manufac¬ 
tures of wool, iron, &c. 

6. General Lafayette* arrived in New York, 
in consequence of a special invitation, which Con¬ 
gress had given him, to become the guest of Amer- Aug-U). 
ica. His feelings were intense at revisiting again, arrives. 0 
in prosperity, the country, which he had sought and 
made his own in adversity. Esteemed, as he was, 

for his virtues, and consecrated by his sufferings and 
constancy, no good man of any country could viqw 
him, without an awe mingled with tenderness; but 
to Americans there was besides, gratitude for his 
services, and an associated remembrance of those 
worthies of the Revolution, with whom he had 
lived. 

7. Thousands assembled to meet Lafayette at 
New York; who manifested their joy at beholding 
him by shouts, acclamations, and tears. He rode, 
uncovered, from the Battery to the City Hall, re¬ 
ceiving and returning the affectionate grat illations His recep 
of the multitude. At the City Hall, he was wel- ^."y! 
corned by an address from the mayor. He then 

met with a few gray-headed veterans of the Revo¬ 
lution, his old companions in arms; and though 
nearly half a century had passed since they parted, 
his faithful memory had kept their countenances 
and names. 

* In the clays of the Revolution, The Marquis de la Fayette was the style 
b 7 which the hereditary nobleman was known. Subsequently be renounced 
all distinctions of this kind, and would receive no other title than that given 
by his military rank. His address was then General Lafayette. 


5. What protection did the manufacturers still desire? Was a 
new tariff formed which met their wishes ?—6. What is here said 
of Gen. Lafayette ?—7. How was he received in New York? 






320 


THE ERA OF GOOD FEELING. 


P T. IV. 
P'D. III. 

CH. I. 

His tour 
of tri¬ 
umph. 

1825 . 

January. 


1817 

to 

1825 . 


National 
prosperity 
and peace. 


Four can¬ 
didates 
for presi¬ 
dent 


No choice 
by the 
college of 
electors. 


1826 . 

July 4. 


1831 . 

July 4. 


a , 




8. He travelled first east; then south and west, 
visiting all the principal cities, and every State in 
the Union. His whole progress through the United 
States was one continued triumph, the most illustri¬ 
ous of any recorded in history. Nor was it merely 
honor, which the grateful republic gave to her former 
defender. Congress voted him the sum of two hun¬ 
dred thousand dollars, and a township of land in 
Florida. 

9. During Mr. Monroe’s administration, America 
enjoyed profound peace. Sixty millions of her na¬ 
tional debt were discharged. The Floridas were 
peacefully acquired; and the western limits of the 
Republic were—on account of the discoveries of 
Capt. Grey, of Boston, and the expedition of Clark 
and Lewis, under Mr. Jefferson—now acknowl¬ 
edged to extend to the Pacific ocean. The voice of 
party spirit had died away, and the period is still 
spoken of, as the “ era of good feeling.” 

10. Mr. Monroe’s second term of office having 
expired, four among the principal citizens were set 
up as candidates for the presidency—John Quincy 
Adams, Andrew Jackson, Henry Clay, and William 
H. Crawford. No choice being made by the elect¬ 
ors, a president was to be chosen by the house of 
representatives, from the three candidates whose 
number of votes stood highest. These were Messrs. 
Adams, Jackson, and Crawford. Mr. Adams was 
chosen. 

11. On the 4th of July, 1826, died John Adams 
and Thomas Jefferson. Their deaths occurring 
on the same day, and that, the birth of the nation, 
caused intense public feeling. . . . Another anniver¬ 
sary witnessed the death of Mr. Monroe. 

12. A man by the name of William Morgan, 1 
who was preparing to publish a book, purporting to 


8. What can you say of his travels and progress through the 
country? Of the gratitude of our republic on this occasion? — 9 . 
What was now the condition of the country ?— 10 . What was the 
course of the election ?—11. What three ex-presidents died on 
the 4th of July ? In what years ? 





Morgan’s abduction. 


321 


disclose the secrets of Free-masonry, was taken, on 
the 11 tli of September, under color of a criminal 
process, from Batavia, Genesee county, New York,— 
to Canandaigua, in Ontario county,—examined and 
discharged; but on his leaving the prison in the 
evening, he was seized by persons unknown, forced 
into a carriage, rapidly driven out of the village, 
and was never seen by his friends again. . . . T1 


FT. IV. 
P’D. III. 

OH. II. 


1820. 


ie 


(Supposed 

tint t, 

to punish 

I 0 ----- -- his re- 

legislature of New York appointed a committee of\ veal,n * 

• . • i M , __ , the secrets 

of Free¬ 
masonry, 
he was 
drowned.) 


investigation, who reported that William Morgan 
had been put to death. Morgan’s abduction excited 
a strong prejudice against Free-masonry; and a po¬ 
litical party was formed, called the Anti-masonic,— 
the time-honored institution of Masonry has, how¬ 
ever, in a great measure, recovered from the blow 
which it thus received from a few of its misguided 
votaries. 


Anti- 

masonic 

party. 


CHAPTER II. 

Black Hawk’s war.—The cholera.—Nullification. 

1. The tariff act was again amended and addi- j§ 28 . 

tional duties were laid on wool and woollens, iron, Another 
hemp and its fabrics, lead, distilled spirits, silk 
stuffs, window-glass, and cottons. The manufactur¬ 
ing States received the law with warm approbation; 
while the southern States regarded it as highly preju¬ 
dicial to the interests of the cotton planter. . . . Gen. 1829. 
Jackson was inaugurated president, and John C. Jackson's 
Calhoun, of South Carolina, vice-president of the inangu- 
United States. iallon ’ 

2. Though the tariff bill found but few friends in 
the southern States, the citizens of most of them 
were in favor of seeking its repeal by constitutional 


12. What offence had William Morgan given the Masonic so¬ 
cieties ? Give an account of Morgan’s abduction. What was done 
in consequence of Morgan’s abduction? 

Chapter II.—1. What further was done in reference to the 
tariff? In what year was President Jackson’s first inauguration? 
Who was made vice-president? 

14 * 





322 


ASIATIC CHOLERA. 


P’T. iy. measures. In South Carolina, however, a small 
P’D. hi. majority, now first called the “ State rights” party, 
on n - and afterwards the “ nullifies,” were preparing 
themselves, by high excitement, for rash measures. 

* 3. The Winnebagoes, Sacs, and Foxes, inhabiting 

April, the upper Mississippi, became hostile. Under their 
Haiti c Mef, Black Hawk, they scattered rapidly their 
war . 3 well-mounted war parties over that defenceless coun¬ 
try, breaking up settlements, and killing whole fam¬ 
ilies. Gens. Atkinson and Scott, were charged 
with the defence of that frontier. 

4. The Asiatic cholera made its appearance in 
Choimf'at Canada, on the 9th of June, among some newly ar- 

Quebec. rived Irish emigrants. It proceeded rapidly along 
the valleys of the St. Lawrence, Champlain, and 
Hudson, and on the 26th several cases occurred in 
AtNew the city of New York. A great proportion of the 
y°rk. inhabitants left the place in dismay; but, notwith¬ 
standing the reduction of numbers, the ravages of 
the disease were appalling. It spread with great 
Progress rapidity throughout the States of New York and 
cholera Michigan, and along the valleys of the Ohio and 
th the gh Mississippi, to the Gulf of Mexico. From New 
Union. York, it went south through the Atlantic States, as 
far as North Carolina. It apparently followed the 
great routes of travel, both on the land and water. 

5. Gen. Scott, hastening to the seat of the war, 
embarked a considerable force in steamboats, at 

Gem Scott Buffalo. The season was hot, the boats were crowd- 
ami the ed, and the cholera broke out among the troops, 
fm- tho Language cannot depict the distress that ensued, 
I \var n both before and after their landing; and, although 
Gen. Scott watched over the sick soldiers with a 
father’s tenderness, yet many died, and many de¬ 
serted from dread of the disease and perished in the 
w T oods—either from cholera or starvation. . . . Gen. 


2. What party now arose in South Carolina?—3. Give some 
account of Black Hawk’s war.—4. At what time did the Asiatic 
cholera make its appearance, and where? What course did it 
pursue ?—5. By what cause was Gen. Scott detained with his 
troops ? 






THE NULLIFYING ORDINANCE. 


323 


Atkinson came up with Black Hawk’s army, near p’T. iv. 
the mouth of the upper Iowa, and routed and dis-FaUnf 
persed them. Black Hawk, his son, and several 0H -«• 
warriors of note, were made prisoners. 

G. The State rights party, in South Carolina, 
held a convention at Columbia, from whence they Nov 19 
issued an ordinance in the name of the people, in IVulli'fica- 
which they declared that Congress, in laying pro- don Or- 
tective duties, had exceeded its just powers; and dinailce * 
that the several acts alluded to, should, from that 
time, be utterly null and void; and that it should be 
the duty of the legislature and the courts of justice 
of South Carolina, to adopt measures to arrest their 
operation, from and after the 1st of February, 1833. 

7. The friends of the Union, in South Carolina, 
also held a convention, at Columbia. They pub¬ 
lished a solemn protest against the ordinance. Meet- No y 24 - 
ings were held, and similar resolutions passed, in al- Unionists 
most every part of the United States. When the "JJJte8t d 
legislature of South Carolina convened, Gov. Ham¬ 
ilton, in his message, expressed his approval of the 
ordinance. He recommended that the militia should Nov. 27 . 
be reorganized;—that the executive should be au- thorlt?^* 
thorized to accept of the services of 12,000 volun- approve, 
teers;—and that provision should be made for pro¬ 
curing heavy ordnance, and other munitions of war. 

8 . On the 10th of December, President Jackson 
published a proclamation, in which he said, “ I con- Qct 
sider, then, the power to annul a law of the United President 
States, assumed by one State, incompatible with the 80 ^® k r * oc , 
existence of the Union,—contradicted expressly by lamation. 
the Constitution,—unauthorized by its spirit,—in¬ 
consistent with every principle on which it was 
founded, and destructive of the great object for 
which it was formed.” 


5 . What was done by Gen. Atkinson?—6. What convention 
was held ? What was declared in the celebrated ordinance?—7. 
What did the friends of the Union in S. C. ? What did the gov¬ 
ernor?—8. When did the President issue a proclamation? What 
view did he take of the question of a State’s annulling the laws of 
the generalgovernment * 












324 


A CRISIS MET BY GREAT MEN. 


ft. iy. 9. In conclusion, the president plainly said,—that 
P D. in. the laws of the United States must be executed ,— 
CH - m - that he had no discretionary power on the subject; 

that those who said they might peaceably prevent 
1832 . t p e j r execu tion, deceived them; that nothing but a 
S ho W s the forcible opposition could prevent their execution, 
nuiiiflers a nd that such opposition must be repelled; for “ dis- 
^nfUhdT union by armed force,” he said, “ is treason.” Fi- 
danger. n ally, he appealed to the patriotism of South Caro¬ 
lina, to retrace her steps; and, to the country, to 
rally in defence of the Union. 

10 . This proclamation of Gen. Jackson was popu¬ 
lar—with all ranks and parties. It was not, how¬ 
ever, immediately followed by submission on the 
part of South Carolina; but preparations for war 
went on,—both on the side of the general govern¬ 
ment, and that of the opposing State. 

1833 l 1 - On ^ ie °f February, Mr. Clay intro- 

FebA2* duced into the Senate his plan of compromise. The 
Mr. clay’s bill reduced the duties on certain articles, and lim- 
mise° ited the operation of the tariff to the 30th Septem- 
Taritf bill. b er , 1842. Mr. Clay's compromise bill was signed 
by the president, and became a law on the 3d of 
March. It gave content to the citizens of the Uni¬ 
ted States; for the Union is the life of the na- 
March 4. ti° n * • • • Gen. Jackson having been re-elected pres- 
^ackson ident, and Martin Yan Buren, of New York, 
a jBuren. n chosen vice-president, they were, on the 4th of 
March, inaugurated. 


CHAPTER III. 

The aboriginal tribes of the Mississippi sent to the Far West.— 
The Florida war. 

1 . Gen. Jackson, in his message, proposed that 
an ample district, west of the Mississippi, and with- 

9. What did he say in regard to the laws being executed? —10. 
Was this proclamation popular? Did iS. C. immediately submit? 
—11. What was introduced into Congress ? How was it received ? 
What may be said of the Union ? At what time was Gen. Jack¬ 
son’s second inauguration? Who was made vice-president ? 







REMOVAL OF THE INDIANS. 


325 


out the limits of any State or Territory, should he pt. iv. 
set apart and guaranteed to the remaining Indian p'd. iii. 
tribes; each to have distinct jurisdiction over the CH ' UI - 
part designated for its use, and free from any con- 1S30. 
trol ot tlie United States, other than might be Jackson 

o proposes 

necessary to preserve peace on the frontier. Con- the 
gress approved the plan, and passed laws authoriz- TfTb* 1 
ing the president to carry it into execution. Indians. 

2. With the Chickasaws and Choctaws , treaties 
were made by which they exchanged lands, and 
quietly emigrated to the country fixed on; which ~The 
was the territory west of Arkansas. The United 
States paid the expense of their removal, and sup- Choctaws 
plied them with food for the first year. . . . When remove ' 
Georgia ceded to the United States, April 2, 1802, i§02. 
all that tract of country lying south of Tennessee, Georgia* 
and west of the Chatahoochee river, the government Alabama, 
paid in hand to that State $1,250,000, and further 
agreed, “at their own expense, to extinguish, for 

the use of Georgia, as early as the same could be 
peaceably obtained upon reasonable terms, the In¬ 
dian title to the lands lying within the limits of that 
State.” 

3. The Cherokees , in the meantime, exercised a 

sort of independent dominion, within their reserva- Che T okee8 
tions; by which a retreat was furnished for runaway pendent 
slaves, and fugitives from justice, who were ever State - 
ready for violence. The legislature of Georgia, an¬ 
noyed by their aggressions, extended its laws and 
jurisprudence over the whole Indian territory. The 
Indians, offended, appealed to the general govern¬ 
ment for redress. The well-known policy of Presi- 1831 . 
dent Jackson, was to remove them; and the Geor¬ 
gians, thus encouraged, sought to make their posi- rtesput in 
tion untenable. They put in prison two missiona- prison. 

Chapter III. —1. What did Gen. Jackson propose with regard 
to the remaining Indian tribes? What did Congress ?—2. What 
tribes peaceably emigrated ? What contract was made between 
the general government and Georgia?—3. In what situation were 
the Georgians placed ? What did their legislature ? W hat did the 
Indians ? What did Gen. Jackson? What was done in reference 
to the missionaries ? 


\ 









326 


THE FLORIDA WAR BEGINS. 


F T. I V. 
P’D. III. 

OH. III. 

183 §. 

Treaty 
with the 
Chcro- 
kces. 


1823 . 

Sept. 

Ft. 

Moultrie 

with the 
Sem- 
inoles. 

2 832 . 

May 9. 

Favnc’s 

Landing. 


1834 . 

Gen. 

Thomp¬ 

son 

sent to 
Florida. 

Osceola. 


ries, whom they suspected of dissuading the Indians 
against the removal. The president would do 
nothing to check these irregular proceedings. 

4. A treaty was at length obtained by the agents 
of the general government, from a few of the chiefs, 
by which the removal of the tribes was to take place. 
The fairness of this treaty was denied; and the In¬ 
dians were averse to leaving their pleasant land, and 
the graves of their fathers. But their removal was 
at length effected without bloodshed. 

5. Florida War. —The greatest difficulty was 
found with the Seminoles, inhabiting East Florida. 
A treaty was made at Fort Moultrie , with their 
chiefs, by which they relinquished a large portion of 
their lands, but reserved a part for the residence of 
their people. ... A further treaty was made at 
Payne's Landing , in Florida; by which they gave 
up all their reservations, and conditionally agreed to 
remove. Subsequently, some of their chiefs made 
this agreement absolute; but the transaction was 
regarded by the Seminoles generally, as unfair and 
treacherous. 

6. President Jackson, in 1834, sent Gen. Wiley 
Thompson to Florida, to prepare for the emigra¬ 
tion. He soon found that most of the Indians were 
unwilling to leave their homes. On holding a con¬ 
ference with them, Osceola, their favorite chief, a 
man great in Indian talents, took a tone that dis¬ 
pleased him. He put him in irons, and confined him 
to prison for a day. Osceola seemed penitent, signed 
the treaty to remove, and was released. But he 
dissembled, and concerted with the Indians a deep 
and cruel revenge. 

7. The government ordered troops from the south¬ 
ern posts to repair to Fort Brooke , at Tampa Bay. 
The command was given to Gen. Clinch, who was 


4 . What treaty was obtained ? And what was at length effec¬ 
ted ?— 5 . Where was the greatest difficulty found ? What treaties 
were made with the Seminoles? At what times?—G. Who was 
sent as government agent, and what were his first measures ?—7. 
Who was appointed to the command? 



A FATAL FIELD. 


32“ 


at Camp King . Major Dade, with 112 men, ft. iy. 
marched from Fort Brooke to join him. About fd. iii. 
eighty miles of the toilsome journey had been ac- CH> m - 
eomplished, when, on the morning of the 28th, Ma- s 
jor Dade rode in front of his troops and cheered Dade’s * 
them with the intelligence that their march was march - 
nearly at an end. A volley was fired at the mo- Dec 2a 
ment, from hundreds of unseen muskets, The dade's 
speaker, and those he addressed, fell dead. Thirty B eield 
alone remained, when the Indians drew off. They Am. l. si. 
improved the respite afforded them, to construct a 
breastwork of trees which they felled. While they 
were thus engaged, where was Osceola ? It is sup¬ 
posed that he went the twenty miles from Dade’s 
battle-field to Camp King, to perform a work there. 

8. On that day, Gen. Wiley Thompson, with a 
convivial party, was dining at a house within sight of 
the garrison. As the company sat at table, believing 
themselves in perfect security, a discharge of muskets 

was suddenly poured through the doors and windows. mTssa- 
A part fell dead, and a part escaping from the house, 
were followed and killed in the bushes without. Of king. 
the latter was Gen. Thompson, who was scalped by 
the revengeful Osceola. He and his mounted party T s' ( f ei 1 “ t 
then returned triumphant, and completed the massa- <>f the 
ere of the remaining thirty survivors. tragedy. 

9. Gen. Clinch collected a force, and marched 
from Fort Drane to the Withlacoochee. But he fol- ^ 
lowed a guide who was in league with the Semi- cunch’s 
noles. When the soldiers had in part crossed the battle 
Withlacooche, Osceola and his warriors rose from with- 
concealment and attacked them. They charged, L chee’ 
and drove the Indians, but met a considerable loss; Am. l. k. 
and returned without effecting their object. 

10. Emboldened by success, the Seminoles ap¬ 
peared in the neighborhood of almost every settle¬ 
ment in Florida. Houses were burned, crops de- 

7. Where was lie? Who marched to join him, and with what 
force? What befell the party?—8. What was done next by the 
savages ?—9. Give an account of Gen. Clinch’s battle of the 
Withlacoochee. 








328 


SECOND BATTLE AT THE WITHLACOOCHEE, 


P’T. iv. stroyed, negroes carried off, and families murdered 
> D IIL in every direction. Gen. Scott, now invested with 
oh. iil chief command, arrived at St. Augustine. The 
savages having followed Gen. Clinch, his position 
"rfi??* at Fort Drane was critical. Gen. Scott sent troops 
Scott to his relief, and was preparing a plan of offensive 
ainves. 0 p era tions, when Gen. Gaines landed at Tampa 
Bay, four days after Scott arrived at St. Augustine. 
He brought a force from New Orleans, and consid- 
Feb. 11 . ered it as his right to command in the peninsula. 
elooo 11* Gaines marched his troops to Fort Drane; 
from N. o. and taking from there four days’ provisions, he set out 
for the Withlacoochee, to seek the Seminoles. Hav¬ 
ing reached that river, the Indians attacked him, and 
a battle ensued. The Americans kept the ground, 
though not without considerable loss. The Indians 
then besieged them in camp. Gen. Clinch approached 
Gaines’’ with an army. Osceola contrived to amuse Gen. 
of the Gaines with a parley, until the Indian women and cliil- 
with- dren were removed to the south. There, among the 
L qhee' everglades and hammocks, the American troops vain¬ 
ly sought the tribe through bogs and fens,—in dan¬ 
ger from serpents and other venomous reptiles,—tor¬ 
tured by poisonous insects, and often the victims of 
the climate. 

12. Gen. Jesup soon arrived to take the com¬ 
mand ; Gen. Scott having been ordered to the coun- 
1837* try of the Creeks. Osceola, under protection of a 
Oct. 2i. fl a o. witli about seventy of his warriors, came to the 
Osceola. American camp. Gen. Jesup had reason to believe 
him to be treacherous; and he caused him with his 
1 Jan** escort > to he forcibly detained, and subsequently to 
Hisdeath.be placed in a prison at Fort Moultrie, S. C., where, 
a few months after, he died of a complaint in the 
throat. 

10. What was the conduct of the Indians ? Who arrived at St. 
Augustine ? What did he do ? What was done by Gen. Gaines ? 
—11. Where did he march? Describe Gen. Gaines’ battle of the 
Withlacoochee. What happened after the battle ? To what evils 
have the army been subjected in searching for these Indians ? 
—12. What change of officers occurred? What happened with 
respect to Osceola ? 




LAKE OKEE-CHOBEE. 


329 


13. 'Gen. Jesup, at first supposed that the war 
would soon be brought to a close, but finding him¬ 
self mistaken, he directed Col. Zachary Taylor 
to act offensively. This officer set out with a thou¬ 
sand resolute men, who marched four days through 
wet, swampy grounds. On the fifth, the Indians, 
whom they sought, attacked them at the entrance 
of the Kissimmee river into lake Okee- Chobee . The 
troops engaged them with coolness. The brunt of 
the battle fell at first on the sixth regiment. Col. 
Thompson, their commander, mortally wounded, 
died, encouraging his men. The Indians were routed 
and dispersed, and a hundred gave themselves up to 
be carried to the West. Gen. Worth had the honor 
of bringing this hard and difficult contest to a close. 

14. Creek War. —Early in May, the Creeks be¬ 
gan hostilities—setting fire to houses, and murder¬ 
ing families. They attacked a steamboat which was 
ascending the Chatahoochee , eight miles below Co¬ 
lumbus,—killed her pilot, wounded several others, 
and burned the boat. Another steamboat was fired 
at the wharf of Roanoke, and the passengers were 
consumed in the flames. The barbarians then set 
fire to the town, and destroyed it. The governor of 
Georgia raised troops, took the field in person, and 
Gen. Scott arrived on the 30th of May. Their com¬ 
bined efforts quelled the Creeks, and peace was re¬ 
stored early in the summer. 


CHAPTER IY. 

The Bank Question.—The Revulsion.—Van Buren’s Administra¬ 
tion.—Harrison’s Election and Death. 

1 . Mr. Rives, at Paris, negotiated with the min¬ 
ister of Louis Philippe, king of the French, a treaty 

13. What were the circumstances connected with the battle of 
Okee-Chobee? Who brought the Florida war to a close? —14. 
Give an account of the atrocious acts of the Creeks. IIow were 
they brought to terms ? 

Chapter IV.—1. What treaty was negotiated by Mr. Rives? 


P’T. IV. 


P’D. Ill, 

CH. IV. 


1837 . 

Dec. 20. 


Dec. 25. 
OKEE¬ 
CHOBEE 
Sent, 
defeated. 
100 pr. 
Am. L. k. 
and w. 138. 


1836 . 


Creek 

outrages. 


May 30. 

They 
are over¬ 
powered. 


1803 . 

Rives’ 

Treaty 

with 

Franee. 












330 


THE OLD THIRTEEN, DOUBLED. 


FT. TV. 
P’D. III. 

CH. IV. 


1836. 


1837. 

■January. 
Michigan 
a State. 


1837. 


1832. 

The veto. 


1833. 

The with¬ 
drawal. 


1835. 

The pet 
banks.” 


1837. 

March 4. 
Van Bu¬ 
re n and 
Johnson. 


by which that nation agreed to give 25,000,000 
francs to indemnify the United States for spoliations 
on American commerce, made under the operations 
of the decrees of Napoleon. The French, however, 
had neglected to pay the money. Gen. Jackson 
took such prompt measures and so decided a tone, 
that in 1836 the demand was liquidated agreeably 
to the treaty. ... In September, 1835, Wisconsin 
was made a Territory, and Arkansas a State. Mich¬ 
igan was, in 1837, admitted to the Union, making 
the twenty-sixth State; the original number , thir¬ 
teen, being now exactly doubled. 

2. Extravagance and luxury had prevailed, and 
national adversity followed. The opponents of Gen. 
Jackson attributed the revulsion to circumstances 
connected with the overthrow of the national bank , 
caused by his hostility. . . In 1832, the directors of 
the bank applied for a renewal of its charter. After 
much debate, Congress passed, by a considerable 
majority, a bill granting their petition. This bill 
Gen. Jackson defeated by the presidential veto. . . . 
The funds of the government had been deposited in 
the national bank. In 1833, the president caused 
them to be withdrawn. The public treasure, was 
by act of Congress, placed in certain selected State 
banks, known at the time as the “pet banks.” 
These were encouraged to discount freely, as it might 
accommodate the people. 

3. Mr. Jackson was succeeded by Martin Van 
Buren, who, during the last four years, had, as vice- 
president, presided with great ability in the Senate. 
Richard M. Johnson, of Kentucky, was made vice- 
president. 

4. After the public money went into the State 

1. When was the money paid? What Territory and States 
wore organized ? What can you say concerning the number of 
States at this time?—2. What had prevailed? What followed? 
How was this change in public prosperity accounted for by the op¬ 
ponents of Gen. Jackson'? What happened in 1832? Where had 
the national funds been deposited? Who caused them to be 
withdrawn? Where were they then placed ?—3. Who was made 
president ? In what year ? 







THE REVULSION. 


331 


banks, facilities too great before, were increased, pt. iv. 
whereby men might, by pledging their credit, pos- paTTiT 
sess themselves of money. The good old roads of cu lv - 
honest industry were abandoned, while fortunes 383.5 
were made in an hour by speculation. This unnat- , 
ural state of things had its crisis in 1837. Maniaof 

5. Before this crisis, every one was making money, kiatmn' 0 ' 
Afterwards all were losing. Many had contracted 
large debts; when some began to fail, others, who The 
had depended on them, were obliged to tail also; r £’,T>n L * 
and so the disaster went on increasing its circle, nil- causes 
til the whole community felt it, in a greater or less distress, 
degree. 

0. The banks now stopped specie payments. 

Those where the public funds were deposited, shared 
the common fate, and the questions arose how was Mr. van 
the government to meet its current expenses, and 
what next should be done with the public purse ? TspVcia? 
To decide these questions, Mr. Van Buren issued 
his proclamation, convening a special Congress. 

7. In 1 1 is message, the president recommended a 
mode of keeping the public money, called the “sub- "Sub- 
treasurv” scheme; which was rejected by Congress. tr b!u!r y 
Treasury notes were ordered to be issued, and other 
measures taken to supply the wants of the govern- Tl(>asur y 
merit; but the majority contended, that, as to the 
distresses of the people, the case did not call for the 
interference of government, but for a reformation in 

the individual extravagance which had prevailed, 
and a return to the neglected ways of industry. 

8 . Among the causes of pecuniary distress, was a 
destructive lire in the city of New York. Themer- 
cantile houses, on whom, with the insurance offices, 529 
there fell a loss of $17,000,000, did not generally 

fail at the time; for they were, with commendable 

4. What was the state of pecuniary affairs from 1835 to ’37 ? 

—5. How wa-* it before the crisis? How after?—6. How was it 
with the banks? What was done by the president? When did 
Congress meet?— 7. What did Mr. Van Buren recommend in his 
message ? What was his scheme called ? Hid it succeed ? What 
did Congress order? Why did they not attempt some relief to 
the people?—8. Give an account of the great fire in New York. 











332 


FT. IV. 
P'D. III. 

CH. IV. 

1838 . 

Aug. 13. 


Canadians 

revolt. 


Affair of 
Navy 
Island. 


1837 . 


Dec. 20. 
Affair of 
the Caro¬ 
line. 


1840 . 

Indepen¬ 

dent 

Treasury 
passed, 
June 80. 


The 

census. 


van buren’s ADMINISTRATION. 

humanity, sustained by the others. But the prop¬ 
erty was gone; and though in a measure equalized 
at the time, at length the deficit affected all. . . . On 
the 13th of August the banks resumed specie pay¬ 
ments. 

9. A party had been gradually formed in Canada 
who were opposed to the British government, and 
who loudly demanded independence. Many Amer¬ 
icans on the northern frontier, regarding their cause 
as that of liberty and human rights, assumed the 
name of patriots, and formed secret associations, for 
the purpose of aiding the insurgents across the line. 

10. In prosecuting this illegal interference in the 
concerns of a foreign power, a party of adventurers 
took possession of Navy Island ', in the Niagara 
river, two miles above the falls, and lying within 
the jurisdiction of Upper Canada.—The president of 
the United States, and the governor of New York, 
both issued proclamations enjoining strict neutrality. 

11. A small steamboat, called the Caroline , was, 
however, hired to ply for unlawful purposes, between 
Navy Island and Schlosser. At evening, a detach¬ 
ment of 150 armed men from the Canada side, in 
five boats, with muffled oars, proceeded to Schlosser, 
drove the men who were on board the Caroline 
ashore, cut her loose from her moorings, and setting 
her on fire, let her float over the falls. A man 
named Durfee was killed, and great excitement pre¬ 
vailed. ... A Bill to establish the sub-treasury scheme, 
now called the Independent Treasury, at length 
passed; and although it was repealed early in Ty¬ 
ler’s administration, it was afterward re-enacted and 
became popular. 

12 . The census of 1840, gave as the number of 
inhabitants in the United States, 17,068,666.—The 


8. When did the banks resume specie payments?—9. Give an 
account- of Canadian affairs as connected with American.—10. 
What was done at Navy Island ? What proclamations were 
issued ?—11. What were the circumstances of the burning of the 
Caroline ? What important bill did Congress pass, in June, 1840? 
—13. What number of inhabitants were there in 1840? 







itarrison’s brief presidency. 


333 


presidency was, by a large majority, bestowed upon p v r. iy. 
Gen. Harrison, whose social and public virtues had p-n hi. 
been rendered conspicuous by the various official °“- v - 
stations of a long and useful life. John Tyler, of 1831. 
Virginia, was made vice-president. uru 

13. From the capital, Gen. Harrison went to ration of 
the presidential mansion—where thousands flockedalutTyiw. 
around him with congratulation^ and proffers of 
service.* He expired just a month from the day of of 
his inauguration. Mr. T YLER, by the Constitution, Harrison, 
became president. He issued an able and patriotic 
address, and appointed a day of public fasting. 


CHAPTER V. 

Mr. Tyler’s administration.—Mobs.—Disturbances in Rhode 
Island.—Anti-Rentism.—Mormonism, &c. 

1 . The Whig party were opposed to Mr. Van 
Buren’s independent Treasury, and in favor of a 
National Bank, as a place of deposit tor the public ■ Natjonal 
revenue. They said it would be more convenient Rank, 
and economical to the government,—that it would 
facilitate business, and promote prosperity ; and that °5- n t 'h e n8 
the attempt to bring back a specie circulation was a ^vio^s. 
dangerous experiment upon the currency. The 
Democratic party, on the other hand, maintained 
that any connection of the government with banks, dVThe 8 
or with the business affairs of individuals, was for- Dem ,‘ > * 
eign to its purposes, and a fruitful source of bribery party, 
and corruption. They believed that the govern¬ 
ment should keep its own money, operating not 
with paper currency, but with specie. 

* Gen. Harrison was fatally overwhelmed with office-seekers—as, shortly 
before his death, he told his friend, Mrs. Peter, of Ohio. 


12. How did the presidential election terminate? —13. How 
long did President Harrison live to enjoy his new dignity ? Who 
was his successor? 

Chapter V.— 1. What were the opinions of the Whig party in 
regard to a National Bank ? What on the other hand was main¬ 
tained by the Democratic party ? 












334 


tyler’s administration. 


P’T. IV. 

PD. III. 
ch. v. 


1841 . 

May 31. 
Congress 
convene. 


Aug. 6. 
Repeal of 
theSub-T. 


Aug. 16. 
Tyler’s 
first veto. 


Sept. 9. 
His 

second. 


Cabinet 
all resign 
except Mr. 
Webster. 


(* The 
revulsion 
of 1837, 
whose ef¬ 
fects were 
felt for 
several 
years 
after.) 

Repudia¬ 

tion. 


2. The majority of the voters adopting the views 
of the Whigs, had chosen Messrs. Harrison and Ty¬ 
ler, with an expectation that they would favor a 
National Bank. General Harrison, aware of this, 
issued March 17th, his proclamation, calling an ex-, 
tra session of Congress to convene on the 31st of 
May, to consider “ sundry weighty and important 
matters, chiefly growing out of the revenue and 
finances of the country.” When this Congress met, 
Mr. Tyler was president. 

3. Congress repealed the Sub-Treasury law on 
the 6th of August. Three days earlier, the House 
of Representatives had passed an act, establishing a 
National Bank. Mr. Tyler, to the deep chagrin of 
the party which elected him, defeated the measure 
by the presidential veto. The mortified Whigs got 
up another scheme for a bank, and passed it through 
Congress under the name of a “Fiscal Corporation of 
the United States.” A second time Mr. Tyler de¬ 
feated them by his veto. The able cabinet selected 
by Harrison, had all remained in office up to the 
period of this second veto, when all resigned, ex¬ 
cept Daniel Webster, the secretary of state. His 
country needed him in the office; and remaining, he 
found occasion to render her essential service. 

4. In the unwarrantable stretch of credit which 
had existed, States over zealous for internal improve¬ 
ment, had participated ; and when the revulsion 
came,* some of these found themselves unable, with¬ 
out direct taxation (to which their too timid rulers 
dared not promptly resort), to meet their engage¬ 
ments ; and the holders of their bonds, many of 
whom were foreigners, could not obtain the interest 
when due. These States were said to have repudi¬ 
ated their bonds, and this repudiation for a time 

2 . What views were adopted by the majority of the voters ? How 
manifested? What was done by Gen. Harrison? What change 
occurred before the meeting of Congress ?—3. What was done by 
Congress with regard to the Sub-Treasury ? With regard to a 
National Bank? How were their acts met by Mr. Tyler? What 
occurred immediately after his second veto?— 4 . Give an account 
of what wa* called repudiation. 






DANGEROUS TENDENCIES TO ANARCHY. 


335 


cast disgrace upon the whole nation. With return- ft iv. 
ing prosperity, however, nearly all of these States IFdTiil 
resumed payment. ch. ▼. 

5. A disagreement between the United States 

and England had long existed in regard to the 
northeastern boundary. Much excitement prevailed 
between the inhabitants of Maine and New Bruns¬ 
wick,—regions adjoining the disputed line,—and Ashbur- 
measures were taken on each side, which threatened ton 
war. Lord Ashburton was sent from England, as Treaty, 
a special envoy, to settle this dispute; and Mr. Web- Au?. 21 . 
ster, with great diplomatic ability, arranged with byu.e 1 
him the terms of a treaty, by which the important U ft - 
question of a northeastern boundary is finally and 0ct 14 
amicably settled. Ey G ' a 

6. Dangerous Tendencies to Anarchy.— Seri¬ 
ous riots occurred in the spring of 1844, in Phila¬ 
delphia. They grew out of a jealousy on the part 4344. 
of native American Protestants, that the foreign 
Roman Catholic population intended to gain the con¬ 
trol of the common-schools, and change the estab- PMiaAtU 
lished order of instruction, especially in regard to riots. 
the use of the Scriptures. Thirty dwelling-houses, a \! a ^ 4 5 6 - 
convent, and three churches were burned. Four- w'. 40 ! 
teen persons were killed and forty wounded. These 
disgraceful scenes were renewed on the 7th of June. 

The governor called out 5,000 of the military. 00 . 
Years have passed, and these unhappy jealousies 
have subsided. 

7. Rhode Island now became the theatre of an un¬ 
lawful attempt to set aside existing authorities. The 
“ suffrageparty,” by whom it was made, did not, how¬ 
ever, regard the matter in this light. They formed, April 18 
though bv illegal assemblies, what they considered a Dorra 
constitution for the State; and then proceeded to ftttemp 
elect under it a governor— Mr. Dorr —and members 


5. On what subject was there a disagreement between the 
United States and Great Britain? How was it settled ?—6. Give 
an account of the riots in Philadelphia, remembering to state the 
times, and the numbers killed in the first and second riots.—7. 

What occurred in Rhode Island ? 






ANTI-RENTERS. 


336 

ft. iv. for a legislature. Their opponents, — called the “ law 
fd. hi." and order” party,—acting under existing authorities, 
Y - elected State officers, Mr. King being made gov¬ 
ernor. 

8. On the 18th of May, Dorr went with an armed 

1843 . p orce ^ an( j t 00 ]£ the State arsenal. No lives were 
lost, as his directions to fire on those who opposed 
his progress, were not obeyed. Gov. King, mean- 

June 25. time, put himself at the head of the military. Sev- 
Dorr at e ral persons were arrested, and Dorr fled. He after- 
clfet" wards appeared at Chepachet, with some two or 

1844. three hundred men; but a force being sent by the 
Don-sent general government, they dispersed. Dorr after¬ 
state’s wards returned, was tried, convicted of treason, and 
prison, sentenced to the State’s prison. Meantime a new 

1845. constitution was by legal measures adopted. In 
leased. 1845 Dorr was released from prison. 

9. An alarming tendency to anarchy has been ex- 
"dutirrb- 1 P ei ’i ence< l in the anti-rent disturbances in the State 

ances. of New York. Under the Dutch government, cer¬ 
tain settlers had received patents of considerable 
portions of land; of which that of Van Rensselaer 
lierwyck, was the most extensive,—comprehending the greater 
28 ™r!)ad g 'P ai t Albany and Rensselaer counties. These 
2 road ) ] a nds were divided into small farms, and leased in 
perpetuity, on low rents, to be paid in a certain 
quantity of wheat, a certain number of fowls, &c. 
In process of time, the tenants began to consider 
these legal conditions as anti-republican,—a relic of 
feudal tyranny. 

10. In the summer of 1844, the anti-rent disturb¬ 
ances broke out with great violence in the eastern 

1844 . t° wns °f Rensselaer, and on the Livingston manor, 
Anti- in Columbia county. Extensive associations were 
disguised formed by the anti-renters to resist the laws. They 
as Indians, kept armed and mounted bands disguised as Indians, 

8 . Give an account of the illegal proceedings of Mr. Dorr, and 
his punishment. When was lie released from prison?—9. How 
in the State of N. Y. was a tendency to anarchy manifested ? Give 
an account of the Dutch patents, with the conditions of rent. How 
in process of time had the tenants come to regard these conditions ? 





IOWA AND FLORIDA ADMITTED AS STATES. 


337 


scouring the country;—and the traveller—as he met ft. iv. 
them issuing from some dark wood, with their hid- fd. iii. 
eous masks and gaudy calicoes, was required, on cn - v - 
penalty of insult, to say, “Down with the rent.” 

1 1. These lawless rangers forcibly entered houses, 

—took men from their homes, tarred and feathered, 
or otherwise maltreated them. In Rensselaer coun¬ 
ty, at noonday, a man was killed where about fifty (Smith 
“ Indians” were present,—some of whom were after- Jv 11 ^ 1 >" 

i *111 i * « G ration.) 

wards arraigned, when they swore that they knew 
nothing of the murder. Sometimes 1,000 of these 
disguised anarchists were assembled in one body. 

Similar disturbances occurred in Delaware county. 

At length Steele, a deputy-sheriff, was murdered k ^f { e n 
in the execution of his official duty. Deivare.) 

12. Meanwhile Silas Wright was chosen gov¬ 
ernor of the State. Much does his country owe him 
for the wisdom and firmness of the measures by 
which public order was restored. On the 27th of 
August he proclaimed the county of Delaware in a 
state of insurrection. Resolute men were made Wright’s 
sheriffs, and competent military aid afforded thcm. measl,res - 
Leading anti-renters were taken, brought to trial, 

and imprisoned. The murderers of Steele were con¬ 
demned to death,—but their punishment was commu¬ 
ted to that of perpetual confinement. The successor 
of Mr. Wright, released from the State’s prison the (Anti-rent 
whole number, eighteen, who had been committed oufc, ' a ? e 
for anti-rent offences. Fresh outbreaks followed. Sheldon.) 

13. In Congress, March 3d, 1845, an act was 
passed admitting two States into the Union,— Iowa, 

its western boundary the river Des Moines,—and Iowa and 
Florida, comprising the east and west parts, as de- Flon<la ' 
fined by the treaty of cession. 

14. Mormonism. —This is the most extraordinary 


10 & 11 . What happened in the summer of 1844?— 12 . What 
is here said of Silas Wright? What was done in regard to sher¬ 
iffs ? What was done in regard to the leading anti-renters ? The 
murderers of Steele? Were they suffered to remain in prison? 
—13. At what time were two States admitted into the Union, and 
what States ? 


15 














338 


MORMONISM. 


P'T. iv. imposture of the age. Its founder, Joseph Smith, 
P’d. iil was an obscure, uneducated man, born in 1805, in 
cu - v - Sharon, Vermont. Under pretence of special reve¬ 
lation, he produced the stereotype plates of the 
“ Book of Mormon” * by which he persuaded num¬ 
bers, that he was the inspired founder of a new re¬ 
ligion—which was to give to Mormons the same pre¬ 
eminence over all other people, as the Jews had over 
the Gentiles. Mormonism gives its followers license 
to commit every crime which may be sanctioned by 
the leading “ prophet—especially does it, by al¬ 
lowing polygamy, degrade and demoralize women. 

15. Yet numbers of both sexes were found to join 
1838 an( ^ this delusion—throwing their property into 
* common stock. On their arrival at the Far West, 
Oct. 6. in Missouri, the Mormons were charged with vari- 
M ^ t r p" r ns ous crimes; among others, an attempt to assassinate 
West. Gov. Boggs ; and they were finally expelled the 
State by a military force commanded by Gen. Atkin¬ 
son. They then purchased a large tract of land in Il¬ 
linois, on the eastern bank of the Mississippi. There, 
on a beautiful slope, they built JLauvoo , and erected 
“ n a pompous temple. But murders, robberies, and 
other secret crimes became frequent in their neigh¬ 
borhood. Tiie surrounding people were enraged. 
The Mormon prophet and his brother were seized 
1840 the State officers, and confined in jail at Car- 
to ’48. thage. A hundred armed men, in disguise, broke in 
Collect at and murdered them. The Mormons then sold their 
'like. 11 possessions at ISTauvoo, and in 1846 migrated west¬ 
ward to the Great Salt Lake. Their settlement, 
1850. containing about 10,000 inhabitants, formed the nu- 
nmdo'a cleus of the Territory of Utah. 

leriitory. * i> ev , Mr. Spalding wrote the Book of Mormon, as a work of im¬ 
agination, founded on the Old Testament. He died, after having placed the 
manuscript in the hands of a publisher. Sidney Eigdon, a young printer 
of the ollice, thus became acquainted with it, and he showed it to Joseph 
Smith ; and they two concerted the plan of bringing it out as a new reve¬ 
lation. The plates found were called “ the golden” plates. 


14. Give some account of Mormonism, ancl its originators. (See 
note.)—15. Give a further account of the progress of Mormonism, 
to the building of the temple—to the departure of the Mormons 
to California. 





MEXICAN ANTIPATHY. 


339 


CHAPTER VI. 

Texas.—Causes of Annexation and the Mexican War. 

1 . On account of the discovery of La Salle , the ft. iv. 
French claimed Texas to the Rio Grande, as form- P ’ D . hi. 
ing a part of Louisiana. The Spaniards of Mexico cu - VL 
remonstrated, and sent thither an armed force, but 1685. 
the French had already dispersed. The first effec- d ^ c ^ r ° a 
trial settlement in Texas, was that of San Antonio Texas. 
de Bexar, made by the Spaniards in 1692. But 1090 . 
the Mexican authorities seemed not so desirous to Bexar 
occupy this country, as to keep it a desolate waste,— founded * 
that thus an impassable barrier might be maintained 
between them and their Anglo-American neighbors. 

This desire to avoid contact by means of an inter¬ 
vening desert, was so strongly felt by the Mexicans, 
even in 1847, as to break off negotiations for peace, 
when Gen. Scott was at the gate of their capital 
with a victorious army. The aversion to the Anglo- 
Americans thus manifested, the Mexicans at first 
derived from their mother-country; and it may be 
marked as the first and predisposing cause of the 
Mexican war. 

2. After Ferdinand VII., king of Spain, had, in i§io. 
1810, fallen with the Spanish nation, under the power Mexico 
of Napoleon, the Mexicans revolted. But the people revolts ' 
were not united;—and after the bloody war of eight 
years, called the first revolution, the royalists pre- prevail, 
vailed. The second revolution was begun in 1821, 1821 
by the Mexican general Iturbide. Under him they —21. 
threw off the Spanish yoke. But he made himself (Kbihot 
a monarch. The people wished for a republic; and 

Chapter VI. —I. On what account did the French claim Texas ? 

How was this claim met by the Spaniards ? Describe the first 
effectual settlement made in Texas. How did the Mexicans man¬ 
ifest aversion to Anglo-Americans, at an early day, and again re¬ 
cently ? Of what may this aversion be regarded as the first cause ? 

—2. When did the Mexicans revolt against the Spanish govern¬ 
ment ? Give some account of the first revolution—of the second 
—of Iturbide. 










340 


STEPHEN F. AUSTIN. 


PT. IV. 


P’D. III. 

CH. VI. 

1824 . 

Federal 
consti¬ 
tution of 
Mexico. 


IS *20. 

Texas 
ceded to 
Spain. 

1821 . 

Anglo- 

American 

Texas 

founded. 


Mexican 

clergy 

alarmed. 


they deposed Iturbide, banished,—and, on his re¬ 
turn, condemned and executed him. In 1824, a 
federal Constitution was formed under the auspices 
of a new leader, Santa Anna ; by which Mexico, 
like our republic, was divided into States, with each, 
a legislature, and over the whole a general govern¬ 
ment. 

3. In 1803, the United States, in purchasing Lou¬ 
isiana of France, obtained with it a just claim to 
Texas; but in 1820 they ceded it by treaty to Spain 
as a part of Mexico; Florida being then granted by 
that power to the United States. Two years there¬ 
after, Stephen F. Austin led a colony from the 
United States to Texas, and made a settlement be¬ 
tween the rivers Brazos and Colorado. The Spanish 
authorities in Mexico, desirous of defence against 
the destructive incursions of the fierce and hostile 
Comanches, had, contrary to their ordinary policy, 
made laws favoring American immigration ; yet on¬ 
ly under the condition that the immigrants should 
adopt the Catholic religion , and send their children 
to /Spanish schools. 

4. Austin’s enterprise being joined by others who, 
like himself, sought to better their fortunes, his col¬ 
ony soon flourished to such an extent, that it attract¬ 
ed the attention of the Mexican clergy. They found 
that the law, which required the settlers to make 
oath that they were Catholics, and would establish 
Spanish schools, had been disregarded. They felt 
the utmost alarm; desiring that those whom they re¬ 
garded as foreign heretics, should either submit to 
their national laws, and embrace their national re¬ 
ligion, or be rooted out. Here were sown the seeds 


2. What was done in 1824?—3. When had the United States a 
claim to Texas? How obtained, and how and when was it relin¬ 
quished ? When and by whom led, was the first American colony 
of Texas? Where established? What motives had the Mexicans 
in admitting these settlers, and what conditions did they require 
of them ?—4. llow did the Mexican clergy find that these condi¬ 
tions had been met on the part of the settlers? Iiow did the 
clergy regard them, and what appears to have been their desire 
respecting them ? To what would such feelings naturally lead ? 






TEXAN RKYOLUTION. 


341 


of future war; for these supposed heretics were the 
brothers of American citizens, and though expatri¬ 
ated, they were children born of the republic. 

5. Texas, under the Constitution of 1824, was 
united in one State with the neighboring province of 
Coalniila. The Spanish Mexicans of this province 
outvoted, and pursued an oppressive policy against 
the Texans. Stephen F. Austin was sent by them 
to the city of Mexico to petition against these griev¬ 
ances, and for the privilege of forming Texas into a 
separate State. The Mexican Congress treated him 
with neglect. He wrote a letter to the Texans ad¬ 
vising them at all events to proceed in forming a 
separate State government. The party in Texas 
opposed to Austin, sent back his letter to the Mexi¬ 
can authorities,—who made him prisoner as lie was 
returning,—sent him back to Mexico, and threw him 
into a dungeon. 

6. Meanwhile, Santa Anna subverted the Consti¬ 
tution of 1824, and in the name of liberty, made him¬ 
self the military tyrant of Mexico. He sent Gen¬ 
eral Cos into Texas, to place the civil rulers there 
in subjection to the military. At this time, Austin 
returned, and was placed at the head of a central 
committee of safety. Appeals were made through 
the press to the Texan people, and arrangements set 
on foot to raise men and money. Adventurers from 
the American States came to their aid. The object 
of the Texans at this time, was to join a Mexican 
party now in arms against the military usurpation 
of Santa Anna, and thus to maintain the Constitu¬ 
tion of 1824. 

7. Mexican forces had been sent to Gonzalez to 


P’T. IV. 
P'D. III. 

CH. VI. 


(In 1888 
there were 
about 
10,000 
Ameri¬ 
cana 

in Texas.) 


Austin 
taken 
prisoner 
(at Sal¬ 
tillo.) 


Texan 

Revolu¬ 

tion 

begins. 


Oct. 2. 
GONZA- 


demand a field-piece. The Texans attacked and Me ^ rce 

- 1 , 000 , 

i>. With what Mexican province was Texas united, and how Tex. 500. 
treated? For what was Austin sent to Mexico? Ilow was he 
there treated, and what course did lie pursue? Why was Austin 
thrown into a dungeon?—6. What, in the mean time, was the 
course of Santa Anna with respect to the constitution of 1824, and 
with regard to the Texans? What measures indicating resistance 
were taken by the Texans? What was now their object?—7. 

Where was the first blood shed ? 











342 


P'T. IV. 
P’D III. 

CII. VI. 


Mex. L. 
100 . 


Nov. 22. 
A pro¬ 
visional 
gov’t at 
St. Felipe. 


1836. 

March 6. 
Massacre 
of the 
ALAMO. 
Ain. L. 
k. 150. 


March 2. 
Texans 
declare in¬ 
depend¬ 
ence. 


TEXAN INDEPENDENCE. 


drove them from the ground with loss. Santa Anna 
had now caused the fortresses of Goliad and the 
Alamo , or citadel of Bexar, to be strongly fortified, 
the latter being the headquarters of General Cos. 
The Texans, on the 8th of October, took Goliad 
with valuable munitions. On the 28th, they ob¬ 
tained a victory near Bexar.—Texan delegates, No¬ 
vember 22d, met in convention at St. Felipe, and 
established a provisional government. On the 11th 
of December, their forces under General Burle¬ 
son, took, after a bloody siege and a violent strug¬ 
gle, the strong fortress of the Alam,o and the city 
of Bexar; General Cos and his army were made 
prisoners, and not a Mexican in arms remained . 
But Santa Anna, ever active and alert, was gather¬ 
ing his forces, and in February, 1836, was approach¬ 
ing with 8,000 men. 

8. Unhappily, divisions prevailed in the Texan 
counsels, while the small and insufficient garrison of 
the Alamo was attacked by this powerful army; 
headed by a man, who added to the smoothness of 
the tiger, his fierceness and cruelty. Travis, who 
commanded, had only 150 men. They fought all 
one bloody night, until lie fell with all the garrison 
but seven;—and they were slain, while crying for 
quarter! 

9. Meantime, a Texan convention had assembled 
at Washington, on the Brazos, which, on the 2d of 
March, declared independence. They had de¬ 
sired, said the delegates, to unite with their Mexi¬ 
can brethren, in support of the Constitution of 1824, 
but in vain. Now appealing to the world for the 
necessities of their condition, they declared them¬ 
selves an Independent Republic, and committed 
their cause to the Supreme Arbiter of Nations. 

10. Colonel Fanning commanded at Goliad. 
He had besought the Texan authorities to reinforce 

7. Give some account of the battle of Gonzalez. What was done 
by the Texans under Burleson?—8. Give some account of the 
massacre of the Alamo.— 9. Of the Texan declaration of inde¬ 
pendence. 








SAN .JACINTO. 


343 


him; and he had been directed by them to abandon pt. iv. 
his post, and save his garrison by retreat.* This he p d. hi. 
had attempted to do; but the Mexicans, by their cn - VI - 
superior force, overpowered him. He surrendered 
on condition that he and his men should be treated 1 
as prisoners of war. Santa Anna ordered their exe¬ 
cution ; and four hundred unarmed and unresisting 
men, unsuspicious of harm, were drawn out. One March 27 . 
of the fated soldiers exclaimed, “ They are going to Mas a sacre 
shoot us; let us turn and not be shot in the back.” goliad 
In another instant the fire was given, and the pris- ^" 400 ' 
oners fell dead. Fanning was shot the next day ;— 
and his body denied a burial. These men were 
American-born. Fanning had been an officer in the 
army of the United States. American hate and 
sympathy kindled as the shocking massacre was 
told. Annexation followed in time , and the Mexi¬ 
can war. 

11. On the 21st of April, the main Texan army, 
under General Houston, met the Mexicans, who 
were double their number, near the San Jacinto. April 21 . 
Furiously the Texans rushed to battle with the ^ x }\ S cFnto' 
“ Remember the Alamo !” They fought at less than Mex. force 
half-rifle distance, and in less than half an hour Tex!° 7 S 3 . 
wholly routed the Mexicans; killing and wounding Mex. l. 
a number greater than the whole Texan force. w ‘. 20 s. 
Among the prisoners taken after the battle, was k T g ex ^ L J7 
Santa Anna himself. As supreme ruler of Mexico, 
he, by a treaty, acknowledged their independence, 
and allowed their western boundary to be the Rio 
Grande. This treaty was, after his return, disa¬ 
vowed by Mexico,—and by Santa Anna himself, on 
the plea that it was made while he was a prisoner. 

* Of this fact the writer was, in conversation, informed by Gen. Houston. 

Fanning had marched out of the fortress, met, and contended with the 
Mexicans, was taken and carried back, so that the massacre was at Goliad. 


10. Of the massacre of Goliad. Who were the men massacred 
at Goliad, and with what feelings was their slaughter heard of in 
America? What followed?—11. Give some account of the battle 
of San Jacinto. What treaty did Santa Anna make with the 
Texans ? How was it observed ? 








344 


TEXANS INVADE MEXICO. 


P'T. iv. if.’Although the United States, England, and 
P’D. hi. other powers acknowledged the independence of 
cr. vi. r p exas . y e t Mexico, through all her changes of 
rulers ever claimed the country, and occasionally 
unitcif' sent tl,00 P s t0 renew the war by predatory excur- 
states sions.—The Texans, in 1841, sent under McLeod, a 
r Telan Ze party of 300, who were mostly Americans, to take 
imiepen- possession of Santa Fe, the capital of New Mexico, 
c Ulce ' that city lying on the eastern side of the Rio Grande. 
These were made prisoners by the Mexicans, and 
treated with great cruelty. 

13. General Woll, sent by Santa Anna to in¬ 
vane Texas, took Bexar. A Texan army, having 
driven him back, were full of zeal to carry the war 

1842 . into Mexico. A party of 300 crossed the Rio 
sept. li. Grande, and proceeding to Mier, they attacked it; 
attlckon and although opposed by five times their force, they 
Mier. fought their Avay into the heart of the place, killed 
and Avounded double their Avhole number, AAdien, al¬ 
though they had lost only 35 men, they capitulated.* 
These prisoners Avere treated Avith great severity. 

14. Texas early made application to be received 
into the American Union. General Jackson object¬ 
ed, and afterwards Mr. Van Buren,—on the ground 

1841 °^* ex i st i n g peaceful relations Avith Mexico, and the 
* unsettled boundary of Texas. Mr. Tyler, by the 
Elected as influence of Mr. Calhoun, secretary of state, brought 
JTkP olk! forward the proposition. It Avas lost in Congress, 
of Tenn.' But the mass of the American papers were in favor 
g . M Dai- of Annexation. The Whig candidates for president 
las, of Pa. and Auce-president, were Henry Clay and Theodore 
Frelinghuysen, Avho Avere opposed to immediate an- 

* They were, says General Green, in his Journal of the Expedition, be¬ 
trayed into the surrender by Fisher, their leader, who had lost his mind by 
a gunshot wound. Green says this party of 300, killed and wounded S00 of 
the Mexicans at Mier. 


12. Who acknowledged the Texan independence, and who did 
not? Give some account of the attempt to take Santa Fc. —13. 
The attempt of the Texans on Mier. —14. Give a history of the 
Annexation of Texas, to the close of the presidential election. 
How is it manifested by this account that the people were in favor 
of annexation ? 






345 


ANNEXATION OF TEXAS. 


i dent’s 
signa¬ 
ture.) 


nexation ; and the Democratic were, James K. Polk, ft. iv. 
and George M. Dallas, who were pledged in its p’d. iii. 
favor. The latter were elected ; and on the 4th of cn - VI - 
March, 1845, they were duly inaugurated. 1845 . 

15. On the 28th of February—after the election 

and belore the inauguration—Congress passed the rated. 
joint resolution to annex Texas. By this act, addi¬ 
tional new States, not exceeding four, may be J< oiution 
formed from this Territory with slavery, if south of an ” e f”^ 
lat. 36j, but it north, without. The Mexican min¬ 
ister at Washington, Senor Almonte, who had be- (March l. 
tore announced that Mexico would declare war if 
Texas were annexed, now gave notice, that since 
America had consummated “ the most unjust act 
recorded in history,” negotiations were at an end. 

16. Mexico had been to the Americans an unjust 
and injurious neighbor. Such had been the unre¬ 
dressed wrongs of person and property, to which 
American citizens had been subjected in Mexico, 
that had she not been a weaker nation and a sister 
republic, war would have resulted during Jackson’s 
administration. Mr. Van Buren recommended 
measures leading to war;—when the Mexicans ne¬ 
gotiated; and in 1830 a treaty was made, by which TrcaVv*. 1 
they agreed to pay large indemnities to American 
sufferers. This treaty was modified in 1843, but its *fpf s **' 
stipulations the Mexican government had mostly modified, 
failed to observe. 

17. The assent of Texas, by which she became a * T ^*'?* 

part of the American Union, was expressed in th eTtxanor- 
ordinance of July 5, 1845. Two days thereafter, a 7 .* 


E 839 . 
Mexican 


14 . Arc presidents of the United States elected the same year 
in which they are inaugurated.—Mr. Polk for example?— 15 . 
When did Congress pass the joint resolution to annex Texas? 
What condition was there respecting new States ? What had pre¬ 
viously been announced as the determination of Mexico in case 
the United States annexed Texas? What announcement was now 
made by the Mexican minister?— 10 . What had been the course 
of Mexico towards American citizens ? What hindered war during 
Jackson’s administration? What was done during Mr. Van Bu- 
ren’s administration respecting a treaty ?— 17 . When did Texas 
by her own ordinance actually become a part of the American 
Union ? 

15 * 


dinance 

completes 

annexa¬ 

tion. 












346 


OREGON. 


FT. IV. 


P’D. III. 

OH. VI. 


1845 . 


(He is 
soon 
made a 
brigadier.) 


Jan. 16. 

Chinese 

Treaty. 


im 

(Capt. 
Grey, sail¬ 
ing in the 
Columbia, 
gives to 
the river 
the name 
of his 
ship.) 


request was dispatched to President Polk to send an 
armed force to protect Texas against the threatened 
invasion of Mexico. The administration judiciously 
chose, as commander of the forces to be sent, Col. 
Zachary Taylor. On the 30th of July, he was or¬ 
dered by the war department to move as near the Rio 
Grande as prudence would dictate. He took post at 
Corpus Christi. A Mexican force, in the mean time, 
had collected on the western bank of the Rio 
Grande, near Matamoras. 

18. The ancient aversion of the Mexicans had 
been, by the annexation, wrought into jealousy and 
fierce revenge; and he who most vilified the Amer¬ 
icans, and the loudest blustered for war, was most 
the popular favorite; and such was Paredes, by 
whose party, Herrera, the president, and a wise 
patriot, was denounced as a traitor for suspected 
intercourse with the foes of the nation. 

19. Treaty with China. —In 1845, the United 
States senate ratified a treaty with China, which 
had there been negotiated between Mr. Cushing, 
the American envoy extraordinary, and the com¬ 
missioner of the Chinese Emperor. 

20 . Oregon. —England and America both claim¬ 
ed the extensive country north of the Columbia 
river, to the Russian settlements. Columbia river 
and its vicinity, belongs to the Americans by right 
of the discovery made in 1792, by Captain Grey of 
Boston, and by the explorations made by Lewis 
and Clark, in the employ of the American govern¬ 
ment, made in the years 1804-5. John Jacob As- 
tor, of New York, founded Astoria , at the mouth 
of the Columbia river, in 1811. The first house on 
its waters, was, however, established on Lewis river, 
by the Missouri Fur Company, in 1808. 

17. What was done two days thereafter ? Who was chosen to 
command the military defenders of Texas? What orders did he 
receive, and what do ?—18. How did the aversion of the Mexicans 
now manifest itself?— 19. Give an account of the Chinese treaty. 
—20. What part of Oregon was in dispute, and with whom? On 
what was the American claim to the Columbia river and its valley 
founded ? What were the first settlements in Oregon ? 





TAYLOR AT THE RIO GRANDE. 


347 


21. The difficulty with England became so seri- pt. iv. 
ous as to threaten war. It was, however, compro- pd. iii. 
mised by a treaty negotiated at Washington be- cu - vn - 
tween Mr. Packenham, the British Minister, and 
Mr. Buchanan, the American Secretary. This junf 
treaty makes the northern boundary of Oregon, the Treaty 
line of lat. 49 deg.; but gives to the British the°. fWash " 
whole of Vancouver’s Island, and a right to the iu » tou * 
joint navigation of the Columbia river. 


CHAPTER VII. 

Mexican War.—Arrny of Occupation. 

1. Gen. Taylor was ordered by the secretary of 

war, Jan. 13,1846, to take post at the mouth of the Rio Effect of 
Grande. The effect of the order was to precipitate the GeiS'ay- 
collision of arms. Gen. Taylor accordingly moved ^ 
from Corpus Christi on the 8th of March. On the Grande. 
25th, the army reached Point Isabel, which, from the 
nature of the coast, lie must make the depot for his 
stores. Leaving them with 450 men under Major Ma Q e h n 23 - 
Munroe, he advanced, and took post at the mouth Taylor 
of the Rio Grande, opposite to Matamoras. Bat- opposite 
teries were erected by the Mexicans, pointing at his Matam °- 
camp. This he intrenched, and immediately com- as ' 
menced a fort, whose guns threatened the heart of 
the city. Yet Gen. Taylor was strictly courteous to (April io. 
all. He had come, in peace, he said, to protect 
Texas, not to invade Mexico; but if' attacked, he from 
should know how to defend himself. alone,Tnd 

2. This attack he had hourly reason to expect. was^kiUed 
Paredes had put in requisition the best troops of can ran- 
Mexico, headed by her ablest generals, and they cheros ) 


21. How was the difficulty witli England settled ? 

Chapter VII. — 1. What order did Gen. Taylor receive ? What 
was its effect? Give an account of Gen. Taylor’s march from the 
mouth.of the Nueces to that of the Rio Grande. What was here 
done by the Mexicans and the Americans ? What was Gen. Tay¬ 
lor’s course of conduct? 












348 


MUTUAL DECLARATIONS OF WAR. 


P’T. iv. were gathering towards the Rio Grande. On both 
P , D m ; sides of the river, all was warlike action ;—here, 
cu. vii. mounting or relieving guards, — and there, planting 
artillery. Gen. Arista now arrived, and took the 
184 °* command at Matamoras. The Mexican govern- 
Anrii 24 ment made a formal declaration of war on the23d 
Hostilities 0 f May. On the 24th, Capt. Thornton with sixty- 
meilcT'by three dragoons was sent by Gen. Taylor a few 
Thorn- m }] es U p the river to reconnoitre. They fell into an 
capture, am buscade, and, finding themselves surrounded by 
and w^Je.a far superior force, they attempted to retreat, cut¬ 
ting their way; but they were obliged to surrender, 
with the loss of 16 killed and wounded. 

3. The American Congress and people were as- 
Aston- tonished and agitated, when Gen. Taylor’s account 
1 S an<i nt of this first bloodshed was received. Their army 
anxiety. was surrounded and in danger, from the soldiers 

who had committed the massacres of Goliad and the 
Ma n Alamo! A kind of monomania pervaded the na- 
Presi-* tion. The President announced to Congress that 
the Mexicans had “ invaded our territory, and shed 
message, the blood of our citizens upon our own soil.” Con¬ 
gress responded, that “ war existed by the act of 
*5 o?' Mexico,” and in two days passed a law authorizing 
congress 50,000 volunteers to be raised for twelve months; 
men and and appropriating, towards the carrying on of the 
money. war? t en millions of dollars. Thus were the means 
at once provided. 

4. Declared war being upon the hands of the Ex- 
the^Exec- ecutive, the plan for its prosecution and results ap- 

utive. pears to have been,—to take for indemnity and as a 
permanent acquisition, that part of the Mexican ter¬ 
ritory lying between the Old United States and the 
Pacific; and so to carry the war into the more vital 
and richer parts of Mexico, that the people would 


2. What was now the aspect of things in regard to war? How 
did hostilities actually commence? When did the Mexicans de¬ 
clare war?—3. How was news of the breaking out of the war re¬ 
ceived in America ? and what was done by the President and by 
Congress?—4. What was the general plan of the American Exec¬ 
utive ? 



PLAN OF THE CAMPAIGN. 


349 


be willing to receive peace and some needful funds, pt. iv. 
though at the sacrifice of this territory, and the re- p’D. iii. 
linquishment of Texas to the Rio Grande. cu - V1L 

5. The American Executive,* aided by the head 

of the war department, and by General Scott, now May 15 * 
sketched out, in two days’ time, a plan of a cam- ft ” d M t r 6 - 
paign, exceeding, in the vastness of the spaces over Polk hari 
which it swept by sea and land, any thing of the fo g e ^o® r 
kind known in history. Vessels were to pass round Benton, 
Cape Horn to the coast of California, to aid those des 7red to 
already there, in conquering that country. An conduct 
“ Army of the West” was to be assembled at Fort as Lilnt. 
Leavenworth to take New Mexico, and then pro- 
ceed westward to the Pacific, to co-operate with no'mina- 
the fleet. An “Army of the Centre,” to be col- butuw 
lected from different and distant parts of the Union, 
was to rendezvous at San Antonio de Bexar, and confirm 0 ) 
thence to invade Coahuila and Chihuahua. These 
armies were mostly to be created from the raw ma¬ 
terial. The existing regular force of the United 
States, officers and men, did not exceed 9,000. 

6. Gen. Taylor, whose force was called the 
“ Army of Occupation,” now received intelligence by 
Capt. W alker, that a large Mexican force in his rear, 
was interposed between him and his stores at Point 
Isabel. Walker had there been stationed by Major 
Munroe, to keep open the communication; and he 
had fought fifteen minutes with his one company Oj. 

Texan rangers (armed with revolving pistols), with April 28 . 
1,500 Mexican cavalry,—killed thirty, and escaped ; ^baufe. 8 
and subsequently he had found his way with six 

men through the Mexican army to bring this in- n 
formation. 

7. Leaving his camp at Matamoras, with a gar- May 1 . 
rison in command of the trusty veteran, Major T ^J® n r t at 
Brown, Taylor marched with the main army, and Isabel. 


5. What military operations were now sketched out? What is 
in the side-note concerning Senator Benton?—6. What was now 
received by Gen. Taylor? What was the first battle of the war in 
which Mexican blood was shed?— 7 . What was now done by 
General Taylor? 









350 


VICTORIES OF THE RIO GRANDE. 


P’T. iv. reached Point Isabel unmolested. The Mexicans at 
P’D. hi. Matamoras attacked the camp with their batteries, 
CH,m and Major Brown opened his guns upon the city. 
1846 ^ ie fil ' in s was anxious] y heard by Taylor, and a 
May7to9. messenger for aid reached him from Major Brown. 
C a("eof" The garrison at Point Isabel being reinforced by 
Fort 500 men, supplied by Commodore Conner from 
Brown. nav y ? Gen. Taylor announced to the war de- 
7th partment, “ I shall march this day with the main 
Taylor body of the army, to open a communication with 
e ilabei. Major Brown, and throw forward supplies of ord¬ 
nance and provision. If the enemy opposes my 
march, in whatever force, I shall fight him.” 

8. The same evening he marched. The next day 
at noon he came in full sight of the Mexican army, 
drawn up in order of battle, and extending a mile 
across his way. Taylor halted his men,—bade them 

alto, refresh themselves at the pools—then formed his 
M -Jr line. The Mexicans, although with choice of the 
Am’. 2.300. ground, and more than double numbers, were forced, 
andw^’oo!after five hours, to yield to the Americans the vic- 
4! w L 40 k " t°ry of Polo Alto. Major Ringgold was here 
mortally wounded. 

9. At two o’clock the next day the army resumed 
May 9. its march. Having advanced about three miles, the 

R I)e A t?a Mexicans were discovered, skilfully posted, with ar- 
palma. tillery, at Pesaca de la Palma . At four o’clock 
6 ^ 000 ! ce the Americans came up. The field was fiercely 
A Mex’ l 2 ‘ con tested. It was here, that Capt. May, with his 
coo. dragoons, rode up to a Mexican battery, cut down 
A ami T w k ’ men, and took Gen. La Yega, as he was apply- 
mortaiiy, ing a match to one of the guns. The Mexicans 
were wholly routed. Their camp, its stores, equi¬ 
page, and Gen. Arista’s private papers, fell into the 
* hands of the Americans. The arrival at the camp 


7 . What cannonade was heard by him at Point Isabel ? What 
determination did he announce?—8. Give an account of the bat¬ 
tle of Palo Alto, the numbers engaged, loss, &c.; sec side-note. 
( When the direction is, Give an account of a battle , let the side-notea 
be studied as well as the text ,)--9. Give an account of the battle of 
Resaca do la Palma. What had occurred at the camp? 





Til 10 WAR SPIRIT. 


351 


of Taylor and his victorious army, carried joy to the 
wearied combatants. But the commander of the 
fort had been killed. Gen. Taylor named the place 
where he fought and fell, Fort Brown . 

10. Great were the rejoicings and illuminations in 
the United States, for the victories of the Rio Grande. 
The Mexican army now deserted Matamoras, and 
the civil authorities suffered the Americans to take 
quiet possession. Everywhere the young men of 
America were now ready, nay in haste, to « - o 
forth to defend their brethren, tight the Mexicans, 
and push for the “ Halls of the Montezumas.” * Gen. 
Taylor was embarrassed and delayed by the ill-pro¬ 
vided numbers who came. The towns on the lower 
Rio Grande were taken and occupied by the Ameri¬ 
cans. Camargo , made the depot of provisions and 
stores, was garrisoned with 2,000 men under Gen. 
Patterson. 


ft. IV. 
P’D. III. 

CH. VII. 


1846 . 


May IS. 
Taylor 
occupies 
Mata- 
inoras 

June and 
July. 
(Taylor 
delayed 
by the 
press of 
unfur¬ 
nished 
volun¬ 
teers.) 


11. The army being now 6,000 strong, its first di¬ 
vision, under Gen. Worth, marched for the interior 
on the 20th of August. Gen. Taylor, with the rear 
column, soon followed. On the 5th of September, 
the several divisions were concentrated at Marin, at Marin. 
Moving on, they encamped on the 9th, at Walnut wainut 
Springs, three miles from the city of Monterey , a Springs, 
stronghold which they must capture. Here, on the 
south and west towered the high peaks of the Si¬ 
erra Madre, while before them stood the walls of 
Monterey, bristling with cannon and surrounded by 
fortresses. Around them was an unknown region— 
an invaded country, with thousands of embittered 
foes. .Most of their troops were untried volunteers. 

But their officers, mostly educated at West Point, 
had no superiors. Especially had they a commander, 


* Prescott’s very popular history, “ The Conquest of Mexico,” had just 
appeared; and it had no little inlluenco in producing this enthusiasm. 


10. What effect in the U. S. had the victories of the Rio 
Grande? What occurred at Matamoras? What effect on Taylor’s 
movements had the too great accession of ill-provided numbers? 
— 11. Give an account of the movements of the army until reach¬ 
ing Walnut Springs. What now was its position ? 











CAPTURE OF MONTEREY. 


P’T. iy. cool and deliberate,—-judicious to plan, and ener- 
P'D. ill getic to act. 

cii. vii. 12 . He perceived towards the southwest, that 
the mountains were cleft by the small stream of the 
1 § 1 «. g an j uan? along which was the road from Saltillo to 
Monterey. He thought if a new way could be 
Sept 20 made by which the Saltillo road could be reached, 
Worth the enemy’s line of supplies would be cut, and prob- 
,e camp. 1 ’ 6 ably less formidable defences intervene. The skill 
skirmish °*^ ie American engineers, under Capt. Mansfield, 
Mexl'L’ found out such a way; and Gen. Worth being se- 
Co?°May lected for the important service, led a column of 
di’stin- 650 men on the 20tli and 21st, by a difficult detour 
guished.) roim( j Saltillo road. 

(Forts 13. This road being gained, two batteries on a 
Fed era- hf]] were taken, and their guns turned on the third 
soidado and principal battery, called the Bishop’s Palace , 
carried.) ^tuated on the steep hill Independence. After hav- 
3o’ciock hardship and loss taken this battery, and 

a?m c /’ turned it against the city, the war-worn troops— 
now three days from the camp, their numbers thin- 
stormed. ned by death, stood close upon the rear of Monterey. 

14. Meantime, Taylor had sought to direct the 
attention of the enemy from this, his real point of 

^Attack attack, by making a feigned one in front. But so 
on Mon- fiercely was this movement conducted by Gen. 
front. Butler and Gen. Quitman, that the city was en¬ 
tered, though with great sacrifice of life. On the 
morning of the 23d, the defences of the opposite 
side were carried by Gen. Worth. 

15. The Mexican general, Ampudia, came with a 
flag to propose capitulation and an armistice, on 

(“ Santa the ground that peace might shortly be expected,— 
p Anna^ Paredes being displaced, and Gen. Santa Anna now 
dated May in power. General Taylor knew that in conse- 
15 , 1 S 44 .) q Uence 0 f President Polk’s hope of that wily Mexi- 


12. What plan was formed for approaching Monterey in rear? 
Who led the detachment?— 13. Give an account of the move¬ 
ments of Worth’s party until it reached the rear of Monterey.— 14. 
Of those of Quitman and Butler.— 15. On what ground did Gen. 
Ampudia propose an armistice ? 



MUSTERING THE VOLUNTEERS. 


353 


can’s favorable disposition, he had given an order to ft-, iv. 
the fleet, which Com. Conner obeying, Santa Anna fd. iff 
had passed unmolested on his return from Cuba. CH - Tni - 
1G. Gen. Taylor had not men sufficient to guard 
the Mexican soldiers, if he kept them as prisoners; 1816 * 
and his own unsupplied army needed all the pro¬ 
visions to be found in Monterey; and he wished to 
spare, especially “ non-combatants.” With the ad- gept 23 
vice of his officers, he therefore agreed to an armis- The 
tice of eight weeks, on condition of the approval of arm,8t,ce - 
the American government. This, on correspondence, Ite rejpc _ 
was withheld; and the war, after six weeks, was ‘ io " V 
renewed. Mrr ° lk * 


CHAPTER VIII. 

Army of the Centre.—Gen. Wool’s march.—Battle of Buena Vista. 

1. To Gen. Wool the administration confided 
the principal share in mustering and preparing the 
volunteers. His orders, dated May 29th, he re- May 19 . 
ceived at Troy ;—left immediately for Washington, tool’s 
— from thence moved through the States of Ohio, orders. 
Indiana, Illinois, Kentucky, Tennessee, and Missis¬ 
sippi ;—meeting the enlisted volunteers at desig- J j^ y si 1 x 6, 
nated places of rendezvous, and inspecting and ad- weeks 
mitting them, if suitable men, into the army. These miles tra- 
distances were accomplished, and twelve and a half v , ei ? 0 e L 
regiments (two oi cavalry), making about 12,000 men 
men, were inspected, mustered into the service, and mustered * 
sent to their destined places, by the 16th of July. 

2. About 9,000 of these recruits went to the Rio Aug. 
Grande, to reinforce the army of Gen. Taylor, atL^Vaca 
Those to form the “ Army of the Centre” went by ™ 0 ^a" 
different routes to rendezvous at Bexar;—some go- Bay). 


15. What did Ta)’lor know of Mr. Folk’s course in regard to 
Santa Anna?—16. What farther do you learn concerning the 
armistice of Monterey? 

Chapter VIII.—1. Give an account of Gen. Wool’s movements 
in mustering volunteers.—2. How many of these went to Gen. 
Taylor ? Where were those for the Army of the Centre to rendez¬ 
vous, and by what routes ? 










354 


GEN. WOOL S MARCH. 


P’T. iv. ing the far circuit of Little Rock , in Arkansas, and 
P’dTihT some by the Gulf through La Vaca. At Bexar be¬ 
en. viii. g an that drill and strict discipline of the volunteers, 
!§46. which made Gen. Wool’s corps, whether resting or 
Gen. moving, a camp of instruction ; and which, together 
discMine great care that every article necessary to 

(tinpopu- health and efficiency, should always be prepared and 
1 , 1 s men at ready, gave to it the praise of being “ a model army.” 
the time). 3 . Gen. Wool’s destination was Chihuahua. His 
g W force, amounting to 500 regulars and 2,440 volun- 
ieaves° teers, crossed the Rio Grande at I J residio , on a fly- 
Bexar - in o- bridge prepared for the purpose. From this 
r. g. at fertile spot they marched westward 26 miles, to 
Presidio. jsf ava ^ ove r a dead level, — without finding a drop 
of water or a human habitation. The troops, in 
crossing the Sierras of San Jose and Santa Rosa , 
encountered steep rocky ascents and deep mountain 
gorges; and often before their 300 heavy-laden 
wagons could pass, roads must be repaired or made. 
Sometimes, as the army appeared, the ignorant peo¬ 
ple of the country, taken by surprise, believed that 
the robber bands of Mexico were upon them. The 
shrieking women would run from their houses, and 
embrace the crosses by the wayside,—probably 
where some friend had been killed, whose fate they 
expected to share. 

° ct 8L 4 4 But Gen. Wool protected the quiet and the 
at Mon- weak against the lawless and the strong; and as he 
e.nmi. p asse( j 011 through San Fernando and Santa Rosa 
(Troops to Monclova , his advance was heralded as that of a 
under friend. He there peacefully unfurled the American 
ingthear- Hag over the government-house of the province, 
mistice; ^t Monclova, Gen. Tavlor communicated to him 
always the capture and armistice ot Monterey. 
e without On the 25th of November, Gen. Wool marched 

the cities upon Rarras ; Gen. Taylor having advised him to 

and vil- 1 7 * 0 

lages). 

2. What gave to Gen. Wool’s corps the credit of being a 
“model army?”—3. Describe the army’s march.—4. To whom 
did Gen. Wool afford protection? How was his advance regarded 
by the well-informed Mexicans? What did he learn at Monclova ? 
—5. Why did he march to Parras ? 






THE WOMEN OB' PARRAS. 


355 


establish a post in that fertile region and 
provisions, of which his army were in need, 


collect p’t. iv. 
and pm. hi. 


which the country about Monterey could not sup- c “- VUI * 
ply. At Parras, Gen. Wool was received with all 1816. 
the courtesy due to a distinguished guest. The Nov. ?s to 
strictness of his discipline was not only improving Sarcu* 
his army, but, by imparting the new feeling of se- from 
ourity to a people, so long the victims of anarchy, to Parras! 
he was winning their affections, and giving them de¬ 
sires for a better government. Stores came in 
abundantly, and the necessities of the two armies 
were fully supplied. 

6 . In the mean time Gen. Taylor had proceeded (Nov 14 
to Victoria , the capital of Tamaulipas, expecting to Tampico 
co-operate with Gen. Patterson and a naval force in without 
the reduction of Tampico. But that place had sur- 
rendered to Commodore Conner on the 14th of No- the e<’>ur- 
vember. Gen. Butler was left in command at Mon- c Suctof 
terey. Saltillo, the capital of Coahuila, of which Mrs. 
the Americans had taken peaceable possession on 
the 17th, was garrisoned and commanded by Gen. 

Worth. 

7. The changeful Mexicans, having now displaced 
Paredes, and given full power to Santa Anna, he 
had concentrated a force of 22,000 at San Luis Po- 
tosi. Gen. Worth, 60 miles in advance of Monte¬ 
rey, and 200 from Taylor at Victoria, now received 

the startling intelligence that this army was immedi- Dec. n. 
ately to be brought down upon him;—he having but pr ^ S g ® r ^' m 
900 men. He sent a rapid express, entreating Wool Gen. 
to hasten to his aid with his whole force. In twooemWoA 
hours Gen. Wool was in motion, only fourteen of his p®™. 
soldiers being unable to march. Such was the grat- his rapid 
itude of the protected people, that the ladies of Par- 
ras came forward and voluntarily took these sick 
•soldiers to their houses. In four days the army 


Chask, 
wife to 
the Am. 
consul.) 


5. What was the effect of his discipline ?—6. Give an account of 
the arrangements detailed in paragraph 6th.—7. What do you now 
learn of Santa Anna ? What alarmed Gen. Worth, and what ex¬ 
press did he send ? What was done by Gen. Wool ? What remark¬ 
able proof of gratitude did he receive from the ladies of Parras ? 









356 


INEQUALITY OF FORCE. 


ft. i y. marched 120 miles, to Agua Nueva , twenty-one 
P’D ni . miles in advance of Saltillo. 

CH. VUI. 8. Gen. Taylor, while at Victoria, learned that 
the city of Mexico was to be approached by Vera 
1 § 46 . q 1<uz . an( j that Gen. Scott, appointed to conduct 
S e?sedes ^is invasion, would, as his senior, supersede him in 
Baylor 8 the Mexican command ; and it was from the forces 
of Taylor and Wool, that Scott’s army was, by the 
XC direction of the war department, mainly to be- 
and Wool drawn ;—they, “to stand on the defensive, till more 
etrippedof could be sent by government.” Whatever might 
forces h ave been their feelings, the two generals obeyed 
the order; and promptly detached many of their 
best officers—Worth among the rest—with the 
greater part of their regular troops and volunteers. 
Yet, with the remainder, they met and bore back 
the danger which then threatened them—the shock 
of the most formidable army which Mexico had 
ever sent to the field. 

9 . Gen. Taylor, in order to prepare for the com- 
1847 . ing crisis, left a small garrison at Monterey, and 

Santa ac ^ vance< ^ south with about 300 men to the camp of 
Annaap- Wool, at Agua Nueva. Their whole force, officers 
proaches. an d me n, was 4,690, and Santa Anna was approach- 
Great . jn . i»g with more than four times that number—In¬ 
equality sides 3,000 regular cavalry under Gen. Minon, and 
of force, ^ooo lirK ]er Gen. Urrea, sent in advance, to turn 
the American position, destroy their stores, and cut 
off their retreat. 

10 . The army remained encamped at Agua Nueva 
Santa until the afternoon of the 21st of February; when, 

deceived ^ anta Anna being now near, the camp at Agua 
Ssdrawn’ Nueva was broken up; and Santa Anna, believing 
position tha,t hi* 3 f° es were flying in dismay, eagerly pursued, 
till he was drawn to the mountain-gorge of Angos- 

7. What inarch was made by Gen. Wool?—8. What disagree¬ 
able intelligence was received by Taylor ? What was his conduct? 
Was Gen. Wool affected by the government order? What did the 
two generals effect with the remainder of their force?— 9 . What 
was now the position and force of the Mexican and American 
armies?— 10 . What occurred on the afternoon of the 21st of Feb¬ 
ruary ? 






Washington’s birthday. 


357 


Mexican 

army 

appears. 


tura, previously chosen by Gen. Wbol, as the place pt. iv. 
for the battle. He was left by Taylor the active r r D. hi. 
commander at Buena Vista; while, anxious for his CH vm - 
stores menaced by Minon, Taylor himself went to 
Saltillo. is 17. 

11 . On the morning of the 22d, Gen. Wool drew 

up the army for battle. The gorge was the key of Feb. 22 . 
the position. Here was placed Capt. Washington’s 
battery. This was the birthday of the great 
Washington, and the battle-cry was to be, “The 
memory of Wasliington ! ” From their positions the 
troops looked out through the gorge to the south, 
and beheld, issuing from clouds of dust, the long 
array of the Mexican host,—glittering with bur¬ 
nished arms, and gorgeous with many-colored dra¬ 
peries. 

12. About noon the Mexicans pushed forward a Q ,, , 
party to the heights on the east, or American left, p m., 
At three o’clock began the battle. The Mexicans begfis. 
made no impression upon the American lines, while 

they suffered loss. Night came. The Americans more than 
remained under arms. Two hours after midnight 
the Mexicans commenced the second day’s attack. w.4,k.o. 

13. No language can depict the perilous condi¬ 
tion of the comparatively few Americans who fought, 
and linally won the long and bloody battle of Buena 
Vista. Some of the volunteers fled in the early part 
of the day, and in endeavoring to rally them, Capt. 
Lincoln lost his valuable life. Once the Mexicans 
had turned the American left, and in that quarter 
were gaining the field, when they were met and re¬ 
pelled by Col. Jefferson Dayis, with the unerring c ^ ld D t ^ 0 18 
rifles of the Mississippi volunteers. Repeatedly the Missis.-ip- 
battle had been lost but for the flying-artillery, which 
changed rapidly from point to point as it was need¬ 
ed. Twice Lieut. O’Brien checked masses of the 
enemy with his small battery, remaining in their way Wash _ 
so long that he could only save himself by leaving »ngt»n. 

11 . What on the'morning of the 22d ?— 12 . What were the 
military operations of the afternoon of that day?— 13 . Relate 
some of the earlier incidents of the battle of Buena Vista. 


pains. 


O'Brien. 








358 


BUENA VISTA. 


ft. iv. part of his guns. Washington, though repeatedly 
P’D. ni. attacked, maintained his position. 
ch. viii. 14 . Once Mexican cavalry found their way to the 
rear of the Americans, and attacked their camp; 
*CamJ* hut they were repelled. Col. Yell here lost his life, 
attacked. Then came a moment in which several thousand 
Mexicans were in danger, when Santa Anna relieved 
S na’s a base them, and changed his batteries for a final assault, 
with fl a n fl by the vile trick of sending a flag, as if for surren- 
"of truce. 0 der. This last assault was furiously made on the 
American centre, commanded by Taylor in person, 
as^uit of -For a few moments the volunteers were in danger 
the Mex- of being overwhelmed by numbers. Colonels 
leans. u ARDINi Olay, and McKee, were killed. The bat¬ 
teries of Bragg and Sherman arrived, and by 
almost superhuman exertion, they saved'the day. 

15. Santa Anna was obliged to draw back his 
Y buePa much diminished forces. The second night came 

vista, on. Officers and men were on the alert, and horses 
k M and w. in harness. The field was strewed with the lifeless 
2 , 5 q°, victims of war. The American surgeons and their 
Tm 8 assistants administered to the wounded, whether 
friend or foe; and Mexican women were there, to 
w. 450. soothe the dying, or wail the dead. 

16. At morning the Americans were prepared 
to renew the contest. Outposts, by astonishing 
marches, had reached the camp. Marshall, with his 
mounted Kentuckians, and Prentiss with his artil- 

and belief. l er y, had travelled from the Pass of Rinconada— 

' 35 miles of bad road—in one day. At dawn, Gen. 
Wool, abroad to reconnoitre, discovered that the 
enemy were in full retreat. Hastening with the 
news to the tent of Taylor, they embraced and 
wept,—while the glad shouts of victory rang over 
the battle-field. 

11. Santa Anna had promised his army, before 
the battle, the lives and property of their foes, and 

14. Of the later.—15. What was the position of things when 
night came on?—16. What preparation had the Americans 
made to renew the contest? What was discovered at dawn of 
day ? 





CALIFORNIA. 


359 


lie had sent, besides regular troops, hordes of ran- ft. iv. 
cheros, to till the mountain-passes, so that not an pd. ill 
American should escape with his life. By a body cu - Ix - 
of these troops, a wagon train was attacked at Ra- 1847. 
mas, and 45 wagoners killed. On the day of the® a " 8 ta r ^ n * 
battle, Gen. Minon, with 1,800 cavalry, was drivenamtionsU) 
from Saltillo by Capt. Webster and those under th°e whole 
his command. Am.army. 

18. The victory of Buena Vista diminished, and 
in a degree discouraged, the Mexican army, while it 
gave animation and impetus to that of the Ameri¬ 
cans—needful for them in the difficult enterprise to 
be undertaken by Scott, and it left the Americans 
in quiet possession of the northern provinces of 
Mexico proper. Gen. Taylor returned to receive 
the highest honors of his country. Gen. Wool was 
left in command at Monterey; where he so protect¬ 
ed the conquered region, that its principal citizens 
desired its annexation to the American Union. 


CHAPTER IX. 

Army of the West.—Conquest of New Mexico and California. 

1. A fleet was already on the coast of Califor¬ 
nia, when the war commenced. Commodore Sloat, 
the commander, was advised by the navy depart¬ 
ment, that war with Mexico might occur, in which 

case he was, without further notice, to employ his 1816. 
fleet for hostile purposes. Having been led to be-Monterey, 
lieve that war existed, Com. Sloat took Monterey p* li - ’ 
on the 7th of July, 1846. On the 8th, San Francisco , taken'by 
north of Monterey, was taken by a part of his squad- g,®” 1 ,: 
ron, acting under the orders of Com. Montgomery. 

2. At Sonoma the American flag had already been 


17. What had Santa Anna promised and prepared to do? 
What occurred at Ramas? At Saltillo?—18. What is here said 
of Gen. Taylor? Of Gen. Wool? 

Chapter IX. — 1. Of what was Com. Sloat advised? What 
places in California wera taken on the 7th and 8th of July, 184G? 













360 


THE BEAR REVOLUTION. 


FT. IV. 


FD. III. 

Oil. IX. 


1846. 

June and 
July. 
Fremont 
and the 
American 
Califor¬ 
nians 
drive out 
the Span¬ 
ish gov¬ 
ernment. 

(Called 
the Bear 
Revolu¬ 
tion, from 
the flag 
adopted.) 


Aug. 17. 
Com. S. 
institutes 
govern¬ 
ment at 
Angeles. 


(Army of 
the 

West— 
1st reg. 
856. 

Inf. 145, 
Lt. Art. 
250, 

Drag. 407. 
16 pieces 
of ord.) 


planted by Col. Fremont, —who, with 63 men 
had been sent out in 1845 by the government with 
the ostensible object of making peaceful explora¬ 
tions. Fremont being threatened with destruction 
by De Castro, the Spanish commandant, went 
north and aroused the American settlers in the neigh¬ 
borhood of Sonoma, and on the river Sacramento. 
They added to his force, and he swept out the Mex¬ 
ican authorities from around the Bay of San Fran¬ 
cisco and further north. The American Californi¬ 
ans, July 5th, declared their independence, and placed 
Fremont at their head. A few days after, a rumor 
came that war existed between the United States 
and Mexico; when the California colors were joy¬ 
fully pulled down and the American hoisted. . . . 
On the 15th of July arrived, in a frigate at Monte¬ 
rey, Commodore Stockton. Fremont, with his 
battalion, now increased to 160—placed himself un¬ 
der Stockton’s command, Commodore Sloat leaving 
the station. 

3. Gen. Castro went south to Los Angeles , the 
seat of civil government. Stockton and Fremont, 
with their combined land and naval forces, followed. 
The Mexicans withdrawing, they took peaceable 
possession ; and Com. Stockton assumed, by procla¬ 
mation, the style of governor. He and Fremont 
then going north, a Mexican force under Gen. Flo¬ 
res retook Los Angeles and the southern towns, 
driving out the American garrisons. Fremont in¬ 
creased his California battalion to 428, with which 
in December and January he assisted in the final 
conquest of California. 

4. Army of the West. —Immediately after the 
opening of the war, orders were issued by the Exec¬ 
utive for organizing an “Army of the West,” to be 
commanded by Gen. Kearny ;—for the object of 
taking,—and placing under American laws, New 

2. Give some account of Col. Fremont and his military opera¬ 
tions in California. Who arrived? What further is said of Fre¬ 
mont?— 3 . What happened at Los Angeles?— 4 . What was the 
object of the Army of the West? 




GEN. KEARNY'S MARCH. 


361 


Mexico and California. The army began, June 5th, pt. iy. 
to appear at the rendezvous, which was Fori Leav- pd. iii. 
enworth. Here the volunteers chose their own offi- CH - Ix - 
cers. The men elected by them had entered their 
ranks as privates. Doniphan was chosen colonel of j une is.’ 
the first Missouri regiment. All were for twenty D c ° } ^r» e h n an 
days instructed by such of their officers as had been c ° sen ‘ 
West Point students; and thus the military arts 
and sciences infused into this celebrated school, by 
Col. Sylvanus Thayer and his associates and suc¬ 
cessors, were rapidly transfused into the capable 
volunteers of the West. 

5 . Gen. Kearny having sent forward his baggage, 
and taken in convoy the annual train of merchants’ 29, 
wagons, now numbering 414 (going to trade at Army 
Santa Fe and Chihuahua), set out with his army on 

the last of June. They moved south-westerly across Reach'the 
the river Kansas and its southern branches,—along Kansas * 
the Arkansas to Bent’s Fort; thence south and Th^Arl 
southwesterly to Santa Fe. kansas. 

6. A great portion of the region moved over, was 
prairie;—one wide, wild, unmeasured level, or gently 
undulating field;—sometimes green, as far as the 
eye could reach, with tall, rank grass,—and sometimes 

gay with unnumbered flowers,—perhaps blushing, Scene's! 
far round with the varieties of the prairie rose,—or 
tinged orange with the wild lily; and sometimes 
showing the pale green and delicate white and red 
of the moccasin flower, the “ belle of the prairie.” 

Along the Arkansas the troops found great herds of 
buffalo; and cheerily joined the hunt, and enjoyed 
the feast. 

7 . But they had many hardships. The ground From 
was often so soft and spongy that the wagons sunk; jane to 
and the strength of the men must be added to that Aug ‘ 19, 


4 . What occurred with respect to election of officers and disci¬ 
pline, and where?—5. What is said of a wagon-train which Gen. 
Kearny was to convoy? What course was taken by the army in 
their march to Santa Fe ?—6. Describe the prairie scenery, and 
the chief pleasure of the army.—7. What disagreeable scenes had 
they to encounter ? 

16 








362 


NEW MEXICO TAKEN. 


FT. IV. 


P’D. III. 

CH. IX. 


1846 . 


Au£. 18. 

Gen. 
Kearny 
enters 
Santa Fe. 


He estab¬ 
lishes civil 
govern¬ 
ment. 


Sept. 25. 
Kearny 
leaves 
Santa F6. 


(* Fre¬ 
mont is 
promoted 
for mili¬ 
tary 

services.) 


Nov. 22. 
Kearny 
at the 
mouth of 
the Gila. 


of the horses to drag them forth. Again, chasms 
must be filled, and torrents bridged ; and sometimes 
the volunteers must lie down at night in places in¬ 
fested with serpents, horned frogs, lizards, and mos¬ 
quitoes. Often they made long marches without 
water, and sometimes with scarcely any food. 

8 . Gen. Kearny having thus marched 900 miles, 
peacefully entered the city of Santa Fe, containing 
about 2,000 inhabitants. He occupied the govern¬ 
or’s palace, and planted above it, August 18th, the 
standard eagle of Republican America. The day 
after he proclaimed himself governor of New Mex¬ 
ico. He next required the principal men to swear 
allegiance to the laws and government of the United 
States. 

9. Gen. Kearny having taken possession of New 
Mexico, and organized a government,—it next be¬ 
came his duty to proceed to California. He made 
Charles Bent, civil governor of Santa Fe; and ap¬ 
pointed Col. Doniphan, as his military successor; 
with orders, however, that on the arrival of volun¬ 
teers under Col. Price, Doniphan should leave him 
in command, proceed with his Regiment and some 
additional forces to Chihuahua, and there report to 
Gen. Wool. 

10 . Proceeding down the Rio Grande, Kearny 
was met by an express from Col. Fremont,* by which 
he learned that California was already conquered. 
Selecting 100 men as his escort, he ordered the re¬ 
turn of his main force to Santa Fe. Crossing the 
Rio Grande in latitude 33°, he reached the river 
Gila, at the copper mines, on the 20 th of October; 
and following its course, he arrived at its mouth on 
the 22 d of November, in lat. 32°. From this point 
he kept along, or near the Colorado, forty miles N.; 
thence westerly sixty miles, through an arid desert. 

8. What were some of the circumstances of Gen. Kearny’s tak¬ 
ing Santa Fe and establishing government?—9. What was Gen. 
Kearny next to do? Whom did lie leave to succeed him ? What 
orders did he give ?—10. What information met Gen. Kearny and 
what was his course of action ? Describe the route of Gen. Kearny. 






CALIFORNIAN BATTLES. 


363 


11 . On the 2 d of December, Gen. Kearny reached ft. iv. 
Wamas village, the frontier settlement of California. ftThF 
By capturing a Mexican express, he had learned the CIL IX - 
revolt, and had sent to Stockton at St. Diego; by 
whose orders he was met on the 5th by Captain * 
Gillespie, with thirty-six men. A corps of the 
enemy were near. The next morning the gen¬ 
eral mounted his little party on the jaded beasts, 
which they had ridden from Santa Fe, 1050 miles, Dec. c. 
and at day-dawn went forth to San Pascal ,—where P ^g ( f AL 
he engaged 160 mounted Californians. The Amer- Mex. 
icans were victorious;—but these more northern force m 
troops sold victory at a dearer rate, than the south¬ 
ern Mexicans. Kearny was twice wounded. Cap¬ 
tains Johnson, and Moore, and Lieut. Hammond, 

were killed;—indeed, more than half the officers 
were either killed or wounded, with 19 of the men. 

When the surgeon appeared, the commander di¬ 
rected, “first dress the wounds of the soldiers;” 
and then fell,—fainting with exhaustion. Happily, 
his wounds were not dangerous. He reached San 
Diego on the 12 th of December. 

12 . On the 29th of that month, Com. Stockton 

and Gen. Kearny, at the head of 500 marines with Jan. a* 
the land forces, marched to the vicinity of Ciudad 
los Angeles to quell the revolt of the inhabitants,— Am. l. 26 . 
met and defeated them at San Gabriel , on the 8 th 70 '. L " 
of January, and the next day took peaceable posses¬ 
sion of Los Angeles. The Californians, still in force, Jan.j3. 
knowing that Fremont approached, passed the city, Capitn- 
marched twelve miles north, and surrendered to him 
at Coicenga , on an honorable capitulation. This 
proved the final pacification of California. j a n. 14 . 

13. The following day the American parties "2 
met at Los Angeles. Who should be governor ? lesf 
Stockton said it should be Fremont. General Jan. 17 . 
Kearny claimed the office on account of his su- Susea to 
perior rank, and the President’s authority. But obe r- 

11. Describe the battle of San Pascal.— 12. Of San Gabriel— 
the capitulation.— 13. Relate the dispute concerning the gover¬ 
norship. 










364 


DONIPHAN^ EXPEDITION. 


P T. IV. 
P’D. III. 

CH. X. 

18-17. 

Jan. 19-23. 
Kearny’s 
inarch to 
S. Diego. 
Feb. 8. 
At 

Monterey. 
March 1. 
Proclama¬ 
tion. 

•March 21 
to 23. 
Fremont’s 
horseback 
journey. 

Aug. 22. 
II is arrest. 


1848 . 

His 

sentence. 


1846 . 

Sept. 28. 
Col. Price 
arrives at 
Santa Fe. 


Oct. 11. 
Doniphan 
ordered 
against 
the Nava- 
joes. 


Kearny’s written order, Fremont refused to obey, 
until further directed, from Washington. Kearny 
left him in the gubernatorial mansion ; and marched 
forth, with the poor remains of his party, to San Di¬ 
ego. Here he was reinforced by the Mormon bat¬ 
talion under Col. Cooke. Leaving them, he sailed 
to Monterey; where in conjunction with Com. Shu- 
brick, he made a proclamation as governor;—annex¬ 
ing California to the United States. 

14. Fremont learning, at length that the Presi¬ 
dent would not sustain his course, rode on horse¬ 
back, 400 miles in three days and ten hours, to make 
his submission to Kearny, at Monterey. . . . Col. 
Mason arrived with orders to supersede Kearny, 
and permit Fremont to join his regiment, or pursue 
his explorations. lie was forced, instead, to accom¬ 
pany Kearny in his overland journey by the South 
Pass;—arrested by him at Fort Leavenworth, tried 
at Washington by a court-martial, and finally sen¬ 
tenced to lose his commission. The President 
offered its restoration, but Fremont would not accept 
it at his hands. 


CHAPTER X. 

Doniphan’s Expedition to Chihuahua.—Revolt in New Mexico. 

1. Three days after Gen. Kearny’s departure 
from Santa Fe, Col. Price arrived with his recruits. 
Col. Doniphan was awaiting this event to commence 
his march upon Chihuahua. But on the 11th of Oc¬ 
tober, he received an order from Kearny, dated “near 
La Joya,” to march with his regiment against the 
Navajo Indians,—their chiefs not having come to 
Santa Fe to hold a peace-council with those of other 
Indian nations, as they had been invited, and as they 
had promised to do;—but instead of this, they had 

13. What was Kearny’s course?—14. What was Fremont’s? 
"What was the result ? 

Chapteu X.—1. tVhat was Gen. Kearny’s order to Col. Doni¬ 
phan ? 





DONIPHAN S MARCH. 


365 


P’D. III. 

CH. X. 

1846 . 

Nov. 11. 
(Major 
Gilpin 
inarches 


made war on “ the inhabitants of New Mexico, un- pt. iy. 
der the protection of the United States.” 

2. Winter was approaching, and the abodes of 
the powerful Navajoes, the “mountain-lords” of un¬ 
known regions, extended tar to the west. The more 
thoroughly to scour their country, Col. Doniphan 
divided his regiment into three parties,—one under abJufrso 
Major Gilpin, to take a northern route ; one under 

Col. Jackson, a southern, while Doniphan himself 
was to take a central range. All were to meet at Nov. 22 . 
Ojo Oso , or the Bear Springs,—bringing in the Ti'eaty 
chiefs to hold a council. Notwithstanding incredi- 
ble hardships, this was done; and on the 22d of j oes# " 
November a treaty of peace and amity was made 
in form. 

3. From Vcdverde , Col. Doniphan moved his army 
in three divisions; with baggage-wagons and mer¬ 
chant trains in convoy. He now crossed a dreary 
desert of ninety miles, called the “ Journey of the 
Dead,” where was neither water, food, nor fuel. At 
Donanna the army found refreshment. 

4. At JBracito on the Del Norte, they encoun¬ 
tered a Mexican force, commanded by Gen. Ponce 
de Leon, who sent an officer with a black flag, de¬ 
manding Doniphan to appear before him. On re¬ 
fusal, he said in haughty defiance, “We neither ask 
quarter, nor give it!” The Mexicans advanced, li2 no. 
firing three rounds. The Missourians falling upon Mex.L. k. 
their faces, were supposed to be dead; but suddenly Am. 
rising, they delivered a fire so fatal, that the foe fled j} 0, 
in confusion, leaving about 200 killed and wounded, w. 7. k. 0. 

5. In the delightful valley of El Paso del Norte , 
the troops were fully recruited. Their march from 
El Paso was forth into unknown hostile regions. 

And now they had learned that Gen. Wool was not 
at Chihuahua. But fearlessly they pressed on. They 
encountered as they went from the Del Norte a 


Dec. 14. 
Doni¬ 
phan’s 
army 
move 
from 

Valverile. 


Dec 22. 
At Do- 
nan na, 60 
m. from 
El Paso. 

Dec. 25. 
BRA- 

ciro . 

Mex. force 


2. What divisions of his force were made by Col. 1).? For 
what object? With what result?—3. Describe the army’s march 
from Valverde to Do anna.— 4 . What occurred at Bkacito? — 5 . 
Describe the march from El Paso to Laguna de los Palos. 






366 


PASS OF SACRAMENTO. 


P’T. IV. 

P’D. III. 
on. x. 


desert of sixty-live miles in extent, in which the 
whole army were in danger of perishing from thirst. 
Many animals, and some men gave out, and lay 
down to die. Many officers and soldiers threw all 
aside, and were running with their last strength to 


March 2. 
Doniphan 
enters 
Chihua¬ 
hua. 

May 22. 
At 

Saltillo. 


Jan. 19. 
Massacre 
of Gov. 
Bent and 
IS others. 


deuce which so often saved our armies during this 
war, relieved their sufferings by a shower so copi¬ 
ous, that the torrent-streams came dashing from the 
rocks, to refresh and save them. Having at length 
reached the lake (Laguna de los Palos), they re¬ 
mained to recruit, one day only, and on the 18th 
resumed their march. 

6. Col. Doniphan, as he approached Chihuahua, 
learned that an army of 4,000 men had been raised 
to oppose him by Don Angel Trias, governor of 
the province, lie met this formidable force strong¬ 
ly posted, and fortified with heavy ordnance at the 
Pass of /Sacramento, eighteen miles from the capital; 
and his little army of about a thousand brave men 
here defeated quadruple numbers of their enemies. 

7. The city and province of Chihuahua were now 
at the mercy of the conqueror. He entered the 
succeeding day, March 2d, and planted the colors 
of his country over a city containing 40,000 inhabi¬ 
tants, and having in its vicinity some of the richest 
mines in Mexico. His soldiers marched by Parras 
to Saltillo, where at length they met Gen. Wool. 
Their term of service expired on the last of May. 
By Camargo and the Rio Grande, they arrived at 
New Orleans on the 15th of June ; having marched 
5,000 miles since they left the Mississippi. 

8. In the mean time the New Mexicans had se¬ 
cretly conspired against the American authority. 
On the 19th of January, at Fernando de Taos , were 
cruelly murdered Gov. Charles Bent, Sheriff Lee, 
and four other persons. Massacres occurred at 
other places. Col. Price, the military commander 


6 . Give some account of the battle of Sacramento.— 7. Of the 
entrance of Col. Doniphan into Chihuahua. Of his army’s return. 
—8. What occurred in New Mexico on the 19th of Jan., 1847 $ 


REVOLT QUELLED. 


367 


at Santa Fe, received the startling intelligence on pt. iv. 
the 20th ; when he learned, that a force, hourly in-Vo. ill 
creasing, approached him. On the 23d he marched CH - xr - 
with 350 men,—met the foe on the 24th, near the 1847. 
small town of Canada , attacked and defeated him-, v 0 i f ct ^', es 
and again on the 29th, at the mountain-gorge called Price, 
the Pass of Embudo. ca 'na- 

9. The Americans next had a march over the DA - 
Taos mountain, through snows two feet in depth, J embu- 
with a degree of cold so intense, that many froze do. 
their limbs. At Pueblo de Taos they met the ene- M abont rCe 
my, stormed his fortifications, and drove him from 1 ’ 500 - 
his position. The valuable lives of Captain Bur- Am 4 ' 
guin and other officers were here lost. Fifteen Feb. 5 . 
Mexicans were executed as conspirators. Peace ^f k 
was now restored, but a fear of secret conspiracy 200 , w. eu. 
remained. 


CHAPTER XI. 

Scott’s Invasion.—Vera Cruz.—Qerra Gordo. 

1. Since Mexico refused to treat for peace, the 
American Executive determined to strike at hgr 
capital through Vera Cruz. Gen. Scott, the first 
officer in the American army, was properly selected 
to conduct this perilous enterprise. He was, on the 1 n 1#*. 
18th of November, notified by Secretary Marcy Nov. is. 
of his appointment, and directed, as we have seen, 0 r£ 
to draw his force chiefly from Gen. Taylor. Santa 
Anna was lying with 22,000 men at San Luis Potosi. 

It would have seemed probable that he would have 
turned towards Vera Cruz, and uniting with forces 
in that vicinity, oppose, as he might have done, with 
an army of more than 30,000 the landing of Gen. 

8. What were the two first victories of Col. Price?—9. What 
the third and most important? IIow many were executed? Was 
confidence restored as well as peace? 

Chapter XI.—1. Of what was Gen. Scott notified, and what 
directed to do? What is here stated concerning Santa Anna’s 
position and movements ? 


¥ 












368 


VERA CRUZ TAKEN. 


FT. IV. 
P'D. III. 

OH. XI. 

1847 . 

Feb. 23 
and 24. 
BUENA 
VISTA. 


March 7. 

Scott 
embarks 
his army. 

tft.li,— 
lands at 
Sacrificios 
lSth,— 
begins the 
cannon¬ 
ade. 


March 26 
-7. 

VERA 
CRUZ. 
Mex. L. 
pr. 5,000. 
Am. L. 
k. 12. 


(Captain 
Hunter, 
with val¬ 
or. but 
disrespect 
to his 
superior, 
took Al¬ 
varado.) 


Scott:—rather than to march against Gen. Taylor. 
But (as Scott learned after landing) Santa Anna 
chose the latter, and was defeated at Buena Vista. 

2 . The rendezvous of the several corps, which 
were to compose the invading army, was the island of 
Lobos , 125 miles from Vera Cruz. It was on the 1th 
of March, that Gen. Scott embarked on board the 
transporting squadron, commanded by Com. Conner. 
Reaching Vera Cruz on the 9th, he debarked his 
army on the w^est side of the island of Sacrificios. 
Having vainly summoned the garrison to surrender, 
Scott, with the aid of his engineers, of whom Col. 
Totten was chief, planted his batteries, and on the 
night of the 18th, bombarded the city. The fleet 
lent its aid, although exposed to the fire of the castle. 

3. On the night of the 2'7th, Vera Cruz, with the 
strong castle of San Juan d’Ulloa,—the principal 
commercial port and the strongest fortress in Mex¬ 
ico, were surrendered, with 5,000 prisoners (dis¬ 
missed on parole), and 500 pieces of artillery. Two 
meritorious American officers, Captains Alburtis 
and Vinton, with ten privates, were killed. Capt. 
Swift, one of the brightest ornaments of the ser¬ 
vice, who had organized a company of sappers and 
miners,—too eager in duty for his impaired health, 
fainted at the head of his corps, from over-exertion, 
and died in the hospital. The discipline of Gen. 
Scott’s army was strict, and no invasion of private 
rights was permitted. 

4. Com. Ferry succeeded Conner in command of 
the Gulf squadron. Alvarado on the south was 
captured, and Tuspan on tire north. The Ameri¬ 
can government about this time adopted the policy 
of drawing a revenue from the conquered;—lest by 
too much lenity, in paying for all needed supplies, 
the war should become a pecuniary advantage to 
to the Mexicans, and thus peace be deferred. Amer- 

2. Give some account of the embarkation and landing of Scott’s 
army. Of the attack on Vera Cruz.—3. Of the surrender. Of 
the loss of officers and men. —4. What places were captured by the 
navy? What was done in reference to collecting a revenue? 





369 


scott’s march. 

ican revenue officers were appointed, and impost 
duties collected in the captured ports. 

5. On the 6th of April, Gen. Scott, leaving a gar¬ 
rison in Vera Cruz, sent forward the advance of his 
army under Gen. Twiggs, on the road to Jalapa. 
At the base of the grand eastern chain of the Cor¬ 
dilleras, the other division of the army came up, and 
the commander established a camp at Plan del Rio . 
There lay before him an arduous and difficult ascent 
through a mountain-gorge. Across this way, and 
on the heights which commanded it, bristled the 
artillery of the invaded foe, 12,000 strong, com¬ 
manded by Santa Anna, who declared that he would 
die fighting rather than “ the American hosts should 
proudly tread the imperial capital of Azteca.” 

6. Gen. Scott found that the Mexican position 
was so commanded by the batteries of the lofty 
height of Cerro Gordo that approach in front was 
impracticable. But, aided by the skill of his engi¬ 
neers, Lee and Beauregard, he turned to the left, 
causing to be made a new road, by which—ascend¬ 
ing along difficult slopes, and over deep chasms, his 
army might reach the rear of the enemy’s camp. 
After three days of secret labor, the road was made. 
On the 17th of April, the commander published a 
general order for the next day,—showing how the 
battle was to be gained,—how the flying were to be 
pursued,—and how the greatest advantage was to 
be reaped "from the victory. All was done as he 
commanded. 

7. About noon the steep ascent was won. The 
heights of Cerro Gordo were stormed by Twigg’s 
brigade,—and the enemy’s camp by a party led by 
Col. Harney, Gen. Shields (severely wounded),— 
and by Col. Riley. At two o’clock, p. m., the enemy 
were put to flight,—more than a thousand having 


5. To what point did Gen. Scott move, and what was his posi¬ 
tion in regard to the Mexican army ?—6. What great advantage 
was here gained by the American skill in engineering, and the 
sagacious foresight of the commander? What was his genbral 
order ?—7. Give a sketch of the battle of Cerro Gordo. 

16 * 


P’T. IV. 


P’D. III. 

CH. XI. 


1817 . 

April 8. 
Army 
leaves 
VeraCruz. 


Plan del 
Rio. 


April 17. 
Remark¬ 
able 
order. 


April 18. 
CERRO 
GORDO. 
Mex. force 
12 , 000 . 

A m. force 
8,500. 
Mex. L. k. 
and \v. 
1,800. 
Am. L. k. 
an i w.ioJ. 








370 


PEROT K.-P U EB L A. 


p’T. iy. fallen. Santa Anna and a part of his army had fled, 
"p’d. iii. and the eager pursuit had commenced. Scott, in 
ch. xi. his orders before the battle, had directed that the 
pursuers should each take two days’ subsistence, 
* and that wagons with stores should immediately 
follow, so that they need not return. 

8. On the 19th, the pursuing squadrons entered 
and took possession of Jalapa . On the 22d, having 
now attained the summit of the eastern Cordilleras, 

April 22 . General Worth displayed the American banner from 
takes'the ^ ie unresisting castle of Perote , the strongest for- 
town and tress in Mexico, next to San Juan d’Ulloa. Thus by 
Perotef vigorously following up this remarkable victory, the 
enemy were unable to recover in time to make a 
stand in this, their strongest inland post; and thus 
other battles were saved. 

9. Three thousand prisoners were taken at Cerro 
Gordo, among whom were four generals. General 
Scott dismissed them all upon parole, having neither 

(54 pieces food to sustain, nor men to guard them. Santa 
andTnor- Anna’s equipage and papers were secured. . . From 
uSen»t* ^ eI 0te the army passed onwards, through that great 
Perote.) table-valley between the grand chains of the Cordil¬ 
leras, called “ Terras Frias,” or the cold country. 
On the morning of the 15th May, the advance uu- 
Armj^at ^ er Worth, entered Puebla, the second city of Mex- 
Puebia. ico, containing 80,000 inhabitants. Eagerly did the 
Mexican men and women look out from their bal¬ 
conies and from the roofs of their houses, to see their 
mighty conquerors. War-worn, and habited in the 
sober hue of the American army, the Mexicans, ac¬ 
customed to a gaudy uniform, looked upon them 
with disappointment, and could find no reason but 
one for their success. “ Their leaders,” said they, 
“ are gray-headed men.” 


7. Of the pursuit of the flying.—-8. Of the places now occupied 
by the Americans.—9. What was taken at Cerro Gordo? What 
is here related of Puebla ? 






THE VALLEY OF MEXICO. 


371 


CHAPTER XII. 

State of the army.—Its march.—Contreras.—Churubusco. 

1. The American Executive about this time, sent ft. iv. 
Nicholas P. Tkist, as an agent to make the ex- pm7iu. 
periment, whether Mexico would not treat for peace. cu - xir - 
But the olive-branch was again rejected. The in¬ 
terruption of the army’s activity caused by this 
unavailing effort for peace, was opportune. Its (70 o died 
numbers were lessened by sickness; for the climate at 
though pleasant, proved so unhealthy, that hundreds ’’Tone' 6 
were in hospitals, and many died.* The time for h *™® a i , n at 
which large numbers of the volunteers were enlisted, 'pfebia* 
expired, and many had deserted. Congress had, deserte!? 
however, passed a law, February 11th, 184V, author- in little 
izing ten new regiments; and these being raised, Tyelr.)" 
reinforcements were sent by the way of Vera Cruz ; 

and although not in sufficient numbers to admit of 
leaving such garrisons behind as would keep open 
his line of supplies, yet General Scott determined to 
move forward. 

2. On the Vth of August he marched from Pue¬ 
bla with 10,728 men, leaving more than 3,000 in Aug. 7. 
hospitals, and as a garrison under Col. Childs, march 
Keeping the several columns into which he had di- p f ™'» a 
vided the army, within supporting distance, and through 
himself accompanying the van, General Scott moved th pjj a g las 
forth with his little army;—like a second Cortez, to 
encounter the unknown numbers which would be 
brought against him, at the coming death-struggle 

of an infuriated nation. 

3. The march of the Americans was now through 
a beautiful and cultivated region, whose abundant 
waters flowed pure and cool. Soon they began to 

Chapter XII.— 1. What experiment was now made by the 
American Executive? What was now the condition of the army ? 

—2. In what manner did Gen. Scott with his army go forth from 
Puebla?—3. Describe the march of the army and the appearance 
of the country. 










372 


AYOTLA.-EL TENON. 


p’T. iv. ascend the gradual slope of the great Cordilleras of 
P’D. in. Anahuac, central between the eastern and western 
c»- xii. oceans. On the third day, their toilsome march 
wound up through steep acclivities. At length they 
AmTio* reached the summit; and three miles beyond Rio 
First view E,'io, burst upon their gaze, all the glories of the 
Cran’d grand valley of Mexico. Spreading far round and 
VaHey. beneath, were its mingled lakes, plains, cities, and 
cloud-capped mountains. The giant peak of Popo¬ 
catepetl was far to their left; before them lay the 
lake Tezcuco ; and beyond it, the domes and towers 
of the city of the Montezumas. 

4. On the lltli, the advance commanded by Gen. 
Twiggs, rested at Ayotla , north of lake Chaleo , and 
fifteen miles from the capital. The remaining corps 
were soon concentrated at small distances; some on 
the lake’s eastern border. The ground-plot of the 

An?, li. city had formerly been an island. What was once 
at A V£ otit th e hike on which it stood, was now an oozy marsh. 
y ° ' Long straight causeways, easily raked by artillery, 
led through the marsh to the several gates, from the 
great roads by which the city was approached; and 
much the longest was that connected with the road 
from Vera Cruz. But before reaching the cause- 
ways was an exterior system of strong defences. 

5. By the Vera Cruz road, on which the army 
were, the city could not be approached, without first 
encountering the strongest of the exterior fortifica¬ 
tions, that of El Penon. “No doubt,” says Gene¬ 
ral Scott, “ it might have been carried, but at a great 
and disproportionate loss, and I was anxious to spare 
the lives of this gallant army for a general battle, 
which I knew we had to win before capturing the 
city, or obtaining the great object of the campaign 
—a just and honorable peace.” 

A “fs 15 The commander then moved his troops 27 
Army miles ; they making a new road directed by the en- 
H’from 68 ghieers, over such sharp rocks and deep chasms, as 

to St. Au- 4. Where did the army rest, and what was their position in re- 
gustine. gard to the Mexican capital ?—5. Why did Gen. Scott not ap¬ 
proach the city by the Vera Cruz road? 










SCIENCE, SKILL, AND ENERGY. 


373 


the foe had not dreamed could be passed; when, — pt. iv. 
having turned the lakes Chaleo and Jochamilcho, p d. iil 
they encamped at St. Augustine, on the Acapulco CH - X1L 
road, eight miles south of Mexico. From the camp, 
looking towards the city, the defences on this road, 
were the fortress of Antonio, and a mile and a half 
further north, the strongly fortified hill of Churu- 
busco. These could be approached in front only by 
a dangerous causeway. By making a detour to the 
west, where lay yet other dangers, they might be 
reached from the left. 

7. Two movements, ordered by the commander, 
were simultaneously made. Worth with Harney’s 
cavalry, went to menace Antonio in front; while to 
the left, General Pillow’s division, consisting of 
the brigades of Generals Pierce* and Cadwalla- 
der, conducted by the engineers, Lee, Beauregard, 

and others, made a road through craggy rocks of n ^g a ^ 
ancient lava; whose crevices shot up the thorn- Contreras, 
armed maguey, and whose deep chasms were filled 
with water. To cover and support the working 
party, was sent General Twiggs’ division, made up 
of the brigades of Generals Riley and Persifer 
Smith. 

8. In the afternoon of the second day, after ac¬ 
complishing nearly three miles of this difficult road, 

the troops found themselves within cannon-range of ^ l h h e ‘ 
the enemy’s fortified camp at Contreras, command- troops 
ed by General Valencia, with 6,000 men, sur- mg»at 
mounted by 22 heavy guns, and communicating by 
a good road with Mexico, and also with the main treras.) 
camp of Santa Anna, which was lying two miles 
nearer the city. Upon this road the American sol¬ 
diers saw the Mexicans hurrying to the scene of 
action. 

* Gen. Pierce afterwards became President of the Union. 


6. To what position did he remove his army, and by what 
means ? What was now his position in regard to the Mexican 
city and army?—7. What movements were next ordered and 
effected ?—8. What was now the position of the party sent to the 
left ? 






374 


CONTRKRAS. 




P’T. iv. 9. Fighting now begins, in which the divisions of 
pt>. hi. Twiggs and Pillow, especially Riley’s brigade, are 
ch. xii. en g a ged. They advance, though suffering from the 
enemy’s fire. About sunset, the commander, now 
* on the field with fresh troops, gives to Col. Mor¬ 
gan of the regular infantry an order, which, aided 
Village of by General Shields of the volunteers, he executes; 
A t-!ken la the village of Ansalda , which lay on the 

road from the fortified camp, to that of Santa Anna, 
The enemy’s line of reinforcements was now cut. 
en officers Night,—cold, dark and rainy, closed in. 

sent by Comfortless was the condition of the troops, remain- 
">g without food or sleep, upon the ground. The 
to cany officers at Ansalda, in their perilous position,—sep- 
not one arated as they were from their commander by the 
breach? a ^ mos t impassable* lava-field ; whose crags, on ac- 
inff An- count of the rain-flood, were interspersed by tor- 
Night’of vents,—now found resources in their own genius, 
the i9th. courage, and union. 

11. General Persifer Smith proposed to set out 
at midnight, surprise and storm the camp at Con¬ 
treras. From that moment, dark forebodings passed 
from the army, and each officer and man, as by spon¬ 
taneous movement, fell into his proper place. Gen. 
Shields extending his 600 men into a long line, and 
keeping up fires, was interposed between the storm¬ 
ing party and the camp of Santa Anna, with his 
12,000 reserve. One messenger alone— Lee, the 
engineer—found his dark and watery way over the 
lava-rocks, and carried to the gratified commander 
of the 20 th the tidings of the gallant attitude of his troops,— 
of August an d also the request of Gen. Smith, for co-operation. 
Scott complied, by sending with the messenger the 
force under Twiggs, to Contreras at five in the morn¬ 
ing—to aid, by making a diversion in their front— 
the storming party, approaching the enemy’s rear. 


9. What was now done, and what advantage gained by the 
Americans?—10. What was the night of the 19th of August, and 
the condition of the troops?—11. What plan was proposed, and 
by whom : What part had Gen. Shields? What was done by 
Lee? What by Scott? 




CHURUBUSCO. 


375 


12. A little past midnight, General Smith sets for- pt. iv. 
ward, conducted by engineer Smith,—Col. Riley pd.iii. 
leading the van. The rain continues to fall in tor- CIL xn - 
rents, and their progress is slow. So profound is - 

the darkness, that the men must touch each other as ‘'con-' 
they move, lest they divide, and some be lost. AtTF EI * AS 

. , . 7 . i . . Mex. force 

sunrise they storm the intrenchments, and precipi- 7,000 ; 
tate themselves upon the surprised Mexicans. Dis- n ^;® 0 i° n 
may and carnage prevail for seventeen minutes, sight, 
when the camp is carried. Eighty-eight officers tJJaS 0 
and 3,000 men are made prisoners. Thirty-three,, 4 ' 5 t°-, 

/ , Mex-. L. k. 

pieces 01 artillery are captured; among which are 700, pr. 
found two of those so honorably lost by O’Brien at 81 | c ^ s of ' 
Buena Vista. They are received with shouts of joy Am. l. k. 
by the victors of Contreras; in which the com- and w ' 66 ' 
mander, now present, heartily participates. 

13. General Scott next directed a grand move¬ 
ment upon Churubusco , to which the victory already 
achieved, opened the way. Moving northeasterly 
by the road through St. Angel, he keeps the centre 

of the extended field, while General Worth on his Antonia 
extreme right, is driving the now terrified garrison 8 en ’ 
from Antonia. General Shields, who at Contreras, 
had kept for hours the whole army of Santa Anna 
in check, was in command of the extreme left; still 
charged with the dangerous duty of keeping off the 
grand Mexican army from the immediate object of 
attack. In the centre, General Twiggs presses for- August 
ward to Churubusco, and entering it from the west, ^'^o. 
attacks one of its two strong defences, the fortified busco. 
church of San Pablo . In the mean time, Worth, 
joined by Pillow and Cadwallader, comes in from 
Antonio, and furiously carrying the stronger fort¬ 
ress, called Tete du Pont, or Bridge’s Head, he turps 
its guns upon the citadel-church, which now surren¬ 
ders. 

14. Meantime, Shields, Pierce, and others, are A ® nt JJ® C0 
fighting a bloody battle with Santa Anna, with fear- 4 , 052 . 

12. Describe the approach to Contreras, and the storming of 
the camp.— 13 . Describe the approach to Churubusco, and the 
assault. 









376 


CLOSE OF A GREAT DAY. 


PT. IV. 
P’D. III. 

cu. XIII. 


1847 . 


Generous 
proceed¬ 
ings of 
Scott. 


Aug. 21. 


24th. 

Armistice 

con¬ 

cluded. 


Violated 
by the 
Mexicans. 


ful odds against them. Scott sent successive regi- 
ments to their aid. Churubusco was now taken,— 
the brave old General Rincon, its commander, 
having surrendered. Santa Anna abandoned, the 
field. Worth and Shields pursued. Col. Harney 
with his dragoons dashed by them, and one of his 
officers, Captain Kearny, not hearing the call to 
return, followed the flying Mexicans to the very 
gate of the capital, in which the army of Santa Anna 
was now inclosed. 


CHAPTER XIII. 

Armistice.—Molinos del Key.—Chapultepec.—Mexico. 

1. The commander, following up his victory, 
might now have entered Mexico. But he was not sent 
to conquer the country, but to “ conquer a peace,” 
apd he believed that the reduction of the capital 
would delay, rather than accelerate this result. He 
did not wish to drive the government away from 
the city dishonored. “ The army,” says Scott in his 
dispatches, “are willing to leave to this republic 
something on which to rest her pride,—and they 
cheerfully sacrifice to patriotism the eclat that would 
have followed an entrance, sword in hand, into a 
great capital.” 

2. Tacubaya now became the head-quarters of 
the American army. The general-in-chief occupied 
the archbishop’s palace, with its beautiful gardens. 
Here he negotiated with Mexican commissioners an 
armistice, as a step preparatory to a final peace. 
But the Mexicans would not agree to the terms 
proposed; and they, violating the armistice by 
strengthening their defences, General Scott de¬ 
clared it at an end. The Mexicans then called on 

14. G ive a sketch of the closing scene of the victories of this 
“ great day in war.” 

Chapter XI11. — 1. What were the reasons why General Scott 
now forbore to enter Mexico?—2. What efforts were now made 
for peace, and how did they result? 



EL MOLINOS DEL KEY. 


377 


the provinces to come to their aid in mass; and by ft. iv. 
fire—or poison,—by any weapon, in any manner, to pd. iii. 
injure and destroy the invader. CH - mi, 

8 . From Tacubaya, Mexico was in full view— 
northeast, and distant three miles. North—bear- 1847, 
ing a little east—distant a mile—rose in beautiful Scott’s 
prospect, the fortified hill of Chapultepec; its por-P osilion in 
phyritic rocks abruptly descending on its southern JmSo 
and eastern sides,—while to the west, the hill fell d *J e d n ‘^ 
gradually, with a gentle, wooded slope, till it met 
the fortified building of stone, called El Molinos 
del Eey , or the King’s Mills. A quarter of a mile 
west of the fortified mills stood another stone for¬ 
tress called Casa Mata. These were the obstacles 
which now barred the way of the Americans to the 
capital; and they constituted the supporting points 
of the Mexican army, ranged behind them, headed 
by Santa Anna, and amounting to fourteen thousand. 

4. After reconnoitering, Scott gave the order for „ 

an assault on Molinos del Rey, committing its exe- mo'ta- 
cution to Worth. A terrible battle was fought,— 
and an important but melancholy victory was won. rey. 
The commanders had been deceived as to the ene- M ?£/oo rc ° 
my’s. strength, which was five times that of the as- 
sailing party. In the heat of the action, Major severe but 
Weight, assisted by Mason of the engineers, fell u ^ n g 0 'J n ? 
upon the enemy’s centre, and took his main field- 52 officers, 
battery ; when so furiously did he charge to regain 
it, that of fourteen American officers, eleven fell. 

Among the number were Wright and Mason. One 49 officers, 
brigade lost its three senior officers,— Col. McIn¬ 
tosh and Major Waite, wounded, and Col. Mar¬ 
tin Scott, killed. Casa Mata was blown up, and 
El Molinos dismantled. 

5. It was at the beautiful hill of Chapidtepec , 
where once arose the veritable “ Halls of the Monte- 
zumas.” Here was now the military school of Mex- 

2. What call was made upon all Mexican citizens?—3. What 
was the position of the city, regarded from the American head¬ 
quarters?—4. Give an account of the battle of Molinos del Key. 

—5. Where were the “Halls of the Montezumas?” 






378 


CIIAP U LTKP KC. —M KXTOO. 


P'T.l V. 
P D. III. 

CII. XIII. 


1847. 

(* See 
Prescott’s 
Conquest 
of Mex¬ 
ico.) 

Sept. 11. 

Four 

batteries 

erected. 

18th. 

C HA- 
PUL TE- 
PEC. 
(See Mex¬ 
ico.) 


The 

fortress 

stormed. 


Sept. 13. 
MEXICO 
Mex. force 
more than 
20 , 000 . 
Ain. 7.180. 

Mex. L. 
the whole 
army, 
except 
about 
6 ,000, k., 
w., or 
deserted. 
Am. L. 
Sept. 12 
- 14 , 

k. 1 SO- 
lO officers; 
w. 703— 
68 officers. 


ico, and the last exterior defence of the successors 
of Cortez to that capital which he had so iniqui- 
tously taken, shedding seas of blood, because “ the 
Spaniards had a disease of the heart, which nothing 
could assuage but gold.” * The God of battles, who 
had so signally made the American armies the means 
of chastising the Spanish Mexicans for national cru¬ 
elties, again led them to victory. 

6 . On the night of the 11th of September, Gen¬ 
eral Scott caused to be erected four heavy batter¬ 
ies, bearing on Chapultepec. On the 12th, the out¬ 
works of that fortress began to give way. On the 
13th was the battle. The officers arid men were all 
promptly in the places assigned them, by eight 
o’clock in the morning. 

7. The cannonade ceases for a moment. It is the 
signal for the assault. In an instant the assailants 
are in rapid motion. General Quitman hastens 
from the south, General Persifer Smith from the 
southeast, and General Pillow, with Col. Clark, 
from the wooded slope on the west. The batteries 
throw shells into the fort over the heads of their 
friends, as they begin the furious attack. The gar¬ 
rison, though they tight with desperation, are over¬ 
powered. Some yield, and others attempt to retreat. 

8 . Meantime the main force under Santa Anna, 
in the rear of Chapultepec, is attacked and defeated 
by Gen. Worth. Directed by the commander, he 
pursues the enemy as he flies to the city, pressing 
forward to enter, by a circuitous route, the San 
Cosme gate on the northwest. Gen. Quitman, in 
the mean time, follows the flying foe to the city, by 
a route direct from Chapultepec. 

9. Gen. Scott, meantime, advanced with Worth 
into the suburb of San- Cosme, where opposing bat¬ 
teries were taken; but he returned at night to Cha¬ 
pultepec, to look with a father’s care to the condi- 

6. Relate the operations previous to the assault on Chapultepec. 
—7. Describe the assault—the defeat and flight of the enemy. 
—8. The pursuit by Worth—by Quitman.—0. What was now the 
conduct of Gen. Scott ? 




MEXICO TAKEN. 


379 


tion of all,—the living, the wounded, and the dead. ft. iv. 
Worth, as instructed, remained in the suburb until pm.7 iT 
morning. But General Quitman, accompanied by CH - xm - 
Shields and Smith, rested that night within the city; 
having changed the feint which the commander or¬ 
dered, into a real attack, by which they entered 
(though with considerable loss) the Belen gate. 

They had not yet passed the formidable citadel. 

10 . At four o’clock on the morning of the 14th, sept. 14 . 
Gen. Scott having returned to San-Cosme, the Mex- Mkx,0 ° 
ican authorities sent him a deputation, desiring of 

him terms of capitulation ; their army having fled a 
little after midnight. Gen. Scott replied that the 
Americans would come under no terms but such as 
were self-imposed, and demanded by honor, by 
the spirit of the age, and the dignity of the Ameri¬ 
can character. Worth and Quitman, as directed, (The Am. 
moved cautiously forward,—Worth to the Alameda, 
and Quitman to the Grand Plaza, where the victo- hoisted at 
rious army reared above the National Palace of 7 A ' 
Mexico, the stars and stripes of the Republic of 
America. 

11 . Three hours before noon, Gen. Scott made sept. 14 . 
his entrance, with escort of cavalry, and flourish of 
trumpets ; and as his toweringflgure approached the entranco. 
grand plaza, he was loudly and warmly cheered by 
shouts, which arose from the hearts of his companions 

in arms. . . . The troops for twenty-four hours now 
suffered from the anarchy of Mexico more than her 
prowess had been able to inflict. Two thousand 
convicts, let loose from the prisons, attacked them Siumf 
from the house-tops, at the same time entering houses destroy, 
and committing robberies. The Mexicans assisting, 
these felons were quelled by the morning of the 15th. 

12 . Gen. Scott gave his army, on the day of his 
entrance into Mexico, orders directing that compa¬ 
nies and regiments be kept together, that “ there be 

9 . The position of Worth? of Quitman?— 10 . What negotia¬ 
tions now took place ? IIow did the two parties enter the city? 

—11. What is said of Gen. Scott’s entrance ? IIow did the troops 
now suffer? 










380 


CLOSE OF THE WAR. 


ft. iy. no disorders, no straggling, no drunkenness. Ma- 
FdThiT nmders shall be punished by courts-martial. The 
on. xiv. honor of the army, the honor of our country, call 
Scott en f° l * the best behavior from all. The valiant must, 
joins to win the approbation of God and their country, be 
briety and s°^er, orderly, and merciful.” 
mercy. 13. On the 16th, he called on the army to return 
public and private thanks to God for victory. On 
the 19th, for the better preservation of order, and 
suppression of crime, he proclaimed martial law. 
Thus protected by the American army, the citizens 
of Mexico were more secure from violence, and 
from fear of robbery and murder, than they had 
ever been under their own Has:. 


CHAPTER XIV. 


1847 . 


March 16. 
JiOZA- 
LES. 
Mex. L. 
k. and w. 
258. 

Am. L. 20. 
(Gen 1’. 
took the 
Mexican 
comman¬ 
der and 42 
officers.) 


Treaty of Peace. 

1. Mexico was now conquered; and if the Re¬ 
public of America, like that of ancient Rome, de¬ 
sired to subjugate neighboring nations, nothing hin¬ 
dered her taking possession of the whole country. 
But American annexation—making equal States of 
a race unlit for freedom—would have been a suici¬ 
dal policy. To bring forward a Mexican govern¬ 
ment, with which peace could be made, became at 
this period, the difficult task of the well-meaning of 
both nations. 

2. The remaining occurrences of the war, were 
mostly confined to skirmishes of American soldiers 
marching to join Scott, and guerilla parties watch¬ 
ing to cut them off. At the north, however, Gen. 
Sterling Price, marching to the aid of Scott from 
New Mexico, fell in with a Mexican force, fought 

12 . What Avere now the orders of Gen. Scott?— 13 . What was 
done on the 16th of September? on the 19t,h ? 

Charter XIV.— 1. Suppose America, like ancient Rome, had 
desired to subjugate neighboring nations ? What was now the 
desire and the difficult task of the well-meaning of both nations ? 
— 2 . W hat may be said of the remaining circumstances of the war ? 














TREATY OF PEACE. 


381 


and defeated it. This was, unfortunately, after the ft. iv. 
treaty of peace had been signed. I^dTiTiT 

3. Santa Anna, abandoned by his troops, resigned CIL Xlv> 
his offices on the 18th of October, and soon became jej* 
a fugitive. The supreme power passed into the 1 
hands of Senor Pena y Pena, by virtue of his office 

as President of the Supreme Court. He forthwith 
sent his circulars, calling on the several States in 
pathetic language, to send deputies to Queretaro , to 
treat for peace. A Congress there assembled on nov.h. 
the 11th of November, which appointed four com- Mexican 
missioners, to arrange with Mr. Inst the plan of a appoint 
treaty. Meantime, that gentleman had lost the 
confidence of the American Executive, and his 
powers had been revoked. Nevertheless, with Gen¬ 
eral Scott’s approbation, he presumed, in this emer¬ 
gency, to act. 

4. On the 2d of February, the treaty was signed 

by Mr. Trist and the Mexican commissioners at the ^eb. 2 .* 
city of Guadalupe Ilidalgo , and twenty days after- Treaty 
wards it was submitted by the President of the Uni- °* Gua " 
ted States to the Senate. That body adopted it ^*1“^ 
with alterations. President Polk then appointed 22<i. Lmii 
two gentlemen, Mr. Sevier, of the Senate, and Mr. the senate 
Clifford, attorney-general, to proceed with the < ^ tl ^ c 
modified treaty to Queretaro. There, on laying it 
before the Mexican Congress, the President elo¬ 
quently urged its acceptance, and it was ratified by 
a large majority. 

5. On the 21st of February, the beloved and ven¬ 
erated patriot, John Quincy Adams, who, since his 
presidency, had served his country in the national le- Feb. 23. 
gislature, fell from his seat during the debates of the Ex-presi- 
iiouse of representatives, struck by a fatal paralysis, dent -j. q. 
Congress, in both its branches, suspended public ae- AdHin8 ‘ 

2 . What of the battle of Rozales? — 3 . What is said of Santa 
Anna? What change in the supreme power now occurred in 
Mexico? How was a congress called? When and where did it 
assemble, and what do?—4. When and where was the treaty of 
peace signed? What action was taken upon the treaty in the 
United States? What commissioners were appointed ?—5. What 
occurred on the 21st of February ? 









382 


TREATY STIPULATIONS. 


p’T. iv. tion ; and its members were waiting as around the 
p d. in. couch of a dying father. He expired, in Christian 
cu.xiv. p 0 pe and resignation, on the 23d, saying: “This is 
the last of earth.” 

6. Peace was declared to the American army in 
May 29 . Mexico, on the 29th of May, by General Butler, 
Peace w ho was, by order of the government, left in com- 

ciaimedin mand of the army by General Scott, he being about 
Mexico. tQ returil to tp e United States. 

7. The treaty stipulated that all Mexico should 
be evacuated by the American armies within three 
months. Prisoners on each side were to be released; 
and Mexican captives made by Indians within the 
limits of the United States, were to be restored. 
These limits, as they affect Mexico, were to begin 

Bounda- at the mouth of the Rio Grande—thence to proceed 
nes. along the deepest channel of that river to the south¬ 
ern boundary of New Mexico. From thence to 
the Pacific, they were to follow the river Gila, 
and the southern boundary of Upper California. 
This boundary is now removed south, including a 
Territory called Arizona. 

8. Citizens of New Mexico and Upper California, 
anolveda are allowed a year to make their election'—whether 

choice, they will continue Mexican citizens, and remove their 
property (in which case they are to receive every 
facility), or whether they will remain and become 
citizens of the United States. The American govern¬ 
ment, not sanctioning the right of conquest by war, 
Mo is to pay to Mexico , for the lands she receives from 
paid for her, fifteen millions of dollars / and also to assume 
Already 7 ^ ier debts to American citizens, to the amount of 
con- three millions and a half more. Three millions 
rpieicd. were p a p] Mexico in hand ; Congress having the 
preceding winter placed that sum with the President, 

0. When and by whom was peace proclaimed in the city of 
Mexico?—7. Mention some of the stipulations of the treaty ? De¬ 
scribe the boundary between the United States and Mexico.—8. 
What was stipulated respecting Mexican citizens in the ceded 
territory? What money was paid, and what yet remains to be 
paid by the United States as a consideration for the territory 
acquired ? 








A CONTRAST. 


383 


in anticipation of such an event;—the remaining ft. iv. 
twelve millions to be paid in instalments. ^dTiFi. 

9. The Territory of Wisconsin was admitted into cn - Xlv - 
the American Union as a State on the 29th of May, 

1848. The Mexican treaty was brought home by May 29 .* 
Mr. Sevier; Mr. Clifford remaining in Mexico as 
American envoy. President Polk made his procla- 
mation of peace on the 4th of July, 1848 ; the first pro- 
day of our seventy-third national year. claimed. 

10. The American armies have evacuated Mex¬ 
ico. The remains of officers who died in the ser- Retnrn of 
vice of their country, have been brought home to the army, 
be honored in death, and to find their last repose 
among their friends. And the soldiers too—they 

w T ho fought so bravely for their native land,—have 
returned. Regiments that went forth full and fresh, 
have returned,—smitten and scathed. Many is the 
desolate hearth, to which the son, the husband, the 
father, shall return no more. No kindred eye shall thecom- 
weep at his grave. He is buried with the undis- & , { 1 {* n r 
tinguishable dead, who fell in the foreign battle- s °' ,er ‘ 
field, or died in the hospital. Thirty thousand Am. l. in 
American lives, it is calculated, have been sacrificed 
in this war; and about seventy-five millions of men. 
money expended,—and we know that the sacrifice of dollars! 
of Mexican life and property, has been still greater. 

11. Let the value of money be estimated by the 184 7 . 
good that it may be made to do, and we shall see 2 ( gYsHiied 
the magnitude of the evils which, in a pecuniary Vi'«m 
way, war inflicts. Ireland was visited with famine tbeSoop- 
in the winter of 1846-7, from the failure of crops, 
especially that of the potato. The benevolent among town, 
us were moved with compassion, and contributed 
money and food to her relief. The government in shean- 
one instance sent a public ship to carry provisions C ork, 
thus contributed.* The very heart of affectionate April 22 .) 


9. What new State was added to the Union, and when? When 
did President Polk proclaim peace ?—10. What is said concern¬ 
ing the return of the army?—11. How may the value of money 
be estimated ? What was the condition of Ireland and what the 
relief contributed by this country? 








384 


WHEN TO PREVENT WAR. 


pt. iv. Ireland overflowed with gratitude; and England 
P’D. hi. and Scotland, themselves sufferers in a less degree 
cii. xiv. f rom t] ie game cause, felt and praised our liberality. 
1841. Thus we blessed others, and were ourselves blessed 
/nchides return; and the money which it cost us, was 
soldiers’ about half a million of dollars; whereas, we paid 
landsf* three hundred millions,* to kill and distress the 
widows’ Mexicans. . . The time to act for the prevention of 

pensions, ... . . . , . 1 

&e.) war, as ot incendiarism, is when none is raging; and 
those to move first in the cause of peace, should be 
nations and men, of undoubted courage and ability 
in war. The Mexican contest has placed our Re¬ 
public in that position. No country has at any pe¬ 
riod shown braver soldiers, or better officers. 


11. How is the expense of this good deed and that of the 
Mexican war contrasted ? 













































































































Ft. Loraine 



































First discovery of Gold in California 


PERIOD IV. 

FROM 

THE TREATY OF j 1848 j OUADALUPE HIDALGO, 

TO 

THE COMPROMISE \ 1850.-j MEASURES. 

CHAPTER I. 

Oregon.—American California.—Capt. Wilkes’ Exploring Expedi¬ 
tion.—Capt. Fremont’s Explorations.—Discovery of Gold and 
its Effects. 

1. Oregon.— In the valley of the Walla-walla, pt.iv. 
the worthy Presbyterian missionary, Dr. Whit- fd. iv. 
max, with his wife and twelve others, were barbar- cu - *• 
ously murdered by the Cay use Indians. The peo- 1817. 
pie petitioned Congress for protection and a Terri- M^d^of 
torial government. The northern members desired Dr. whu- 
that slavery should be prohibited; the southern, "family! 
that it should be recognized. The day before the 
session closed, the Territorial bill was passed, with a Aug. 1 . 3 * 
clause forbidding slavery; this having been con-^?°* y a 

Chapter I. — 1. What occurred in Oregon? What petition 
followed? How was the petition met in Congress? What was 
the final result of the petition ? 

387 


















388 


AMERICAN CALIFORNIA. 


ft. iy. sented to by some southern members, and sanc- 
P’D. iv. tioned by the president, on the ground that Oregon 
9 H - L lies wholly north of latitude 36° 30'; that being the 
line of the Missouri compromise. 

2. American California was called by the Mex¬ 
icans New or Upper California , in distinction from 
the peninsula, which was named Old or Longer Cal- 

si ^Ynn-ifomia. It was discovered in 1579, by Sir Fran- 
hs Drake cis Drake. He called the country New Albion , 
New°Caii- and took possession of it for his sovereign, Elizabeth 
fornia. 0 f England. But the English lost the right impart¬ 
ed by discovery, as they sent out no colonies. 

3. The Spanish under Cortez had discovered Old 
1603 California. About 1603 Philip III. of Spain sent 
Viscaino*s Sebastian Yiscaino, who discovered and took pos- 
discovery. se sion of the harbors of San Diego and Monterey . 

Attempts of the Spaniards to colonize the country, 
proved ineffectual, on account of the hostility of the 
natives, whom the emigrants provoked by ill-usage. 
The Spaniards, however, frequented the coast, on 
account of its valuable pearl fishery. 

4. The first permanent settlement in New Cali- 
Firstset -.forma, was a Franciscan mission at San Diego. 
^.ent^The Spanish king had given to the priests leave to 

cans, settle in the country, for the purpose of converting 
the natives to Christianity. They selected the most 
missions hinds, and founded twenty-one missions, 

each occupying about fifteen miles square. The 
buildings were all contained in an inclosure made of 
adobe or sun-dried brick. To the principal missions 
M and ns was attached a presidio, where was a quadrangular 
presidios, fort of adobe. In this was stationed a GOinpany of 
soldiers, to protect the missions from the natives, 
and to aid in bringing their feeble and disorderly 
tribes into subjection to the priests. 


2. What was American California called by the Mexicans, and 
why? When discovered? and by whom ? Did it remain under 
the English?—3. Give an account of the Spanish discoveries. 
Of the results of their first attempts to colonize.—4. Where was 
the first permanent settlement ? By whom made ? For what 
object? How many missions were there ? Describe them. 
















NEW MEXICO. 


389 


5. The order of things was not favorable to the pt. iv. 

increase of population. The missions were made up p\d. iv. 
of monks and nuns; and to these were added the CH - *• 
soldiers of the presidios, not allowed by the priests The 
to bring their wives into the country. A few, how- supreme, 
ever, had taken with them their families, and a 1S | 0 
small number of towns had thus sprung up; the (The e»- 
largest of which were Los Angeles , Monterey , San “SiS?o?" 
Diego , and San Francisco — neither of which con-JCaiiforma 
tained, in 1840, a thousand inhabitants. matedat 

6 . This country, during the Spanish rule, consti- 

tuted a part of the viceroyalty of Mexico , or New 5,000 are 
Spain. When Mexico became a federal republic, whites > 
not finding California sufficiently populous to form a 
State, she established over it a Territorial govern- geies con- 
ment, of which Los Angeles and Monterey were the 1,500^ in¬ 
seats. habitants.) 

7. New Mexico. —In 1581, a party of adventur¬ 
ers from Mexico, under Francisco de Levya 

nillo, visited the country, and finding similar abo- explored, 
riginal inhabitants, mines, etc., they gave it the name 
of New Mexico. In 1594 the Count de Monterey, 1594 , 
then viceroy of Mexico, sent the gallant Juan de Fi ^ t z ® ( < J l0 ' 
Onate of Zacatecas, to take formal possession in * 
the name of Spain; and to establish colonies, mis¬ 
sions, and “ presidios.” The country then became 
settled, and was divided into three parts, of which 
Santa Fe was one. The Indians among whom they 
settled, were far more civilized than the surround¬ 
ing aborigines. In 1681 they drove out the Span- 10 SI. 
ish inhabitants, who rallied at their southernmost Natives - 
town, Ml Paso del Norte , and at length regained rev ° 
the whole country. 1821 . 

8 . In 1821, the journal of Pike, a volunteer Pike’s 

explorer from the United States, inflamed curios- jttracts 1 

■' ____ attentioa 

5. Which were the largest of the small towns of Spanish set- 
t,l ers ?_G. What changes occurred in California with respect to 
government?—7. Give an account of the first party who visited 
New Mexico. Of the second. How was the country divided? 

What was done by the natives in 1681 ? Where did the Spaniards 
rally ?—8. What explorer published a journal ? 











390 


U. S. EXPLORING EXPEDITION. 


ft. iv. ity, and thus produced enterprise. Mexico had 
P’D. iy. now become independent of Spain. Adventurers 
CH - *• from Missouri, following the track of Pike, opened 
a trade through Santa Fe to Chihuahua on the 
Confess south, and to the Gulf of California, on the west. 
Farters’ Their annual caravans of trading-wagons being en- 
nm\er dangered by hostile Indians, Senator Benton, of 
Section 0 * Missouri, obtained of Congress, in 1825, an act to 
"keep open the way and afford them military protec- 

1840. tion. When Gen. Kearny went, in 1846, to con¬ 
quer New Mexico, he convoyed the trains of mer¬ 
chant wagons, amounting to 414, and travelled over 
the rough way thus opened for the traders. 

9. The American government, in 1838, sent out a 

1841. naval Exploring Expedition , under Capt. Charles 
Captain Wilkes. He pronounced the harbor of San Fran- 
Wiikes. c i sco to be “ one of the finest, if not the very best in 

(San the world.” The inhabitants were few, and their 
contained dwellings poor. The most prominent man in the re- 
i 500 in- £9 on was Capt. Sutter, a Swiss by birth; but emi- 
ha'bitants: grating from Missouri. Having obtained from Mex- 
iSoV i co a g ra nt of land, thirty leagues square, he located 
ih 50,’ his residence within it, and built a fort at the conflu- 
4 ‘.° 00 ) ence 0 f the American river with the Sacramento. 

1842. 10- In 1842, Lieut. Fremont, being ordered with 
June io. a party of about twenty, on an exploring tour, left, 
Fur of ex- June 16, the mouth of the Kansas,—travelled along 
pioration. its fertile valley — struck off upon the sterile banks 
vo moun- of the Platte—followed its South Fork to St. Vrain’s 
^on the ^ Fort;—thence northerly to Fort Laramie, on the 

line of North Fork of the same stream. Following up, 
(KU Car- from this point, the North Fork, and then its afflu- 
s«n was ent, the Sweet Water river, he was conducted bv a 

Ins guide.) J 


8. When diet New Mexico begin to be visited by Americans? 
What has been done by traders, and what by Congress to en¬ 
courage them? Who obtained of Congress a military way ? Who 
travelled over it? When? On what occasion?—9. Give an ac¬ 
count of the naval exploring expedition. W T hat said Capt. Wilkes 
of the bay of SHn Francisco? Who was the most prominent man 
in the country? What is said of his location ?—IO. What is the 
date of Fremont’s first exploring tour? Describe his route. 
(Learn it by your Map.) 







THE HAND OF PROVIDENCE. 


391 


gentle ascent, to that wonderful gateway in the pt. iv. 
Rocky Mountains, the South Pass. FD ^ 

11. The next year Fremont crossed the Rocky c «- *• 
Mountains further south,—examined, and laid open, 1843. 
by his report, the region of the Salt Lake. He ex- M £™jj e J 7 ’ 
plored Oregon, and traversed, in winter, the terrible mouth of 
snows of the Sierra Nevada. The famished wander- Kansas, 
ers emerged upon the waters of the Sacramento , sept«• 
and followed to Sutter's Fort its affluent, the Mmer-saiVLako. 
lean Fork , ignorant of the golden treasures beneath 

,, . ° & Fort Hal), 

their teet. Nov. 4. 

12 . After their wants had been kindly supplied by ^ 1 !^ 
Capt. Sutter, the party travelled south, and beheld Pec. id 
and enjoyed the vernal beauties of the flowery valley f t h Lake, 
of the San Joaquin. By the southern extremity of the j ^ 44 . 
Sierra Nevada, they passed the arid wastes of the Jan. 10. 
great Desert Basin. They had discovered and named, mid Lake, 
on their way, new rivers and mountain passes; and 

they had laid open regions which had heretofore, also many 
except to the hunter and the savage, been but the 
hidden recesses of nature. They had explored Cal- import- 
ifornia, and made known an overland route. natural 

13. When, in 1848, the Mexican treaty added to ^vhich 
the American Republic vast tracts, of which the he re- 
Californian portion had a frame-work of society ad- 
verse to our own, many patriots looked with appre-from Ens- 
hension for the result; knowing, that, ordinarily, the Gernfny.) 
full river keeps the course first taken by the rivulet. 

Would enough of our citizens go thither to turn 1848. 
this course—to fuse this portion into the common T h^ e treaty 
mass? Providence presented a material to draw with Mex- 
them thither, so quickly, and in such ample numbers, u t Guadu- 
that they at once constituted the principal stream of 
Californian society, into which all minor currents, not 
excepting the original, were merged ; and Gold, the 
curse of other lands, was a blessing to this. 


11. Describe his second tour from the Rocky Mountains to 
Sutter's Fort, observing the dates.—12. From Sutter’s Fort 
homewards — 13. What cause of apprehension had the American 
patriot? What queries naturally arose in his mind ? How were 
these answered by a great Providential event? 









392 


GOLD. 


pt*iv. 14. Iii February, 1848, a private discovery of 
P’D. iy. gold was made on the grounds of Capt. Sutter, by 
c «. n. a Mr. Marshall, then in his employ, twenty-five 
Mint? on niiles up the American Fork of the Sacramento . 
assaying It was soon found in other localities. Rumors of 
th ibrn?a Californian gold soon reached the Atlantic States, 
found' it which were converted to certainty by the president’s 
remark!- message of December, 1849, accompanied by a let- 
ter from Gov. Mason, who had been in person to 
Dec, 1849, visit the gold “ diggings.” As he passed along, he 
ib 5 u , a 99 found houses deserted, and fields of wheat going to 
fromt'he ru ^ n ) their owners having left them, to dig for gold, 
u. states; Such had been the quantities found, that every con- 
York venience of life bore an enormous price. Capt. Sut- 
29 from' ter paid his blacksmith $10 per day; and he re- 
land ) g ceived $500 per month for the rent of a two-story 
Ocf r< js 49 house within his fort. In a little gutter, two men 
t<> bet., ’had found the value of $17,000. 

1S year, Ue 15. Such were the facts reported from unques- 
arrived attionable sources; and California at once became the 
lerone luminous point, to which all eyes were directed. 
48,615 im- r p| iere was a rush for the land of gold, not only from 
by sea,and the United States, but from Europe, Asia, South 
88 iand.) y America, and the isles of the sea. 


CHAPTER II. 

Taylor’s Inauguration.—Close of the 30th Congress.—California 
—Establishment of Civil Government.—Difficulty with Texas. 

Mardi* 4 * 1 - Hinnesota, adjacent to the head waters of the 
lnaugura- Mississippi, was erected, into a Territory on the 3d 
of March, 1849. 

and Fill- 2. At the election in 1848, Gen. Zachary Tay- 

more. _ • - - 

14. When was gold discovered ? Where? By whom? When 
first made known to the Atlantic States? What did Gov. Mason 
observe and relate?— 15. What was the consequence of the 
spread of these and similar facts? 

Chapter II. — 1. What do we here learn of Minnesota?—2. 
What offices were filled by election? What persons elected? 
When? When inaugurated? 







A WISE MEASURE. 


393 

lor, the hero of the Rio Grande, was chosen presi- pt. iv. 
dent ; and Millard Fillmore, of New York, vice- pd. iv. 
president... The increase of labor devolving on the CH - u * 
several departments of the government, in conse- 
quence ot the growth of the- nation, caused Congress New de- 
to authorize a separate bureau, called “ The Depart- r artm ent 
ment of the Interior Thomas Ewing, of Ohio, 
was appointed by the president, its first secretary, 
and John M. Clayton, of Delaware, was made sec¬ 
retary of state. 

3. With such exactness were the different parties 
balanced in regard to the slavery question, that in 1 to 
the Congress of 1848-9, all that could be obtained 1830. 
for California was a law, by which her revenue was 

to be collected and placed in the coffers of the re - (1 census ' 2 * * * 6 
public. Happily, the exemplary political conduct of estimate 
California, under these trying circumstances, re- fatten of 
lieved the anxious forebodings of American patriots, 
that she might take Oregon for an ally, and set up 
for herself. To prevent any such disaster, Gen. 1849. 
Taylor gave the Californians the timely assurance, 
that “ whatever can be done to afford the people of Clayton^ 
the Territories the benefits of civil government, and 
the protection that is due them, will be anxiously Ring, who 
considered and attempted by the executive.” He to cLiifor- 
suggested to them the expediency of forming a th ^ ift p by. 
State government for themselves, thereafter to be dent.) 
submitted to Congress. 

4. These counsels tended to keep the leading pol- ig4§. 
iticians of California true to the Union; they loved (Aug. i. 
their native land, and confided in her ultimate jus- iSSg 
tice; but, while waiting for future protection, the ex- the exist- 
citing present was upon them—the gathering thou- the treaty, 
sands, attracted from every land by the sovereign ?sf umes 
power of gold,—and government, in addition to that ers.) 

2. What new department was created ? Who was the first in¬ 

cumbent? Who President Taylor’s secretary of state? —3. What 

was the estimated population of California in 1850 ? (See side 

note.) What was the only action of the Congress of 1848-9 re¬ 
specting California ? What did American patriots fear? What 
did Gen. Taylor suggest by a letter of his secretary to his agent, 

Thomas Butler King ? 


17 * 










394 


WONDERFUL TRANSITION. 


FT. IV. 

P'D. IV. 
oh. n. 

1849 . 

April 13. 

Riley 

succeeds 

Mason. 

Aug. 1. 

A Judici¬ 
ary es¬ 
tablished. 

Sept. 1. 
At Monte¬ 
rey, del¬ 
egates 
meet to 
form a 
State gov¬ 
ernment. 

Dec. 21. 
At San 
Jose, first 
Legisla¬ 
ture meet 

Governor 

Burnet's 

eloquent 

address. 


(Edward 
Gilbert 
and G. II. 

Wright, 
first repre- 
senatives.) 

1850. 

Feb. 13. 
President 
Taylor 
sends to 
Congress 
the consti¬ 
tution of 
California. 


exercised by Gen. Mason, the military commandant, 
the citizens found it necessary to organize among 
themselves. At first it was informal; and he who 
was found guilty of high crimes, was put to death, 
with little ceremony or delay. Gen. Riley, who 
succeeded Gen. Mason, as military governor, estab¬ 
lished a species of judiciary, at the head of which was 
placed Peter H. Burnet. .. Delegates were chosen, 
who met at Monterey, September 1st, 1849, and 
there formed a constitution which excluded slavery. 

5. The first legislature elected under it convened 
at San Jose. Peter II. Burnet, who was chosen 
governor, addressed to the senate and assembly a 
message of extraordinary interest. “ How rapid,” 
he exclaims—“ how astonishing have been the 
changes in California! Twenty months ago, inhab¬ 
ited by a sparse population—a pastoral people, de¬ 
riving a mere subsistence from their flocks and 
herds, and a scanty cultivation of the soil;—now 
inexhaustible gold mines discovered,—our ports are 
filled with shipping from every clime ; our beautiful 
bays and placid rivers are navigated by steam; and 
commercial cities have sprung up as if by enchant¬ 
ment.” 

6. The choice of senators to Congress fell upon 
John C. Fremont and William M. Gwin. The 
constitution of California, and her petition for ad¬ 
mittance into the Union, were carried by them to 
Washington, and by the president transmitted to 
Congress, with a commendatory message. The 
clause prohibiting slavery was, in Congress, as a 
torch applied to explosives ; some southern members 
declaring that its adoption by Congress would be 
the cause of the immediate secession of the South. 


4. What were the necessities of the Californians in regard to 
civil government? Who was Gen. Rilev? What was done by 
him ? What was done in consequence of his proclamation ? How 
was the slavery question disposed of?—5. Where did the first. 
Legislature meet ? W T ho was chosen governor ? Relate his speech. 
—G. What senators were the first chosen ? What did they carry 
to Washington ? What effect was produced in Congress by the 
clause prohibiting slavery ? 







TEXAS THREATENS NEW MEXICO. 


395 


V. Other subjects of appalling difficulty pressed ft. iv. 
upon Congress ;—all, however, implicated in the one fd. iv. 
absorbing topic of slavery. Texas claimed that her CHU - 
territory extended to the Rio Grande; but the New 
Mexicans in and around Santa Fe, east of the Rio 
Grande, had never submitted,, and were utterly Texas 
averse to her rule. In January, 1849, her legisla- kwsm 
ture passed laws, dividing the disputed region into asser ^ e 1 J er 
counties. To organize in these counties a Texan ovcr'Sew 
government, Gov. Bell, the executive, sent an agent, Mexic0 ' 
Major Neighbours, to Santa Fe, who warned Col. 
Monroe, the United States military commandant, April is! 
against all “ interference.” Colonel Monroe finding ^ J g ° h r . 
the New Mexicans enraged, called a convention, tours at 
which framed a State constitution ; and, while Texas Iex 2 Jni 
was making preparations to seize this Territory by u * Stat f 
force, the petition of New Mexico to be admitted ments "a- 
into the Union was introduced into Congress. terfere * 

8 . While New Mexico was petitioning Congress 
for a government, another remarkable people were 
at their doors with the same request. These were Jan! 16.* 
the enterprising Mormons, who, under the lead of p 0 e 0 n t fSJ_ 
their u prophet,” the able but unscrupulous Brigham troduoes a 
Young, had found a resting-place on the borders of thegov- 
the Salt Lake. Here collecting their scattered ® r " ment , 
bands, they founded Salt Lake City, Provo, and°— Tl™ 
other towns; and, sending out their emissaries to 
foreign lands, to return with proselytes, they had 
now a flourishing settlement of about 25,000 inhab- (* 1850> 
itants.* Another exciting subject was a bill intro- Census 
duced by Senator Butler, of South Carolina, for a *25*000!)’ 
new law, to enable the masters of fugitive slaves to 
recover them from other States. 


7. What other difficult subject is next mentioned as pressing 
upon Congress? What measures did Texas take in 1849 ? What 
was done on the part of New Mexico?—8. What is here said of 
the Mormons? 










396 


DANGER NOBLY MET. 


CHAPTER III. 

Congressional Eloquence.—The Compromise.—Death of Taylor. 

ft. iv. l. The first session of the thirty-first Congress 
P’D. iy. was the longest, the most stormy, and the most im- 
c, i. nr. p 0r tant in its results, of any since the organization 
1849 of the government ; and in it, by the strife and 
(One ton P ower oi ‘ words, were settled more important issues 
{ gress° n than those on any battle-field since the Revolution. 
two C y?ira. The senate took the lead. Never had that body 
There presented more powerful orators. 
h 6i yeare n 2. The two first northern senators who broke in 
under the u p 0 n the sullen gloom of uncharitableness and dis- 
tion.) content, with which the southern members met the 
northern, were Dickinson, of New York, and 
Phelps, of Vermont. The former, in the course of 
his speech, solemnly assured his southern brethren 
that the North, as a body, regarded the guarantees 
1850 . of the Constitution as sacred. 44 Sir,” said he, 44 take 
M? n i>lck a snia ^ number out of the northern and also out of 
inson’s the southern sections of the Union, or silence their 
speech. c i amor? anc I this accursed agitation will be settled 
in less than a week.” 

3. In the speech of Senator Phelps, logical argu¬ 
ment was mingled with wit. Without taking seri- 
Jan 23. ous ground against the southern threat of secession, 
speech of he showed that the time had not yet come. The 
Phelps, supreme judiciary of the United States were the 
proper court to try constitutional questions; and 
unless the South, before proceeding to action, ap¬ 
pealed to that tribunal, she would put herself in the 
wrong. In so important a matter, she should not 
be in too much haste, but take the proper steps, and 
bide her time. As to what had been offensively said 
at the North, this was aland of free speech ; and what 

Chapter III. — 1. Why was this called the 31st Congress ?- (See 
side note.) What is said of the first session of this Congress? 
—2. Give some account of the speech of Senator Dickinson.—3. 
Of that of Senator Phelps. 







397 


MR. CLAY’S COMPROMISE RESOLUTIONS. 

was to be done with people who believed themselves ft. iv. 
charged with a mission, not only to amend the Consti- ^rtvT 
tution framed by the wisdom of our fathers, but also CH - m - 
to assist the Almighty in the correction of sundry 
mistakes which they had discovered in his works ? 

The brows of the southern members unbent, and they 
cordially greeted the orator when the speech was end¬ 
ed ; and an observer remarked, “He has thrown the 
first bucket of water which has reached the fire.” 

4. On the 25th of January, Mr. Clay offered his 
memorable plan of compromise. On the 5th of Feb¬ 
ruary, amidst such a crowd of both sexes as the 
senate-chamber had never before witnessed, he came 
forward to speak in their defence. He was now 
venerable in years, but his intellect retained its 
soundness, and his heart its deep well-spring of pa¬ 
triotic feeling. His voice, his eye, his grace of action 
and gift of words, which made him regarded as the 
first orator who spoke the English tongue, were yet 
preserved, that he might succor, and perhaps save, 

his country, in this her hour of peril. In the pre- M ^ a c ,^ 3 
amble of his eight resolutions, he stated the reason eight 
of their introduction to be,'that it was “for thejS^eso 
peace, harmony, and concord of the Union to settle, lutions. 
and adjust amicably, all exciting questions of con¬ 
troversy between them arising out of the institution 
of slavery, upon a fair, equitable, and just basis.” 

The compromise was substantially the same as that 
which passed after months of debate, and is hereaf¬ 
ter to be explained. 

5 . “Never before,” said Mr. Clay, “have I risen 
with feelings of such deep solicitude. I have wit- great y 
nessed many periods of great anxiety* of peril, and s r )eech - 
of danger to the country; but never before have I 
risen to address an assembly—so oppressed, so ap- the dan- 
palled, so anxious.” Jle attributed the danger of 

the country to the unprincipled selfishness of party 

4. What occurred on the 25th of January, 1850? On the 5th 
of February? What is said of Mr. Clay’s powers as an orator? 

What was the object of his eight resolutions ?—5. Kecite the in¬ 
troductory sentence of Mr. Clay’s speech. 












398 


EVILS OF DISUNION. 


P’T. IV 
FD. IV. 

Oil. HI. 


1850 . 

Of the 
conse¬ 
quences of 
disunion. 


March 7. 
Mr. Web¬ 
ster’s 
great 
speech. 
(Its gen¬ 
eral 

subject to 
recom¬ 
mend the 
compro¬ 
mise.) 


Mr. Web¬ 
ster on 
secession. 


Better 
tone of 
public 
sentiment. 


men. He dwelt on the ruin which would spring 
from a dissolution of the Union. War would be 
inevitable; and such a war,—so furious, so bloody, 
so implacable, so exterminating,—could not be found 
upon the pages of history. He entreated members 
to pause on the brink of the precipice, before they 
took the fearful leap, into the yawning abyss! But 
if that direful event, the dissolution of the Union, 
were to happen, he implored of heaven that he 
might not survive to behold it! 

6. To similar elfect was the eloquence of Daniel 
Webster. “Mr. President,” he said, “I hear, with 
pain and anguish and distress, the word secession 
tailing from the lips of the eminent and patriotic. 
Secession ! Peaceable secession! The dismember¬ 
ment of this vast country without convulsion! The 
breaking up of the fountains of the great deep, with¬ 
out ruffling the surface! . . . Peaceable secession! 
What would be the result ? What would become 
of the army, the navy, and the public lands ? Where 
is the line to be drawn ? What States are to be as¬ 
sociated ? What is to remain American ? Where 
am I to be ? Where is the flag to remain ? Is the 
eagle still to tower ? or is he to cower, to shrink, 
and fall to the ground ?” 

7. In the tempest, it is the lightning, not the thun¬ 
der, which kills ; but as, peal by peal, the dangerous 
element explodes, the atmosphere becomes cleared. 
Thus the impassioned eloquence and fiery declama¬ 
tion of the capitol, gave wholesome vent to danger¬ 
ous feeling, and inspired a healthier tone of public 
sentiment; which, beginning at Washington, spread 
throughout the Union. 

8. Mr. Clay had ably defended his plan of com¬ 
promise. Senator Bell, of Kentucky, introduced 
and advocated another. Senator Foote, of Mis- 


5. To what did he attribute the danger of the country ? What 
did he say of the dissolution of the Union?—6. Recite the sketch 
given of the remarks of Mr. Webster on secession, made in his 
great speech of March 7th, 1850.—7. What beneficial effects were 
produced by the stormy eloquence of the Capitol? 



THE “OMNIBUS BILL.” 


399 


sissippi, made a motion, which was finally carried, ft. iv. 
for the appointment of a committee of the Senate, to fd. iv. 
be composed of six members from the North, six CHIII> 
from the South, and a thirteenth to be chosen by the 
first twelve; to whom should be referred the differ- April io! 
ent plans for compromise;—with directions, how- 
ever, that the committee report, according to their Thirteen 
own judgment, a plan of settlement for the different appointe<1, 
branches of the slavery question. 

9. Of this honored committee, Mr. Clay was 
chairman, by choice of the Senate; and he made 
their report to that body, on the 8th of May. Four 
months of jarring debate ensued; much of which May8> 
referred to the point, whether the several proposed Mr - Cla y 
laws should be voted for separately, or in one “ Om-thJ^om- 
nibus Bill.” Senator Benton urged the former 
course, on account of its fairness, and especially in be¬ 
half of suffering yet dutiful California; while Mr. Clay 
maintained the latter; urging that if the different 

parts of the bill were presented together, both par¬ 
ties would concede some things, for the sake of 
gaining others. 

10. In the mean time the Nashville convention, 
which, had it assembled in January, might have led June 2 . 
to civil war and national destruction,* met harm- 
lessly on the 2d of June; partaking of the country’s tion meet - 
calmer mood and renewed devotion to the Union. 

Judge Sharkie, of Mississippi, was made president of 

the convention. In his initiatory address, he said, 
that its members had met, “because the Constitu- judge' 
tion, which gave equal rights to the South, had been address 3 
violated.” It was a slander of enemies, that they 


* Mr. Calhoun had, before his death, prepared a constitution for the U. S. 
South, which he advised should be adopted at the Nashville Convention. 
“The Southern members conferred together, spoke together, and, at one 
time, would have been prepared to sink or swim in a common peril .”—See 
Senator Butler's Speech at the Charleston Convention, May , 1851. 


8 . What motion was made and carried by Senator Foote ?—9. 
What is said of the organization and action of the Committee of 
Thirteen? Of the debate which ensued?—10. Of the Nashville 
Convention? Who was made President of the Convention? In 
his address what did he say ? 




400 


PASSAGE OF THE COMPROMISE. 


P’T. iv. had met to dissolve the Union. He hoped that “the 
P’D. iv. Union would be the last thing to perish amidst the 
ch. hi. wr eck of matter.” 

11. Pending the debates on the compromise meas- 
1850 . uregj t p e nat i on was called to deep and sincere 
Death of mourning for the loss of her beloved chief magis- 
tiie Presi-trate. Gen. Taylor expired at the presidential man- 

dent ' sion on the 9th of July, and Millard Fillmore, of 
inaugura-^ew York, immediately succeeded him in the pres- 
Fillmore, idency. Mr. King, of Alabama, was chosen presi- 
(t And was dent of the Senate.t The cabinet of Gen. Taylor re- 
ex-ofiicio sioriicd. Mr. Fillmore appointed able successors,— 
theu.s.) Mr. Webster filling the department oi state. 

12. In the early part of September, the measures 
T he P com-reported by the committee of thirteen passed—sep- 

i»romise arately; but they had been considered together, 
measures. an( j were a g ree d to, as mutual concessions and com- 
utah (es- promises for the sake of the Union. By them, 1st, 
California, excluding slavery,was admitted as a State. 
1 tion, 2d, the Great Basin east of California, containing 
25,000). Mormon settlement, was erected, without men- 
NewMex-tion of slavery, into a Territory, by the Indian name 
'mated" Utah. 3d, New Mexico was also erected, without 
popuia- mention of slavery, into a Territory; Congress giv- 
61 504 ) Texas, for the relinquishment of her claims, ten 
millions of dollars;—Texas to pay with the money 
(Afugi- former debts, for which the United States were 
tive-siave bound, not legally, but in honor. 4th, a law was 
passed Ui passed, abolishing, not slavery, but the slave-trade, 
17 bein but ^ n ^ ie District of Columbia; and 5th, the fugitive- 
found, or slave law was passed; whose object is, the more 
difficult of effectually to secure the prompt delivery of persons 
execution, bound to service or labor in one State, and escaping 
become into another. The compromise measures proved, 
obsolete.) f or a time, the quieting of the fearful storm. 


11. What melancholy event occurred July 9 ? What is said of 
Mr. Fillmore? What change occurred in the cabinet? —12. 
What is said of the compromise measures? What is, in your 
author’s order of arrangement, the first of the compromise meas¬ 
ures? What the second? The third, including tne agreement 
with Texas? What is the fourth? The fifth? 
















































* 







61 ST 

Will 


XaneXtucLo West:irom WasltingCtoiL 10 






































































































































Departure of Red Leaf and his self-devoted compatriots to deliver 
themselves up for their country. 


PERIOD Y. 


FROM 

THE PASSAGE OF THE \ 1850 \ COMPROMISE MKASCTRHS, 
TO 

THE PRESENT TIME. 1860. | (TO BE CONTINUED.) 


CHAPTER I. 

Sketch of the Condition of the Aborigines.—Degree of Civiliza¬ 
tion, Diversities of Character, Wars, &c.* 

1. That the Indians are, and must be considered, pt. iv. 
subordinate to the whites, is a question of tact, now p d. y. 
so entirely settled, that the officers of government CH> L 
are no longer embarrassed by it; but they regard 
the aborigines as the wards of the nation , of whom, 
they, as the representatives, are bound by law to 
act as the guardians. The care of the Indians is (tiion. 
now confided to the Secretary of the Interior, + n :l !lcob 
wliose office, containing the Indian Bureau, is at son.) 

* The names and locations of the principal Indian tribes may be found 
on Map 13, which includes the territory gained from Mexico in 1S48. No 
attempt will here be made to name them all, or describe their locations. 

That belongs to the geographer. 


Chapter I.— 1. IIow do the government of the U. S. regard 
the Indians ? What office is now charged with the care of the 
Indians ? 


403 
























404 


WHAT THE INDIAN POLICY HAS BEEN. 


ft.iy. Washington; and this is presided over by a com- 
P’D. vT missioner, to whom are made the reports of the 
OH L superintendents of the eight grand divisions , or 
Indian superintendencies, into which the whole coun- 
Hon. c. e*. try west of the Mississippi is divided ; and also of 
Mix,com- the three Indian agencies, which remain east of that 
misbioner. r ^ ver ^ The superintendents receive the reports of 
the several agents, each within his own locality,— 
about fifty in the whole. The entire number of In- 
Present dians now in the United States is computed at 350,- 
numbers. 000; the number of distinct tribes at one hundred 
and seventy-five. Several tribes are, however, some¬ 
times comprehended under one generic name, as the 
Sioux, the Apaches, &c. 

2. In all our earlier history, the right of the In¬ 
dian tribes to the use of the lands on which they 
dwelt, was acknowledged; and, except in cases of 
territory gained by conquest, as in the Pequot and 
King Philip’s wars, the lands of the Indians were 

United obtained by treaties , which were made with their 
domain as chiefs. In this way, by 393 separate treaties* made 
by*Indian 44 tribes, the United States have obtained 

treaties, from the Indians a domain of 581 millions of acres* 
for which they have paid 50 millions of dollars. For 
this land the federal treasury has already received 
an amount of money* which exceeds the entire cost 
of the acquisition, by 100 millions of dollars. Many 
treaty stipulations* of annuities in money, or in 
other articles, are, however, yearly to be paid. The 
whole expenses of the Indian Bureau were, in 1858, 
about five millions of dollars. 

3. The United States government has become 
convinced, that for the time past it has committed 


1. What subordinate officers are mentioned ? Into what Indian 
superintendencies and agencies is the Kepublic of America divid¬ 
ed? How many tribes are there-, and what is the whole number 
of Indians?—2. What was acknowledged in our earlier history ? 
How were Indian lands obtained? Haw many treaties were made? 
How much land obtained? How much money has been paid? 
What beyond the.cost has the U. S. treasury received? What is 
yet on their hands to pay ? What was in 1858 the expense of tak¬ 
ing care of the Indians ? 



WHAT THE INDIAN POLICY IS. 


405 


three capital ert'ors in its Indian policy;—first, in the 
removal of the tribes from place to place as the white 
population advanced; second, in the assignment of 
too great an extent of country to be held by each in 
common; and third, in having paid large sums of 
money as annuities. . . . The present policy of the 
government is to oblige the Indians to settle ,—giv¬ 
ing them only such reservations as they can cultivate 
—and instead of giving the land to the whole tribe, 
dividing it among the several families; that thus 
they may gain the knowledge of private property in 
land, and each learn, that his own efforts will redound 
to his own individual benefit. 

4. In lieu of money annuities, the government is 
now furnishing the Indians with facilities for learn¬ 
ing agriculture, and with the means of beginningit; 
—such as stock-animals, and agricultural implements. 
In some instances a practical farmer shows them 
howto till the earth, by cultivating, with their assist¬ 
ance, a model farm. Saw-mills and grist-mills are 
made; blacksmiths’ and carpenters’ shops are built 
—and especially are schools established; the gov¬ 
ernment now believing, that, if they would civilize 
the Indians, they must begin with the young; and 
they must raise the condition of their women, from 
that of mere drudges to minister to the indolence of 
the men. A grand impediment to the success of 
these experiments, is the laziness of the men, and 
their contempt of labor. Added to this, are their 
habits of intemperance; and other vices introduced 
among them by unprincipled white traders, who, 
contrary to law, carry them whiskey; which is to 
them, disease and death. The number of aborigines 
is, on the whole, diminishing. 

5. The Indians within our borders (lifter in natu¬ 
ral character as well as in degrees of civilization. 


PT. IV. 
PD. V. 

CH. I. 


1859 . 

Three 
errors in 
Indian 
policy. 


Present 
policy of 
the Unit¬ 
ed States 
in regard 
to the 
Indians. 


Impedi¬ 
ments to 
success. 


3 . What errors are the government convinced have been com¬ 
mitted in their Indian policy ? What is the government’s present 
policy?— 4 . What is done in lieu of giving money annuities? 
(Th is question requires a full answer.) What are the grand imped¬ 
iments to eivilizmg the "Indians ? 













406 


DIVERSITIES OF INDIAN CHARACTER. 


pt. iv. They also differ in their feelings of dependence on 
pjjx v. our government; many of them having become 
ch. i. convinced that they have no way to escape extermi¬ 
nation, but to obey the behests of their “ Great 
Father” at Washington,—for so they call the Presi¬ 
dent of the United States,—and to order themselves 
according to the advice of the agent which he sends 
them, whom they call “Father.” Some anxiously 
seek to be instructed. “ What do you want ?” said 
Col. Wright to the Flat-Heads and Nez-Perces of 
the north. “ Peace, ploughs, and schools,” was the 
Indian n0 ^ e re pty of their chief. ... Of the three Indian 
agency of agencies east of the Mississippi, one is in New York, 
N. York, embracing the remains of the Six Nations, who have 
of Maci- S ^ X reservations,—with churches, schools, and farms ; 
nac. — one is at Macinac., over a part of the Ottawas, 
Chippewas, and P ottawatomies / and one at Green 
° f Bay. en which, besides some of the same tribes, has 

charge of the Menomenees, and also of removed por¬ 
tions of the Six Nations, and of the Stockbridges. 
Some of these Indians are intemperate and vicious. 

6. Among the aborigines who are unsubmissive, 
are the Navajoes of New Mexico. They have vil¬ 
lages in the fastnesses of their mountains, and live 
Character by sallying forth to the plains and robbing the in- 
tionsoftiie habitants. We have seen how Col. Doniphan, as 
Navajoes. ordered by Gen. Kearney, in 1846, sought them in 
their mountain homes, collected their chiefs, and 
made a treaty of peace with them at Pear Springs. 
But, although the chief. Sandoval, and 400 of his 
men were true to their engagement, yet the main 
body of the nation paid no regard to the treaty; but 
went on r °bbing and. murdering as before. The 
Fort check which they received was in 1852, by the 

anc«* built building of Fort Defiance. Since then, able officers 
have been sent against them, and advantages gained; 
but they are not yet subdued. 


5. What diversities are Sound, among the Indians? What ques¬ 
tion and reply is related? Give the particulars concerning the 
first Indian agency mentioned—of the second—of the third.—6. 
Give an account of the Navajoes. 







INDIANS WRONGED AND REVENGEFUL. 


407 


^7. ‘‘The Apache ,” says superintendent Bailey, ft. iv. 
“is the most rascally Indian on the continent,— ~fovT 
treacherous, blood-thirsty, and thievish. He is the Ctt l - 
depopulator of the fields of Chihuahua and Sonora.” 

By the treaty of 1848, the United States bound chiabad 
themselves to protect the Mexican inhabitants of 
this border,—and heavy demands have been made G aCt 
upon the treasury for their depredations, and those , From 
ot the Coma aches, a fierce and warlike tribe, found 1848 
west ot the Indian territory. In the mining State 
of California, the Diggers, aa inferior tribe of the 1 The*’ 
Apaches , were found by those who came thither to country 
endure hardship and gain fortune. Said a Califor- vuuScion* 
nian miner, “ When we saw them prowling around, 
we shot them down as we would wolves.” This was slavery, 
perhaps the origin of the horrible idea of attempting^ uX" 
the extermination of the Indians, which seems in h Indi £ n3 
some measure to have prevailed in those regions. neglect'd" 
8. Settlers crowded into Oregon and took posses¬ 
sion of the lands of the Indians, before agents had 
been sent to make treaties with them, and thus pre¬ 
pare their way; and there were then 42,000 in Or¬ 
egon and Washington; and some of them, as the 
Walla-Wallas, the Klamatlis, and the TJmquas, 
near Rogue river, in Oregon,—and the Yakimas, 
Spokanes, and others in Washington, have since 13,55 
shown themselves among the most subtle and war- Maj. h.* 
like of the American aborigines. Battles have been YakimaL 
fought with various success. The war with the f :> r ce, 
Yakimas was begun, by the bad treatment of some Indians, 
of their squaws by the miners. Major Haller, in 1 ’ 500 - 
1855, going to meet them, found himself confronted 
by a force much larger than his own, and he consid-toe.’ sim* 
ered himself fortunate in escaping with a small loss, qulf^y e J f 
The same Indians, united with others, in 1858, sur- force. 

7 . What character is given of the Apaches? — of the Cotnanches » 

Who are the Diggers? and how are they treated by the miners ? 

To what horrible idea may this wrong doing have given rise?—8. 

Was the way here prepared for white settlers as formerly?* How 
many Indians were there in our Pacific territories? What tribes 
who have proved subtle and warlike? What two fruitless expe¬ 
ditions against them are related ? 

* Read also the side-note, above. 








408 


THE TRIBES MOST CIVILIZED. 


ft. iv. rounded Col. Steptoe, having three times his force 

flee. The Nez-Percks and 
Americans and 


fd. v. 

CH. I. 


1858 . 


Sept 4. 

The 
FO UR 
LAKES. 

Col. 

W right 
defeats 
the 

natives 

Sonic of 
the best 
of the 
Indians. 


—and obliged him to 
Flat-Heads succored the flying 
saved them from total destruction. 

9. At length, on the 1st of September, 1858, Col. 
Wright, with 300 men, met 500 Indians at the 
Four Lakes in Washington / and without loss de¬ 
feated them, killing seventeen of their number. 
—But agents—though an unsuflicient number—are 
among the Indians on the Pacific; and reservations 
have been set apart, into which they are being gath¬ 
ered, and there instructed. The Nez-Perces , the 
Pend d' Oreilles , and the Flat-Heads , have always 
been friendly to the whites, and are now anxious to 
learn the arts of civilization. In Arizona, south of 
the Gila, dwell the united tribes of the Pirn,as and 
Maricopas , who are already partially civilized,—liv¬ 
ing in villages and subsisting mostly by agriculture. 
The Pueblos and Moquis of New Mexico are peace¬ 
able and partially civilized,—unique in their customs, 
and retaining usages which they held before the 
Spanish invasion. 

10. The progress of civilization among the ajbo- 
Cherokeesrigines has nowhere been so marked as with the 

JUJJjj® Mobilian races. It began before their removal by 
noo pu- the government from the Gulf States; and their 
Creeks settlement in the Indian territory, west of Arkansas, 
l uanaboi*h as accelerated it. The Cherokees are the most 
schools.) numerous and civilized tribe of Indians in America, 
(t The The celebrated John Ross is their chief. Their cap- 
h'gher ital is Talequah. The Creeks , Choctaws , and Chick- 
8C forthe e asaws are also settled—dwell in houses, practise 
1 are now** agriculture and the mechanic arts, and have church- 
stopped es, common schools,! and higher seminaries. The 
of funds!) Greeks have lately been instrumental in bringing to 


(The 


8. What friendly tribes afforded succor? —9. What success was 
at length obtained? Are there agents and reservations? What 
three tribes are friendly to the whites? What two, near the Gila, 
arc partially civilized? What two in New Mexico? — 10 . What 
races have made the greatest advances in civilization? What is 
said of the Cherokees ? (Examine the side note.) What other tribes 
are mentioned in the same connection ? 




INDIAN MAGNIFICENCE. 


409 


dwelljbeside them, a kindred tribe, the Seminoles pt. iy. 
from Florida; the government giving them by treaty p’D. y. 
$200,000 on condition of their performing this ser- CH -*• 
vice. These Indians are not permitted to sell their 
reservations to the whites, and we hope they may 
not be; but that one place in the whole wide conti¬ 
nent which belonged to their fathers, may still be 
theirs... In Kansas were settled a number of tribes, Indians of 
as the Delawares , Pottawatomies , Shawnees , &c., Kansas, 
in the same manner as in the Indian Territory; but 
having been permitted to sell their lands, the conse- theciei? 
quence is that the whites overreach and dispossess okees and 
them. Thus the presumption, that the Indian is the Creek8, 
white man’s equal and can cope with him, would 
soon be utter ruin to the race. 

11. To find the best type of the Indian, who yet 
lives by hunting and fishing, we must seek north of 
the Upper Platte , from the Mississippi to the base 
of the Pocky Mountains. The whole southern part 
of this large-space, is occupied by various tribes of The Sioux 
the great Sioux or Dacotah nation , who have de- Dac ° r tah8 
veloped higher moral traits than belong to other 
savages. The Yanctonnais are their most powerful The most 
tribe. Unlike other Indians, when they are dissat- biToTun- 
isfied with the U. S. government, they stand upon civilized 
their dignity, and refuse to receive any presents. rKIH,,a 
The Sioux , the Crows , and also the BlackfeetJ a (t The 
large and powerful tribe to the north, are regarded 
as containing the finest specimens of Indian beauty, the tribe 

This they heighten by their dresses of buckskin, ^xtiV.ou) 
curiously wrought with beads of many colors—and, 
when worn by a chief, surmounted by a coronet of 
eagles’ feathers, sometimes continuing down the 
back almost to the feet.—The great want of these 

10. What has been effected with regard to the Seminoles? 

What is said concerning the selling of the reservations in the 
Indian territory ? What concerning Kansas and the Indian reser¬ 
vations there ?—11. Where must we now look for the finest type 
of the native Indian? What nation occupy the southern part of 
this region? What is its most powerful tribe ? What tribes are 
regarded as the finest in personal appearance? What is said of 
their dresses? What is their great want ? 

18 











410 


HOW THE RIOUX WAR BEGAN. 


P'T. IY. 


P’D. Y. 

CH. I. 


1853 . 

First step 
in the 
Sioux 
War. 


1851 . 

The Sioux 
near Ft. 
Laramie. 


Aug. IT. 
A lame 
cow shot. 


Indians is a true and life-giving religion. They have 
a devout belief in a Supreme Being, whom they call 
the “Great Medicine;” but of that immortality, 
which is brought to light by the gospel, they have 
never heard. Among them is no civilizing influence 
—neither missionary, nor school. 

12. The Sioux War. —In 1853 a hunting village 
of the Conjoux-Sioux was established near Fort 
Laramie , on the opposite bank of the Upper Platte 
river. Two of the young braves having visited the 
fort were improperly detained at the ferry. To 
show their displeasure, they discharged their guns, 
but without actual or intended injury. For this 
act, Lieut. Fleming was dispatched from the fort 
with a small party to demand the young men. The 
chief told him, and truly, that they were not in the 
village; but Lieut. Fleming, believing that they 
were, fired upon the Indians, killed three, and took 
two prisoners. Although the two hundred warriors 
present permitted him to depart in safety, yet re¬ 
venge was harbored, especially by the kindred of 
the three who were shot. But Fleming’s bold ex- 
ploit gave him in the garrison such an enviable 
reputation, that Lieut. Grattan, lately arrived from 
his graduating honors at West Point, expressed his 
determination to seek a similar command. 

13. In the summer of 1854, the same tribe of the 
Sioux, with another, who were waiting to receive 
from an expected agent their treaty annuities, were 
encamped on the Platte, eight miles below the fort. 
The united villages numbered 800 lodges. While 
they deferred hunting, to wait for the agent, their 
provisions failed, and hunger was upon them. At 
this time, a Mormon emigrant passed, who left 
behind him a lame cow. An Indian, straying from 
the camp, shot the animal, and his hungry eompan- 


11. What belief have they ? What has never been taught them ? 
—12. Relate the opening circumstance of the Sioux war. What 
was done by Lieut. Fleming? How did it aftect the minds of the 
Indians? How that of Lieut. Grattan?— 13 . Where were these 
Indians in the summer of 1854? How many lodges? 





THE MASSACRE OF GRATTAN AND IIIS PARTY. 


411 


ions soon devoured her. The shooting of an animal ft. iv. 
belonging to an emigrant, was reported at the fort. "fd. v. 
The venerable “ Bear Chief” was in the encamp- CH -*• 
ment of the Sioux; and he went himself to make 
explanations to Lieut. Fleming, now commandant au^is.* 
of the fort; who, notwithstanding, insisted that the 
offending Indian must be given up. The chief plead Laramie 
for time, that he might persuade the irritated braves. 

14. The next morning, the Indian not having been 
sent, young Grattan obtained from Lieut. Fleming 
an order to proceed with a detachment of seventeen 
men to the Indian camp. Grattan increased the 
party by volunteers until it amounted in all to 
thirty-one,—well armed, and carrying two how¬ 
itzers. There were 1,500 warriors in the lodges. 

The offender not appearing at his demand, Lieut. 
Grattan went into the camp, and there gave his men 
the order to fire, notwithstanding the old chief 
cried to his braves not to fire on the whites.* The 
next moment, he fell mortally wounded. The in¬ 
furiated Indians rushed to revenge his blood,—and, Aucr 19 
in five minutes, Grattan and all his men lay dead Massacre 
upon the field. Thus, suddenly, had occurred 

Fatal event, totally undesigned, and unlooked for, party, 
by either party. “The news spread with the ra¬ 
pidity of lightning, and struck a terror as if a thun¬ 
derbolt had fallen from a cloudless sky;” and the 
country was agitated with false and exaggerated 
accounts. The secretary of war called on Congress 
for four new regiments, and all the Indian traders 
left their posts and fled. 

15. Immediately after the massacre, the Indians 
removed from the Platte to the head-waters of the 
White and Cheyenne rivers. The whole nation of 

* My authority for this, and other of these particulars, is Major Twiss ; who, residing-, 
immediately after, as Indian agent at Fort Laramie, took pains to collect and write out the 
circumstances of this war; and he has favored me with the use of his manuscript. 


13 . What led the Bear Chief to visit Fort Laramie? and what 
was the result?— 14 . Relate the circumstances of Lieut. Grattan’s 
invasion of the Indian camp. Of the death of the Bear Chief, 
and of that of Grattan and his party. Were these events either 
designed or expected? What was done by the secretary of Avar? 







412 


GEN. HARNEY DEFEATS THE SIOUX. 


p t. iv. the Sioux were regarded by the government as par- 
P’D. v. ticipants in the outrage; and they, knowing that 
cm- 1 - the army of the United States was to move against 
them, believed, that utter extermination awaited 
^Seethe* their whole race. The kindred of the murdered 
Sec.report chief bore among the tribes the dishonor of not 
f -islf.) having shed white blood in revenge; the wail of 
mourning was still heard in the lodges, and would 
only cease when the manes of the dead were thus 
appeased. “ While we yet live,” they said, “ let us 
bravely avenge his death.” Then, Red Leaf, his 
oldest brother, with a younger brother, and others 
Nov. 2 t. 0 f their kindred went forth. The first white per- 
of the sons they met, were a party guarding the mail,— 
and they killed them all. ... In September, 1855, 
Gen. Harney having been ordered on the service, 
1855. met the Sioux with a powerful force,—fought them 
%//!' at t ^ ie Sand Hills, on the North Fork of the Platte, 
SAA r D and gained a complete victory. 

Eofthe 16. In the mean time, Major Twiss had been 
Sioux, k. appointed to the agency of the Upper Platte, at 
Am. l. Fort Laramie. Alter Gen. Harney’s victory, a part 
k - 5 - of the tribes of the Sioux appeared friendly. The 
agent informed the chiefs, that all who made their 
lodges south of the Platte should be regarded by 
him as friends. Large villages soon collected, among 
which were friends of the murderers of the mail 
party. That five of their number, including Red 
Leaf, should be given up, was the condition on 
which Gen. Harney had promised peace to the 
whole nation. Major Twiss sent some of these 
friends to Red Leaf and his party, ivith such a mes¬ 
sage, as soon brought them to the fort. He then 
wrought upon'them, until, with the self-devotion of 
the six burghers of Calais, they determined to yield 

15 . Relate the movements and the state of mind of the Sioux. 
What reproach was oast on the kindred of the murdered chief? 
What was then resolved and executed? Who was sent against 
the Sioux? and with wlmt result?— 16 . Who was agent at Fort 
Laramie? What course did lie take regarding the Sioux ? What 
terms of peace had Gen. Harney given them? How did Major 
Twiss send word to Rod Leaf and his party? 







FIVE NOBLE INDIANS. 


themselves a sacrifice to save their nation. The pt. iv. 
chief and his party wished first to go and hunt the p’d. v. 
buffalo, that their wives and children need not be CIL L 
hungry; but they promised to return in ten days, 

Major Twiss believed them; and within the time Deed of 
they came, mounted and prepared to q;o to Ft. h n e ™ is T m0 / 
.Leavenworth, and there surrender themselves to and four 
the officers of justice. They were accompanied by /TheTo- 
many of their tribe ; and before they bade them adieu, blest trait 
they rode slowly around their camp—gorgeously ‘history.) 
arrayed—and solemnly chanting their death-song. 

17. After their departure, Major Twiss wrote to 
the President of the United States, urging that they 
should not be put to death. The remainder of their 
history may be known by the following letter from 
the Indian bureau to the superintendency which 
included the Sioux. After speaking of the volun¬ 
tary surrender of the five Indians who killed the 
mail party, the letter adds, “ The President has been 
pleased to act in accordance with the recommenda¬ 
tion of Major Twiss, and has pardoned them. The 
war department will have them taken back within 
the limits of their country, where Major Twiss will 
receive them at the hands of the military, and take 
measures to place them among their friends,”—all 
of which was done—the five having been six months 
absent. They were joyfully received, and peace 
was established. “We desire,” said one of their * Feb 4 * 
aged chiefs to Major Twiss, “that our Great Father fetter 
will send us a man of God to teach us how to do w. Many- 
good, and also a teacher for our children, that they KUdian 
may learn to think and act like the white men. We bureau, 
wish to turn our minds and the minds of our chil-cmnming, 
dren from the war-path. We are anxious to do Sl| P t - 
right, but how can we know the right path from 
the wrong, when we are not taught?” 

10. What noble sacrifice did they determine to make to save 
their nation? Kelate the remaining circumstances of the para¬ 
graph.—17. How were they saved from death? What letter is 
mentioned? Give its date. What directions from the President 
did it contain? and what happened in consequence? Kecite the 
speech of the aged chief. 









414 


INVASION OF CUBA. 


CHAPTER II. 

Second Era of good feeling.—Invasion of Cuba.—Evidences of 
Progress in the World—in the Republic of America. 

ft. iv. 1. At no period of American History had the Re- 
P’D, v. public occupied so commanding a position, in regard 
CH - n - to foreign nations, as that which followed the bril- 
liant successes, the military fame, and the large ac- 
to cessions of territory gained in the Mexican War. 
1854. The compromise measures had quieted the danger- 
fJJjjJn ous strife between the North and South; and a 
position, second, though brief period of domestic “good 
domestic feeling” was enjoyed by the nation.... On the 16th 
peace. 0 f p>ec., 1850, the National Assembly of Switzer- 
1850 ^ an( ^ °P en session at Berne, ratified a treaty of 
Swiss * am ity and commerce between America and Switzer- 
Trcaty. land.... Postal arrangements having already been 
made, by which facilities were given for foreign cor- 
1851. respondence, Congress passed a law diminishing the 
^Three- postage of ordinary letters, to all parts of the Union 
cera except the Pacific Coast, to three cents; and to that 
postage. re gi on ^ £ 0 t, we ive and a half cents each. 

2. Notwithstanding a proclamation of President 
Fillmore, forbidding a violation of the neutrality 
laws, a military force of 600 men under Lopez, a 
May is. Cuban, sailed from New Orleans—pretended emi- 
cardenas g rail ts — in vessels clearing for Chagres. They land¬ 
ed at Cardenas, on the island of Cuba. After a 
bloody skirmish, and the burning of a few houses, 
the party re-embarked, the officers intending to et- 
t May 22 . feet another landing ; but their men compelled them 
KeyWest to go to Key West,+ the nearest port on the Ameri- 
wi'th 400 C an coast. But Lopez, aided by influential citizens 
m * of the South, again sailed, with 500 men, from New 

Chapter II. —1. At what time did the American Republic at¬ 
tain its most commanding position among foreign nations? and 
what was the state of things within the nation? What was done 
on the 16th of Dee., 1850? What on the Sd of March, 1851? — 2. 
Relate the first expedition against Cuba. 




CLAY, WEBSTER, AN1) CALHOUN. 


415 


P'T. IV. 

P’D. Y. 
cn. ii. 


1851. 

Aug. 3. 
Lopez 
sails. 


Orleans. In nine days he debarked at Playtas, on 
the northwestern coast of Cuba. Taking 300 of his 
men, he marched 10 miles inland to Las Pozas, leav¬ 
ing 100 with the chivalric Col. Crittenden. As he 
was conveying to Lopez, stores and ammunition from 
the ship, he was met by 500 Cubans, not to be hailed 
as a liberator, but to be fought as a piratical invader. Au 12 
Crittenden made a gallant defence, but he was over- Debarks, 
powered, taken prisoner, and shot. Lopez, defeated, 
tied to the mountains, where his party were pursued, oriftei?- 
hunted by dogs, taken, and put to death. Lopez <\ en shot, 
suffered as a malefactor by the garotte. 2 garotted. Z 

3. The Hungarian patriot, Kossuth, having been 
brought from Turkey in a national vessel, was re¬ 
ceived in New York with an enthusiasm unknown Kossuth 
since the reception of La Fayette. He pathetically arrives ia 
plead the cause of his “ down-trodden Hungary,” and N ‘ Y * 
collected for her use “ material aid,” in the several 
cities of the United States.... During the adminis¬ 
tration oi Mr. Fillmore, Mr. Clay,—his vital energies 
exhausted by his last great services to his country,— June 29 . 
declined, and peacefully expired at Washington, ^vvih- 
He was mourned, by the whole nation, with a filial ington, 
sorrow... At the approach of the presidential election, aged 72 * 
the convention of the Whig party gave the nomina- 0 ct. 21 . 
tion to Gen. Scott, believing that his great military Webster 
services would insure him the election. Mr. Web- Mm-siifki. 
ster soon after fell into a decline, and died. John 

C. Calhoun, the compeer of Clay and Webster, had Ma 1 r ^J ) 81> 
preceded them to an honored grave by only two John b. 
years. Edward Everett, of Boston, was appointed 
by Mr. Fillmore, to succeed Mr. Webster in the de- Washmg- 
partm ent 01 state. aged 70 . 

4. The Democratic party nominated for president 


2. Give an account of the proceedings of Lopez in the second 
invasion of Cuba. Of Col. Crittenden. What was the fate of 
Lopez and his men? —3. What is here said of Kossuth? Of Mr. 
Clay ? Who was at this time nominated for President by the 
Whig party? Give the time and place of the death of the three 
great American statesmen, Clay, Webster, and Calhoun. What 
was the age of each? (See the side-notes.) Who succeeded Mr. 
Webster as secretary of state ? 







416 


EVIDENCES OF PROGRESS. 


ft. iv. Gen. Franklin Pierce, of New Hampshire, beloved 
P’D. v. as a citizen, and known to the public as a member 
oh. n. G f Congress, and an officer in the Mexican War. 

Gen. Pierce and Wm. R. King of Alabama, were 
Mnrcii 4 chosen President and Vice-President. Gen. Pierce 
pi^nt was inaugurated, March 4th, 1853; but Mr. King 
pierce! 1 was then in the West Indies, vainly seeking relief 
from a fatal malady. Gen. Atchison, of Missouri, 
being chosen president of the Senate, became, ex- 
officio, Vice-President of the United States. Gen. 
Pierce’s chief secretary was the able statesman, 
William L. Marcy. 

5. An important event in the world’s progress, was 
1M1. the “Exhibition of the Works of Industry of all 
World’s Nations,” opened at London, by Queen Victoria, 
(t Made of an( ^ held in the immense “ Crystal Palaceitself a 
glass and wonder of art. A similar exhibition was inaugurated 
iron.) ky p res ident Pierce in New York, where a Crystal 
1 g Palace! was erected,—much less extensive, but equal- 
X July * ly beautiful.... This period is distinguished for prog- 
A paiac<T ress m popular education. States made liberal pro¬ 
vision ; normal schools were established, and teachers, 
associating for mutual improvement, met cordially, 
1855. in county, state, and national associations. In July, 
world's 1854 , a “World’s Educational Convention” met in 
Ed.Con. at London, under the auspices of a society, at the head 
London. wag p r i nce Albert.*. .. For the gallant de¬ 

fence of the rights of Martin Koszta, a native of 
Hungary, but an adopted citizen of the United 
States, then in Smyrna, Capt. Ingraham was much 
applauded, and Congress, in token of their appro¬ 
bation, voted him a sword. 

* The Society met in St. Martin’s Hall, where were exhibited Maps, Charts, 
School-books, models of School-houses, with their needful furniture, &c. The 
writer was present. Lectures were daily given, and there were frequent reunions, 
where speakers from different nations were called upon to describe the methods of 
their own country. Ours had an able representative in Henry Barnard, now Chan¬ 
cellor of the University of Wisconsin. 


4 . Who was at this time the nominee of the Democratic party? 
What persons were chosen president and vice-president ? What 
is said of the inauguration? Of the acting vice-president?—5. 
Give an account of the first World’s Fair. When and where was 
the second? What was done in this decade to show favor to the 
cause of education ? What is said of Martin Koszta ? 







M ■ ; | 
















































































AMERICA RESPECTED ABROAD. 


417 



Commodore Perry going to deliver the President’s Letter* 


CHAPTER III. 

Brilliant diplomacy.—Commodore Perry and the Japan Expedi¬ 
tion.—China. 

1. The Japan Expedition should be made a promi¬ 
nent feature in American history. It opened to the 
brotherhood of nations an empire of thirty millions 

of inhabitants; it gave to America a consideration, the Japan 
not only in that empire, but in China,—as late events E *P; di * 
have proved; and it has shown, to every part of our 
confederacy, the advantage of belonging to a great 
and powerful nation. “We have seen,” said the 
Japanese Commissioner to Commodore Perry, “ the 
map of your country.”} 

2. After the Pacific coast was added to the Ameri¬ 
can Republic, the important object of obtaining for 

* Engraving copied from Dr. Ilanke’s account of Perry’s Japanese Ex 
pedition. 

t The Map of this noble country is assumed as the background of the 
American Temple of Time. Its name is America; its inhabitants are 
Americans. If it were divided as Poland is, there would no more be an 
America for Americans, than there is a Poland for the Poles. 


Chaptek III.—1. Why should the Japan Expedition be made 
prominent in American history ? 

18 * 














418 


FIRMNESS WITH COURTKSY. 


ft. iv. it the trade of the opposite shores of the ocean, led to 
p- D v. using the power and resources of the nation in fitting 
ch. m. out ^6 Japan Expedition. Com. Perry, younger 
Matthew "brother of the victor of Lake Erie, had given much 
Perry, study to the history and character of the Japanese ; 
and, like Columbus, he Avas inspired with a passion 
The Pres-to make a great attempt. The president, Mr. Fill- 
ident and more,—his first secretary, Mr. Webster, and his sec- 
favorCom. ond, Mr. Everett, all gave the scheme their earnest 
Perry. SU pport; and a noble armament Avas prepared, con- 
185 0 °i* four Avar-steamers, one seventy-four gun 

May 24* ship, four sloops of Avar, and three armed store-ships, 
lie sails. Commodore Perry sailed from Norfolk, May 24, 
1852, and made the southern ports of China on his 
April 7 .* way; thus gaining important information, and in- 
At Hong- spiring the Chinese Avith a high idea of the poAver 
ong ' and dignity of his nation. 

3. Com. Perry Avas going among a proud, cere¬ 
monious, and exclusive people; and he Avon their 
confidence by beating them at their oavii game. The 
squadron, on reaching Japan, Avhere its arrival Avas 
j u iy s. not unexpected, proceeded up the Bay of Yeddo / 
Com. Per- and, in gallant trim, cast anchor in the harbor of 

ry arrives TT - 1 ~ TT p , ... 

at the Bay Uraga . Hundreds of guard-boats came around the 
ot i eddo - squadron, as had been customary with other foreign 
vessels, the people expecting to come on board to 
gratify their curiosity, and receive refreshments. 
But the Americans were not to be thus unceremoni¬ 
ously treated; and their approaches were repelled 
by swords and cutlasses—flashing in their faces, but 
not Avounding them. Next came a boat alongside 
the flag-ship in Avhicli Avas an officer. But he Avas 
only the vice-governor of Uraga; and the high 


2. What led to using the power arid resources of the govern¬ 
ment in fitting it out ? What is here said of the person who com¬ 
manded the Expedition ? Who gave the plan their earnest sup¬ 
port? Give an account of the armament prepared. (Compare this 
armament with that of Columbus when he sailed to discover 
America. How long before?) What port did Com. P. sail from ? 
When? What ports did he touch at on his way?—3. What kind 
of people was Com. P. going among? How did he win their 
confidence ? 




AN IMPORTANT NEGOTIATION. 


419 


commander of the American squadron, who came ft. iv. 
to bring a letter from the President of the Great p’D. y. 
Republic of America to the Emperor of Japan, would CH - m - 
not confer with any one below his own rank. The 
governor himself soon came; and he was courteously thf^ 
received on board the flag-ship, and sumptuously facts, and 
entertained. ‘ p ,ece!n* g 

4. But Commodore Perry could only deliver his 
letter to the emperor in person, or to one of his high- Hawkes’ 
est officers of state. Couriers passed and repassed Jai>anEx -) 
to the Emperor’s court at Yeddo, and the Prince of 

Idzu was appointed, who wished to come for the let¬ 
ter on board the flag-ship; but that would not be 
duly respectful to the President of the United States. 

It could only be delivered on land, and near the capi¬ 
tal. Then a temporary building was erected at 
Uraga; and on the appointed day, the ships which 
moved with steam (a novel sight to the Japanese), 
approached and anchored near. Then appeared Julyl7 
Commodore Perry with great pomp, attended by Com. r. 
five hundred officers and men, the two boxes of rose- 'Xiivers 1 
wood and gold, containing the president’s letter, and th f ]e ^ si * 
the treaty-making credentials of the commodore,— letter 
carried by negroes richly dressed, all passing through 
the floating draperies arranged on each side,—while 
thousands of eager eyes were gazing with admira¬ 
tion. The Prince of Idzu received the letters to be 
taken to the Emperor. All was done in form and 
in silence. 

5. The commodore and his officers were then feast¬ 
ed by the governor of Uraga. In the letters which 

the emperor received, he was addressed by Mr. Fill- ^q 18 
more as his “ Great and good Friend.” His conn- Presi- 
try, he told him, extended from ocean to ocean, and \etter. 
a portion of it, rich in gold, lay on the shores of the 
Pacific, opposite to Japan. In eighteen days a steam- 


3. Relate the circumstances by which Com. Perry impressed 
the Japanese with a high idea of himself and his nation. What 
letter had he brought?—1. Describe the circumstances attending 
the delivery of the President’s, letter.—5. Relate the contents of 
the President’s letter. 











A GREAT SUCCESS. 


420 

p’T. iv. er might pass from one country to the other; and it 
P’D. v. was his wish to open with him such commerce as 
oh. hi. W 0 ll l c ] be mutually beneficial. 

6 . Commodore Perry left Japan, to return in the 
spring and receive the answer to the president’s let¬ 
ter. The emperor’s letter, in answer to that of the 
president, was expressed in terms of high courtesy. 
March 3 i. The commodore prevailed still further, and at length 
Japanese obtained a treaty, by which the Americans received 
Treaty privileges not then granted to any other nation. 
S ]fanag- Besides Nagasaki , — Simoda and Hakodade were 
awa - opened to the Americans,—and Napha in Lew 
Chew. After the treaty was settled, the presents 
sent by the president were forwarded to the emper- 
1850 or ’ an ^ °^ iers returned to be carried to him. Mu- 
(Sept. 15! tual entertainments were given ; and the Japanese 
Mr. Ward, were especially delighted with the exhibition of a 

our min- •• -1 -* -1 i m 

isterin miniature railroad and telegraph. Mr. Iownsend 
sent a Harris, left as consul at Simoda, did much towards 
frigate to cultivating, in the minds of the Japanese, the good 
their com- will and respect Established by Commodore Perry.* 
cmnlrTo H e ^ ias lately been appointed resident-minister, and 
C the ufs.) has gained advantages for his country by a new 
treaty. 

1815. 7 . Since the treaty made with China by Mr. Cush- 

Chinese American ministers have been maintained in 
Treaty that country. Mr. Reed, who succeeded Mr. Cush- 
maf ^ vith ing as minister to China, was there when Canton 
Cushing, was taken by the English and French ; but he wisely 
1858. kept his diplomacy distinct from theirs, still main- 
Chinese friendly relations with all parties. Mr. Ward, 

Treaty. successor, has had similar trials. In company 
Dec. is, with the French and English ministers, he yet pur- 

^leaves'^ * He °P^ ne< i a school where he taught nine young men of the nobility, 
the U S. w ^° ? a i De< l his love by their affectionate and cheerful respect to him, and 
May 28' ^eir extreme politeness to each other—all rising to bow low, when, as 
1859 ' rarel y happened, any one entered after the exercises had begun, 
arrives.------- 

6 . When did Com. P. go to Japan for an answer? What did 
he succeed in obtaining? Kelate all that is said of the treaty. 
What best pleased the Japanese? What is said of Mr. Harris? 
—7. Who succeeded Mr. Cushing as our minister to China? 
What course did he pursue ? Who was Mr. Reed’s successor ? 







MAN NOT AN OBJECT OF WORSHIP. 


421 


sued a separate course. They, attempting to force ft. it. 
their way up the Peiho, were arrested by the Chinese fd. v. 
forts, and after a bloody battle! were defeated and CH - IV - 
turned back. Mr. Ward, with his suite, was sent 
overland to Pekin. There he met three of the im-+ j une 95 . 
perial commissioners, and the wish was mutual that ^ c r £ ho 
he should see the emperor, but according to custom, lose 634 
the emperor must receive the divine honors of the Ko¬ 
tow from all who approached his person,—regarded Mr vhu-'d 
by the Chinese as sacred. To perform the Ko-tow . ar p' k e . s 
was to kneel three times, and nine times to knock the c 
head against the floor. Mr. Ward could not pay 
divine honors to any man. The commissioners said, 
since he represented “ a great and equal nation,” he 
might be excused with one kneeling and three knock- 
ings. But Mr. Ward could not conscientiously sat¬ 
isfy the Chinese custom ; so lie neither saw the em¬ 
peror, nor could lie obtain in Pekin the ratification 
of the treaty which he had brought from America; 
but it was done at Peitsang. 


CHAPTER IY. 

Kan sas-Nebraska Bill.—First settlement of Kansas.—Invasion of 
the Polls.—Retaliatory Measures.—Provisional Government.— 

Topeka Constitution. 

1. Unhappily, the repose of the Union was broken g 
in the winter and spring of 1854, by the heated dis- May 30 . 
cussion and final passage of the Kansas- NebnuftafcK? 
bill. The incorporating of these extensive tracts v sas-Ne- 
into territories, was made the occasion ot abrogatmg + This]ino 
the Missouri line of compromise, + X. L. 364, as the was estab- 
northern limit of slavery. This line passing south isIo^kI- 

--—-—--——--affirmed 

7. What was his conduct in regard to the French and English? in 1850. 
Wliat happened to them? Where did the Chinese send Mr. 

Ward? Who met him in Pekin, and what was wished on both 
sides? Why could not Mr. Ward see the Emperor? What was 
the consequence ? Where was the treaty ratified ? 

Chafteu IV.—1. How and when was the repose of the Union 
broken? What was the incorporating of Kansas and Nebraska 
made the occasion of ? What was the line of compromise ? 










SETTLEMENT OF KANSAS. 


422 


ft. iy. of Kansas, that territory had been regarded by the 
P'D. v. North as devoted to freedom; but by this act, the 
cu> IV - South claimed it as having been granted to them for 
slavery. To this the whole North was opposed; 
’ and Congress was flooded with petitions against it, 
May 30 . not only from all classes of individuals, including the 
“Squatter- y^ew England clergy, but also from several ot the 
eignty”es- State legislatures. Senator Atchison, of Missouri, 
t by 1 the d was regarded as the author of this part of the bill. 
Kansas- But without another portion, of which Senator 
N ebiasica G f Illinois, was the author, it could not 

have passed. Under the idea of preventing any fu¬ 
ture dangerous excitement in Congress concerning 
slavery, the Kansas-Nebraska bill took from that 
body powers formerly exercised over the territories, 
and left it to the people themselves, “to regulate 
their own affairs, in their own way,” especially in 
regard to slavery. 

2. The North and South were now contestants,— 
Ma pr »nd one determined that Kansas should not have 
June, slavery, the other that it should. On each side, 
madenew combinations were early formed The most efficient 
Indian of those on the part of the Free States, was the New 
treaties. England Emigrant Aid Society, of which the secre¬ 
tary, Thomas H. Webb of Boston, was the active 
agent; and two societies in New York, of which 
Theodore Dwight, Esq., the president of both, was 
the acting manager.* On the pro-slavery side, the 
principal were the “ Blue Lodges,” which were most¬ 
ly conducted by Missourians of the border counties. 

(Their * According to testimony taken before the Investigating Committee, the 
travelling Emigrant Aid Society sent out, first and last, 1,300 settlers. According to 
fare was a letter from Mr. Dwight to the author, the two New York Societies sent 
dimin- out 3,000. Neither ofthese Societies furnished money or arms to the emi- 
ished grants; though individuals afterwards sent both. 

about six ___ 

dollars.) 

1. How, in view of the new law, did this line of compromise 
affect Kansas ? How did the Southern view of the case affect the 
North? Who were regarded as the authors of the Kansas-Ne- 
braska bill? Under what idea were the powers formerly exercised 
by Congress, taken away ?—2. On what point were the North and 
South contestants ? What were the principal combinations formed 
on the North or anti-slavery side of the question? What on the 
South or pro-slavery side ? 





THE “ INVASION.'’ 


423 


They collected much money, and held in their em- pt. iv. 
ploy numerous bodies of men. P’dTvT 

3. In the summer and fall of 1854, three companies CIL 1V - 
of emigrants, headed by Branscomb, Robinson, and 
Pomeroy, were sent to Kansas by the Emigrant Aid j u iy 17 * 
Society, and founded Lawrence. Other companies *''” 1 i )ar * 
came the tollowing spring.... Andrew H. Reeder, B’n. (iso 
of Pennsylvania, appointed as governor by President 
Pierce, arrived in the territory on the 9 th of Octo- 400 the 
ber.* According to his prescribed duty, he iirst took spring.) 
the census; finding in the territory 8,501 inhabitants, 

of whom, 2,905 were voters; and he then ordered 
an election, to take place on the 30th of March, of 1855. 
members to form a territorial legislature. On that M » r xi, e 80 ‘ 
day, armed bands were sent into Kansas from the invasion.’* 
border counties of Missouri,—who took forcible pos-wereVioo 
session of the polls, and themselves voted for pro- l lle?al . 
slavery candidates, some of whom were residents of 
Missouri: and they kept from voting, free-state resi¬ 
dents; and thus, they, and not the settlers of Ivan- T) ^ 
sas, elected a legislature. Gov. Reeder instead of Wft s one. 
declaring the whole election illegal, gave the sanction 
of his office, by certificates of lawful election, to a ed »t 
majority of those elected. lie caused new elections tan" 'but 
in six precincts; but 011 assembling, the majority 
voted out this newly-elected minority, and gave the out of the 
seats to the members first chosep.f legisl’ture. 

4. This legislature met by direction of Governor Jnl 2 
Reeder at Pawnee. They chose Dr. B. F. String-$ Logisia- 
fellow their speaker, and then adjourned, by a tI } 1 l [ e P a”v- et 
two-thirds vote over the governor’s veto, to Shawnee nee - 

* Nov. 29th. Reeder, before taking the census, ordered an election of del¬ 
egate to Congress. Whitfield was chosen, mostly by illegal votes, the Mis- ‘ 
sonrians, on this day, making their first invasion, though not in so great 
numbers as on the 30th of March. 


lpanies were sent out, and when, by the Emigrant 
A hat place did they found? When did other com- 


3 . What conn 

Aid Society? W , 

panies arrive? How many each year? {See note.) Whom did 
President Pierce appoint governor, and when did he arrive ? What 
did he first do? How many inhabitants, and of them how many 
voters were there? What election did the governor order, and 
when? Describe vvliat took place on the day. What was done 
by Gov. Reecler, and with what result?— 4 . When and where did 
the legislature first meet ? What did they do ? 









424 


A WRONG LEGISLATURE AND LAWS. 


ft. iv. Mission. Reeder then repudiated their proceedings, 
P’n. v. and withdrew from them. They, however, proceeded 
0H - 1V - to enact a code of laws for Kansas,—mostly copying 
1855 those of Missouri, hut adding others, arbitrary and 
j®y & unconstitutional. In establishing slavery, they made 
to < shaw- criminal any opposition,—either by deeds or by 
nee words,—spoken, written, or printed, under penalties 
Mission. s tate-prison, or, in extreme cases, of death. No 
(The term man could be a juror, or vote, or hold any office, 
bogus was unless he first took an oath upholding slavery. Ev- 
thfsLegis- ery officer was, either directly or indirectly, appoint- 
lat tiiese nd ed by themselves; and there was to be no further 
laws.) election of a legislature until October, 1857, — the 
members to meet March 4th, 1858. 

5. In the mean time, immigration was going on, 
as in similar cases of settling new territories; usu¬ 
ally from the nearer States, and by free laborers. 
All the bona-fide settlers, including those who came 
as friends to slavery, as well as the opposite party, 
were indignant at “the invasion” of the 30th of 
Aug. 15 . March; and greatly excited by the subsequent pro- 
Meeting ceediugs of the usurping legislature. Their first 
°state e * measure, inaugurating a series of measures,—which 
settlers at were revolutionary as regarded the territorial legis- 
(Removal lature,—was to hold a meeting m Lawrence, and 
°{ 01 ^®i|y r adopt a memorial to Congress. This set forth, that 
announc’d notwithstanding they were entitled, both by gen- 
sameday.) era l right, and by special law, to self-government, 
and in this confidence had left their homes,—yet this 
right was now wrested from them:—and they called 
^Reeder' ** or re ^ e ^— 011 Congress, and on all their fellow-citi- 
was elect- zens of every State. They resolved to nominate 
e fiei<u^as’ Reeder, now removed from office, for their delegate 
elected by in Congress;t and finally, they made formal arrange 
slavery" ments for a meeting of delegates from all the actual 
party-) settlers to assemble at Big Springs. 

4. What course did Reeder pursue ? Give an account of the 
laws which they enacted.—5. How was immigration going on ? 
Who were indignant at “ the invasion?” and what else excited 
them ? What was their first measure ? Whom did they nominate, 
and for what ? For what future meeting did they make arrange¬ 
ments ? 






THE TOPEKA CONSTITUTION. 


425 


6. A large meeting, at Big Springs,+ denounced pt. iv. 
the legislature, and declared they would never sub- p’d. v. 
mit to its enactments, but “all other means failing, CH - 1V - 
resist them to a bloody issue.” They decided that 

all the bona-fide settlers should be invited to choose +septM 5 . 
delegates to a convention at Topeka. There they iVl " 
organized a provisional government,t and placed Spnngs ' 
James II. Lane as first on its executive commit- % sept. t9 
tee ; and they resolved that a convention should be F JJ|J ^ 
called to form a State constitution. The committee peka Con- 
accordingly issued their mandate, and members were vent,on - 
elected. The convention met at Topeka ,§ and g 0ct 23 
formed a constitution , which was, on the 15th of Second 
December, approved by the people ; and was placed ^ormaT 1 
in the hands of Reeder to carry to the House of Constitu- 
Representatives, with their petition to be admitted 
as a State. 

7. These proceedings enraged the pro-slavery 
party. They met at Leavenworth! and denounced j Nov. 14 
them as revolutionary,—took the style of the “ law slavery 
and order” party,—made arrangements for stopping meeting 
and turning back eastern emigrants on the Missis- enworth" 
sippi river, organized a committee in Leavenworth 

to see that none opposed to slavery either remained 
there, or passed into the territory to settle. Ar¬ 
rangements were here made to bring a force against 
Lawrence; which they rightly considered as the 
head-quarters of the opposers of slavery. 

8. To serve as an excuse for this predetermined 
foray, Sheriff Jones, of Douglas county, wrote to Nov. 27 . 
Gov. Shannon, the successor of Reeder, that Law- makes a 
rence was in rebellion; and he called on him to 

send all “ law-abiding citizens” to his aid in execut- Gov. 
ing a legal process in which, he said, he had been Shalinoa 
forcibly resisted. Shannon sent out his mandate, 

G. Give an account of the meeting at Big Springs. Of the first 
Topeka Convention. IIow was the second, or constitutional To¬ 
peka Convention called? When clid it meet, and what do ?— 7 . 

W hat effect had these proceedings on the Pro-Slavery party, and 
what did they do ? For what did they make arrangements ?—8. 

Describe the introduction of the foray against Lawrence, called 
the Wakcrusa War. 









WAKKRUSA WAR. 


4:26 

PT. IV. 
P’D. Y. 

OH. IV. 

1855. 


Dec. 6. 
Barber 
shot by G 
W. Clark. 


Shannon 

at 

Lawrence. 


Dec. S. 
Thirty- 
fourth 
Congress 
begins. 
Great con¬ 
test for 
Speaker. 


and nearly 2,000 men appeared, having armed them¬ 
selves by forcibly breaking open the United States 
Arsenal at Liberty. By their leaders they were 
encamped on the Wakerusa river , six miles from 
Lawrence. But Robinson and the other principal 
men there, were careful that no pretence to attack 
should be given to the invaders. It was probably 
in the hope to obtain this, that, in seeming wanton¬ 
ness, the blood of the unoffending Barber was shed, 
two miles from the city. 

9. Shannon, now resolved to visit Lawrence. As 
he entered the hotel, he shuddered at beholding the 
corpse of Barber, and hearing the shrieks of his 
widow.—An agreement was signed, in which the 
leaders promised that they would be submissive to 
the laws; though they would not bind themselves 
with respect to those made by the territorial legis¬ 
lature. Shannon then wrote to the camp, that he 
was satisfied that Sheriff Douglas could, without re¬ 
sistance, execute any process in Lawrence; and he 
therefore ordered the army to disband,—which was 
done. He commissioned Robinson and Lane to 
organize their own military force for defence. Law¬ 
rence was fortified. 

10. These operations against the emigrants were 
reported in the Free States—with exaggerations; 
and the north indignantly aroused. A" new party 
was now formed in the Northern States, into which 
others were merged, called the Republican, whose 
watchword was Kansas; and congressional elections 
were controlled by it. When Congress met, the in¬ 
tense feeling of the different parties manifested itself 
in the House of Representatives, by a more heated 
contest for Speaker than had ever before occurred. 
The South nominated Mr. Aikin of South Carolina,* 

* Mr. Aikin lmd been governor of South Carolina. The respect in which 
he was held in every part of the Union, was increased by his behavior dur¬ 
ing that memorable canvass. When at length Mr. Banks was elected, Mr. 
Aikin conducted him to his seat. 


9. What happened on the visit of Gov. Shannon to Lawrence? 
— 10. Where and how were these proceedings reported? Wliat 
new party was formed ? 







TOPEKA. AT WASHINGTON. 


427 


the North, Mr. Banks of Massachusetts. There pt. iv. 
was a tie between them, and not a member would ^FoTvT 
change, until after nine long weeks of voting, when cn - IV - 
by the absence of one southern man, Mr. Banks ob¬ 
tained the chair. Then came Reeder from Kansas 
with the Topeka constitution. High words and Mr. Banks 
tierce debate ensued. At length a majority of the speaker. 
House voted to accept it, and receive Kansas as a 
State; but the Senate rejected it. 

11. In the mean time, the Kansans chose a 
legislature under the Topeka constitution, making pJoe st-lto 
Charles Robinson, governor. The members met Legisia- 
in March, took the oath of office, chose a committee atTopS 
to prepare a code of laws,—and then adjourned to 

meet on the 4th of July. The Missouri party, hav¬ 
ing missed their object by the measures of Gov. 
Shannon, again planned to break up the settlement ft j f . , ( r ? 1 ? n 5 - 
at Lawrence; and they wished to effect it before son's mes- 
11 le arrival of the large Spring emigration, which Si ‘ sc ) 
they were aware the Free States were preparing to 
send. They had made frequent appeals to the 
South not to leave them with all the trouble and ex¬ 
pense of maintaining the common cause; but to 
send them men and money,—and these calls had 
been responded to. Col. Buford had arrived with loop's 
a regiment from Alabama, Major Titus with men fr«»m the 
from Georgia, and Captain Wilkes, from South South ‘ 
Carolina. 

12. Samuel D. Lecompte was chief justice, and 

J. B. Donaldson, marshal of the United States District 
court in Kansas. They were of the pro-slavery 
party, and ready to do whatever might facilitate its Lecomp- 
designs against Lawrence. A grand jury was formed lon ' 
at Lecompton , by which Robinson and others, who 


10. How was Congress affected? and what happened in regard 
to the choice of Speaker? What in regard to the Topeka consti¬ 
tution?—11. What in the mean time was done in Kansas by the 
Anti-Slavery party? What by the Missouri party? What was 
the result of their appeals to the South ?— 12. Where in Kansas 
was the U. S. District Court located? What officers are men¬ 
tioned ? What action was taken by this court ? 










428 


THE INVESTIGATING COMMITTEE. 


P’T. iv. had accepted office under the Topeka constitution 
P’D. v. were indicted for treason; and a further indictment 
CH - v - was found, by which the presses of the two free- 
state papers in Lawrence, and the best building 
there,—indeed, the best in the territory—the hotel 
of the Emigrant Aid Society, were pronounced to 
be nuisances, and thus condemned to destruction. 


CHAPTER Y. 


Civil war in Kansas.—Sacking of Lawrence. 

1856. 1. Tiie House of Representatives chose from their 

March 19. nU mber Messrs. Howard of Michigan, Siierman of 
tee ap- Ohio, and Oliver ot Missouri, as a committee ol 
pointed; i nves tigation to proceed to Kansas, with powers to 
aiTivVin examine persons and papers. Reeder and Whit- 
Kansas. field, delegates elected from tlie two opposite par- 
t Tins is ^ es * n K- ansaf S were sent back to aid them in their 
published arduous duties. By perseverance, they succeeded, 
m-ess in*a although bitterly opposed by the pro-slavery party, 
volume of in getting together a body of evidence by which 
pageslandthe preceding history of Kansas is fixed.! Reeder 
includes a NVas wrongfully subpoenaed from their court by 
J" wo” as order of Judge Lecompte. Refusing to obey the 
a report!) 7 summons, he was made to know that his life was in 
danger; and he escaped, and fled down the Missouri 
river in disguise. Robinson, attempting to go to 
the East to hasten on the expected emigration, was 
made prisoner at Lexington, in Missouri. 

2. On the 21st of May, occurred the “sacking of 
saS-Tn^of Lawrence” by about 700 men acting under the orders 
Lawrence, of Atchison and the southern officers. The hotel 


May 8. 
Robinson 
taken. 


Chapter V.—1. Who were chosen by the House of Represent¬ 
atives—when—and for what purpose? What hindrances and an- 
anoyances had they? What did they accomplish? What is said 
of Reeder? Of Robinson?—2. What occurred on the 21st of 
May ? By whom? What was done at the sacking of Lawrence? 







“ BLEEDING KANSAS.” 429 

of the Emigrant Aid Society, and the two printing ft. iy. 
presses were destroyed; and stores and private pm. v. 
houses were rifled. The hotel, a very high building, C,L v - 
and also Gov. Robinson’s house standing on an emi- 
nence,+ were burned just at evening. The flames (+ Called 
shone far over the country, and seemed to madden 0 ^ d 
the people. They could no longer be restrained, and (May 26 
they rose up, and without authority formed them- Throe' 
selves into guerilla parties— John Brown, a native 
of Connecticut, being the principal leader. At an<l his 
Pottawatomie Creek, they took five pro-slavery men twoothen 
at night, and after a mock trial shot them. murdered.) 

3. The troops from the South were placed in dif¬ 
ferent parts of Kansas, in four fortified camps,—to 
get their living, by depredating on the anti-slavery 
people, who, they had been taught to believe, had 
no right to be there, since Congress had given 
Kansas to be a Slave State. The guerilla parties 
under John Brown and others, were abroad to 
meet them; and they held that it was right to 
take the property of all who favored their enemy. 

Thus was it that civil war was produced in Kansas ; How civil 
and indescribable were the sufferings of the peace- produced, 
fill settlers—especially the women. Their husbands 
being in the war, they were left alone, or with their 
helpless infants, in their solitary homes; while, on 
either side, murderers, thieves, and house-burners 
were abroad. 

4. It was the object of the guerilla parties to 
break up the fortified camps of the invaders. The 
Missourians, who had called the Southerners from 
their homes, felt bound to protect them ; and Capt. 

Pate, Gen. Reid, and others, came with armed 
bands and took part in the contest. Numerous 


2. Wlmt effect had the burning upon the people? Who was 
the leader of the guerilla bands? What was their first exploit ? 
—3. How were the southern troops disposed of? And how were 
thev to get their living? What enemy was in the field to meet 
them? What was produced? What was the effect of civil war? 
—4 What was the object of the guerilla parties? Why did the 
Missourians feel bound to protect the Southerners? Wlmt was 
done by them ? 










430 


EMBARRASSMENT OF THE EMIGRANTS. 


ft. iy. skirmishes occurred. The one best deserving the 
P’d. y. name of a battle was at Ossawatomie, and John 
ch. v. Brown, whose home was near, and who had had one 
son tortured to insanity, and another just killed, 
ossa-* was the hero of the battle. With 40 mounted men 
wato. he attacked 300 under Pate and Reid—killed 31, 

j. Brown, wounded 32, and escaped with the loss of only two 

k. ol,\v..i‘2, .iijj 
lost 2. mcn * 

5. During this period, emigrants, coming up the 
beirin to Missouri river to Arkansas, were forcibly turned 
iowVami back; their property, especially their arms, taken 
Neb’ska.) from them, and their families distressed. In Leav- 
(t May 25. en worth a “vigilance committee” turned out of the 
Phillips city all who assumed independence of opinion on the 
was shot slavery question .t 

worth, V< by 6. Men, money, and “ Sharp’s rifles,” were now 
Captain sent, by northern people, to Kansas,! through Iowa 
Bloody” and Nebraska. . . President Pierce ordered the mil- 
Monday.) itary, under the command of Col. Sumner at Fort 
(+ Arms Leavenworth, to interpose: and he marched onto 

wfji'6 nev- ' t 4 

er sent by the battle-grounds, and partially put a stop to the 
^r^he” war * • • When, on the 4th of July the free-state 
n.y. legislature met at Topeka, he, with a company of 
societies.) -jj n ited States dragoons, forcibly dispersed them. . . 
Lmie at kiawrence sent a military force of 300 mounted men 
Lecotnp- to Lecoiupton, under Lane—who liberated Robinson 
t< on bau° S and his fellow-prisoners confined there. 

^' ^ ov - Shannon had resigned, and the worthy 
other pris- Gov. Geary was appointed to succeed him. Trav- 
oners. e ]}j n g with his secretary, Dr. Giiion, up the Missouri, 
(§ See he met Shannon, who was ffeeiim for his life. Says 

* k (j^ftry . I % % v 

arid Kan- Dr. Gihon,§ “his description of the country was 
John n' frightful and horrible.” “A civil war,” he said, 

Gihon, __ 

secretary 

of Gov. 1. What personal provocation had John Brown? Relate the 
Geary.) battle of Ossawatomie.—5. Relate some of the acts of violence by 
which the free-state emigrants suffered ?—G. How were the Free 
States affected by these proceedings? What new way had the 
emigrants found? What action was taken by the President? 
What in consequence was done by the U. S. troops? What other 
military force is mentioned? What was done bv it?—7. What 
is said of the two governors ? W hat account of Kansas was given 
by Shannon ? 




LIGHT IN A DARK PLACE. 


481 


“ was raging in Kansas; murder ran rampant; and 
the roads were everywhere strown with the bodies 
of slaughtered men.” The new governor passing 
onwards to Lecompton, saw the ravages of war, in 
the blackened ruins of burned houses, and in fields 
laid Avaste; and he chanced to witness the dying 
struggles of poor Buffum,t exclaiming, “ Oh, it was 
a foul murder!” and he resolved that he would 
bring the murderer to justice. 

8. Geary was sent to settle differences and make 
peace. The influence of public opinion on the ap¬ 
proaching presidential election demanded it. The 
United States’ forces—now about to be transferred 
to the command of Gen. Persifer F. Smith, were to 
be used at his discretion. Arrived at Lecompton, 
he issued his proclamation, commanding all military 
organizations of the territory to disband. Lane 
immediately disbanded his forces, and went east to 
hurry on the approaching emigrants. Meantime 
2,700 men, mostly from Missouri, had collected, 
with five pieces of artillery, and encamped within 
four miles of Lawrence. The inhabitants fearing 
instant destruction, appealed to the governor. He 
came to their relief with 300 United States dra¬ 
goons ; and found men, w T ith women and some chil¬ 
dren, armed, and preparing to resist. Gov. Geary, 
after taking them under his protection, proceeded 
to the camp; and conferring with Atchison and the 
other leaders, persuaded them to disband their 
troops. They returned to their homes, and, aware 
of the vastly superior numbers of the ir opponents, 
they, from this time, abandoned the contest; leav¬ 
ing it to new leaders, less violent, but less honest. 


PT. IV. 

r’D. v. 
ch. y. 


1856. 

July 10. 
(t Shot 
because he 
objected 
to giving 
up bis 
horse to a 
maraud’r.) 


Sept. 11. 
Geary’s 
proclama¬ 
tion at Le¬ 
compton. 


Sept. 14. 
Geary at 
Lawrenco 


7. Wlmt was seen by Gov. Geary? —8. Why was Gov. Geary 
emit? What is said concerning the U. S. troops? What procla¬ 
mation was made? By whom was it promptly obeyed? What 
caused a delay at Lawrence? and what was the dual result? 









432 


GOV. GEARY ILL-TREATED. 


CHAPTER VI. 

Geary’s troubles.—Presidential election.—Walker’s governorship. 

p-t. iv. 1 . Exultant at his success, Gov. Geary proclaimed 
pd. v. that peace was restored to Kansas. But applying 
on. vn hi mS elf to organize a legislature and a judicial tri¬ 
bunal, under which the inhabitants could live in 
Oct ia peace, with any prospect of equal justice, he found 
240 emi- he had undertaken what he could not accom- 
amlsted. plish. ... A party of emigrants advancing under 
oct. 14. the lead of Gen. Pomeroy through Iowa, were ar- 
JiSied rested on entering Kansas. They satisfied Gov. 
by Gov. Geary, that they came as bona-fide settlers; and he 
Geary ' sent them in peace to their several destinations. . . . 
18 5 The legislature, called together by the governor, 
Lecomp- and assembled at Lecompton, were furiously opposed 
to iatmS i 8 "t° his measures. On the floor of the house the 
assembl'd, most shocking and profane abuse was heaped upon 
Attempt him; and on occasion of his visiting the legislature, 
mite Gov" an attempt was even made upon his life. 

Geary ’ 2 . This outrage produced a reaction, and the pro- 

GiWs slavery settlers united with the others in publicly 
book), denouncing it.+ The free-state men would then 
(t a great have submitted to the usurped government, had 
waSeii Geary been allowed to administer it. They told him 
atLe- their troubles, and he tried to help them. No mur- 
to°sympa- der of a free-state man, they said, had ever been 
tl Geary) h punished by law. The murderer of Buffum, Geary 
iia who ia( ^ discovered, but he could not have him appre- 
murdered hended, until he sent, at his own expense, Major 
suffered r -Ti tus 5 with a military party. Hay, the murderer, 
to escape, was then indicted ; but was dismissed, by Judge 


Chaptek VI.—1. Under what state of feeling did Gov. Geary 
proclaim peace ? How was he disappointed? Relate what hap¬ 
pened to a party of emigrants. Ilow came the legislature to 
assemble? What were their feelings and conduct respecting the 
governor?—2. What were the feelings and conduct of the people? 
Describe, by the case of the murderer of Buffum, the condition of 
the U. S. Court. 




THE DRED SCOTT DECISION. 


433 


Lecompte, on nominal bail. Gov. Geary sent long pt. iv. 
accounts of these affairs to Washington; but art- pm. v. 
ful counter-statements were also forwarded by Le- cu - VI * 
compte and others. Secretary Marcy sent them to _ 
Geary—coolly remarking, that he desired to call his 
attention to the discrepancies between those state- letter to 
ments and his own, of which he expected an expla- Geary ‘ 
nation. Thus did artful misrepresentations avail to 
poison the minds of the authorities at Washington 
against their own chosen officers. Lecompte was 
sustained in office. Geary tendered his resignation, Geary 
to take effect on the 4th of March. resigns. 


3 . On that day, James Buchanan of Pennsylva¬ 
nia, long known and well-beloved by his fellow-citi¬ 
zens, was inaugurated President of the United States, 
and John C. Breckenridge of Kentucky, Vice- 
president. There had been two other candidates in 
the field— Mr. Fillmore, who was selected by a 
comparatively small party, called “ the American,” 
whose motto was, “Americans must rule America 
—and John C. Fremont, the candidate of the Re¬ 
publican party. He lost his election because con¬ 
servative men of the North feared that the success 
of a party, bounded, as this was, by a geographical 
line,—all the slave-holding States being opposed to 
it,—might endanger the perpetuity of the Union, 
and thus the very existence of the nation. 

4 . On the day succeeding the inauguration, a ma¬ 
jority of the Supreme Court of the United States, in 
the celebrated case of Dred Scott, made the decis¬ 
ion—that the territories, acquired by the United 
States, being for the common benefit of all its citi¬ 
zens, all were equally entitled to go and make their 


March 4. 
Inaugura¬ 
tion of 
Buchanan 
& Breck¬ 
enridge. 


1856. 

June 18. 
Rep. Con. 
meet at 
Philad’a. 

May 22. 
Dem. Con. 
meet at 
Cincin’ti. 


1857. 

March 5. 

(Died 
Scott was 
a negro, 
suing for 
liis free¬ 
dom.) 


2. What did Gov. Geary ? How was he counter-worked ? 
Which was upheld at Washington, the governor or the judge? 
What was the consequence ?•—3. When was the inauguration, 
and who was inaugurated ? IIow many, and what candidates 
had been in the field? Of what party was John C. Fremont 
the candidate? Why did he lose his election? What was the 
motto of the American party? Who their candidate?—4. What 
decision was made by the Supreme Court in the Dred Scott 
case ? 


19 










434 


WALKER AND STANTON. 


P T. IV. 
P’D. V. 

cii. VI. 


1857. 


Robert J. 
Walker 
ami F. P. 
Stanton, 
governor 
and sec¬ 
retary of 
Kansas. 


April 15. 
Stanton 
arrives in 
Kansas. 


(t A name 
by which 
Missouri¬ 
ans en¬ 
gaged in 
this con¬ 
test were 
pleased 
to be 
called.) 


Last of 
May. 
Walker 
arrives. 


June 15. 
Election 
of mem¬ 
bers to the 
Lecomp- 
ton Con¬ 
stitution. 


homes there,—carrying with them whatever was 
allowed by the Constitution to be their property, 
and that included their slaves. This decision was 
not acceptable at the North. 

5. The first care of the new president was to make 
a judicious selection of a governor and secretary for 
Kansas; and Robert J. Walker and Frederick P. 
Stanton, both men of distinction, and Southerners, 
were prevailed upon to accept these offices. Stan¬ 
ton preceded Walker by six weeks. He was, when 
he went into the territory, as he says, “a real bor¬ 
der ruffian”! regarding the territorial legislature as 
a legal power, and all those who opposed it, as rebels 
and enemies to the public peace. His first official 
duty, however, led him to understand its character, 
by the unfair arrangements which it had made, in 
preparing for the election of members to form a 
new constitution. No one could vote unless his 
name was found on a registry of voters made ex¬ 
pressly for the occasion; and to obtain this registry, 
a new census had been taken by its officers. The 
census-takers had left out just one-half the coun¬ 
ties, and in the other half, omitted many of the free- 
state party,—who, thus situated, refused to go into 
the election ;—although assured by Gov. Walker, 
who had then arrived, that the constitution, when 
formed, should be submitted to the people. The 
result of this election showed a small vote, but it was 
of course in favor of the pro-slavery party; which 
was, therefore, the maker of the Lecompton con¬ 
stitution. 

6. The scene now changes, and the people of 
Kansas, for the first time obtain their right of self- 
government. Mr. Buchanan had given stringent or- 


4. Was this acceptable at the North? —5. What was the first 
care of the new President? Who were appointed? Give an ac¬ 
count of Stanton and his first proceedings. What did he learn in 
the exercise of his first official duty? What unfair arrangements 
were made by the legislature for a convention to frame the con¬ 
stitution, afterwards called the Lecompton constitution? What 
course was taken by the free-state party? What was the result 
of the election ?- G. What change now occurs? 





FRAUD AND FOLLY. 


43 * 


ders that the polls should be guarded from violence ; ft. tv 
and to this end had placed 2,000 United States troops T'dTyT 
under the command of Gov. Walker. He assured CII vr 
the people, that if they would vote in the election 
which was to take place (by decree of the first legis- Oct a 
lature, on the 9th of October) for a new legislature, ^echoc 
that the polls should be protected. The free-state kture* 
men, believing him, voted, and carried the election. c .t rri £' 1 hv 
Hut they came near to losing it, by a stupendous state 
fraud, committed under a new and crafty set of palt7 ‘ 
leaders, of whom the surveyor-general John Cal- Sept 5 
iioun, was at the head.* He was made president of^c^p- 
the convention for forming the constitution, which assemble.’ 
assembled at Lecompton on the 5th of September. ( Re gsseai- 
The constitution was to be submitted to the people Nov.V.) 
on the 21st of December,—when they were to vote Dec. 21 . 
in the words “ for the constitution with slavery” or t0 
“for the constitution without slavery;” but a sched- 
ule was appended, not to be voted on, making liered- any wav. 
itary slavery permanent, and providing, that the 
constitution should not be altered till 1864, and 
then only by a two-thirds vote. 

7. To the president, Mr. Calhoun, the returns of 
this voting were to be made, as also of another elec¬ 
tion,—that of members to a State legislature, to be 
held under it, on the 4th of January, 1858,+ the day + f ^ y e 
that the free-state legislature (thus to be superseded) territorial 
was by law to meet. The free-state people were leg,slturd 
fiercely indignant. Gov. Walker had left the terri- 

* From the precinct of Oxford, where were 43 voters, and from McGee 185S. 
county, where no poll was opened, returns were sent to Stanton—from Ox- Jan. 4. 
ford, containing 1,600 votes, and from McGee county, 1,200. These returns, Import- 
it is said, were made out by copying the names from an old Cincinnati di- ance of 
rectory. When Stanton received them, in a great roll of papers pasted to- this date 
gether, he unrolled it, upon the floor of his office, and it stretched to the in the 
length of 40 feet. annals of 

-*--- Kansas. 

G. How did Mr. Buchanan take the first step in producing tills 
change? What part had Gov. Walker in it? What difference 
was there in this election and that of March 30, 1855? How did (f a very 
the free-state people come near to losing a declared majority ? different 
What do you learn of John Calhoun ?f In what form of words man from 
was the Lecompton constitution to be submitted to the people? *h>hn C. 
— 7 . How was a legislature to be chosen to supersede that chosen Calhoun.) 
by the free-state nconle* 








436 


THE LECOMPTON CONSTITUTION. 


P’D. V 
on. VI. 


f t iv tory on a visit to Washington, and they persuaded 
Secretary Stanton to antedate the meeting ot the 
legislature to the 19th of December. The first day 
of their session, they remonstrated to Congress 
De<?m against the Lecompton constitution, declaring it a 
^ h e e^| e of usurpation to which they would never submit; and 
’state 6 they appointed the succeeding 4th of January, to 
^aiied^by 6 take a vote of the people, whether they would or 
Stanton, would not accept it. 

8. On the 21st of December, the vote had been 
taken, “ Constitution with slavery,” or without, and 

1857. Calhoun reported 6,226 votes for “ Constitution 
with slavery.” These votes being afterwards ex¬ 
amined by a committee of investigation, which this 
legislature appointed, 2,700 of them were shown to 
be fraudulent.* The vote of the people, as cast on 
the Lecompton constitution, by the law of the free- 
state legislature, was the largest ever polled in 
Kansas, there being a majority of 9,512 against it. 

9. The Lecompton constitution was now by Mr. 
c<mi(T7iot, Calhoun carried to Washington. He placed it—no 
timejiave d°ubt with his own version of affairs—in the hands 
known of of the president; who, impressed with the belief 

that its adoption by Congress would quiet Kansas, 
and restore harmony to the nation, sent it to the 
House of Representatives, with a special commend- 
inessa^e a t° r y message. A stormy debate ensued, in which 
a number of his friends in the House, at the head of 
whom was Mr. Hickman, took decided ground 
against his message.* Mr. Douglas, in the Senate, 
compton- took the same ground. Congress having made sev- 

ites.) ® o o 


They sit 
forty days. 


Dee. 21. 
Vote, Con 
stitution 
without 
slavery. 


(Mr. Bu¬ 
chanan 


these 

frauds.) 

1858. 

Feb. 2. 


(t These 
are now 
called 
Anti-Le- 


* Capt. Walker, the sheriff, demanded the votes at the office, of Calhoun, 
Fraud of on a warrant from the committee. “ They are not here,” he was told, 
the “ Del- “Search the office.” " I shall not search the office, but the wood-pile,” said 
aware the sheriff; and there he soon unearthed a candle-box, containing the miss- 
Crossing,” hig votes Thus was this fraud, which was chiefly that of the ‘’Delaware 
and dis- Crossing,” brought to light. 

covery of--—-- 

the can- - 7. How by the aid of Stanton did the free-state legislature come 
dle-box. together, before the 4th of January? (the da;/ Calhoun meant their 
qower should cease.) —8. What report did Calhoun make concern¬ 
ing the people’s vote on the Lecompton constitution? How were 
his frauds detected ? (See note.) —9. Who placed the Lecompton 
constitution in the hands of Mr. Buchanan? What did he think, 
and what do ? How was his message received ? 




MASSACRE OF THE MARAIS DES CYGNES. 


437 


oral attempts to agree on some plan of settlement, pt. iv. 
finally adopted the “English bill.” This, in an indi- 


P’D. Y. 

rect manner, referred the constitution to the people cn - VI - 
ot Kansas. It they accepted it, they were immedi¬ 
ately to become a State; otherwise, they were not 
again to apply to Congress till they had a number of T ! ie " En ? } - 
inhabitants (93,423) sufficient to entitle them to one Socaiied 
representative in that body. On the 9th of August, fr T its 
by the large majority of 11,300 to 1,788, the people member 
of Kansas rejected the Lecompton constitution. Jj/j? 

10* While the English bill was pending, Capt. Aug. 9 . 
Hamilton, with two of his brothers, to intimidate the K ™ ans 
free-state people, raised an armed band, who rode reject uTe 
at noonday into the small town of Trading Post , ^ e n c< coS- 
and seized eleven of the unsuspecting people; one, an stitution. 
old man, one, a youth from behind the counter, and 
one a minister of the Gospel. They then took them Massacre 
about three miles, to a ravine near a small stream 0 ^ i l ‘ e (1 M . !l * 
called the Marais des Cygnes , and there shot them, Cygnes. 
Some by feigning death, saved their lives. The k- 5> 
people aroused, and under the brave old partisan 
leader, James Montgomery (a cousin of him who 
fell at Quebec), they pursued the murderers with 
200 men. Hut failing to overtake them, they sought 
in lawless ways, to right existing wrongs,—especially Mav 20 
at Marmaton and Fort Scott. . . . Gov. Denver, (Conven- 
who had succeeded Walker, visited the region ; and Eaysvuie 
persuading Montgomery to lay down his arms, re- p ; i , J r J^ 
stored quiet to the country. Gov. Medary hasver’s vwt 
succeeded Denver. The Kansans have recently poVnnl’ast 
formed at Wyandotte a constitution to be offered of Kansas) 
for acceptance to Congress. They have elected un¬ 
der it a legislature, and again chosen Robinson 
governor. 


9. What was done in Congress respecting it? In what manner 
did the English bill refer the Lecompton constitution to the peo¬ 
ple of Kansas? What was the result ? —10. Relate the massacre 
of the Marais des Cygnes (;pronounced mara-da-seeri). What fol¬ 
lowed ? Who succeeded Walker as governor? What was done 
by him ? Who was his successor? What constitution is now 
formed ? Who chosen governor under it? 











THE SOUND DUES. 


CHAPTER VII. 

The Sound Dues.—Dr. Kane’s Arctic Expedition.—Walker, the 
Filibuster—Mormon War.—The Kevulsion.—Paraguay.—Eng¬ 
land and America. 

ft. iy. 1. Haying continued unbroken the chain of in- 
“fd. Y. terior history, during the . years in which it turned 
on. vii. U p 0n t | iat G f Kansas, we now give our attention to 
such other matters of the last decade, as lie within 
Apr if 14 ! our province to record. . . . The “ Sound Dues” 
No«ce of we .re a premium claimed by Denmark from the 
ican gov- ships of every nation passing her islands to enter 
To Den- Bie Baltic sea. By the treaty of 1826, America 
mark, bad agreed to pay this tribute ; but with the re¬ 
served right of abrogating the treaty after ten 
years, on a year’s previous notice being given. Mr. 
Marcy, the American Secretary, gave this notice to 
the Danish government on the 14th of April, 1855, 
Marcf ??4 —with his exceptions to the Sound Dues, as an ex- 
Treaty for action, unreasonable, and behind the spirit of the 
tionof 0 tho a g e - Other nations united in the remonstrance, 
dues Ter ^us set 011 ^ oot -^ mel ’i can government; and 

fectedT the affair was settled, by the final abolition of the 
Sound Dues, and the substitution of a specific sum 
of money. Thus this grand highway is now free to 
all nations. 

2. In the search after Sir John Franklin (a Brit¬ 
ish navigator, lost in the Arctic seas), among those 
who were moved by the pathetic appeals of his wife, 
1850. Lady Jane Franklin,* was Mr. Henry Grinnell, 
Grinneii a wealthy merchant of New York. He fitted out, 
Expedi- j n 1850, an expedition with two ships, the Advance 
DeHaven. and liescue , giving the command to Lieut. De 

* This noble woman came to America, in 1846, and spent several days in 
examining the regulations, and learning the studies and modes of teaching 
in the Female Seminary at Troy. 

Chapter VII. —1. What was meant by the “Sound Dues?” 
What were the conditions of the treaty of 1826 ? What was done 
in April, 1855? AVhat was the result?—2. Who was Sir John 
Franklin? What is said of Henry Grinnell? Give an account 
of the first Grinnell Expedition. 




DR. KANE’S ARCTIC EXPEDITION. 


439 


Haven. Ho, failing to obtain any traces of the lost ft. iv. 
navigator, Dr. Elisha Kent Kane of Philadelphia, fd. v. 
encouraged by Mr. Grinnell and others, proceeded cn - vn - 
with the Advance to renew the search. In high 
northern latitudes he encountered a terrific storm, 
which obliged him to find anchorage for his vessel, in Dr. k. 
Rensselaer Harbor,t where his party fitted up their Sa,ls ' 
cabin,—which became their home tor two winters, caiie^hy 
Their bold explorations—travelling in various direc- Dr. k.) 
tions with dog-trains—extending their observations (Aug. 2a. 
north two degrees beyond the eightieth, and the A st,,rm ) 
indications they there found of an open polar sea— xbe° P d 
their sufferings and adventures among the barbarous termfneto 
Esquimaux—have made this one of the most famous Bearer 
voyages on record. Attempting to return, after Harbor.) 
the second winter, they were met on the coast of i§ 55 . 
Greenland by Lieut. Hartstein, who had been sent (Oct 11. 
by the government with two vessels to their relief, "n/y.) 1 

3. I 11 1853, William Walker, who had been the 
editor of a paper at San Francisco, set on foot an 1853. 
expedition, which sailed with 53 men from that waiter 
port. The object was to prevail on the people of sails - 
Old California and Sonora to declare independence, 

and then raise the American flag. After a series of 
operations, which at first seemed to promise suc¬ 
cess, and drew others from California to join him, 
he was finally reduced to distress by the hostility of g §54. 
the inhabitants, and prevented from receiving rein- 
forcements, by Gen. Wool, who had been sent out and 40 
by the government with special orders to put a stop 
to such violations of the neutrality laws. Finally, by Gen. 
Walker, with the miserable remnant of his party, Vm> ° 1 ' 
were taken from Ensenada, by a vessel dispatched 
by Gen. Wool, and carried to San Francisco. invasion.) 

4. This enterprising filibuster, soon sailed again 
from the same port with 65 men; having been 


2. Of the second, sent out under Dr. Kane. Of his explora¬ 
tions and return.— 3. When, with what object and what force, did 
William Walker sail from San Francisco ? What was his course, 
and its final result? For what was Gen. Wool sent to the Paeific 
coast, and what did he do ? 









440 


WALKER, THE FILIBUSTER. 


pt. iv. tempted by the splendid offers of vast quantities of 
p’d. v. land, made by one Chamorro, a rebel against the 
°n. vn. government of Nicaragua. When there, Walker 
played his game so artfully that he raised himself to 
May 17 .* the head of the government. This drew to his 
WaHver standard, hundreds of his deluded countrymen.t 
Nicar’gna. But a strong party ot Nicaraguans were m arms 
(+ of snno against him, and they obtained military aid from 
lowed or Costa Ricci. Although Walker was sometimes vic- 
joined torious, yet his army was wasting, not only by war, 
but 600 but by diseases of the climate quickened by intem- 
returned) perance. The maimed and sickly remnant of his 
forces, was at length carried from Nicaragua; 
June 28 * partly by British, and partly by American govern- 
First ment vessels.*... The governments of Nicaragua and 
brought Costa Rica, on the 11th of May, 1858, made an ap- 
by Com P ea ^ t0 the g reat Rowers of Europe to protect them, 
Paulding, against lawless invasions from the United States. 

5. After Utah was made a Territory, President 
Brigham R^ more unfortunately appointed Brigham Young, 
Y(mng governor; thus apparently adding the sanction of 
Governor General Government to his already despotic 
of Utah, powers, as u prophet, seer, and revelator of the 
Mormon church.” Such of the judges and other 
officers appointed, as were not Mormons, soon found 
that neither the laws of the land, nor the usages of 
ism? n " civilized society, could be there maintained. The 
whole community was bound to their chief, either 
as accomplices in crime, or as fanatical dupes,—be¬ 
lieving that his will and word were those of God. 

* All who returned were brought home by American vessels. June 28, 
1857, Commodore Paulding brought to New York, in the Wabash, 121 of 
Walker’s men; August 3, the frigate Roanoke brought 204; and, August 
18, the steamer Tennessee, 275—making in all, 600. Commodore Paulding 
took Walker from Nicaragua; for which, that government officially re¬ 
turned him their thanks. 


4. What was Walker’s next attempt? How had he been 
tempted, and enabled to tempt others? Relate his course in 
Nicaragua. What was the final result ? By whom were he and 
his men taken from Nicaragua? How many Americans followed 
or joined him, and how many returned? (ConsvIt the notes.) —5. 
What effect had the appointing of Brigham Young as governor of 
Utah? What was found by officers not Mormons to be the con¬ 
dition of that deluded people? 





THE MORMON WAR. 


441 


The Danites, a secret military organization, were pt. iy. 
his avenging spirits,—ready to take off, by poison or pd. v. 
otherwise, any man whom his spies should report as CH> v “* 
about to escape, or any woman, who should dare 
refuse to marry or join a harem, at his dictation. 

These secret murders no Mormon may or will dis¬ 
close. Impannelled as a grand jury, they will not (+ Also 
indict; as a petit jury, they will not convict. At sfrneHon 
length, the wholesale murder of an emigrant train ^ Lieut, 
of eighty persons, at Mountain Meadows , charged with an 
upon the Indians, but believed (now known) to 
have been the work of the Mormons, aroused the 8.) 
country. 

6. Mr. Buchanan removed Brigham Young, and 
appointed Mr. Cumming, of Georgia, his successor. Brigham 
He, with other officers, set out for the Territory 
under the escort of a detachment of U. S. troops. ° vc ’ 
When Brigham Young learned these measures, he sept. is. 
issued a treasonable proclamation,—openly assumed Young s 
sovereign powers, and prepared to resist the United prociama- 
States authority by force of arms. Congress em- tlon ' 
powered the President to send against him an addi¬ 
tional and competent force. In the spring of 1858, j nne> 
the troops intended for this service were detained A r m >' be * 

1 , • yr ... • „ gin their 

on account ot the troubles in Kansas, till it was too march, 
late before the army of Utah began their march 
across the plains. Gen. Johnson, their able leader, 
would, however, have had them comfortably fed, as D ^ n y 4 - 
well as sheltered, at Fort Bridger , but that the goes into 
Mormons burnt and wholly destroyed, on Green CflI "P at 
River, a provision train of eighty wagons. This Bridger. 
left the army to diminished rations, and the fear of 
starvation, before supplies could be obtained in the 
spring. 

V. In this condition, one of the officers, Captain 
Marcy— well-chosen by the commander—with 65 

5. Who were the Danites ? What is said of their secret murders ? 

What terrible massacre aroused the country? —G. What was done 
by Mr. Buchanan? What by Brigham Young? What by Con¬ 
gress? IIow were the troops employed in 1858? Describe the 
further progress of the army, what happened at Green River, and 
the consequences. 

ID* 











CAPT. MARCY'8 ENTERPRISE. 




sioners 

*ent 


p’T. iy. men, heroically undertook one of the most perilous 
pd. v. enterprises on record. He crossed at the dead of 
ch. vir. w inter, the drifted, pathless plains and mountains, 
from Fort Bridget* to the towns of New Mexico— 
Nov. 24 * obtained provisions, and, though believed to have 
Captain perished with his little army, he emerged from the 
beginsTiis waste of snows,—having in three months marched 
march 3 L 300 miles, and brought supplies, to the great 
relief of the suffering army. Gen. Garland, in 
8 858. command at New Mexico, had made every exertion 
February. ass i s t him, and furnished him on his return with 
arrives, a guard of mounted rifles. This is another instance, 
iievesthe i n which American officers and soldiers have done 
army, great honor to the nation. 

8. In April, Mr. Buchanan, wishing to save a 
bloody conflict, sent two commissioners, Messrs. 
Oommis- Powell and McCulloch, to treat with the Mor¬ 
mons. Brigham Young, having found, that, in the 
near vicinity of 2,500 IT. S. troops, his militia were 
not to be relied on, negotiated and made fair prom¬ 
ises. The army peacefully passed through Salt 
Lake City, and forty-five miles southwest, they en¬ 
camped in Cedar Valley,—built houses of adobe, and 
called the place Camp Floyd. But the farce of the 
Mormons voluntarily submitting themselves is al¬ 
most at an end; the insecurity of life and property, 
and the degradation of woman continues. Brigham 
Young, with his Danite guard, is the same lawless 
tyrant now as before. 

ISS?. 9. In the summer of 1857, occurred one of those 
Aug. 24 . sudden and far-spreading seasons of business calam- 
the Life ity, which has received the name of “revulsion.” 
Company 1 The first great failure was that of the “Life and 
Trust Company” of Cincinnati, which occurred oil 
1858. the 24th of August, 1857.... Our affairs with Spain 
ifanks have been complicated with the filibustering expedi- 
resurne tions fitted out in American ports against her island 

payment.)______ 

7. Describe Captain Marcy’s march and return.—8. What 
measures were next taken by the government and the army? 
Where did the army make a fortified camp?— 9. What happened 
m 1857 ? 




DIFFICULTIES WITH SPAIN AND PARAGUAY. 


443 


of Cuba. The English and French proposed to our 
government to enter into a tri-partite treaty , mutu¬ 
ally to defend for Spain her possession of that island. 
Mr. Everett, then Secretary of State, promptly de¬ 
clined any such “ entangling alliance.” An Amer¬ 
ican steamship, the Black Warrior , was seized in 
Havana, and declared confiscated. The U. S. min¬ 
ister in Spain was instructed to demand immediate 
satisfaction ; but in the mean time the Cuban author¬ 
ities released the vessel on the payment of 6,000 
dollars, made by the owners under protest. The 
subject of purchasing Cuba of Spain, has been much 
agitated; but the offended pride of that ancient 
nation, refuses the most tempting offers. 

10. Intercommunication with South America has 
increased. There has, however, been a difficulty 
with the Republic of Paraguay. Lopez, the supreme 
ruler (called President), had not only refused to ratify 
a treaty formerly negotiated, but he had refused to 
an American government vessel, the Water Witch, 
the privilege of sailing through Paraguay,—ordering 
one of his forts on the Parana to fire upon her; by 


PT. IV. 
P’D. V. 

CH. VII. 


1852. 

Tri-par¬ 
tite treaty 
rejected. 

1854. 

Feb. 28. 
Black 
Warrior 
seized. 

(100 mil¬ 
lions were 
offered 
for Cuba) 


1857. 

Lieut. 
Page, in 
the W.W., 
insulted. 


which one of her men was killed. Congress em¬ 
powered the President to send a force competent to is£S. 
bring the offending nation to terms; and Mr. Bu-^ongres^ 
chanan sent out a squadron of nineteen vessels under outrage. 
Commodore Shubrick. At Monte Video, the Amer¬ 
ican Commissioner, Mr. Bowlin, come on board 
the flag-ship Fulton, in which he proceeded up the 
Parana, leaving the other vessels behind to be called 
into action, if necessary. 

11. At the city of Parana, the capital of the Ar- 1859. 
gentiile Confederation, Mr. Bowlin was warmly ^ n Bo 2 J;. 
received by the gallant Gen. Urquiza, its dictator, 
who generously preceded the American squadron sumi> 


9 How were our affairs with Spain complicated? What pro¬ 
posal is here related? How was it met by the government? Ke- 
fate the affair of the Black Warrior. What is said of the purchase 
of Cuba from Spain?— 10. With what country of S. America has 
there been a difficulty? What was the cause? What was done 
by Congress? What by the President? Desenbe the course of 
the expedition up the Parana. 







TREATIES. 


444 


PT. IV. 
P’D. V. 

CU. VII. 


1850 . 

A grand 
reception. 


Feb. 10. 

Treaty 

with 

Para¬ 

guay, 


1854 . 

Sept. 9. 

The Re¬ 
ciprocity 
Treaty 

ratified 
at Wash¬ 
ington. 


1855 . 

Mr. 

Crampton 

recalled. 


to Assumption , the capital of Paraguay, and used 
his influence with Lopez to persuade him to a 
friendly settlement. Lopez then prepared to re¬ 
ceive the embassy in state; and as the American 
Commissioner, attended by all the officers ot the 
frigate, was received by the President of Paraguay, 
with his high officers in attendance, and in the 
presence of the Dictator of the Argentine Confeder¬ 
acy,—a novel scene was passing in the heart of 
South America, which may be hailed as the harbin¬ 
ger of advancing civilization. In three weeks, a 
satisfactory treaty of amity and commerce was ne¬ 
gotiated, due apologies were made, and ten thousand 
dollars given as an indemnity to the family of the 
slain mariner. 

12. Disagreements between England and America 
© © 

have repeatedly occurred within the last ten years, 
but they have, thus far, had a peaceful termination. 
The Reciprocity treaty respected Canada, and was 
negotiated by Lord Elgin, the governor-general, 
and Secretary Marcy. By it, duties formerly paid, 
were on each side remitted, and thus traffic on the 
border much facilitated. ... In the summer of 1854, 
Great Britain, being engaged in war with Russia, 
opened a recruiting service in Canada, intending to 
receive volunteers from the United States. In car¬ 
rying it on, the British Minister, Mr. Crampton, 
and two of the British Consuls in the United States, 
violated national law; and so offended the American 
government, that the recall of Mr. Crampton was 
requested by Secretary Marcy, and peacefully ob¬ 
tained by Mr. Buchanan,—then resident minister in 
London.—And here we record a remarkable act of 
British magnanimity, which seems to show the im¬ 
proved moral tone of the world. British vessels 
having attempted to search American, Secretary 


11. Wliat is said of Gen. Urquiza? Relate the reception at As¬ 
sumption. The result of the negotiation. — 12 . What has been the 
state of our relations with G. Britain ? What is said of the Reci¬ 
procity treaty ? Describe the affair in which Mr. Crampton was 
implicated. 








QUEEN VICTORIA VISITS THE RESOLUTE. 


445 


Cass made complaint, writing to Mr. Dallas, then ft. rv. 
minister at London, boldly and ably on the subject, fd. v. 
Parliament voluntarily took up the question, and CH va - 
frankly abandoned, what they acknowledged had 1858 . 
been falsely called—the British right of search. 

13. A dispute is now pending concerning the Eight of 
ownership of the island of St. Juan , in the straits of at?an- 
Fuca. Gen. Scott was sent thither by Mr. Buchanan, doned - 
Gen. Harney having, it was feared, endangered the ^§59 
peace of the country, by excluding the British from sept* 
a joint occupation of the island,—to which, though Gen - 8 ^ ott 
it may be round contrary to treaty stipulations, st. Juan, 
they had been accustomed. Gen. Scott has returned, 
having restored the mutual occupancy, leaving the 

right to the island to be decided by the civil powers. 

14. Many pleasing maritime incidents have occur¬ 
red, which have shown that the tie of blood and lan¬ 
guage is especially felt between the seamen of the 
two countries,—and the governments have lost no 
opportunity to foster this feeling of kindred. Ap 
example occurs in the finding, by Americans, of the 
British Arctic discovery ship Resolute, which had 

been abandoned by the crew—her purchase andTheiteso- 
fitting up, by the American government—and their t^Engri 
sending her to Great Britain by Lieut. Hartstein. 

The Queen, to whom she was delivered, came on 
board of her; and received from American seamen 
the homage due to virtue, still more than to rank. 

The officers received on shore many hospitable at¬ 
tentions from the neighboring nobility and gentry. 


12 . What was done in Parliament concerning the right of 
search?— 13 . Relate the dispute concerning the island of St. 
Juan. What has been done concerning it?— 14 . Between what 
classes is the tie of blood and language felt ? Relate the example 
given. 






I 


446 TWO NEW STATES. 


CHAPTER VIII. 

Territories.—Routes of travel in tlie Pacific.—Causes of the Dim¬ 
inution of Foreign Immigration.—Riots.—Disasters by sea and 
land.—Benefactions.—Mount Vernon Association. 

pt. iv. 1. In the treaty of Guadalupe Hidalgo, a mistake 
pt>. v. was made in describing the southern boundary of 
en. vin. ce d e( j territory,—in consequence of the incor- 

1848 re °l ;ness the map after which the description was 
Feb made. From this arose the long dispute concerning 
Treaty of the Mesilla Valley, and the subsequent treaty made 
Guada- j n jyj e xico by the American envoy, Mr. Gadsden; 
Hidalgo, hy which the government quieted its title to the 
8 valley, and obtained another small territory south 
1854. of the river Gila; both amounting to 160,000 acres, 
Gadsden an d dearly paid for, by ten millions of dollars. The 
made, territory is called Arizona , and is lor the present ap¬ 
pended to New Mexico. 

* 2. Gold mines have recently been discovered at 
1858 Pike's Peak , on the Rocky Mountains, west of Kan- 
sas; and a considerable population has thus been 
found at attracted thither. Oregon and Minnesota were ad- 
mitted to the Union as States in May, 1858. Wash¬ 
ington was made a territory in 1853. The Union 
1858. now,—1860,—numbers thirty-three States, and five 
Oreo-on incorporated territories, exclusive of the District of 
and Min- Columbia.... One of the most prominent objects of 
admitted the P resen t decade has been the establishment of 
as states, routes of travel, to connect together the eastern and 
western parts of the republic. The Gadsden Pur- 
Pacilic^R. chase was made, because it afforded an eligible route 
iuo h p o? for a Southern Pacific railroad, to begin in Texas 
the Gila and pass south of the Gila. Another, and more 
route, northern route is needed; and several have been 
surveyed by order of Congress. 

Chapter VIII. —1. What caused the dispute concerning the 
Mesilla Valley ? What new treaty was made, and what was gained 
and what given ?—2. What is said of Pike’s Peak ? What two States 
were admitted ? What Territory established? How many States and 
Territories in 1860 ? What is here said of railroads to the Pacific i 




THE ISTHMUS RAILROAD. 


447 


3. The important step, in the world’s commercial ft. iy. 
progress, of carrying a railroad across the Isthmus of pm. v. 
Darien, was accomplished in 1854,—by a company CH - vin - 
of New York merchants, of whom Mr. Aspinwall 

was chief; the right of way having previously been j an . 22 .* 
secured by the government, in a treaty with New^J® ^ 
Grenada. O 11 tlie 22d of January, 1858, the road the*istti- r 
was opened from Aspinwall to Panama; and theceiebnitVd 
rude inhabitants of the Isthmus forests, saw for the atPana- 
first time the tire and steam of the wonderful sell- ma ^ 
moving engine, with its train of travelling and mer¬ 
cantile apartments.... An overland mail-route has 
been established, by which regular weekly commu¬ 
nication is kept up between St. Louis and San 
Francisco. The telegraph wires to accompany it 
are already laid along a considerable part of the 
way. . .. Foreign immigration has greatly dimin¬ 
ished. In Ireland the condition of the laborer is (i„ isso, 
improved; and, no doubt, America has been re- 350,000 
ported in Europe, in consequence of the Kansas grants; in 
civil war, and other disorders, as having fallen into 15 o 3 * * * * 8 ooo) 
anarchy, and 110 longer a desirable country to reside 
in. As about three-quarters of all the crimes com¬ 
mitted in the country have been by foreigners, we 
hope our state-prisons may hereafter have fewer 
inmates. 

4. Disorders tending to anarchy. —In Sept. 

1858, the Quarantine buildings , on Staten Island, 6 858. 
were burnt in the night; the sick were carried out, s ^|j'^ er 
laid on the grass, and otherwise exposed. Gov. Quartm- 
King of New York, proclaimed the transaction to till ® 1 J^ lld ' 
be a lawless outrage; and called out the militia to destroyed, 
guard the remaining property. The citizens who 


3. What was done in 1854? By whom? How' was the right of 

way obtained? What is said of the opening of this railroad? 

1\ hat communication was in 1800 established ? What is said of 

foreign immigration? What reasons are given why fewer people 

come over from Ireland, and from the rest of Europe? What 

proportion of the crimes committed in the U. S. have been by 
foreigners? What then may be hoped and expected if fewer 
foreigners come to our country ?— 4. Which is the first mentioned 
of the disorders tending to anarchy ? 








448 


LAWLESS PROCEEDINGS. 


ft. iv. committed this act had long remonstrated against 
FD . v : the location of the Quarantine buildings, as en- 
ch. viu. dangering the health of their families. Expense 
accrued, which the State, it is supposed, will collect 
of the county... In 1854, men and women, at Erie,— 
at Harbor Creek, and other places on the Erie rail-' 
fui riots on road, made a series of attacks upon the trains, 
l E,“ e tearing up the rails and destroying the bridges. 
They were dissatisfied with an arrangement, by 
which the passengers were not obliged to stop on 
their part of the road. 

5. “ Vigilance Committees” in St. Francisco have 
taken several prisoners from the hands ol the law 
and hung them. These committees were too strong, 
(VigUanco and had too much cause for their measures, to be 
Commit- p U t down or punished, although the governor resist- 
Francisco ed their action, and appealed to the I lesident of 
ha ^ e ^°the United States for aid. This shows the im¬ 
portance, if we would avoid anarchy, to maintain 
an independent and able judiciary. . .. The city-of 
Baltimore is infested, to an alarming degree, with 
organized bands, committing occasional murders, 
and unlawfully interfering to control elections by 
1857 . force and fraud. A set of these ruffians, calling 
“ U piu*' themselves “ Plug Uglies,” went to Washington on 
UgHes” the 1st of June, 1857, to control, by force, an 
il ington!" election there. They overpowered the police,— 
when, at the request of the mayor, the marines 
The were ordered out. Five of the invaders were killed 
return the and seventeen wounded, before they could be quelled, 
the™Plug I R N" ew York, in Louisville, and in other places, 
Uglies, there have been occasional riots;—but when we 
wound*?? l°°k over this broad country, and behold its num¬ 
bers of happy families, and reflect that nowhere else 
has mankind ever enjoyed so much liberty and 
prosperity, with so great a degree of security, we 

4 . What that happened in 1854?— 5 . What lawless proceedings 
occurred in San Francisco ? Why were they not put down and 
punished? What is thus shown? What is said of the city of 
of Baltimore ? What happened on the 1st of June, 1857 ? Have 
there been riots in other places ? But what, on the whole, may 
be said of the state Of the country ? 






ACCIDENTS AND DISASTERS. 


449 


are led to bless our Almighty Preserver that so ft. iv. 
great a degree of peace and safety has been enjoyed. ~p'd. v. 

6. Accidents and Deaths.— It is computed that CH - vm - 
the deaths by railroad accidents, during the year 
1859, were 1,000. Of those which occurred during 
the last ten years, the most fatal, and—in regard to 
the timeless fate of several children of a Sunday- July r. 
school excursion—the most affecting, occurred a jossjne^r 
short distance out of Philadelphia, on the N. Pennsyl- Phfiaciei- 
vania Railroad. Sixty were killed and seventy-eight cofw. 78 . 
wounded. Accidents at sea have been still more 
fatal. The steamer San Francisco sailed from 1 854 . 
ISew York with 700 on board, a part of whom were Loss of die 
United States soldiers. She foundered at sea, and 
240 were lost. The ship Poiohatan , from Havre to perished. 
New York, having on board 311 emigrants, went 
ashore in a gale, on the coast of Long Island, and Thevlw- 
every soul perished. The “ Collins” line of American batan. 
steamers, plying between New York and Liverpool, 311 hves1 ' 
were celebrated throughout the world for the ele¬ 
gance,—even to superfluity,—with which these 
“ floating palaces” were finished and furnished. One 
of them, the Arctic , Capt. Luce, on her way to New sept. 27 . 
York,—when near Cape Race, came in collision (the ^be 
fog being dense) with the French screw-steamer perished. 
Vesta. The bows of the Arctic stove in, and she 
went down with 322 of her crew and passengers. 

The Pacific , another of these splendid steamers, left *®** 2 ®* 
Liverpool with 400 persons, and was never heard of Pacific' 
more. The Central America , Capt. Hernden, on Pcrfsh^f' 
her way from Aspinwall to New York, with 579 400 . 

persons on board, was destroyed by a terrific storm. 

After a part of her passengers had been washed 
overboard, a small American brig, the Marine, ap- TheCen- 
peared. The gallant Hernden, with great exertion, S A p e e r-* 
sent aboard her all she could take,—preferring the ish ed, 425 


6. How many lives were lost in the year 1859 from accidents on 
railroads? Which has been the most fatal of these accidents 
during the last decade ? Give an account of the San Francisco. 
The Powhatan. Wlvat account can you give of the Collins’ 
steamers ? Of the Arctic? The Pacific? The Central America? 








450 


PT. IV. 
P'D. V. 

CH. IX. 


1857. 

Feb. 

Mr. Pea¬ 
body gave 
to 25 
trustees, 
for Balti¬ 
more, 
$30ii,000; 
subse¬ 
quently, 
$ 200 , 000 . 


1858. 

Mount 
Vernon 
bought of 
J. Wash¬ 
ington. 


1859. 

Oct. 16. 
Alarm at 
Harper’s 
Ferry. 


THE PURCHASE OF WASHINGTON’S HOME. 

women and children,—and liiinselt went down with 
the remainder of his passengers, in the wreck ot his 
own ship. 

7. This country continues to be distinguished for 
the benefactions of wealthy individuals, to public 
objects. George Peabody, the enterprising and 
wealthy American banker of London, has given 
half a million of dollars to the city of Baltimore, to 
found and endow a literary and scientific institution 
of a high order_The “Mount Vernon Associ¬ 

ation,” a Society of American women, of which 
Pamela Cunningham, of Georgia, is the head, 
has purchased the estate of Mount Vernon, the 
home of Washington. This Society, beginning at 
the South, has found a warm co-operation at the 
North,—not from the women only, but from, at least, 
one honored man: Edward Everett, by his lec¬ 
tures and writings, made for this express purpose, 
has raised the sum of sixty-nine thousand dollars,— 
which he has given to aid in paying the two hundred 
thousand, for which the estate has been purchased 
of John Washington, the proprietor. 


CHAPTER IX. 

Harper’s Ferry. 

1. On Sunday night, the 16th of October, 1859, 
the inhabitants of the village of Harper’s Ferry were 
alarmed, by learning that their bridge over the 
Potomac was in the possession of armed men, who 
had stopped the train of cars coming in from the 
west,—but, after a parley, had permitted them to 

7. For ■what does America continue to be distinguished ? 
Who is George Peabody ? What act of liberality is mentioned ? 
What society is here mentioned ? What lady is at its head ? What 
has this society done ? What has Edward Everett done to aid 
this patriotic object? 

Chapter IX.—1. As what happened at Harper’s Ferry is an 
important event, give the day and date. What happened at 
Harper’s Ferry that Sunday night? 




451 


ALARM AT HARPER’S FERRY. 

go on, giving them notice, that no more trains from ft. iv. 
either direction would be allowed to pass. A negro, fd. y. 
one of the employees of the train, who, on the CH - 1X - 
bridge, had left it to reconnoitre, was shot; as also a 
negro porter in the town, who refused to yield him¬ 
self to their direction. The people soon found that 
their unknown foes had possession of the arsenal, 
and held—there imprisoned—some of its officers, 
whom they had surprised and taken; as also some 
of the neighboring planters, among whom was Col. 

Lewis Washington. Horses, carriages, and wagons 
were seized—the wagons to carry arms. All the 
negroes who could anywhere be found were pressed 
into their service. 

2. The inhabitants, made prisoners in their own 
houses, were excited to the highest pitch. Whence 
these murderous invaders—what their object, or 
their numbers, none knew. But from their bold 
and successful measures, they judged there must be 
several hundreds—the report of their numbers as 
sent forth, varying from two hundred to seven. 

But relief was approaching. Although the insur¬ 
gents had cut the adjacent telegraph wires, the peo¬ 
ple had found means to send out to the neighbor¬ 
hood, where they were sound,—and the governor 
of Virginia, at Richmond, was notified. The west¬ 
ern train having gone on to Baltimore, had tele¬ 
graphed in advance. 

3. At one o’clock on Monday morning, Mr. Ger- 0ct i 7 . 
riit, the able director of the railroad, telegraphed Monday, 
to the Secretary of War, at Washington, and the a°m., ’ 
President of the United States himself replied, that te Jfg' r ^‘ h9 
orders had gone on to Old Point Comfort, and from Bai- 
several companies from there would soon be on the tl,nore ' 
way. The Baltimore volunteers, under Gex. Stuart, 

1. What were the two first murders committed? What did the 
people learn concerning the arsenal and those imprisoned in it? 

—2. What was the condition and what were the feelings of the 
people of Harper’s Ferry? What circumstances indicated ap¬ 
proaching relief?—3. How early on Monday morning was Mr. 

Gerritt (having been telegraphed) enabled to telegraph to the 
government at Washington ? How was he answered ? 







452 


brown’s object and force. 


P’T. IV. 
P’D. V. 

OH. IX. 


1859 . 


t (Sche¬ 
nectady in 
N. York, 
offered 
her volun¬ 
teers.) 


were ready for the train which left that city in the 
afternoon; and they found at the Relay House, 
where the Washington train met them, a company 
of marines, sent forward by the Secretary of War ; 
—and the two proceeded together. Col. Lee was 
soon to follow, charged with the chief command. 
In the meantime, by the governor’s orders, the 
militia throughout the State were rising. Those in 
the neighborhood of Harper’s Ferry were first at 
the scene of action. From more distant parts, as 
the alarm spread, aid was offered.t Gen. Wool, 
chief commander of the U. S. army, in the absence 
of Gen. Scott, was on his way from Troy, when tele¬ 
graphed that his services would not be needed. 

4. On Monday evening, the neighboring militia 
took the bridge. The insurgents fought desperately 
to defend it, but were defeated. Nine on both sides 
were killed, and two prisoners of the rioters were 
taken. The militia then entered the town, relieved 
the inhabitants from their fears, and were there to 
receive the marines and Baltimore volunteers, who 
arrived about midnight. The Martinsburgh militia 
had, in the mean time, stormed the workshop of the 
arsenal, and set free the workmen; who, as they 
came, on Monday morning, to their daily labor, had 
been seized and there confined. It was now known, 
by the prisoners taken, that the leader of this as¬ 
tounding invasion was John Brown, the hero of 
Ossawatomie. It was proved, too, that his object 
was to raise the negroes, and set them against the 
masters;- that his present party was small, number¬ 
ing only seventeen white men, and five negroes; 
but he had arms, including those in the arsenal, 
sufficient for arming thousands more ; and it seemed 
obvious, that he must be expecting aid, or he would 

3. What of the Baltimore volunteers? Of the marines from 
Washington? Who was to have the chief command? Who were 
first at the scene of action ? As the alarm spread, what was done ? 
— 4 . Relate the events mentioned in the first part of paragraph 
4tli. What was known by the prisoners taken ? What was 
learned of John Brown’s object?—of his force?—of his means to 
arm the negroes, suppose they had risen ? 







A DARING INVASION QUELLED. 


453 


not liave ventured on a measure so bold and daring, ft. iv. 
Not a negro was found willing to join him. fd. v. 

5. Brown had now retreated to the engine-house, cn - IX - 
the strongest building of the arsenal, and there, 
with his prisoners and the remains of his party, he 1 
stood like a stag at bay. At seven o’clock on Tues¬ 
day morning, Col. Lee sent him a summons to sur- oct. is. 
render; but he demanded such terms as could not Tues<la y- 
be granted. The soldiers had brought artillery ; but 
to cannonade the building would be to endanger the 
lives of Col. Washington and other of their friends. 

The hundreds of troops who had arrived were 
stationed around, so that no prisoner should escape, 
and none be maltreated by the infuriated crowd. 

The marines were then ordered to the attack,— 

Capt. Russel leading them on. They rushed to the Thg En 
large double doors of the engine-house, striking g i ne - 
tliem with huge sledge-hammers,—but they resisted 
the blows. Then twenty men brought a heavy lad- by the 
der, which, after raising, they let fall against the ,nannes - 
door. At the second stroke a part of it fell. The 
marines rushed through the breach. A brisk firing, 

—a momentary death-scufiie,—and the strife was 
ended. John Brown, bleeding from nine wounds, was 
brought forth and laid upon the grass, with five of 
his followers beside him,—two of whom were his 
sons. One was dying, the other had been killed the 
day before. 

(3. These, with two prisoners taken, and a party 
of three,t who had escaped to Pennsylvania, were all (tofttm 
which now remained of a terrific foe, whose invasion ( T a k rty t j ie 
had brought and was bringing together, a force highest in 
more than sufficient to have crushed them, had each ,V n ,i t . r 
of its twenty-two men been a thousand. 

The planters kept by Brown as hostages were leader.) 

4 . Did the negroes show any favor to John Brown or his 
project?—5. Where was John Brown early on Tuesday morning, 
the 18th? What summons did he receive, and what answer re¬ 
turn? What hindered the cannonading of the Engine House? 

How were the troops stationed? Give an account of the onset, 
ami its result.—f> What now remained of Brown’s party of 22 ? 

What is said of the force which the alarm had raised against them ? 









454 


AN IMAGINARY EMPIRE. 


pt. iy. unhurt. Col. Washington was not more rejoiced 
P’D. v. at recovering his personal liberty, than in the resto- 
c h. ix. ra tion of two precious relies,t which attested his con- 
1859 nection with the Father of our country; one w'as a 
(t T^cen curious antique sword, presented to him by Frederic 
andthe ^ ie Great °f Prussia \ and the other, a pair of pistols, 
party who presented by La Fayette. The wounds of Brown, 
— though supposed mortal, being carefully tended, 
healed by degrees. 

1. Gov. Wise arrived in season to secure the 
The gov. prisoners for trial. The military then proceeded to 
arrives, search the neighborhood for concealed arms and 
papers. Brown had hired a farm in the vicinity, 
six months before; and, under the assumed name 
of Smith, he had caused to be brought thither, as 
miners’ tools, 200 rifles, 200 revolvers, and 1000 
pikes. On the premises, besides these arms, were 
found important papers,—by which it appeared, 
provision-that Brown was acting as commander-in-chief of a 
1 ai gov- “ provisional government,” the plan of which had 
eminent, foggjj concocted, not in any American State, but in 
that part of the British province of Canada in¬ 
habited by runaway negroes, going thither by the 
so-called “ underground railroad.” 

8 . For the nation or state, which was to be thus 
provisionally governed, there was found a printed 
expected constitution, made at Chatham, the negro capital. 
e 'shown a3 Where the country lay, which was to form the 
from his ground-plot of this new empire, is not expressly 
c °tion ta * state d in the constitution; but it speaks of a u con¬ 
quered territory”—of an u enemy” from whom great 
spoils were to be taken—the property, which had 
been earned by the members of the organization, 
but soon to be wrested from those who wrongfully 
held it. These circumstances point unmistakably to 
Brown’s expectations of overcoming the territory of 

G. What is here said of Col. Washington ? What of Brown? 
—7. What is said of the arrival of the governor of Virginia? 
Where had Brown concealed arms? How many and what? What 
besides arms were found by the military? In what capacity was 
John Brown acting?—8. Where did lie expect to make his new 
empire ? 









TRIAL OF JOHN BROWN. 


455 


the slaveholders, and there setting up his empire of ft iv 
freed slaves. TmTvT 

9. Brown, after he was taken, said he only meant CH - IX - 
to set the slaves at liberty; it was not his wish or 
intention to. kill the owners. In what sense he 
meant this, is thus explained in the thirty-second i n what 
article of his constitution. “ No person, after having sonse jt 
surrendered himself or herself a prisoner, and who ''“that 9 10 
shall properly demean himself or herself as such, to B ™ wn 
any officer or private connected with this organiza- intemuo 
tion” (probably meaning their own slaves then to kllI ‘ 
become their masters), “ no such person afterwards 
shall be put to death,” <fcc... . Valuable lives had 
been lost among the inhabitants of Harper’s Ferry, 
especially that of Mr. Turner. All was yet indig¬ 
nation and excitement, when these disclosures added 
fuel to the fire. The measures of Gov. Wise were 
such as might have been expected. He called on The 
Virginia to .arm and defend herself; he called on measures 
the President of the United States to defend her ; wt 
and he collected troops to guard the prison at 
Charlestown, to prevent a rescue, which he feared 
would be attempted. 

10. At that place, in November, John Brown 
was tried, convicted of murder and treason,—and 
condemned to be executed on the 2d of December. .j*®* 
Five thousand soldiers, on that day, surrounded the John 
gallows, forming two squares; between the inner Charles? 
and outer of which, were thousands of spectators; town, 
who could see the brave old criminal mount to the 
scaffold with unflinching steps,—but were too distant Execution 
to hear his last words. This was the only circum- of Brown - 
stance in his treatment of which he complained. He 
had played a deep game. If he had succeeded he 
would now have been at the head of an empire. He 
had lost the game,—and with the forth ude worthy of 

9 . Brown said he did not mean to kill the masters, but only to 
free the slaves : how do we learn what he meant hv this? What 
was the state of feeling among the people of Harper’s Ferry? 

What can you say of the measures of Gov. Wise ?—10. When and 
where was John Brown’s trial ? Of what was he convicted ? When 
executed? Relate the circumstances. 









456 


GRANDEUR OF POSITION. 


a martyr, lie paid the forfeit. Of the remainder of 
Brown’s party, two white men and two negroes 
were executed, at the same place, a fortnight later. 
11. There is yet an unsolved mystery in this trans- 
vjooK action, which we hope the committee of investigation 
Coppic, appointed by the U. S. Senate, of which Senator 
ami Green Mason, of Virginia, is at the head, will bring to 
hung at pcrht. It is not only to be shown whence came the 
considerable sums of money, but whence came the 
able combinations of mind, by which a man so defi- 
came'ihe cient in comprehensiveness of intellect, as to believe 
in the possible ultimate success of such a mad scheme, 
took such judicious measures, as to effect so much. 
i v But by whoever this “ infernal machine” of Harper’s 
forwimt? Ferry was devised, we believe that the same Al- 
(* 1 soo. mighty Power, who overruled the oppressions of 
man—first to the settlement, then to the independ- 
mit tee ence of this country—will overrule its terrific explo- 


P'T. IV. 

P’D. V. 
cn. ix. 

1859 . 

Dec. 1G. 
Cook, 


Charles¬ 

town. 


money i 
whence 
the deep 
calcula¬ 
tions? and 


sported. sion f° r the good of the nation. We believe that it 
They have w iH form the crisis of that fearful slavery agitation 
"theaid* 1 which has so long threatened the destruction of 
Brown w p a t is, to the patriot’s heart, nearest to his God— 
received, his country. W ithout the preservation of the U mon, 
m’aSTor the American has no country; with it, the noblest 
men of the sun shines on. Though the sea heaves from the 
recent storm, and the waves run highest after it is 
over, yet it “ rocks itself to rest.” 

12. America, now a continent in extent, an island 
in security, has, by successive acquisitions, reached 
a geographical and commercial position , superior 
to that of any other nation, ancient or modern. And 
this grandeur of position having been attained at 
the very time in the world’s progress, when intelli- 


re] 


America.) 


11. What committee was appointed by the Senate? What two 
things in the John Brown raid seem mysterious? In what re¬ 
spects has the Almighty heretofore overruled the events of Amer¬ 
ican history to the good of this nation? In what present event 
do we hope for the same Divine protection ? W hat does the 
author say concerning the fearful slavery agitation? What differ¬ 
ence does it make to an American whether the Union is pre¬ 
served, or whether it is not? — 12 . What is said of the geographi¬ 
cal and commercial position of the Republic of America? 





CONCLUSION. 


457 


genee travels by lightning, and men by steam, vast- pt. iv. 
ness of extent no longer offers an impediment to a fd. v. 
union of States, under one general government;— cn - IX 
and such is here established, by a constitution which 
embodies in its theory the perfection of political 
wisdom. By it the American people, unlike those Euror , 0 . 
of Europe, whenever they see that corruption and 
party tyranny have enthralled them, can rise in their byVevoiu- 
might, and, without revolution, gain all that they ti ^ v n ar fl ^ (l 
have lost, and return to the first principles taught Ameri- 
them by their fathers. Their nationality will neverthtbaflJt- 
be lost by disunion, while Washington, in the majesty box - 
of his peerless fame, yet lives in their hearts. It 
augurs well for the fortunes of the Republic, that 
though her sons are too often disobedient to the 
injunctions of his “Farewell Address,” yet, not one 
has yet been found, disloyal to his memory. Ilis 
birth-day is our national festival,—and his mansion 
is made, by the united daughters of the nation, a 
common home for the children of the Father of 
our great country—the undissevered Republic of 
America. 


12 . And what is remarkable concerning the time when this 
grandeur of position was attained ? What is its bearing on the 
question of a union under one government of States so far sepa¬ 
rated ? What is said of the theory of the American constitution ? 
In what respect is the condition of the American people different 
from those of Europe ? What is said of our nationality in its con¬ 
nection with Washington ? 


20 






THE 


Preamble. 


Legislative 

powers. 


Its source. 


Eligibility 
of repre¬ 
sentatives. 


Manner 
and ratio 
ofrepresen¬ 
tation and 
taxation. 


CONSTITUTION 


OF THE 

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 

Framed during the year 1787, by a convention of delegates, 
who met at Philadelphia, from the States of New Hamp¬ 
shire, Massachusetts, Connecticut, New Yoric, New Jer¬ 
sey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Maryland , Virginia, North 
Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia. 


We, the people of the United States, in order to form a 
more perfect union, establish justice, insure domestic tran¬ 
quillity, provide for the common defence, promote the 
general welfare, and secure the blessings of liberty to our¬ 
selves and our posterity, do ordain and establish this Con¬ 
stitution for the United States of America. 

ARTICLE I. 

Sect. I.—All legislative powers herein granted shall be 
vested in a Congress of the United States, which shall con¬ 
sist of a senate and a house of representatives. 

Sect. II.—1. The house of representatives shall be com¬ 
posed of members, chosen every second year by the people 
of the several states, and the electors in each state shall 
have the qualifications requisite for electors of the most 
numerous branch of the state legislature. 

2. No person shall be a representative, who shall n6t have 
attained to the age of twenty-five years, and been seven 
years a citizen of the United States, and who shall not, 
when elected, be an inhabitant of that state in which he 
shall be chosen. 

3. Representatives and direct taxes shall be apportioned 
among the several states which may be included within 
this Union, according to their respective numbers, which 
shall be determined by adding to the whole number of free 
persons, including those bound to servitude for a term of 
years, and excluding Indians not taxed, three-fifths of all 
other persons. The actual enumeration shall be made 







CONSTITUTION. 


459 


within three years after the first meeting of the congress 
of the United States, and within every subsequent term of 
ten years, in such manner as they shall by law direct. 
The number of representatives shall not exceed one for 
every thirty thousand, but each state shall have at least 
one representative: and, until such enumeration shall be 
made, the state of New Hampshire shall be entitled to 
choose three, Massachusetts eight, Rhode Island and Prov¬ 
idence Plantations one, Connecticut five, New York six, 
New Jersey four, Pennsylvania eight, Delaware one, Mary¬ 
land six, Virginia ten, North Carolina five, South Carolina 
five, and Georgia three. 

4. When vacancies happen in the representation from 
any state, the executive authority thereof shall issue writs 
of election to fill such vacancies. 

5. The house of representatives shall choose their speaker, 
and other officers; and shall have the sole power of im¬ 
peachment. 

Sect. III.—1. The senate of the United States shall be 
composed of two senators from each state, chosen by the 
legislature thereof, for six years: and each senator shall 
have one vote.- 

2. Immediately after they shall be assembled, in conse¬ 
quence of the first election, they shall be divided as equally 
as may be into three classes. The seats of the senators of 
the first class shall be vacated at the expiration of the 
second year; of the second class, at the expiration of the 
fourth year; and of the third class, at the expiration of the 
sixth year, so that one-third may be chosen every second 
year; and if vacancies happen by resignation, or otherwise, 
during the recess of the legislature of any state, the 
executive thereof may make temporary appointments, until 
the next meeting of the legislature, which shall then fill 
such vacancies. 

3. No person shall be a senator who shall not have 
attained to the age of thirty years, and been nine years a 
citizen of' the United States, and who shall not, when 
elected, be an inhabitant of that state for which lie shall 
be chosen. 

4. The vice-president of the United States shall be presi¬ 
dent of the senate, but shall have no vote, unless they bo 
equally divided. 

5. The senate shall choose their other officers, and also 
president pro tempore, in the absence of the vice-president, 
or when lie shall exercise the office of president of the 
United States. 


Vacancies. 


Speaker. 

Impeach¬ 

ments. 


Senators, 
two from 
each state. 


Arrange¬ 
ment for a 
choice of 
one-third 
every sec¬ 
ond year. 


Eligibility 
to office.* 


Presiding 

officer. 






400 


CONSTITUTION. 


6. The senate shall have the sole power to try all im- 
Powerof peach men ts. When sitting for that purpose, they shall be 

trial in on oath, or affirmation. When the president of the United 
me n n P ts a aid States is tried, the chief-justice shall preside: and no person 
shall be convicted without the concurrence of two-thirds 
of the members present. 

7. Judgment in cases of impeachment shall not extend 
further than to removal from office, and disqualification to 

penalty. h°14 ar *4 en .j°y an y of honor, trust, or profit under 

the United States; but the party convicted shall, neverthe¬ 
less, be liable and subject to indictment, trial, judgment, 
and punishment, according to law. 

Sect. IY.—1. The times, places, and manner of holding 
Elections e ^ ect i° ns f° r senators and representatives, shall be prescribed 
" in each state by the legislature thereof; but the congress 
may, at any time, by law, make or alter such regulations, 
except as to the places of choosing senators. 

Meetin of ^he con g l ' ess shall assemble at least once in every 
congress, year, and such meeting shall be on the first Monday in 
December, unless they shall, by law, appoint a different 
day. 

Sect. V. — 1. Each house shall be the judge of the elec¬ 
tions, returns, and qualifications of its own members, and 
Their or- a majority of each shall constitute a quorum to do business; 
ganization. but a smaller number may adjourn from day to day, and 
may be authorized to compel the attendance of absent 
members, in such manner and under such penalties as each 
house may provide. 

2. Each house may determine the rules of its proceedings, 
Rules, punish its members for disorderly behavior, and, with the 

concurrence of two-thirds, expel a member. 

3. Each house shall keep a journal of its proceedings, 
and from time to time publish the same, excepting such 
parts as may, in their judgment, require secrecy; and the 
yeas and nays of the members of either house, on any 
question, shall, at the desire of one-fifth of those present, 
be entered on the journals. 

4. Neither house, during the session of congress, shall, 
adjourn- without the consent of the other, adjourn for more than 

raent - three days, nor to any other place than that in which the 
two houses shall be sitting. 

Sect. YI.—1. The senators and representatives shall 
receive a compensation for their services, to be ascertained 
sationandby ^ ;lw i ftnd paid out of the treasury of the United States, 
privileges. They shall, in all cases except treason, felony, and breach 
of peace, be privileged from arrest during their attendance 





CONSTITUTION. 


461 


at the session of their respective houses, and in going to 
and returning from the same; and for any speech or 
debate in either house, they shall not be questioned in any 
other place. 

2. No senator or representative shall, during the time 
for which he was elected, be appointed to any civil office 
under the authority of the United States, which shall have 
been created, or the emoluments whereof shall have been 
increased during such time; and no person, holding any 
office under the United States, shall be a member of either 
house during his continuation in office. 

Sect. VII.—1. All bills for raising revenue shall originate 
in the house of representatives; but the senate may propose 
or concur with amendments, as on other bills. 

2. Every bill which shall have passed the house of rep¬ 
resentatives and the senate shall, before it becomes a law, 
be presented to the president of the United States; if he 
approve, he shall sign it, but if not, he shall return it, with 
his objections, to that house in which it shall have origi¬ 
nated, who shall enter the objections at large on their 
journal, and proceed to reconsider it. If after such recon¬ 
sideration, two-thirds of that house shall agree to pass the 
bill, it shall be sent, together with the objections, to the 
other house, by which it shall likewise be reconsidered, and 
if approved of by two-thirds of that house, it shall become 
a law. But in all such cases the votes of both houses shall 
be determined by yeas and nays, and the names of the per¬ 
sons voting for and against the bill shall be entered on the 
journal of each house respectively. If any bill shall not be 
returned by the president within ten days (Sundays ex¬ 
cepted) after it shall have been presented to him, the same 
shall he a law, in like manner as if he had signed it, unless 
the congress, by their adjournment, prevent its return, in 
which case it shall not be a law. 

3. Every order, resolution, or vote, to which the con¬ 
currence of the senate and house of representatives may be 
necessary (except on a question of adjournment), shall be 
presented to the president of the United States; and 
before the same shall take effect, shall be approved by him; 
or, being disapproved by him, shall be repassed by two- 
thirds of the senate and house of representatives, according 
to the rules and limitations prescribed in the case of a bill. 

Seot. YIII.—The congress shall have power— 

1. To lay and collect taxes, duties, imposts, and excises; 
to pay the debts, and provide for the common defence and 
general welfare of the United States; but all duties, 


Plurality 
of offices. 


Origin of 
bills, 


their 
course in 
becoming 
laws. 


Approval 

and 

powers. 




46 2 


CONSTITUTION. 


Of the du 
ties and 
power of 
congress. 


imposts, and excises shall be uniform throughout the 
United States. 

2. To borrow money on the credit of the United States. 

3. To regulate commerce with foreign nations, and 
among the several states, and with the Indian tribes. 

4. To establish a uniform rule of naturalization, and 
uniform laws on the subject of bankruptcies throughout 
the United States. 

5. To coin money, regulate the value thereof, and of 
foreign coin, and fix the standard of weights and measures. 

6. To provide for the punishment of counterfeiting the 
securities and current coin of the United States. 

7. To establish post-offices and post-roads. 

8. To promote the progress of science and useful arts, 
by securing, for limited times, to authors and inventors, 
the exclusive right to their respective writings and dis¬ 
coveries. 

9. To constitute tribunals inferior to the supreme court. 

10. To define and punish piracies and felonies cornmited 
on the high seas, and offences against the law of nations. 

11: To declare war, grant letters of marque and reprisal, 
and make rules concerning captures on land or water. 

12. To raise and support armies; but no appropriation 
of money to that use shall be for a longer term than two 
years. 

18. To provide and maintain a navy. 

14. To make rules for the government and regulation of 
the land and naval forces. 

15. To provide for calling forth the militia to execute 
the laws of the Union, suppress insurrections, and repel 
invasions. 

16. To provide for organizing, arming, and disciplining 
the militia, and for governing such part of them as may be 
employed in the service of the United States, reserving to 
the states, respectively, the appointment of the officers, and 
the authority of training the militia, according to the dis¬ 
cipline prescribed by congress. 

17. To exercise exclusive legislation, in all cases whatso¬ 
ever, over such district (not exceeding ten miles square), 
as may, by cession of particular states, and the acceptance 
of congress, become the seat of the government of the 
United States, and to exercise like authority over all places 
purchased by the consent of the legislature of the state in 
which the same shall be, for the erection of forts, maga¬ 
zines, arsenals, dock-yards, and other needful buildings: 
—and 





CONSTITUTION. 


463 


18. To make all laws which shall be necessary and proper 
for carrying into execution the foregoing powers, and all 
other powers vested by this constitution in the govern¬ 
ment of the United States, or in any department, or office 
thereof. 

Sect. IX.—1. The migration or importation of such 
persons as any of the states now existing shall think proper Persoual 
to admit, shall not be prohibited by the congress, prior to taxes, 
the year one thousand eight hundred and eight, but a tax 
or duty may be imposed on such importation, not exceed¬ 
ing ten dollars for each person. 

2. The privilege of the writ of habeas corpus shall not Right of 
be suspended, unless when, in cases of rebellion or invasion, ' nah 
the public safety may require it. 

3. No bill of attainder, or ex-post facto law, shall be Attainder, 
passed. 

4. No capitation, or other direct tax shall be laid, unless Capilation . 
in proportion to the census, or enumeration, hereinbefore 
directed to be taken. 

5. No tax or duty shall be laid on articles exported 

from any state. No preference shall be given, by any Commer . 
regulation of commerce or revenue, to the ports of one cui 
state over those of another; nor shall vessels, bound to or roveuues - 
from one state, be obliged to enter, clear, or pay duties in 
another. 

6. No money shall be drawn from the treasury, but in 
consequence of appropriations made by law; and a regular Treasury, 
statement and account of the receipts and expenditures of 

all public money shall be published from time to time. 

7. No title of nobility shall be granted by the United 
States; and no person holding any office of profit or trust n.terdic- 
under them, shall, without the consent of congress, accept ‘J™ ° f 
of any present, emolument, office, or title of any kind 
whatever, from any king, prince, or foreign state. 

Sect. X. —1. No state shall enter into any treaty, al¬ 
liance, or confederation; grant letters of marque and Congei Vil . 
reprisal; coin money; emit bills of credit; make any thing tion of 
but gold and silver coin a tender in payment of debts; JgtS”. 
pass any bill of attainder, ex-post facto law, or law impair- the Unioa 
ing the obligation of contracts, or grant any title of 
nobilitv. 

2. No state shall, without the consent of congress, lay 
any imposts or duties on imports or exports, except what 
may be absolutely necessary for executing its inspection Further 
laws: and the net produce of all duties and imposts, laid de,ne * 
by any state on imports and exports, shall be for the use 







464 


CONSTITUTION. 


The chief 
rniigistniie. 


The man¬ 
ner of his 
election 


by the 
people; 


by the 
house of 
represent¬ 
atives. 


of the treasury of the United States, and all such laws 
shall be subject to the revision and control of congress. 
No state shall, without the consent of congress, lay any 
duty on tonnage, keep troops, or ships of war, in time of 
peace, enter into any agreement or compact Avith another 
state, or with a foreign power, or engage in war, unless 
actually invaded, or in such imminent danger as will not 
admit of delay. 

ARTICLE II. 

Sect. I.—1. The executive poAver shall be vested in a 
president of the United States of America. He shall hold 
his office during the term of four years, and, together Avith 
the vice-president, chosen for the same term, be elected as 
follows: 

2. Each state shall appoint, in such manner as the legis¬ 
lature thereof may direct, a number of electors, equal to 
the Avhole number of senators and representatives to Avhich 
the state may be entitled in the congress; but no senator 
or representative, or person holding an office of trust 
or profit under the United States, shall be appointed an 
elector. 

3. The electors shall meet in their respective states, and 
vote by ballot for two persons, of whom one at least shall 
not be an inhabitant in the same state Avith themselves. 
And they shall make a list of all the persons voted for, and 
of the number of votes for each ; which list they shall 
sign and certify, and transmit, sealed, to the seat of govern¬ 
ment of the United States, directed to the president of the 
senate. The president of the senate shall, in the presence 
of the senate and house of representatives, open all the 
certificates, and the votes shall then be counted. The 
person having the greatest number of votes shall be the 
president, if such number be a majority of the Avhole num¬ 
ber of electors appointed; and if there be more than one 
who have such majority, and have an equal number of 
votes, then the house of representatives shall immediately 
choose, by ballot, one of them for president: and if no 
person have a majority, then from the five highest on the 
list, the said house shall, in like manner, choose the presi¬ 
dent. But in choosing the president, the votes shall be 
taken by states, the representation from each state having 
one vote; a quorum for this purpose shall consist of a 
member or members from two-thirds of the states, and a 
majority of all the states shall be necessary to a choice. 
In every case, after the choice of the president, the person 





CONSTITUTION. 


465 


having the greatest number of votes of the electors, shall 
be the vice-president. But if there should remain two or °fthe 
more who have equal votes, the senate shall choose from v,C de P nt! 8i ’ 
them, by ballot, the vice-president. 

4. The congress may determine the time of choosing 
the electors, and the day on which they shall give their 
votes: which day shall be the same throughout the United 
States. 

5. No person, except a natural-born citizen, or a citizen 

of the United States at the time of the adoption of this . 
constitution, shall be-eligible to the office of president, mint for 
neither shall any person be eligible to that office, who office - 
shall not have attained the age of thirty-five years, and 
been fourteen years a resident within the United States. 

6. In case of the removal of the president from office, or 
of his death, resignation, or inability to discharge the 
powers and duties of the said office, the same shall devolve 

on the vice-president; and the congress may, by law, pro- Proviso in 
vide for the case of removal, death, resignation, or inability, deatVor 
both of the president and vice-president, declaring what removal, 
officer shall then act as president, and such officer shall 
act accordingly, until the disability be removed, or a presi¬ 
dent shall be elected. 

7. The president shall, at stated times, receive for his 
services, a compensation, which shall neither be increased 

nor diminished during the period for which he shall have compen- 
been elected, and he shall not receive, within that period, sation ’ and 
any other emolument from the United States, or any 
of them. 

8. Before he enters on the execution of his office, he 
shall take the following oath, or affirmation: 

u I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will faithfully 
execute the office of president of the United States, and oath of 
will, to the best of my ability, preserve, protect, and office - 
defend the Constitution of the United States.” 

Sect. II.— 1. The president shall be commander-in- 
chief of the army and navy of the United States, and of the 
militia of the several states, when called into the actual 
service of the United States; he may require the opinion, 
in writing, of the principal officer in each of the executive His dutiea , 
departments, upon any subject relating to the duties of their 
respective offices, and he shall have power to grant re¬ 
prieves and pardons for offences against the United States, 
except in cases of impeachment. 

2. He shall have power, by and with the advice and 
consent of the senate, to make treaties, provided two- 

20 * 




466 


CONSTITUTION. 


and powers thirds of the senators present concur; and he shall nomi- 
'treatiM^nate, and by and with the advice and consent of the senate, 
shall appoint ambassadors, other public ministers, and 
consuls, judges of the supreme court, and all other officers 
of the United States, whose appointments are not herein 
otherwise provided for, and which shall be established by 
law. But the congress may, by law, vest the appointment 
of such inferior officers as they think proper in the 
president alone, in the courts of law, or in the heads of 
departments. 

3. The president shall have power to fill up all vacancies 
filling va- that may happen during the recess of the senate, by grant- 
ca and es ’ ing commissions, which shall expire at the end of their 
next session. 

Sect. III. — He shall, from time to time, give to the con¬ 
gress information of the state of the Union, and recommend 
to their consideration such measures as he shall judge 
necessary and expedient; he may, on extraordinary oc¬ 
casions, convene both houses, or either of them, and in 
of con- case of disagreement between them, with respect to the 
gress. ^ me adjournment, he may adjourn them to such time as 
he shall think proper; he shall receive ambassadors and 
other public ministers; he shall take care that the laws be 
faithfully executed, and shall commission all the officers of 
the United States. 

Sect. IV.—The president, vice-president, and all civil 
Removal °® cers the United States, shall be removed from office 
fronToffice. on impeachment for, and conviction of treason, bribery, or 
other high crimes and misdemeanors. 


ARTICLE III. 


The judi- 
<iary, and 
method of 
investi¬ 
ture. 


Tlieir 

powers. 


Sect. I.—The judicial power of the United States shall 
be vested in one supreme court, and in such inferior courts 
as the congress may, from time to time, ordain and estab¬ 
lish. The judges, both of the supreme and inferior courts, 
shall hold their offices during good behavior, and shall, at 
stated times, receive for tlieir services a compensation, 
which shall not be diminished during their continuance in 
office. 

Sect. II. — 1. The judicial power shall extend to all 
cases, in law and equity, arising under this constitution, 
the laws of the United States, and treaties made, or which 
shall be made, under their authority; to all cases affecting 
ambassadors, other public ministers, and consuls; to all 
cases of admiralty and maritime jurisdiction; to contro- 





CONSTITUTION. 


467 


versies to which the United States shall be a party; to 
controversies between two or more states, between a state 
and citizens of another state, between citizens of different 
states, between citizens of the same state claiming lands 
under grants of different states, and between a state, or the 
citizens thereof, and foreign states, citizens, or subjects. 

2. In all cases affecting ambassadors, other public minis¬ 
ters, and consuls, and those in which a state shall be a 
party, the supreme court shall have original jurisdiction. 

In all other cases before mentioned, the supreme court p^dure 
shall have appellate jurisdiction, both as to law and fact, 
with such exceptions, and under such regulations as the 
congress shall make. 

3. The trial of all crimes, except in cases of impeachment, 
shall be by jury; and such trials shall be held in the state 
where the said crime shall have been committed; but 
when not committed within any state, the trial shall be at 
such place or places as the congress may, by law, have 
directed. 

Sect. III.—1. Treason against the United States shall 
consist only in levying war against them, or in adhering to 
their enemies, giving them aid and comfort. No person Nature^of 
shall be convicted of treason, unless on the testimony of and ’ 
two witnesses to the same overt act, or on confession in 
open court. 

2. The congress shall have power to declare the punish¬ 
ment of treason, but no attainder of treason shall work howpun- 
corruption of blood, or forfeiture, except during the life of Ished * 
the person attainted. 


ARTICLE IV. 

Sect. I.—Full faith and credit shall be given in each 
state to the public acts, records, and judicial proceedings Guaranty 
of every other state. And the congress may, by general 
laws, prescribe the manner in which such acts, records, and 
proceedings shall be proved, and the effect thereof. 

Sect. II.—1. The citizens of each state shall be entitled to aadequal . 
all the privileges and immunities of citizens in the several Nation, 
states. 

2. A person, charged in any state with treason, felony, 
or other crime, who shall flee from justice, and be found in 
another state, shall, on demand of the executive authority state re- 
of the state from which he fled, be delivered up, to qm81tlon 
be removed to the state having the jurisdiction of the 
crime. 








468 


CONSTITUTION. 


3. No person, held to labor or service in one state, 
under the laws thereof, escaping into another, shall, in 
and sur- consequence of any law, or regulation therein, be discharged 
render. f rom suc ] 1 service or labor, but shall be delivered up on 
claim of the party to whom such service or labor may 
be due. 

Sect. III. — 1. New states may be admitted by the con¬ 
gress into this Union, but no new state shall be formed or 
New erected within the jurisdiction of any other state; nor any 
states, state be formed by the junction of two or more states, or 
parts of states, without the consent of the legislature of the 
states concerned, as well as of the congress. 

2. The congress shall have power to dispose of and 
make all needful rules and regulations respecting the terri- 
andpublic t01 Ti or other property, belonging to the United States; 
lauds, and nothing in this constitution shall be so construed as to 
prejudice any claims of the United States, or of any 
particular state. 

Sect. IV.—The United States shall guarantee to every 
Protection state in this Union, a republican form of government, and 
of ov‘Tn 0f shall protect each of them against invasion; and on appli- 
ment. cation of the legislature, or of the executive (when the 
legislature cannot be convened), against domestic violence. 

ARTICLE V. 

The congress, whenever two-thirds of both houses shall 
deem it necessary, shall propose amendments to this Con¬ 
stitution, or, on the application of the legislature of two- 
thirds of the several states, shall call a convention for pro- 
mentsof posing amendments, which, in either case, shall be valid, 
Hutson 1 " i ntents purposes, as part of this constitution, 

when ratified by the legislatures of three-fourths of the 
several states, or by conventions in three-fourths thereof, 
as the one or the other mode of ratification may be proposed 
by the congress: Provided, that no amendment, which 
may be made prior to the year one thousand eight hundred 
with pro- and eight, shall, in any manner, affect the first and fourth 
visos. c ] £luS es in the ninth section of the first article; and that no 
state, without its consent, shall be deprived of its equal 
suffrages in the senate. 


ARTICLE VI. 

R ti"n 8 of 1. All debts contracted, and engagements entered into, 
claims? 114 before the adoption of this constitution, shall be as valid 




CONSTITUTION. 


469 


against the United States under this constitution, as under 
the confederation. 

2. This constitution, and the laws of the United States 
which shall be made in pursuance thereof, and all treaties 
made, or which shall be made, under the authority of the 
United States, shall be the supreme law of the land; and 
the judges in every state shall be bound thereby, any thing 
in the constitution or laws of any state to the contrary 
notwithstanding. 

3. The senators and representatives before mentioned, 
and the members of the several state legislatures, and all 
executive and judicial officers, both of the United States 
and of the several states, shall be bound by oath, or affir¬ 
mation, to support this constitution; and no religious test 
shall ever be required, as a qualification to any office or 
public trust under the United States. 

ARTICLE YU. 

The ratification of the conventions of nine states shall be 
sufficient for the establishment of this Constitution, between 
the states so ratifying the same. 

Done in convention by the unanimous consent of the states 
j present, the seventeenth day of September, in the year of 
our Lord, one thousand seven hundred and eighty-seven, 
and of the Independence of the United States of America, 
the twelfth. In witness whereof, ice have hereunto sub¬ 
scribed our names. 

The Constitution, although formed in 1787,. was not 
adopted until 1788, and did not commence its operations 
until 1789. The number of delegates chosen to this con¬ 
vention was sixty-five, of whom ten did not attend, and 
sixteen refused to sign the Constitution. The following 
thirty-nine signed the Constitution:— 

New Hampshire. —John Langdon, Nicholas Gelman. 
Massachusetts. —Nathaniel Gorham, Rufus King. 
Connecticut. —William Samuel Johnson, Roger Sher¬ 
man. 

New Yorh. —Alexander Hamilton. 

New Jersey. —William Livingston, David Brearley, Wil¬ 
liam Patterson, Jonathan Dayton. 

Pennsylvania .—Benjamin Franklin, Thomas Mifflin, 
Robert Morris, George Clymer, Thomas Fitzsimmons, Jared 
Ingersoll, James Wilson, Gouverneur Morris. 


Basis of 
govern¬ 
ment con¬ 
solidated, 


and obli- . 
gation of r 
its officers. 


ConstitU' 

tion. 


Time of 
adoption. 





470 


CONSTITUTION. 


Religious 

toleration. 


Rights of 
the press, 
petition. 


The 

militia. 


Search- 

warrant 

and 

seizures. 


Present¬ 
ment of 
grand 
juries. 


Judicial 
safe¬ 
guards. • 


Delaware. —George Read, Gunning Bedford, jr., John 
Dickinson, Richard Bassett, Jacob Broom. 

Maryland. —James M‘Henry, Daniel of St. Thomas Jeni¬ 
fer, Daniel Carroll. 

Virginia. —John Blair, James Madison, jr. 

North Carolina. —iVilliam Blount, Richard Dobbs 
Spaight, Hugh Williamson. 

South Carolina. —John Rutledge, Charles C. Pinkney, 
Charles Pinkney, Pierce Butler. 

Georgia .—William Few, Abraham Baldwin. 

GEORGE WASHINGTON, President . 
WILLIAM JACKSON, Secretary. 


AMENDMENTS, 

To the Constitution of the United States , ratified accord¬ 
ing to the Provisions of the Fifth Article of the forego¬ 
ing Constitution. 

Art. I.—Congress shall make no law respecting an 
establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise 
thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the 
press; or the rights of the people peaceably to assemble, 
and to petition the government for a redress of grievences. 

Art. II. —A well-regulated militia being necessary to 
the security of a free state, the right of the people to keep 
and bear arms, shall not be infringed. 

Art. III. —No soldier shall, in time of peace, be quar¬ 
tered in any house without the consent of the owner, nor 
in time of war, but in a manner to be prescribed by law. 

Art. IV. —The right of the people to be secure in their 
persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable 
searches and seizures, shall not be violated; and no war¬ 
rants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by 
oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place 
to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized. 

Art. V.—No person shall be held to answer for a capi¬ 
tal, or otherwise infamous crime, unless on a presentment 
or indictment of a grand jury, except in cases arising in the 
land or naval forces, or in the militia, when in actual ser¬ 
vice, in time of war, or public danger; nor shall any 
person be subject for the same offence to be twice put in 
jeopardy of life or limb; nor shall be compelled, in any 








CONSTITUTION. 


471 


criminal case, to be a witness against himself, nor be 
deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process 
of law; nor shall private property be taken for public use 
without just compensation. 

Art. YI.—In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall 
enjoy the right to a speedy and public trial, by an impartial Tl . ial b 
jury of the state and district wherein the crime shall have jury/ 
been committed, which district shall have been previously 
ascertained by law, and to be informed of the nature and 
cause of the accusation; to be confronted with the wit- ttnd wit . 
nesses against him; to have compulsory process for obtain- "esses, 
ing witnesses in his favor, and to have the assistance of 
counsel for his defence. 

Art. YII.—In suits at common law, where the value in 
controversy shall exceed twenty dollars, the right of trial regulated 
by jury shall be preserved, and no fact, tried by jury, shall 
be otherwise re-examined in any court of the United ra ° n aw ’ 
States, than according to the rules of the common law. 

Art. YIII.—Excessive bail shall not be required, nor 
excessive fines imposed, nor cruel and unusual punishments Bail - 
inflicted. 

Art. IX.—The enumeration in the Constitution, of Line be- 
certain rights, shall not be construed to deny or disparageaututionai' 
others retained by the people. 

Art. X.—The powers not delegated to the United States and state 
by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the states, are rights 
reserved to the states respectively, or to the people. 

Art. XI.—The judicial power of the United States shall 
not be construed to extend to any suit in law or equity, Limitation 
commenced or prosecuted against one of the United States, of judicial 
by citizens of another state, or by citizens or subjects of power ‘ 
any foreign state. 

Art. XII.—The electors shall meet in their respective 
states, and vote by ballot, for president and vice-president, 
one of Avliom, at least, shall not be an inhabitant of the 
same state with themselves; they shall name, in their 
ballots, die person voted for as president, and, in distinct 
ballots, the person voted for as vice-president; and they 
shall make distinct lists of all persons voted for as president, 
and of all persons voted for as vice-president, and of the 
number of votes for each, which lists they shall sign and 
certify, and transmit, sealed, to the seat of the government 
of the United States, directed to the president of the senate. m™ n f 0 ' 
The president of the senate shall, in the presence of the 
senate and house of representatives, open all the certificates, ‘ eL ' 
and the votes shall then be counted. The person having 








472 


CONSTITUTION. 


the greatest number of votes for president, shall be the 
president, if such number be a majority of the whole num¬ 
ber of electors appointed; and if no person have such a 
majority, then from the persons having the highest numbers, 
not exceeding three on the list of those voted for as presi¬ 
dent, the house of representatives shad choose immediately, 
by ballot, the president. But, in choosing the president, 
the votes shall be taken by states, the representation from 
each state having one vote; a quorum for this purpose 
shall consist of a member or members from two-thirds of 
respecting t| ie gtates, and a majority of all the states shall be necessary 
eec ions. ^ c ] 10 | ce> And if the house of representatives shall not 

choose a president, whenever the right of choice shall 
devolve upon them, before the fourth day of March next 
following, then the vice-president shall act as president, as 
in the case of the death, or other constitutional disability 
of the president. 

The person having the greatest number of yoUo as vice- 
president, shall be the vice-president, if such number be a 
majority of the whole number of electors appointed ; and 
if no person have a majority, then, from the two highest 
numbers on the list, the senate shall choose the vice-presi¬ 
dent—a quorum for the purpose shall consist of two-thirds 
of the whole number of senators, and a majority of the 
whole number shall be necessary to a choice. 

But no person, constitutionally ineligible to the office 
of president, shall be eligible to that of vice-president of the 
United States. 


















































































